Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

CBC curriculum designs, training manuals and notes

Are you looking for the latest Competency Based Curriculum, CBC, training notes for Grade 3, 2 and  5? Well. You can now download all the the CBC Curriculum Designs and other guides here.

What is more? You can also get thousands of free notes, examinations, revision materials, schemes of work and lesson plans in this site. Also check the latest materials here; Free materials for teachers and learners.

Also see;

Teachers’ training manual for the Competency Based Curriculum (CBC)

CBC latest news (See the daily training programme, dates and venues)

CBC TRAINING MANUALS

CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK

GERMAN

GRADE 5 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- AGRICULTURE

GRADE 5 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- ART & CRAFT

GRADE 5 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- CRE

GRADE 5 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- ENGLISH

GRADE 5 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- INDIGENOUS LANGUAGES (1)

GRADE 5 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- KISWAHILI

GRADE 5 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- MUSIC

GRADE 5 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- PE

GRADE 5 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- SOCIAL STUDIES

HOME-SCIENCE CURRICULUM DESIGNS

CBC Learning Outcomes 

CBC MATHS SCORING SHEET

CBC MATHS

CBC SELECTING LEARNING EXPERIENCES 

DOWNLOAD FREE PRIMARY & HIGH SCHOOL MATERIALS


FREE UPDATED NOTES

Click on the links below

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM TWO NOTES

FORM THREE NOTES

FORM FOUR NOTES

FREE LATEST EXAMS WITH MARKING SCHEMES

Click on the links below;

FORM ONE EXAMS

FORM TWO EXAMS

FORM THREE EXAMS

FORM FOUR EXAMS

FORM 1-4 FREE EXAMS

SCHEMES OF WORK

KCSE REVISION MATERIALS

FREE PRIMARY SCHOOL RESOURCES

FREE CLASS 8 RESOURCES

LOWER PRIMARY (PP1 & 2)

LOWER PRIMARY (GRADE 1-6)

FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- PRIMARY

AGRICULTURE REVISION BOOKLET FORM 1-4 FREE

TOPICS COVERED

SECTION I QUESTIONS

  •  INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE………………………………………………………..3
  • CROP PRODUCTION I (LAND PREPARATION) ……………………………………………5
  •  FACTORS WHICH INFLUENCE AGRICULTURE……………………………………………5
  • WATER SUPPLY, IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE…………………………………..………….
  • SOIL FERTILITY 1 (ORGANIC MANURE) ………………………………………………..…..8
  • AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS  (BASIC CONCEPTS AND FARM RECORDS) ……………9
  •  SOIL FERTILITY II (IN ORGANIC FERTILIZERS) ……………………………….………..10
  • CROP PRODUCTION II (PLANTING) ………………………………………………..……….12
  • CROP PRODUCTION III (NURSERY MANAGEMENT PRACTICES) …………………….14
  • CROP PRODUCTION IV (FIELD MANAGEMENT PRACTICES) …………………………15
  • CROP PRODUCTION V (VEGETABLES) …………………………………………………..16
  • LIVESTOCK HEALTH (INTRODUCTION TO LIVESTOCK HEALTH) ……………………17
  • AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS II (LAND TENURE AND LAND REFORM) …………….18
  • SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION…………………………………………………………18
  • WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL………………………………………………………………19
  • CROP PESTS AND DISEASES………………………………………………………………….21
  • (pp1): CROP PRODUCTION VI  ( FIELD PRACTICES FOR MAIZE, MILLET, SORGHUM,
  • BEANS AND RICE: HARVESTING OF COTTON PYRETHRUM, SUGAR CANE COFFEE
  • AND TEA CROP PRODUCTION III(NURSERY MANAGEMENT PRACTICES) …………23
  • FORAGE CROPS…………………………………………………………………………………24
  • AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS III (PRODUCTION ECONOMICS)………………………..25
  • CROP PRODUCTION IV (FIELD MANAGEMENT PRACTICES) ……………………………
  • CROP PRODUCTION V (VEGETABLES)……………………………………………………….
  • AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS IV………………………………………………………….29
  • LIVESTOCK HEALTH (INTRODUCTION TO LIVESTOCK HEALTH) ……………………
  •  AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS II (AND TENURE AND LAND REFORM) …………….…
  • SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION……………………………………………………..…..
  • WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL………………………………………………………………..
  • CROP PESTS AND DISEASES………………………………………………………………..
  • CROP PRODUCTION VI  (FIELD PRACTICES FOR MAIZE, MILLET,
  • SORGHUM, BEANS AND RICE:
  • HARVESTING OF COTTON, PYRETHRUM, SUGAR CANE COFFEE & TEA………………
  •  AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS (V) …………………………………………………….……..32
  •  AGRO FORESTRY…………………………………………………………………………….32

      SECTION I ANSWERS………………………………………………………………..……..34

  • SECTION II QUESTIONS
  • FARM TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT…………………………………………………………….92
  • LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION I (COMMON LIVESTOCK BREEDS) ………………………96
  •  LIVESTOCK HEALTH II     (LIVESTOCK PARASITES) ……………………………………97
  • LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION II (NUTRITION) ………………………………………………..98
  •  LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III (SELECTION AND BREEDING) ……………………..    99
  • LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION IV (LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT PRACTICES)…………..100
  • FARM STRUCTURES ………………………………………………………………………103
  •  LIVESTOCK HEALTH III    (LIVESTOCK DISEASES) ……………………………………108
  • LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION V (POULTRY) ………………………………………………110
  • LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III (LIVESTOCK REARING PRACTICES) …………………112
  • FARM POWER AND MACHINERY…………………………………………………………..113

SECTION II   Answers ………………………………………………………………………..117

 

 

SECTION I : QUESTIONS

 

INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE

This topic entails the following:-

  • Definition of agriculture
  • Main branches of agriculture
  • Farming systems
  • Farming methods
  • Role of agriculture to Kenya’s economy
  • Varied opportunities in agriculture.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will help and motivate the user to       comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Give two factors which characterize intensive farming
  2. State three reasons why organic farming is encouraged in farming
  3. State two ways in which agriculture contributes to industrial development
  4. State four ways by which wind affects the growth of crops
  5. State one physical characteristic used in classifying soil
  6. Outline four advantages of organic farming
  7. State two conditions under which shifting cultivation is practiced
  8. Differentiate between the following terms as used in Agriculture:-

(a) Oleculture and floriculture

(b) Apiculture and aquaculture

 

FACTORS WHICH INFLUENCE AGRICULTURE

In this topic, the following factors influence agriculture.

-Human factors e.g. -level of education, -Health HIV/AIDS, -Economic status of the farmer e.t.c

– Biotic factors e.g. pests, parasites, decomposers, pathogens, pollinators, predators e.t.c.

– Climatic factors e.g. rainfall, temperature, wind and relative humidity, light

– Edaplus factors e.g. type of soils, soil profile, soil structure, soil texture, soil chemical properties.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and

motivate the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts:

 

  1. State two roles of humus in the soil that are beneficial to crops
  2. a) outline five activities that may be  undertaken in organic farming
  3. List four effects of temperature on crop growth
  4. State four ways by which wind affects the growth of crops
  5. Name two factors related to light that affect crop production and distribution in Kenya
  6.  Describe the environmental conditions that may lead to low crop yields
  7. List three environmental factors that affect crop distribution in Kenya
  8. State one physical characteristic used in classifying soil
  9. Outline four advantages of organic farming
  10. The diagrams below show an experiment carried out by a form 1 class. Study them carefully and
E
D

answer questions that follow:

 

(a) What was the aim of the experiment?

(b) What was the observation that form 1 students made at the end of the experiment in

flasks D and E?

(c) Give the reason for the observation made in flask D

           

  1. Briefly explain how sub-soil as a horizon in a soil profile can affect soil productivity
  2. (a) What are the three aspects of light that are important to a farmer?

(b) Mention three ways through which relative humidity affect crop production

  1. The diagram labeled E and F below illustrates some type of soil structure. Study the diagrams

carefully and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the types of soil structure illustrated in diagrams E and F

(b) Identify the parts labeled (i) and (ii) in diagram F

(c) Outline the influence of physical characteristics of soil on its properties

  1. State three physical characteristics of soil
  2. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) State merits of horizon A                                                                                                  
  2. b) State distinct features of horizon B
  3. c) What does the term transition zone refer to in soil profile
  4. i) Name horizon C and state its importance
  5. Outline two ways temperature affects crop production
  6. List four ways by which biological agents can enhance the process of soil formation
  7. List four environmental factors that affect crop production in Kenya
  8. Explain the role played by topography in soil formation
  9. Mention two importance of parent’s material in soil profile
  10. Mention four ways of modifying soil temperature in crop production
  11. a) Mention two factors that   affect  selectivity of herbicides
  12. b) Name two farming practice that cause water pollution
  13. Give four factors that influence soil formation
  14. State three properties of soil that is influenced by soil texture
  15. Name any three agents of biological weathering

 

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION I (LAND PREPARATION)

  • Land preparation entails the following farming practices.
  • Land clearing or bush clearing tools, chemicals and equipment used.
  • Primary cultivation, tools and equipment as machines used.
  • Primary cultivation, tools and equipment as machines used.
  • Secondary cultivation, tools and equipment used.
  • Tertiary operations e.g. ridging, rolling and leveling.
  • Sub-soiling, tools used and reasons for the same.
  • Minimum tillage and reasons for the secure.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate

the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and farming practices:

 

  1. Give three factors that determine depth of ploughing during land preparation
  2. List four reasons for cultivating land before planting
  3. (a) What is minimum tillage?

(b) Give four farming practices that help in achieving minimum tillage.

  1. (a) Describe the establishment of grass pasture from the time the land is ploughed using a mould

board plough to the time the pasture is ready for grazing

(b) Explain five practices that a farmer should carry out to ensure uniform germination of seeds         (c) Describe five factors that determine the number of cultivations when preparing a seedbed

  1. State four physical conditions of the seedbed that need to be changed to facilitate germination
  2. State four importance of sub soiling as a tertiary operation
  3. Outline four advantages of rolling in seedbed preparation
  4. State four disadvantages of minimum tillage
  5. The diagram below illustrate a tertiary operation carried out in the farm

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the tertiary operation
  2. b) (i) State the importance of the tertiary operation identified in 20(a) above

(ii) Give two other  tertiary operations carried out in the field besides the one identified above

  1. Give two reasons why it is advisable to cultivate the field during the dry season
  2. How are hard pans caused by cultivation?
  3. Give four factors that determine the number of secondary cultivation operations
  4. Define the term minimum tillage
  5. List four advantages of timely planting
  6. State any two factors that determine the number of cultivation on a field before it is ready for

planting

  1. Give three benefits of timely planting of annual crops
  2. State four factors determining the depth of ploughing land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WATER SUPPLY, IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Hydrological cycle
  • Sources of water on the farm
  • Water collection and storage
  • Pumps and pumping of water
  • Types water pipes
  • Water treatment
  • Uses of eater of the farm.
  • Types of irrigation advantages and disadvantages.
  • Importance and methods of drainages
  • Water pollution causes and prevention.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate the         user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State two reasons for treating water for us on the farm
  2. State three reasons for draining swampy land before growing crops
  3. Use the diagram below of irrigation method to answer the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the method of irrigation
  2. b) State four advantages of the above irrigation system
  3. c) State three factors that determine the type of irrigation on the farm
  4. d) State two disadvantages o f the above system of irrigation
  5. a) What is irrigation
  6. b) Outline three methods of irrigation
  7. a) List four use of water on the farm
  8. b) Give four methods of harvesting water on the farm
  9. c) Outline the stages involved in water treatment process
  10. List any four uses of water in the farm
  11. State two types of irrigation used in Kenya
  12. Outline four disadvantages of cambered beds

Describe the process of water treatment

  1. Give four roles of drainage as a method of land reclamation
  2. Name two types of water pumps which can be used in the farm
  3. Name any four examples of working capital in maize production
  4. List four types of water pumps which can be used in the farm
  5. State four methods of drainage
  6. Distinguish between a dam and a weir                                   
  7. How do the government control prices of essential farm produce
  8. What is the difference between pumping and piping of water in the farm?
  9. List four reasons of draining water logged soils before planting.
  10. Give three Agricultural practices which lead to water pollution
  11. The diagrams below illustrate some methods of irrigating crops in the field. Study the diagrams

and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the methods used ;   (i) A              (ii) B

(b) State two advantages of method A over method B

(c) What material should be inserted at point T

  1. b) Name two farming practice that cause water pollution
  2. Give four reasons for practicing irrigation
  3. a) State four  importance  of water to plants
  4. b) State four reasons for treating water before use c) Describe water treatment system in a chemical treatment plant
  5. Name four diseases caused to man by drinking untreated water
  6. State the functions of the following chemicals as used in water treatment;

(a) Chlorine.

(b) Aluminum sulphate (AIlum)

  1. The diagrams labeled S and T illustrate some methods of draining waterlogged fields; use it to

answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the methods illustrated

            (b) What are the materials in S labeled M and N

           (c) Name two types of crops that can be planted in the field instead of carrying out the practice

illustrated in S and T

(d) What is the importance of carrying out land reclamation?

 

 

SOIL FERTILITY 1 (ORGANIC MANURE)

This topic entails the following:

  • Characteristics of a fertile soil
  • How soil loses soil fertility
  • Soil fertility maintenance
  • Reasons of adding organic matter to soil
  • Disadvantages of organic manure
  • Types of organic manure i.e green manure, farm yard manure and compost measure.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help the user to             comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State two roles of humus in the soil that are beneficial to crops
  2. List four characteristic of fertile soil
  3. The diagram below illustrates a compost heap. Study it and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Name the part labeled Q and state its function
  2. b) What is the function of each of the following components in preparation of compost manure
  3. i) Top soil
  4.       ii) Wood ash

iii) Rotten manure

 

 

  1. The illustration below shows a four heap system of making compost manure. Study it and answer

the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) By use of arrows indicate on the diagram above how the following material should be

transferred from one heap to another till the manure is applied in the field

(b) How long does the material take to be ready for application in the field as manure?

(c) Give a reason for turning the material in the heap regularly

(d) Give two reasons why it is necessary to sprinkle water on the heap

  1. Name four indicators of well-decomposed manure
  2. (a) State two factors that should be considered when siting a compost manure heap

(b) When preparing compost manure, explain the importance of each of the following:-

(i) Addition of ash

(ii) Regular turning of the compost manure

  1. What is leaching?
  2. State four advantages of adding organic matter to a sandy soil
  3. (a) Describe the preparation of the following farm materials:-

(i) Farm yard manure

(ii) Hay

(b) Explain the factors considered in timely planting of annual crops

  1. A ration containing 18% protein is  to be  made  from  maize and sunflower cake. Given

that maize contains 7% protein, and sunflower seed cake 34% protein. Use Pearson square

method to calculate the value  of feedstuffs  to be used to prepare 100kgs  of the feed

  1. ii) A part from Pearson square method, name two other methods that can be used to formulate

feed ration

 

AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS

(BASIC CONCEPTS AND FARM RECORDS)

This topic entails the following

  • Definition of scarcity, preference and classic, opportunity cot as used in agriculture production.
  • Uses of farm records
  • Types of farm records i.e production records, filed operation records, breeding records, feeding records, health, labour records and master roll.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate

the user  comprehend and understand the concepts and practices.

 

  1. (a) What are the uses of farm records to a farmer?

 

  1. Identify the farm record below and the questions that follow:
Date Disease symptoms Animals affected Drug used Cost of treatment Remarks
           

(a)Identity of the record

(b) State two different information that should be entered in the remarks column

(c) Give two importance of keeping the farm record illustrated above

  1. State four uses of farm records
  2. State four uses of farm records
  3. Outline two ways the level of education and technology influence the efficiency of agricultural

production

  1. Study the illustration below of farm records:- Use it to answer the questions that follow:

Enterprise

Month                     

Name of cow DAYS IN MONTH
  1   2   3   4   5   6  
AM PM AM PM AM PM AM PM AM PM AM PM
                       

 

(a) Name the type of the farm record illustrated above

(b)  Give three reasons for keeping health records in a livestock production

(c) Give three pieces of information a dairy farm manager should collect for planning purposes

  1. List down four pieces of information recorded in a field operation record.
  2. List two events occur during induction stroke in a four stroke engine
  3. Give two conditions under which a farmer may prefer the use of donkey trailed cart instead of

a tractor drawn trailer in his farm

 

 

SOIL FERTILITY II (IN ORGANIC FERTILIZERS)

 

This topic entails the following;

  • Essentials elements required by cops
  • Classification of essential elements
  • Role o micro-nutrients
  • Deficiency symptoms of macro-nutrients and micro-nutrients.
  • Identification and classification of fertilizers.
  • Soil sampling and testing methods of fertilizer application.
  • Effect of soil acidity/alkalinity air crops
  • Fertilizer rate calculations

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate the         user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State four advantages of applying lime in clay soil
  2. a) Give the form in which the following elements are absorbed by crops
  3.     i) Sulphur
  4. ii) Nitrogen

iii) Carbon

  1.     iv)  Magnesium
  2. b) List three effects of nitrogen to plants
  3. Mr. Malombe of Shinyalu village prepared to top dress 10 hectares of nappier grass using

sulphate of ammonia (21%N). Sulphate of ammonia is applied at rate of 150kg per hectare.

Calculate

  1. a) The quantity of sulphate ammonia fertilizer the farmer will need for 10 hectares
  2. b) The number of 50kg bags of fertilizer he will purchase
  3. Give two disadvantages of using farmyard manure
  4. State four factors which influence the stage at which the crops are harvested
  5. A form four student was given a sample of a fertilizer with the following characteristics:

(i) Grey in colour

(ii) It is granular

(iii) Causes no corrosion

(iv) It is highly hygroscopic

(v) It is neutral

(a) Identify the fertilizer

(b) At what stage of growth of maize should it be applied?

(c) Calculate the amount of K2O contained in 400kg of a compound fertilizer 25:10:5

  1. State two pieces of information that soil sample should have before being taken to the laboratory

for testing

  1. A compound fertilizer bag has the labels 20-20-0. What do the figures stand for?
  2. Give four functions of sulphur in crops
  3. State four advantages of lining as a measure of soil improvement
  4. State two methods of increasing soil PH
  5. (a) State three factors that determine the amount of inorganic fertilizers needed to be applied

to crops

(b) What are the necessary precautions observed when carrying out soil sampling?

  1. List three functions of nitrogen in crops
  2. (a) Distinguish between fertilizer grade and fertilizer ratio

(b) List four elements whose deficiency results into chlorosis in plants

  1. The diagram below shows a method of soil sampling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Name the method illustrated in the diagram

(b) State three precautions taken when collecting the soil for testing using the above method

(c) Give four reasons why soil from the farm is tested

  1. A farmer was advised to apply compound fertilizer 20-20-10 on an orchard measuring

20m X 10m at the rate of 80kg/ha. Calculate the amount of fertilizer the farmer would require

for the orchard.                                                                                     (Show your working)

  1. a) A compound of fertilizer  has a fertilizer grade of 25:10:5.calculate  the a mount

of phosphorus fore sent in 400kg of this fertilizer

  1. b) The diagram below illustrate methods of collecting soil sample from a field

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Identify the methods illustrated 1-
  2. ii) xx

iii) State three importance of carrying out soil sampling and testing

  1. (a) What is an incomplete compound fertilizer?

(b) State four reasons why a maize crop continued showing deficiency of potassium despite

applications recommended amount of potassic fertilizer

  1. The diagram below shows a soil sampling method.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the method illustrated above

(b) Name any two spots in a farm that should be avoided during sampling

(c) Describe the steps followed while carrying out the exercise in (a) above

 

CROP PRODUCTION II (PLANTING)

This topic entails the following:

  • Correct  planting materials for various crops
  • Selection and preparation of planting materials
  • Determination of optimum time of planting
  • Factors which determine planting depth
  • Planting procedure for different crops
  • Factors which determine seed rate, spacing and plant population.
  • Calculation of plant population
  • Economic value of land.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate

the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State two reasons for seed treatment of tree species before planting
  2. Give three factors that determine spacing of beans
  3. State four reasons for using certified seeds for planting
  4. Below are diagrams showing vegetative material used for propagation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Name the propagation materials A, B, C, D
  2. b) What is the term used for inducing B to start germinating?
  3. c) State four advantages of vegetative propagation on crop production
  4. Differentiate between hybrid and composite
  5. a) A farmer planted 100 maize seeds and 90 seeds germinated.

Calculate the germination percentage

  1. b) Given that maize is planted at a spacing of 75cm by 25cm, calculate the plant population in a

plot measuring 4m by 3m

  1. Give four qualities of a mother plant which should be considered when selecting vegetative

material for propagation

  1. Explain five practices that a farmer should carry out to ensure uniform germination of seeds
  2. State two factors which determine the depth of planting
  3. State two advantages of adding organic matter to sandy soil

 

  1. Calculate the number of tea plants in two hectares (2ha) given that the spacing is 150cm x 75cm

and one seedling is planted per hole

  1. Outline four reasons why training is important in some crops
  2. Give four factors that influence the depth of planting
  3. Two precautions taken when harvesting cotton
  4. Outline four reasons why training is important in some crops
  5. Give four factors that influence the depth of planting
  6. Two precautions taken when harvesting cotton
  7. State four factors that determine the spacing of annual crops
  8. Outline four advantages of rolling in seedbed preparation
  9. List two factors that effect rooting of cuttings in crop production
  10. Outline three ways of preparing materials before sowing
  11. Outline three ways of preparing materials before sowing
  12. Distinguish between over sowing and under sowing

 

  1. Study the illustration below of a tea vegetative material and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) What name is given to the vegetative material drawn above for tea propagation
  2. b) State two devisable characteristics of the selected plants used to develop the plant shown
  3. c) Give two precautions observed during the preparation of the material above before planting
  4. The diagram below illustrates the spacing which is used when planting beans. Study the diagram

and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) State the spacing illustrated above
  2. b) Suppose the student is asked to use the illustrated spacing to plant in a plot 4m by 3m leaving

30cm distance from the edge; calculate;

  1. i) The number of rows on the wider side of the plot
  2. ii) Calculate the plant population
  3. Using planting material whose diagram is shown below, list four factors that would influence the

rooting of the structure

                           

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Describe the selection, preparation and raising of vegetative tea seedlings in the nursery
  2. Explain the factors considered in timely planting of annual crops
  3. Give four disadvantages of broadcasting as a method of planting.
  4. Define the following terminologies as used in Agriculture
  5. Give two advantages of producing crops by use of seeds over vegetative propaganda
  6. State four ways of preparing planting materials before planting

 

 

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION III

NURSERY MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

 

This topic entails the following:

  • A nursery bed
  • A nursery bed and a seed bed
  • Reasons of establishing nursery bed
  • Suitable site for nursery bed
  • Nursery bed preparation
  • Nursery bed management practices
  • Transplanting seedling crops from nursery bed
  • Budding a seedling
  • Grafting a seedling
  • Reasons for budding, grafting and layering
  • Tissue culture
  • Damage caused by animals to a seedling and prevention.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate the         user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. Name three methods of grafting that are used in propagation of plants
  2. State two practices done during hardening-off of seedlings in a nursery bed.
  3. List two methods of budding used in crop propagation
  4. List four management practices carried out on a nursery bed
  5. Outline two importance of tissue culture in crop propagation
  6. Differentiate between a nursery bed and a seedling bed
  7. Give four advantages of under sowing in pasture production
  8. Give four advantages of under sowing in pasture production
  9. The diagram below shows a structure used in crop production:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the structure above

(b) Give a reason for carrying out each of the following practices in the structure shown above

(i) Pricking out

(ii) Hardening off

(c) State three importance of the part labeled A in the above structure

  1. (a) Describe the siting and establishment of a crop nursery

(b) Explain management practices in a crop nursery

  1. State four importance of thinning seedlings in the nursery bed
  2. State the difference between a seedling bed and a seedbed.
  3. Below is a diagram of a nursery for raising the seedlings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) State two advantages of having the part labeled J

(b) State any three management practices that should be carried out on the nursery from the time

seedlings emerge to the stage of transplanting

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION IV (FIELD MANAGEMENT PRACTICES)

This topic entails the following:

  • Crop rotation
  • Reasons for crop rotations
  • Crop rotation programme
  • Terms used in crop farming
  • Mulching
  • Reasons for various field management practices
  • Correct stage for harvesting crops
  • Harvesting practices of various crops.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Distinguish between staking and propping as a field management practice on crops
  2. Explain five advantages of crop rotation
  3. State four factors which influence the stage at which the crops are harvested
  4. The diagrams labelled B and C below are illustrations of coffee plants established using two

different formative pruning systems.

Examine the diagrams and answer the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the system of pruning illustrated in B

(b) Identify the system of pruning in C

(c) Outline the procedure of how pruning in diagram C is carried out

  1. Give two functions of earthing up in crop production
  2. Describe the factors which determine the stage of harvesting of crops
  3. Give two ways in which inorganic much helps to conserve water
  4. State four factors that determine the spacing of annual crops
  5. Explain the importance of each of the following practices: (i) Hardening off

(ii) Pricking out

(iii) Gapping

  1. Outline two factors that determine the stage of harvesting crops
  2. (a) List four factors that determine harvesting sage of a crop

(b) Give four practices that can be used to control storage pests

  1. List four benefits of pruning in crop production
  2. (a) What is winnowing?

(b) Give one importance of the following practices:            (i) Mulching                                                                                                                                                   (ii) Threshing

(c) Which factors are considered when carrying out a crop rotation program?

  1. What is frelishing?
  2. Briefly explain how each of the factors listed below will determine the stage at which a crop is harvested

(a) Intended use of the crop

(b) Market demand

  1. What is roguering in crop production?
  2. What is meant by the term “changing the cycle” in coffee growing?
  3. The diagram below shows a practice carried out on various crops on the farm. Study them

carefully and answer the questions that follow;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the farm practice represented by B

(b) State the importance of the above practice in the following crops;

(i) Maize

(ii) Irish potatoes

(c) At what stage of growth should the above practice be carried out in maize?

  1. Mention four factors which determine the stage at which crops are harvested
  2. State two limitation of using polythene sheets as mulching materials in a field of tomatoes
  3. Give two management practices carried in a banana stool
  4. State two functions of polythene sheet when used as mulch material
  5. Give four crops requiring training

 

CROP PRODUCTION V (VEGETABLES)

This topic entails the following:

  • Growing or production of a vegetable crop form nursery establishment to harvesting
  • Keep records of crop production.
  • Market vegetable crop produce
  • Give reasons or importance of growing vegetable crops.
  • The vegetable crops include the following: Tomatoes, cabbages, onions, carots, kales.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below is of a tomato plant. Study it and answer the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) State three management practices that have not been carried on the plant above                         b) For each management practice state one reason why it should be carried  out
  2. c) Name two diseases that attack the crop above in the field
  3. Describe the production of tomatoes (lycopersicon esculentum) under the following subheadings
  4. a) Varieties
  5. b) Nursery establishment
  6. c) Field management practices
  7. List four symptoms of late blight in tomatoes
  8. State any four factors considered when grading tomatoes for fresh market
  9. State two ways of controlling purple blotch in onions
  10. The following is an illustration of an infected tomato plant. Study it carefully and answer the

questions below:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the disease which may have caused the condition shown in the illustration

(b) Name any other crop which may be affected by the disease identified in (a) above             (c) Mention two other factors which can lead to the same condition as shown by the illustration

(d) State two measures that can be sued to control the disease named in (a) above

  1. Give two ways in which pruning helps to control diseases in tomatoes
  2. Outline four ecological requirements for cabbages
  3. a) Mention two pests which attack tomatoes
  4. b) Give two causes blossom end rot disease in tomatoes
  5. List three ecological requirements of tomatoes.

 

 

LIVESTOCK HEALTH

(INTRODUCTION TO LIVESTOCK HEALTH)

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition of Health and disease.
  • Signs of sickness in animals livestock diseases
  • Categories of livestock diseases
  • Reasons for keeping livestock in good health
  • Disease control practices
  • Appropriate methods of handling livestock.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

  1. Identify four physical appearances to be observed in a sick animal
  2. State two reasons why tsetse fly control is considered to be a land reclamation method
  3. a) Explain five factors to consider when siting a fish pond
  4. b) Explain the measures used to control livestock diseases
  5. a) Name four notifiable diseases in livestock
  6. b) Discuss four ways in which livestock disease are spread in the farm
  7. c) Describe the methods of controlling livestock disease giving an example of different disease

in each case

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS II

(LAND TENURE AND LAND REFORM)

  • Definition of land tenure.
  • Description of tenure systems.
  • Descriptions of land reforms.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. State four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  2. State three objectives of land reforms that are taking place in Kenya
  3. State two causes of land fragmentation in Kenya since independence
  4. Outline the process followed in land adjudication
  5. State four benefits of a farmer having land title deed
  6. State four reasons for practicing land consolidation
  7. Give four advantages of communal land tenure system
  8. State four advantages of landlordism and tenancy
  9. Outline four objects of land tenure reform
  10. State three advantages of communal land tenure system
  11. List down four important details in a land title deed.

 

SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition of soil erosion
  • Explanation of various factors which influence erosion.
  • Agents of erosion
  • Description various methods of erosion
  • Description of various methods of erosion control
  • Description of micro-catchments and then uses.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Name three human activities that may influence soil erosion
  2. Below is a diagram showing soil erosion control method
Soil
Cultivated land with crops

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the structure used to control soil erosion
  2. b) What is the function of the structure made
  3. c) Why was soil not put on the upper side of the trench made
  4. d) State four effects if water was allowed into the cultivated land
  5. Give two roles played by Grassley in soil erosion control
  6. List three materials that may be used for constructing a gabion
  7. State one factor that would determine the width and depth of a cut off drain
  8. Explain five ways by which grass helps to conserve soil
  9. Give four farming practices that help in reducing the effects of water shortage in crop production
  10. Name two types of terraces
  11. Name two forms of gully erosion

9          -V- shaped

-U – shaped

  1. Explain the cultural methods of soil erosion control
  2. Mention four control measures of river bank erosion
  3. The figure below represents a physical soil and water conservation measure used on various slopes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the measure represented above
  2. b) Describe the construction of the identified measure above
  3. a) What is soil erosion
  4. b) Give four types of water erosion
  5. c) Explain factors which influence soil erosion
  6. d) State any seven cultural ways of controlling weeds
  7. Give two ways through which gabions control soil erosion

 

 

WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition of a weed
  • Identification of weeds
  • Classification o weeds
  • Competitive ability of weeds
  • Description of weed control methods
  • Harmful effects of weeds

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the weed

(b) Why is it difficult to control the weed?

(c) State the economic importance of the weed shown above

 

 

 

 

  1. The following is an illustration of a common weed of arable land

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the weed                                                                                                                          (b) Why is it difficult to control the weed?

(c) State one harmful effect of the weed on crop production

(d) Give two measures used to control the weed

  1. Below is a diagram of some common weeds. Study then and answer the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Identify weed A and B                                                                                                                   (ii) State two effects of weed B on crop production

(iii) Give a reason why weed B is difficult to control

(iv) State the effective method of controlling weed B                                             

  1. Give four methods of propagation which make weeds have a high competitive ability

over crops

  1. The diagrams below show weeds:-
C
D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identify the weeds C and D

(b) State why it is difficult to control weed C                                                                      

(c) State two economic importance of weed D

  1. (a) List any four types of weeds known to be poisonous to livestock

(b) At what stage of life cycle is best recommended to control weeds?

  1. State two disadvantages of using herbicides
  2. a) Name four herbicides that can be used to control weeds in a field of maize
  3. b) At what stage of growth of maize should the weeds be controlled by use of a post

emergence herbicides

  1.       (b) Give an account of economic importance of weeds
  2. a) mention two factors that   affect  selectivity of herbicides
  3. Listing specific examples of weeds describe their harmful effects in agricultural production

 

 

 

 

CROP PESTS AND DISEASES

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition of a pest and a disease
  • Main cause of crop diseases
  • Description of harmful effects of crop pests and diseases
  • Identification of crop pests and diseases
  • Control measures of crops pests and diseases

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State two possible causes of swelling on the roots of legume crops
  2. Discuss the various cultural methods of controlling pests in crops
  3. What does the term ‘close season’ mean in crop production?
  4. Explain five cultural methods of pest control in stored grains
  5. Name four symptoms of viral infections in plants
  6. Study the illustrations given below and then answer the questions that follow:-
C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the pests shown by the illustrations B, C and D

(b) State one effective method of controlling the pest labelled

(c) Name the type of crop commonly attacked by the pest labelled ‘C

  1. State the various practices carried out in the field to help control crop diseases
  2. State two ways in which pesticides kill crop pests

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below shows kale seedling attacked by a pest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the pest

(b) What damage does the pest cause to the crop

(c)  State two methods of controlling the pest

  1. Define the term ‘economic injury level of a pest and integrated pest control management
  2. List four harmful effects of crop pests
  3. The diagram below shows a fungal disease in a section of potato crop leaf

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the fungal disease
  2. b) (i) State  the causal  organism of  the disease identified above
  3. ii) Give two symptoms of the above disease
  4. c) Give two control measures of the disease
  5. The diagram below shows a banana fruit infected by a certain disease.

 

 

 

 

 

  • Identify the disease
  • Suggest any one control measure for the disease you have named in (a)
  1. The diagram below shows a crop pest;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the crop pest

(b) State two damages the pest would cause to crops

 

  1. Give two symptoms of nematode attack on bananas.
  2. Give four cultural practices used in controlling crop pests
  3. State three symptoms of coffee berry disease.

 

19        (i) Use the diagrams below to answer the question that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the crop pests labeled M, N and P

(b) State one control measures of crop pests labeled M                                                                  

(c) State the damage caused to crops by crop pest labeled N

  1. State and explain the cultural methods of pest control

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION VI

FIELD PRACTICES FOR MAIZE, MILLET, SORGHUM, BEANS AND RICE: HARVESTING OF COTTON PYRETHRUM, SUGAR CANE COFFE AND TEA

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Description of management practices of the food crops from planting to harvesting and marketing.
  • Economic value of food crops and industrial crops

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. List four management practices carried out in maize field at 45cm high
  2. Why is it not recommended to use sisal bags in handling cotton
  3. Describe the production of rice under the following sub-headings:-

(a) Land preparation

(b) Water control

(c) Fertilizer application

(d) Weed control

(ii) Describe the environmental conditions that may lead to low crop yields

  1. Describe the production of maize for dry grain production under the following sub-headings:-

(a) Seedbed preparation                                                                                                                     (b) Planting

(c) Weed control

(d) Pest control

(e) Disease control

(f) Harvesting

  1. Two precautions taken when harvesting cotton
  2. Describe production of maize under the following sub-headings ;

(a) Varieties

(b) planting

(c) pest and pest control

(d) harvesting and storage

  1. Describe the field production of maize under the following sub headings
  2. a) Ecological requirement
  3. b) Varieties
  4. c) Seedbed preparation
  5. d) Pests and diseases
  6. e) Harvesting
  7. a) Discuss harvesting of cotton                                  b) Explain the roles of Agricultural co-operatives in Kenya
  8. Describe the production of maize under the following sub-headings:

(a) Ecological requirements

(b) Land preparation                                                                                                                          (c) Planting and field management

(d) Pests and disease control

(e) Harvesting and marketing

  1. Give two precautions measures a farmer should put into consideration when harvesting cotton
  2. Describe the production of beans under the following sub headings:

(a) Ecological requirements

(b) Seedbed preparation                                                                                                                                 (c) Planting                                                                                                                                                    (d) Pest and pest control

 

 

FORAGE CROPS

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition and classification of pasture crops.
  • Identification of pasture corps
  • Description of ecological requirements of forage crops
  • Description of the establishment of pasture and fodder crops
  • Description of forage utilization and conservation.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. State three factors which affects the quality of standing forage given to livestock
  2. Explain Napier grass production under the following sub-headings
  3. i) Seedbed preparation
  4. ii) Planting

iii) Fertilizer application

  1. iv) Weed control
  2. v) Utilization
  3. Why is it necessary to allow freshly cut nappier grass to wilt before ensiling
  4. Describe the establishment of grass pasture from the time the land is ploughed using a mould

board plough to the time the pasture is ready for grazing

  1. State two causes of failure in pasture establishment
  2. State two advantages of grass-legume mixture
  3. List four factors that determine the quality of hay
  4. i) Discuss the production of Guatemala grass (Trypsacum Laxum) under the following headings
  5. a) Ecological required
  6. b) Land preparation
  7. c) Planting
  8. d) (i) Utilization and defoliation
  9. ii) Discuss six effects of late defoliation of fodder
  10. Give four factors that determine the nutrient content in hay
  11. (a) Describe the preparation of the following farm materials:-

(i) Farm yard manure

(ii) Hay

(b) Explain the factors considered in timely planting of annual crops

  1. (a) What is topping in pasture management

(b)State two methods used in topping in pasture management

  1. Give two advantages of grass-legume pasture over pure grass pasture
  2. Why are farmers encouraged to conserve excess forage in the farm?
  3. Give two factors affecting the quality of hay

 

 

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS III

(PRODUCTION ECONOMICS)

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Parameter of national development
  • Factors of production
  • Law of diminishing returns
  • Farm planning and budgeting
  • Agricultural services
  • Risks and uncertainities
  • How to adjust to risks and uncertainities.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. State four ways of increasing labour efficiency on the farm
  2. The table shows egg production from individual birds with varying mounts of layers mash

 

100 layers

(Fixed number)

Layers mash

Kgs/week

Total egg production per week Marginal production per week
100 0 140 0
100 10 155 15
100 20 180 25
100 30 240 60
100 40 340 100
100 50 470 130

(a) Sketch a graph representing the total egg production per week against amount of feed given

(b) Identify the type of production function represented by the graph in (a) above

 

  1. (a) What are the uses of farm records to a farmer?                             (b) Explain four ways in which a farmer may improve Labour productivity in the farm

(c) Outline the process followed in land adjudication

  1. Name any three types of agricultural services available to the farmer
  2. Outline four management guideline questions which assist a farm manager in making accurate

farm decisions

  1. Give four ways of improving labour productivity
  2. List four variable inputs in sorghum production
  3. List four agricultural support services available to a crop farmer in Kenya
  4. Define the following as used in Agricultural economics:-

(a) Gross domestic product (GDP)

(b) Per capita income

  1. Explain the various ways in which farmers may adjust to risks and uncertainties
  2. (a) The table below represents the yield of maize in 90kg bags in response to application of

different quantities of planting fertilizer

(i) Fill in the blank spaces

 

Input 50kg bag fertilizer Out put 90kg bag maize Average product (AP) Marginal product (MP)
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

6

10

24

31

36

40

43

43

40

 

(ii) Suggest the best level of production in relation to the inputs and output

(b) A farmer is considering undertaking the production of either maize or beans. Study the

following  information about the two crops then answer the questions that follow:

 

(i) Maize

Yield per hectare                                5,500 kg

Price                                                    15 per kg

Cost of cultivation / ha                       Kshs. 3000

Amount of seeds/ha                            25kgs

Cost of DAP fertilizer/bag                 Kshs.1,500

Amount of DAP fertilizer/ha             3bags

Cost of seeds/kg                                 Kshs.100

Labour requirements/ha                     50 man days

Cost of labour                                    Kshs.150 per man day

Amount of CAN fertilizer/bag           3 bags

Cost of CAN fertilizer/bag                 Kshs.1000

 

(ii) Beans

Yield per hectare                                5000kg

Price                                                    50per kg

Cost of cultivation / ha                       KShs.3600

Labour requirements/ha                     75 man days

Cost of labour                                     Kshs. 200 per man day

Cost of DAP fertilizer/bag                 Kshs. 1500

Amount of DAP fertilizer/ha             2bags

Cost of seeds/kg                                 Kshs.800

Amount of seed/ha                             20kg

Amount of CAN fertilizer/bag           1bag

Cost of CAN fertilizer/bag                 Kshs.1,000

Cost of sprays                                                 Kshs.3,000

(i) Calculate the gross margins for each crop                                                                                   (14mks)

(ii) From your calculation, which crop is profitable to grow?

  1. Below is a graphical representation of the law of diminishing returns.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NPK fertilizer input (in 50kg bags)

 

 

(a) Explain what happens in each of the three zones marked I and III in relation to the output

of maize     and the NPK fertilizer input

(b) Which of the three is a rational zone of production

  1. Give four variable costs in maize production
  2. A farmer has the following yield from a two hectare millet crop enterprise at Oluch irrigation schemes.

Study it and prepare his gross margin. is it  profitable to grow millet? He spent the following in

his operations

Weed                        800/=

Seeds                        20kg/ha

Irrigation                  600/=/ha

Ploughing                500/=/ha

Clearing the land   1200/=

Cost of seeds           300/= /10kg bag

Planting                   400/= /ha

Harvesting              1200/= /ha

Yield                       32bags

DAP fertilizer         2 bags at 10 000/= /50kg bags

CAN fertilizer        2 bags at 700/= /50kg bags

Gunny bags            40/= /bag

Transport to market    2000/=

  1. A farmer has the following yield from a two hectare millet crop enterprise at Oluch irrigation schemes. Study it and prepare his gross margin. is it profitable to grow millet? He spent the following in his operations

Weed                        800/=

Seeds                        20kg/ha

Irrigation                  600/=/ha

Ploughing                500/=/ha

Clearing the land   1200/=

Cost of seeds           300/= /10kg bag

Planting                   400/= /ha

Harvesting              1200/= /ha

Yield                       32bags

DAP fertilizer         2 bags at 10 000/= /50kg bags

CAN fertilizer        2 bags at 700/= /50kg bags

Gunny bags            40/= /bag

Transport to market    2000/=                                                             (20mks)

 

  1. What is profit maximization in Agricultural Economics
  2. a) A farmer is considering undertaking the production of either maize or beans. Study the

following information about the two crops and then answer the questions that follow:

 

Maize  
Yield per hectare 5500kg
Price Kshs.15 per kg
Cost of cultivation/ ha Kshs. 3000/=
Amount of DAP fertilizer/ bag Kshs.1500/=
Amount of DAP fertilizer/ ha 3 bags
Cost of seed/ Kg Kshs.100
Labour requirements / ha 50 man days
Cost of labour Kshs.150 per man day
Amount of CAN fertilizer 3 bags
Cost of CAN fertilizer/ bag Kshs.1000

 

Beans  
Yield per hectare Kshs.5000
Price Kshs.50 per kg
Cost of cultivation/ ha Kshs.3600
Labour requirements/ ha 75 man- days
Cost of labour Kshs.200 per man day
Cost of DAP fertilizer/ bag Kshs.1500
Amount of DAP fertilizer/ ha 2 bags
Cost of seed/ kg Kshs.80
Amount of seed/ ha 20kg
Amount of CAN fertilizer/ 1 bag
Cost of CAN fertilizer/ bag Kshs.1000
Cost of sprays Kshs.3000

 

  1. i) Calculate the gross margin for each crop
  2. ii) From your calculation which crop is profitable to grow
  3. b) Discuss five factors considered when planning a farm
  4. Using the data provided in the table below, make an interpretation and advice the farmer on which

crop to grow ;

Type of crop Gross margin (Ksh)
Cotton 18,400
Ground nuts 20,050
  1. Outline three advantages of budgeting in farm business
  2. A farmer has 1 Ha piece of land on which he grows maize. His farm record on maize

production for nine years is as shown in the table below:

Year Fertilizer applied (bags) Total output of maize (bags)
1995 0 4
1996 2 10
1997 4 28
1998 6 42
1999 8 52
2000 10 60
2001 12 66
2002 14 66
2003 16 64

 

(a) i) Using an appropriate scale, with input on the X-axis draw a graph to show the relationship

between inputs and total output

(ii) From the graph you have drawn, how many bags of maize would the farmer produce if

he applied 9bags of fertilizer?

Calculate the farmers marginal products and average products for the years                                  (i) From the data given, what rate of fertilizer application would the farmer choose if he

wanted to grow maize in 2004?

(ii) Give an explanation for your choice in (c) (i) above

(b) Assuming that the average price of fertilizer over the years recorded was shs. 1,200/= per bag

and the price of maize was ksh.1000/= per bag :

Calculate the gross income for the years 2002 and 2003

Calculate the net income for the year 1999. (Assume no other costs were incurred)

  1. Name five types of costs incurred in a farming business
  2. List any four sources of credit to farmers.
  3. List three ways in which labour peaks can be overcome in the farm (1½ mks)
  4. State four ways of improving farm labour productivity
  5. A farmer had a plot of land measuring 5 hectares in which be intended to plant maize.

He was advised to apply 150 kg of P20 per hectare at planting and 200kg N per hectare during

top dressing. The fertilizer available in the market was Calcium Ammonium Nitrate containing

20% N and Di-ammonium phosphate 46% P205. Calculate.

(a)  (i) The amount of Di—ammonium phosphate required

(ii) The amount of calcium ammonium nitrate required

(b) Baraka farm manager plans to grow Irish potatoes or maize for grains. Study the information

below and answer the questions that follow:

 

Irish potatoes

Cost of fertilizers/ha____________________________ Ksbs 10,000.

Labour requirements/ha ______________________ Kshs 50 man – days

Yield /ha ___________________________________ 10,000kg

Seed potato/ha ________________________________Kshs20, 000

Cost of labour ___________________________ Kshs 200 per man day

Cost of fungicides___________________________ Kshs 5000

Cost of ploughing____________________________ Kshs 4000

Selling price of potatoes per kg __________________ Kshs 30.

 

Maize

Yield per hectare ______________Kshs.7,500kg

Selling price of maize per kg _____________Kshs 20.

Cost of ploughing /ha ________________Kshs.4000

Seed maize/ha _____________________Kshs.3000

Labour requirement /ha _________________________ 200 man days.

Cost of fertilizers /ha ____________________Kshs 10,000

Cost of top dressing fertilizers __________________Kshs 4,800

Cost of labour _____________Kshs 150 per man – day

 

(i) What is gross margin?

(ii) Calculate the gross margin of each of the crops

(iii) From the calculation above which crop should the farm grow?

(d) Describe the environmental factors that may lead to poor yields in crop production

                       

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS IV

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Importance of farm accounts
  • Financial documents and their uses
  • Analysis  of financial statements
  • Books of accounts and their uses.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Name three methods of grafting that are used in propagation of plants

2          a) The following transactions were extracted from Mr. Tembo’s financial books for the year

ending 31st Dec 2003.study and answer the questions that follow:

            Particulars                                                       cost (ksh)

Milk sale                                                          8 000

Goat sale                                                             500

Purchase of farm tools                                     1 000

Construction of zero grazing unit                  10 000

Depreciation of machinery                                 800

Closing stock                                                 16 000

Veterinary bills                                                     400

Interest payable                                                   750

Wages                                                              4 800

Sales of cabbages                                                750

Sales of tea                                                       4 700

Opening stock                                                 12 000

Sales of heifers                                                  9 400

Purchase of pesticides                                          300

 

(a) i) Prepare a profit and loss account for Mr. Tembo’s farm for the year ending 31st Dec. 2003

  1. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss made by the farm
  2. b) i) Give five functions of farmer’s cooperative societies
  3.     ii) Outline five common risks and uncertainties in farming

 

  1. State four reasons for using certified seeds for planting
  2. List any two financial statements which may be prepared on a farm
  3. The following information was obtained from Lang’at’s farm records for the year ending

December, 2004. Study it and answer the questions that follow:-

Goats                              4,000

Poultry                          15,000

Causal workers             12,000

Opening valuation      150,000

 

His sales and receipts are as follows:

Mohair                        75,000

Rabbits                        3,600

Eggs to hotel               15,000

Closing valuation       200,000

(a) Prepare the profit and loss A/C of Lang’at’s farm

(b) State the benefit of a profit and loss A/C to Mr. Lang’at

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) List any four financial documents used in the farm

(b)  Prepare a profit and loss account for Mr. Rob’s farm for the year ending 31st Dec. 2009, given

the following information:-

Sale of milk                Kshs.10,000

Sold two heifers         kshs.10,000

Cabbage sold              Kshs. 20,000

Debts payable                         Ksh.4,200

Sold tomatoes             Kshs. 3,000

Veterinary bills          Kshs.2,500

Bought livestock feeds Kshs.2,500

Purchase fertilizers    Kshs.5,000

Bought seeds              Kshs. 4,000

Debts receivable         Kshs.20,000

Opening valuation      Kshs.150,000

Closing valuation       Kshs.200,000

(c) Did the farm make a profit or a loss? Calculate the percentage profit or loss made by the Farm

(d) Explain the various ways in which farmers may adjust to risks and uncertainties

  1. a) The following transactions were extracted from Mr. Tembo’s financial books for the year

ending 31st Dec 2003.study and answer the questions that follow:

            Particulars                                                       cost (ksh)

Milk sale                                                          8 000

Goat sale                                                             500

Purchase of farm tools                                     1 000

Construction of zero grazing unit                  10 000

Depreciation of machinery                                 800

Closing stock                                                 16 000

Veterinary bills                                                     400

Interest payable                                                   750

Wages                                                              4 800

Sales of cabbages                                                750

Sales of tea                                                       4 700

Opening stock                                                 12 000

Sales of heifers                                                  9 400

Purchase of pesticides                                          300

 

  1. i) Prepare a profit and loss account for Mr. Tembo’s farm for the year ending 31st Dec 2003
  2. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss made by the farm
  3. b) i) Give five functions of farmer’s cooperative societies
  4.      ii) Outline five common risks and uncertainties in farming

 

  1. At the end year ended 31/12/2005 Bidii farm recorded the following:

Perennial crops           250,000

Bank loans                  30,000

Cash at hand               5,000

Bank overdrafts          15,000

Land                            350,000

Unpaid wages             3,000

Debts receivable         20,000

Stocks in store                        25,000

Livestock                    200,000

Bank balances             100,000

(a) Prepare a balance sheet as at 31/12/2005

(b) Did Bidii farm qualify for a loan and why?

 

  1. State one condition in which each of the following documents is used.
  2. i) Invoice
  3. ii) Delivery note

iii) Receipt

  1. Below is a transaction showing Mrs.Okello’s financial position in her business for the year 2009

-Purchase of pesticides                           3,000  00

-Milk sales                                              8,000  00

-Sales of goats                                        5,000  00

-Construction of store                           10,000  00

-Closing valuation                                 16,000  00

-Depreciation of machinery                     3,000 00

-Interest payable                                      1,750  00

-Purchase of farm tools                               800 00

-Veterinary bills                                        1,400 00

-Sales of tomatoes                                    1,750  00

-Wages                                                   10,000  00

-Sales of heifer                                       10,000  00

-Opening valuation                                 12,000  00

-Sales  of coffee                                        5,000  00

  1.  i) Prepare a profit and loss account for Mrs. Okello’s farm
  2. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss that Mrs. Okello made during the year 2009

iii) Explain six ways in which farmers adjust to risk and uncertainties in farming

  1. Name two examples of liabilities in a balance sheet

 

AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS (V)

This topic entails the following:

  • Market and marketing
  • Types of markets
  • Supply and demand
  • Marketing functions
  • Problems of marketing
  • Agricultural organizations

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. a) Explain the principle that govern the  operations of farmers’  co-operative societies
  2. b) Explain the role of agricultural cooperatives in Kenya
  3. c) Explain various functions of agricultural marketing
  4. a) Give four marketing functions
  5. b) Outline four problems associated with marketing of agricultural products
  6. State two roles of agricultural society of Kenya
  7. (a) What is elasticity of demand for a commodity

(b) Given that at a price of shs.1000 per bag, 20 bags of maize are demanded but when the price

changes to shs.800 per bag, 22 bags are demanded. Calculate the elasticity of demand. Show

your working

(c)Outline six problems of marketing maize as an agricultural product

(d) Determine nine principles governing cooperatives in Kenya

  1. Outline four reasons why training is important in some crops
  2. (a) Explain marketing activities in Agriculture

(b) Discuss problems experienced in marketing of Agricultural products

  1. What is elasticity of supply

 

  1. How do the governments control prices of essential farm produce
  2. b) Explain the roles of Agricultural co-operatives in Kenya
  3. State the law of demand and supply.
  4. What do the following initials stand for?

(i) K.N.F.U – Kenya National Farmers Union

(ii) H.C.D.A – Horticultural Crops Development Authority

  1. (a) What is a co-operative society

(b) List two functions of co-operatives

(c) State and explain the nine principles of governing co-operatives

  1. Give four factors which influenced the demand of tomatoes in the market

 

 

 

 

AGROFORESTRY

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Definition of agro forestry
  • Importance of agro forestry
  • Forms of agro forestry
  • Importance of trees
  • Selection f trees to plant
  • Routine management practices on trees
  • Methods of tree harvesting.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

 

  1. State two reasons for seed treatment of tree species before planting
  2. State four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  3. List four advantages of agro-forestry
  4. The illustrations below are techniques of harvesting agroforestry trees. Study them carefully and

then answer the questions below:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the harvesting techniques represented by techniques A and B

(b) Give an example of a tree species suitable for technique B and C as a method of harvesting

  1. State four factors considered when choosing trees for Agroforestry
  2. (a) Five characteristics of trees used in agroforestry are;

(b) The benefits of agroforestry are:

  1. Name four forms of agro- forestry
  2. Give four characteristics that good agro-forestry tree should posses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANSWERS SECTION 1

 

INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE

 

  1. two factors which characterize intensive farming
  • Small farms
  • Huge capital
  • Skilled labour
  • Produce for sale

Mechanization done

  1. three reasons why organic farming is encouraged in farming
  • Cheap
  • Environmental friendly

No chemical residues in produce

  1. two ways in which Agriculture contributes to industrial development.

– Provide raw materials for industries.

– Provide market for industrial goods.

– Is a source of capital for starting industries.

  1. four ways by which wind affects the growth of crops.

– Causes physical damage to crops.

– Cause rapid spread of diseases/ pests/ weeds.

– Can cause water stress as a result of evaporation.

– Causes stress of crops due to chilling caused cold winds.

– Encourage transpiration hence water and mineral uptake.

  • Agriculture – rearing of fish in fish ponds
  1. One physical characteristic used in classifying soil is:
  • Colour,
  • Texture,
  • Structure
  1. Four advantages of organic farming
  • Environmental friendly
  • Products do not have organic farming
  • Products do not have organic chemical residue
  • Improve soil structure
  • Replenishes nutrients in the soil as it uses organic manure
  • Enhances soil water retention
  • Provides food for soil microbes
  • Enhances soil water infiltration
  1. Two conditions under which shifting cultivation is practiced are:
  • Can only be practiced where land is abundant
  • Practiced where population is sparse
  • Practiced where number of livestock per units low (2 ½mks)
  1. Four factors that determine the time of planting a crop

(a) Olericulture – production of vegetables

  • Floriculture – production of flowers

(b) Apiculture – bee keeping

  • Agriculture – rearing of fish in fish ponds

 

 

 

 

FACTORS WHICH INFLUENCE AGRICULTURE

  1. two roles of humus in the soil that are beneficial to crops
  • Provide nutrients
  • Increase water holding capacity
  • Increase soil temperature

Neutral soil PH

  1. a) five activities that may be  undertaken in organic farming
  • Mulching
  • Apply manure
  • Use medicinal plants to control parasites and diseases
  • Crop rotation
  • Rear livestock on natural organically grown pasture
  • Physical/ cultural/ biological/ pests, weeds and disease control
  1. four effects of temperature on crop growth

Low temp-slow growth rate

-increase incidence of negative infection e.g. CBD

-improve quality of some crop

High temp-cause wilting

-increase growth rate

-improve quality of some crops

-increase pest and disease incidences (1/2×4=2mks)

  1. four ways by which wind affects the growth of crops.

– Causes physical damage to crops.

– Cause rapid spread of diseases/ pests/ weeds.

– Can cause water stress as a result of evaporation.

– Causes stress of crops due to chilling caused cold winds.

– Encourage transpiration hence water and mineral uptake.

  1. Two factors related to light that affect crop production and distribution in Kenya:-
  • Light intensity
  • Light duration

–     Light wavelength

  1. The environmental conditions that may lead to low crop yields
  • Poor soil fertility /infertile soil
  • Damage by hailstorms
  • Less rainfall/unreliable/drought
  • Poor soil type resulting into leaching or water logging
  • Inappropriate soil PH
  • Inappropriate temperature (too low or high)
  • Excessive wind leading to increase in water loss from the soil
  • Extreme relative humidity
  • Extreme of light intensity
  • Topography / some attitudes e.g. very high may limit crop growth ( 1mk x any 7pts = 7mks)
  1. – Rainfall
  • Soil
  • Topography
  • Light
  • Wind
  1. One physical characteristic used in classifying soil is:
  • Colour,
  • Texture,
  • Structure

 

 

 

  1. Four advantages of organic farming
  • Environmental friendly
  • Products do not have organic farming
  • Products do not have organic chemical residue
  • Improve soil structure
  • Replenishes nutrients in the soil as it uses organic manure
  • Enhances soil water retention
  • Provides food for soil microbes
  • Enhances soil water infiltration ( 4x ½ = 2mks)
  1. (a) The aim of the experiment was:- to show presence of living organisms in the soil

(b) observations were:

  • Flask D  – Limewater turns milky/turbid       (1mk)
  • Flask E – Lime water remains clear  (1mk)

(c)  The reason for the observation in flask D is:-

Carbon dioxide which turns water milky in flask D would have been produced only during the respiration of living organisms present in fresh soil

  1. – It may have hard pan which interfere with water infiltration
  2. a) – Light duration
  • Light intensity
  • Light wave length ( ½ x3=1 ½ mks)
  1. b)  Evapotranspiration
  • Presence of pest
  1. a) – E – Single grained structure

– F – Granular structure                                                                                                (1×1=1 mk)

  1.  b)        i) Humus with clay                                                                                         (1×1=1 mk)
  2. ii) Air space (1×1=1 mk)

c)-  Colour affects soil texture and hence micro- organisms in the soil Ö

– Texture – affects drainage, aeration and capillary

– Structure – affects aeration and root penetration

  1. three physical characteristics of soil (1 1/2mks)
  • Soil structure
  • Soil texture
  • Soil colour
  1. a) State merits of horizon A
  • source of plant nutrients
  • support/anchor the crops
  • store of water for the crops
  • sources of soil micro organism
  1. b) State distinct features of horizon B
  • deficient of humus(nutrients)
  • contain leached nutrients
  • contains more compact soil particles
  • presence of hard pans in  some soils
  1. c) Transitional zone-this is a zone bordering two adjacent layer of soil profile

i)Weathered rock

Importance

  • Give rise  to sub soil
  • Source of minerals
  • Determine mineral content of  soil and type  of soil

16

  • Low temperatures encourages crop diseases such as leaf rust
  • Low temperatures may increase or lower the quality of farm produce
  • High temperatures hastens maturity/ improves the quality/ lower the quality
  • Increases the rate of evapo transpiration which may result loss plant moisture/ leading to wilting of crops
  • Movement of animals in large numbers
  • Decomposition of plant and animal remains by soil micro- organisms
  • Physical breaking of rocks by roots of higher plants
  • Man’s activities e.g. cultivation, mining and road construction
  • Mixing up of soil by animals e.g. earth worms and
  1. – Temperature/ Altitude

– Soil type;

– Prevailing winds;

– Rainfall;       (4x ½ =2mks)

  1. – It influences the movement of the weathered materials hence affecting the depth of soil development;
  2. two importance of parent’s material in soil profile
  • Determine  soil characteristics
  • Determine  soil  depth

Determine  soil  nutrients

  1. four ways of modifying soil temperature in crop production
  • Mulching
  • Pruning
  • Shading of crops
  • Irrigation (4x ½ mks)
  1. a) two factors that   affect  selectivity of herbicides
  • Stage of plants  growth
  • Plants morphology and anatomy
  • Mode  of action
  • Environmental factors (2×1=2mks)
  1. b) Name two farming practice that cause water pollution
  2. four factors that influence soil formation
  • Parents  rock  material
  • Climate
  • Topography
  • Biotic/organic/living organism
  1. – Drainage

-Aeration

-Water-holding capacity

-capillary

  1. -large animals e.g. Buffaloes

-Man activities e.g. farming

-Root pressure of plants

-Burrowing animals e.g moles, termites

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION I (LAND PREPARATION)

 

  1. three factors that determine depth of ploughing during land preparation
  • Crop to be planted
  • Implement available

Type of soil

  1. Four reasons for cultivating land before planting.

– To improve soil aeration.

– To improve germination.

– Destroy weeds.

– Destroy weeds.

– Incorporate organic matter in the soil.

– Increase water infiltration.

  1. (a)Is a situation in which least possible cultivation operations are carried out in crop

production.

(b) – Clearing the land / bush clearing.

– Using appropriate chemicals to kill the existing vegetation.

– Weeding using herbicides.

– Planting / drilling seeds directly into the stubble of previous crop.

  1. (a) – Harrow the land to a fine filth;

– Harrow during the dry or before the rains;

– Make the seed be weed – free / ensure clean seed bed;

– Firm the seed bed using rollers after sowing;

– Select a desirable variety of seed for the ecological zone,;

– Sow seeds at the onset rains/ early planting;

– Apply phosphatic fertilizers at appropriate rate of 200 – 300 kgs/ ha at planting time;

– Drill or broadcast  the seeds evenly;

– Use a recommended seed rate for the variety / seed rate of 1.5 – 2.0 kh/ha pure seeds;

– Bury seeds at 2 ½ times their diameter;

– Control weeds by uprooting/ apply a suitable herbicide;

– Apply nitrogenous fertilizers about 6 weeks after germination in split application.

– Avoid grazing when the pasture is too young.

– Practice light grazing in the field phase of pasture establishment.            (10 x 1 = 10 mk)

(b) – Select seeds of  the  same size, variety, age and free from pests and diseases.

– Plant seeds at the same time.

– Prepare the whole field to required uniform tilth.

– Plant at the right moisture content of the soil / irrigation uniformly.

– Treat seeds before planting i.e. break dormancy.

– Plant at the correct depth.                                                                                        (5 x 1 = 5 mks)

(c) – Soil moisture content.

– Type of soil.

– Cost of operation.

– Size of seed/ type of planting material/ type of crop.

– Type of machinery available / use of tractors.

– Topography / gradient of the land/ liability of soil erosion.

– Skills of the operator.

– Initial conditions of the land/ the cropping history of the land.

– Time available to carry out the operation before planting.

  1. Four physical conditions of the seedbed that need to be changed to facilitate

Germination

  • Size of soil clods (clods (made small or medium size
  • Appropriate soil depth
  • Soil looseness
  • Should be weed free

–    Soil moisture content improved

 

  1. Four importance of sub soiling as a tertiary operation
  • Brings leached nutrients to the surface
  • Breaks hard pans
  • Promotes aeration of the soil
  • Promotes water infiltration

–    Ensures better root penetration

 

  1. Four advantages of rolling in seedbed preparation are:
  • Press the seeds against the soil moisture
  • Controls soil erosion
  • Ensure uniform germination
  • Controls removal of small seeds by wind
  • Breaks large soil cods
  1. four disadvantages of minimum tillage
  • The less porous surface increased soil erosion especially  in heavily sols
  • Difficulty in weed control
  • Speed of planting to reduce due to large amount of residues in the soil and big clods

Leads  to accumulating of soil borne  pests and diseases

  1. a)      – ridging
  2. b) (i) Encourage tuber expansion
  • Allow easy harvesting of crop roots

(ii)     Rolling

  • Leveling
  • Leads to timely planting
  • Weeds are appropriately controlled especially the perennial such as couch grass
  • Farmers take advantage of availability of labour reducing the cost of labour
  • Control of soil borne pests

Gives time for better organic decomposition

  1. – By repeated cultivation at the same depth;

– Cultivating the soil when wet using heavy machinery;

  1. – Type and size of planting material;

– Topography/slope f land;

– Soil moisture content;

– (Initial) condition of land/amount of vegetation on the land;

-Capital available

– Type of implement used;

  1. It is the least number of cultivation operations either during preparation of the seed bed or

during the management of the crops.

14.

  • Market demand
  • Type of crop to be planted
  • Moisture condition of the soil and rainfall pattern
  • Prevalence of pests and diseases
  • Prevalence of weeds
  1. two factors that determine the number of cultivation on a field before it   is ready for planting
  • purpose of crop
  • moisture content
  • concentration  of desired  chemical
  • weather
  • market demand
  1. – Enables crop to benefit maximumly from available moisture

-Crops make use of nitrogen flush available at that time

-Crops fetch high market prices

-Crops escape from pests and diseases

-There is high vigour in crops that resist diseases

-Ensures timely harvesting

  1. – type of crop to be planted

-Implements available

-Type of soil

-Climatic conditions

WATER SUPPLY, IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE

  1. State two reasons for treating water for us on the farm
  • Remove chemical impurities
  • Remove foreign material
  • Remove disease earning organisms

Remove bad smell & taste

  1. State three reasons for draining swampy land before growing crops
  • Increase soil volume
  • Improve aeration
  • Increases activities of micro organisms
  • Control erosion

Reduce toxic substance in soil

3 .         a )Sprinkle irrigation

  1.  b) four advantages of the above irrigation system
  • Little water required
  • Done on nay topography
  • Control weeds between rows
  • Water under low pressure
  • Prevent fungal diseases
  1. c) three factors that determine the type of irrigation on the farm
  • Where tree crops are planted
  • Little water supply
  • Enough capital for the method is available
  • Slope land                                                                                                       3x ½ = 1 ½ mks
  1. d) two disadvantages o f the above system of irrigation
  • Difficult to carry field mechanization
  • Require a lot of capital
  • Require clean water
  • Regular repair of broken pipes and blocked pipes

Applicable where tree plants are grown

  1. a) Artificial√ application of water to the soil  surface for purpose of supplying enough

moisture√  for plants growth(mark  whole)

  1. b) Surface,

overhead,

subsurface,

drip/trickle

  1. a) four use of water on the farm
  • Irrigation
  • Domestic use
  • Diluting  chemicals
  • Construction work
  • Watering  livestock and washing buildings
  • Processing  farm produce(1/2×4=2mks)
  1. b) four methods of harvesting water on the farm (2mks)
  • roof cantonment
  • weirs
  • rock cantonment
  • dams
  • ponds

 

  1. c) the stages involved in water treatment process
  • filtration of  water intake
  • softening
  • coagulation and sedimentation
  • filtration in  tanks
  • chlorination  storage  (1/2×6=3mks)
  1. four uses of water in the farm.

– For diluting chemicals used to control pests.

– For watering livestock.

– For watering plants e.g. irrigation.

– For washing utensils, calf pen bully sheds.

– For domestic use e.g. drinking, cooking.

– For rearing fish.

– For recreation

– Processing of farm produce.

– In construction of buildings.

  1. two types of irrigation used in Kenya.

– Overhead / sprinkler.

– Surface / Flood / furrow/ basin.

– Drip/ trickle.

  1. Four disadvantages cambered beds
  • High cost of maintenance
  • Provides breeding ground for vectors of malaria
  • Prevents proper mechanization of the farm

–     Labour intensive

(c) Stage I:      Filtration of water intake.

– Water from source river is made to pass through a series of sieves.

– Large particles of impurities are trapped by the sieves.

– Water then enters into the large pipe to be directed to the mixing chamber.

Stage II:          Softening of the water.

  • Water circulates in the mixing chamber and doses of soda ash to soften the water.

Stage III:         Coagulation and sedimentation

  • Water is passed through coagulation tank where fresh air enters to remove bad smell/ chloride of lime used.

 

  • Water stays for 36 hours thus solid particles settle and bilharzias causing organisms killed.
  • Alum added to coagulated solid particles which settle at the bottom.

Stage IV:         Filtration

  • Water is passed through filtration tank with layers of sand and gravel to filter it.
  • Water leaving the filtration tank is clean.

Stage V:          Chlorination

  • Water is passed through chlorination tank where chlorine is added.
  • Micro-organisms in the water are killed by chlorine.

Stage VI:         Storage

– The treated water is stored in large overhead tanks before distribution and use.

  1. – Improves soil aeration
  • Raises soil temperature
  • Increases activities of micro- organisms
  • Increases soil volume

–     Prevent accumulation of poisonous substances in the soil

  1. – Semi-rotary
  • Hydram
  • Piston/ reciprocating
  • Centrifugal
  • Rotary
  1. Four examples of working capital in maize production are;
  • Seeds
  • fertilizer
  • Herbicides
  • Pesticides
  • Fuel fragticides
  • Casual labour  (4x ½  = 2mks)
  1. four types of water pumps which can be used in the farm
  • Centrifugal/rotadynathic pumps
  • Piston/reciprocating pump
  • Semi-Rotan pump
  • Hydram pump
  1. four methods of drainage

Open ditches

  • Under ground drain pipes
  • French drains
  • Cambered beds
  • Pumping
  • Planting of trees/planting of trees such as Eucalyptus
  1. A dam is a barrier constructed a cross a  river  or a dry valley to hold water and raise its level

to form a reservoir  or  lake

  • A weir is a barrier constructed across a river to raise  the level  of water and still allow water to flow over it
  1. – Giving subsidies by reducing the cost of production inputs

Fixes prices of the related products

  1. – Piping is the conveyance of water through pipes from one place to the other while pumping is the lifting of water from one point to another by use of mechanical force;

17.

  • To facilitate the action of soil living organisms
  • To check or reduce leaching
  • To moderate or increase soil temperature
  • To reduce accumulation of dissolved soil salts
  • To reduce erosion rate of top soil
  • To improve soil structure
  • To increase effectiveness of phosphorous fertilizer and conserve soil nitrogen
  • As a way of reclaiming areas such as coastal plains and the river belts which may have high water tables
  • In rice fields, water should be controlled by draining the water for a different crop cycle.

18.

  • Allowing livestock to graze near water sources often results in organic waste products being washed into the water ways.
  • Fertilizer application
  • Pesticides
  • Over grazing
  • Irrigation
  • Over cultivation
  • Use of farm machinery
  1. a) i) A – Drop/ trickle irrigation
  2. ii) B – Sprinkler/ overhead irrigation
  3. b) Two advantages of method A over method B
  • Conserves water
  • Does not damage flowers, leaves
  • Does not cause splash/ splatter irrigation
  • Does not encourage spread of fungal diseases from crop to crop
  • Does not encourage the growth of weeds all over the field
  • Agro- chemical can be dissolved in the water and directly applied to the crop
  1. c) i) Cotton wool
  2. ii) Rough sand
  3. four reasons for practicing irrigation
  • Increase crop production by  applying adequate  moisture
  • To reclaim  dry areas
  • To meet  moisture requirement  of crops
  • To produce and  benefit  from off  season crops
  • Growing  of paddy vice
  1. – to prevent rotting

-For processing

– For long storage

– Prevent pest and disease attack

  1. (a) Kill germs

(b) For sedimentation

  1. S- French drainage T- Vambedred peds                M – soil- stones

 

SOIL FERTILITY 1 (ORGANIC MANURE)

  1. two roles of humus in the soil that are beneficial to crops
  • Provide nutrients
  • Increase water holding capacity
  • Increase soil temperature

Neutral soil PH

  1. four characteristic of fertile soil (2mks)
  • Well drained
  • Correct PH
  • Good water  holding capacity
  • Adequate  plant  nutrients
  • Free from pest   and diseases
  • Correct soil nutrients
  1. a) Q-stick√

Function-checking temperature√ and other conditions within the heap

  1. b) i) Top soil-introduces organisms to effect composition√
  2. ii) Wood ash-increases the level of phosphorus and potassium√

iii) Rotten manure-provides food for micro-organism√

  1. The illustration below shows a heap system of making compost manure. Study it and answer

the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) use of arrows indicate how the decomposing material should be transferred from one heap

to another till the manure is applied in the field.

b)- 3  – 6 wks

  1. c) one reason for turning the material in the heap regularly.

– Proper decomposition.

– Facilitate air circulation.

– Microbial activities.

  1. d) two reasons why it is necessary to sprinkle water on the heap.

– To regulate the internal temperatures in the heap.

– Create moist environment for microbial activity.

  1. Four indicators of well-decomposed manure
  • Absence of bad odour and instead the smell of forest soil
  • Light weight
  • Brown colour
  • Moist but not wet
  • – Original nature of material not noticeable (½ x 4pts = 2mks)
  1. (a) Two factors that should be considered when siting a compost manure heap are:-
  • Accessibility
  • Drainage
  • Direction of prevailing wind
  • Size of the farm/proximity

(b) Five advantages of rotation grazing are: (5mks)

  • Livestock with maximum use of pastures
  • Reduces build up of parasites and diseases
  • Animal waste evenly distributed
  • Pasture area given time to regenerate
  • Excess pasture conserved
  • Possible to apply fertilizer in the parts of the pasture which are not in use (5×1=5mks)
  1. It is movement of dissolved nutrients front p soil to lower horizons of soil becoming

Unravel able to crops

  • Improves soil structure
  • Adds nutrients
  • Increases cation exchange capacity
  • Increases microbial activity in the soil
  • Improves water holding capacity/ reduces leaching
  • Buffers soil PH

Moderates soil temperature

  1. (a) (i) Preparation of farm yard manure:-
  • Collect animal waste/refuse/dung and urine;
  • Collect animal bedding/litter and other rotten plant residues;
  • Store collected materials under roof/shed to prevent leaching and oxidization of nutrients;
  • Turnover the materials regularly;
  • Sprinkle water if dry;
  • leave the material to rote completely before use; (6×1=6mks)

(ii) Preparation of Hay

  • Cut the grass /legume in the field when 50% of it is starting to flower;
  • The cut forage is spread in the field for four continuous days (sunny days)
  • The cut forage is turned daily for even for four uniform drying;
  • Gather the dried material in a central spot;
  • Bale the material;
  • Properly store the baled hay (6×1=6mks)

 

 

 

(b) Factors to consider in timely planting of annual crops

  • Escape from serious weed competition;
  • Utilization of early rainfall;
  • Exploitation of Nitrogen flush in the soil that has accumulated during dry season;
  • Escape from serious pest + disease attack e.g. stalk borer in maize;
  • Fetch high market prices when harvested early;
  • Reduce competition for labour during labour peak period;
  • For harvesting season to coincide with dry period to reduce losses e.g. cotton

Early planting means early farming/calendar for the farmer to enable him /her to finish up other farm activities;          (8×1=8mks)

 

  1. i) A ration containing 18% protein is  to be  made  from  maize and sunflower cake. Given

that maize contains 7% protein, and sunflower seed cake 34% protein. Use Pearson square

methods to calculate the value of feedstuffs to be used to prepare 100kgs of the feed (3mks)

  1. ii) two other methods that can be used to formulate feed ration (2mks)
  • Linear programming
  • Trial and error

Graphical method.

 

AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS

(BASIC CONCEPTS AND FARM RECORDS)

  1. (a) – Help to determine the value of the farm/ determine assets and liabilities.

– Provide history of the farm.

– Assist in planning and budgeting in various fields.

– Helps to detect losses or theft in the farm.

– Assists when sharing losses or profits (dividends)for communal owned farms/ partnership.

– Help to settle disputes in the farm among heirs.

– Help to support insurance claim e.g. against fire and theft.

– Provide labour information like terminal benefits, NSSF due, Sacco dues for all employees.

– Help to compare the performance of different enterprises within a farm or other farms.

– Help in the assessment of income tax to avoid over or under taxation.

– Records, helps to show whether the farm business is making profit or losses. This information

helps in obtaining credit.                                                                                     (10 x 1 = 10 mks)

 

  1. (a)Health record

(b) Next date of treatment /vaccination

  • – Occurrence of the disease
  • – Response to treatment ( ½ x 2 =1mk)

(c) – Select and cull animals on health ground

  • Know the course of action to be taken in the event of a disease and maintenance of good health
  • Know the prevalent disease

–    Calculate cost of treatment

 

3          Four uses of farm records are;

  • Used to compare the performance of different enterprise
  • Shows history of the farm
  • Help in planning and budgeting of farm operations
  • Assessment of income tax
  • Calculation of profits and losses
  • Securing loans
  • Settling disputes where no will is left
  1. four uses of farm records
  • Help compare performance  of different enterprises within  the farm  and other farms
  • Shows the history of the farm
  • Guide a farmer in  planning and budgeting  of farm operations
  • Helps to detect losses or theft on the farm
  • Helps to avoid over taxation or under taxation
  • Helps to determine the value of the farm in terms of assets and liabilities
  • Helps in sharing of profits and losses  in partnership
  • Helps  in setting disputes among heirs in absents of a will
  • Shows whether the farm business is making profit or losses
  • Helps in supporting insurance claims of farm assets
  • Provide labour information
  • Understanding the technical language used in agriculture
  • Application of the right amounts of inputs
  • Correct/ appropriate measurements in farming

Uses of appropriate technology

 

  1. (a) Milk production record (1×1=1mk)

(b) Determine prevalent diseases;

– Establish treatment of diseases;

– Establish disease control method;

– Determine cost of medication/health care;

– Determine the health status of different animals;  (4×1=4mks)

 

(c) Price trends/market situation

– Production techniques

– Labour trends

– Breeds of dairy cattle

– Production constraints/risks and certainties

  • Field
  • Area of the land
  • Season
  • Crop planted
  • Crop variety
  • Land preparation date
  • Type of fertilizer at planting
  • Type of fertilizer at top dressing
  • Seed rate used
  • Type of  weed and date of weed control
  • Type of pest and date of pest control
  • Date of harvesting
  • Remarks    (Any 4)

 

  1. List two events occur during induction stroke in a four stroke engine. (1mk)
  • Piston moves down from TDC
  • Exhaust valve is closed
  • Inlet valve is open
  • Air / fuel mixture get into combustion chamber
  • Piston reaches BDC. (4x ½ = 2mks)

 

  1. – Where the resources are free

– where there is no alternative

– where the alternatives are very many.

 

SOIL FERTILITY II (IN ORGANIC FERTILIZERS)

 

  1. four advantages of applying lime in clay soil
  • Lower soil acidity
  • Increase calcium content
  • Hastens decomposition of organic matter
  • Improve soil structure/ improve drainage
  • Facilitates availability and absorption of nitrogen and phosphorous
  • Improve legume nodulation and nitrogen fixation

Increase multiplication of micro- organisms

  1. a) i) Sulphur- SO₄²⁻,SO₂
  2. ii) Nitrogen-NO₃⁻,NH₄

iii) Carbon-CO₂

  1. iv) Magnesium-mg²⁺
  2. b) three effects of nitrogen to plants (1 1/2mks)
  • delayed maturity
  • excessive succulence
  • excessive vegetative growth
  • weak stems
  • lodging
  1. a) The quality of sulphate ammonia fertilizer the farmer will need for 10 hectares (1mk)

100kg SA supplies   21kg N

1ha requires 150kg SA

10ha requires (150×10) kg SA

= 1500kg SA in 10ha

  1. b) The number of 50kg bags of fertilizer he will purchase (1mk)

50kg fill 1 bag

  • 1 x 1500=30bags (1)

50

  1. two disadvantages of using farm yard manure

– It’s bulky hence difficult to apply by one laborer.

– It may spread weeds.

– It may spread diseases.

– It releases nutrients slowly.

  1. four factors which influence the stage at which the crops are harvested.

– Purpose of the crop / maturity.

– Moisture content.

– Concentration of certain chemicals.

– Water condition.

– Market demand.

  1. a) – Calcium Ammonium Nitrate CAN.

b)- Knee high

– 30 – 45 cm height.

  1. c) Calculate the amount of K2O contained in 400 kg of a compound fertilizer 25 : 10 : 5.

5 kg of K2O is in 100 kg of 25 : 10: 5

∴ 400 kg of compound fertilizer

400 x 5            = 20 kg of K2O

100

  1. Two pieces of information that soil sample should have before being taken to the laboratory

for testing are:-

–     Name of the farmer

  • Address of the farmer
  • The type of test to be carried out

–      Date of sampling

  1. A compound fertilizer bag has the labels 20-20-10. What do the figures stand for
  • 20 – 20% Nitrogen (N)
  • 20 – 20% Phosphorous Pentoxide (P2O5)

–     0- 0% Potassium Oxide (K2O)

  1. Four functions of sulphur in crops are:-
  • Amino acids/protein synthesis
  • Formulating enzymes and hormones
  • Increase oil content and hormones
  • Needed for formation of chlorophyll

Needed in carbohydrate metabolism

  1. – Improves soil PH hence microbial activities
  • Allows wide production of different crop varieties
  • Improves soil aeration
  • Improves drainage

Improves soil structure

  1. -Liming
  •  use of alkaline fertilizer (2 ½ = 1mk)

 

  1. a) -Type of crop
  • Fertilizer characters
  • Type of soil
  • Environmental condition ( ½ x3=1 ½  mks)
  1. b) – Avoid unique sites e.g. compost, along fence
  • Remove all vegetation parts
  • Mix the samples thoroughly

Make as many samples as possible

  1. three functions of nitrogen in crops                                                                       (1 1//2mks)
  • Protein synthesis/formation
  • Forms part of chlorophyll molecule
  • Encourages vegetative growth
  • Regulate availability of phosphorus and potassium in plant
  • Increase to  size of grains and protein  content increases
  1. Fertilizer ratio is the proportion of various nutrients in a fertilizer grade is the percentage of

nutrients in a fertilizer;

(b)- Nitrogen

– Calcium

– Potassium

– Magnesium

– Sulphur

 

  1. (a) Diagonal/transverse method; (1×1=1mk)

(b) – Avoid contamination/use sterilized container;

– Avoid sampling soil from unusual sites e,g ant hills

– Avoid mixing top soil with sub-soil;          (3×1=3mks)

(c) – To determine the nutrient status of te soil;

– To determine the soil PH/type of fertilizer to add to the soil/lime to add to the soil;

– To determine the type of crop to grow;

– May help in diagnosing low crop yield/mineral deficiency;

  1. Area – 10×20 =200m² (1mk)

100,000m²   require 80kgs of 20-20-10

200m² will require

200 x  80

10,000

═ 1.6kgs                          (1mk)

  1. a) A compound of fertilizer  has a fertilizer grade of 25:10:5.calculate  the a mount

of phosphorus fore sent in 400kg of this fertilizer

N:P:K

25:10:5

If 10kg P2O5√1 = 100kg NPK

?             = 400kg NPK√1

= 400 x 10

100

= 40kg P2O5√1  (3 steps x 1=3mks)

  1. b) i)    – zigzag method
  2. ii) xx –traverse/diagonal

iii) State three importance of carrying out soil sampling and testing

  • determine  the type  of  crop  to grow
  • determine the  type of fertilizer  to be used
  • determine  type of  nutrients  in the  soil (3×1=3mks)
  1. (a) Lacks one of the major fertilizer NPK elements

(b) – The soils could be very acidic

– Too much rainfall.

  1. (a) Random/zigzag soil sampling

(b) – old manure heaps

– Ant hills

-Dead furors

-Fence lines

-Cattle bomas

(c)  – Clear vegetation

– Mark points using pegs

Collect top soil and sap soil n different paper bag.

– Dry the soil and mix thoroughly

– Sent dispatch to laboratory for fasting

 

 

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION II (PLANTING)

  1. two reasons for seed treatment of tree species before planting
  • Break dormancy

Control pests and diseases

  1. three factors that determine spacing of beans
  • Type of soil
  • Moisture in soil
  • Species/ size of bean plant
  • Machinery to be used
  • Purpose of beans

Stand in the field

  1. four reasons for using certified seeds for planting
  • High yielding
  • Quality produce
  • High germination percentage
  • Grow faster

 

  1. a)      A   Banana sucker

B  Stem tubes

C     Bulb

D Stem cutting

  1.  b)        Chitting
  2.  c) four advantages of vegetative propagation on crop production
  • Grow faster
  • True copy of mother plant
  • Have no dormancy period
  • Easy to obtain             4x ½ = 2 mks
  1. Differentiate between hybrid and composite
Hybrid composite
Seeds produced  by

crossing  inbreedlines

and controlled pollination√

Seeds  produced  by  growing  different

varieties together under uncontrolled

pollination√     2//

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Germinated seed x100√

Total seeds planted

=90 x100                              (2)

100  = 90%√

  1. b) Given that maize is planted at a spacing of 75cm by 25cm, calculate the plant population in a plot measuring 4m by 3m

plant ppl = land area

Spacing

4mx3m

75x25cm

400cmx300cm

75cmx25cm           = 64plants√             (2)

  1. four qualities of a mother plant which should be considered when selecting vegetative

material for propagation.

  • High quality.
  • High yielding.
  • Disease resistance / healthy/ disease tree.

Fast growth/ fast maturity.

  1. – Select seeds of the  same size, variety, age and free from pests and diseases.

– Plant seeds at the same time.

– Prepare the whole field to required uniform tilth.

– Plant at the right moisture content of the soil / irrigation uniformly.

– Treat seeds before planting i.e. break dormancy.

– Plant at the correct depth.                                                                                        (5 x 1 = 5 mks)

  1. two factors which determine the depth of planting

–      Soil type

  • Size of seed
  • Soil moisture content

–    The type of germination

  1. – Reduces leaching
  • Improves water holding capacity
  • Improves soil structure
  • Suffer soil pH
  • Moderate soil temperature
  • Increases microbial activities
  • Increases cation exchange capacity

–    Improve fertility of the soil after decomposition

 

  1. Area

Spacing

Tea population (10,000×2

1.5mx 0.75)                1

20,000m²

1.125m²                           1

= 17,777 plants

Needed in carbohydrate metabolism

  1. Four reasons why training is important in some crops
  • Facilitate field practices of spraying and harvesting
  • Improves crop quality by preventing solving
  • Enable crop grow in the required direction
  • Improve yield
  • Control pest and diseases

 

  1. Four factors that influence the depth of planting are:
  • The size of the seed
  • Soil moisture content
  • Type of soil /soil texture
  • Type of germination

14.

  • Avoid mixing with foreign materials
  • Harvesting during the dry weather
  • During harvesting separate grade A and B

Don’t put in gunny/sisal bags

Needed in carbohydrate metabolism

  1. Four reasons why training is important in some crops
  • Facilitate field practices of spraying and harvesting
  • Improves crop quality by preventing solving
  • Enable crop grow in the required direction
  • Improve yield
  • Control pest and diseases
  1. Four factors that influence the depth of planting are:
  • The size of the seed
  • Soil moisture content
  • Type of soil /soil texture
  • Type of germination

17

  • Avoid mixing with foreign materials
  • Harvesting during the dry weather
  • During harvesting separate grade A and B

Don’t put in gunny/sisal bags

  1. – Moisture content of soil
  • Use of which the crop is to be put
  • Number of seeds per hole
  • Prevalence of certain diseases/ pests
  • Machinery to be used in subsequent operations
  • Fertility status of the soil
  1. Four advantages of rolling in seedbed preparation are:
  • Press the seeds against the soil moisture
  • Controls soil erosion
  • Ensure uniform germination
  • Controls removal of small seeds by wind
  • Breaks large soil cods
  1. two factors that effect rooting of cuttings in crop production
  • Temperature
  • Relative humidity
  • Light  intensity
  • Oxygen  supply
  • Chemical treatment
  • Leaf area
  • Breaking seed dormancy
  • Seed dressing

Seed inoculation

  • Breaking seed dormancy
  • Seed dressing

Seed inoculation

  1. Under sowing is the establishment of pasture under a cover crop usually maize while over sowing is the establishment of pasture legume in an existing grains pasture
  2. a) Stem cutting

b)

  • High yielding
  • High quality
  • Good rooting ability
  • Adaptable to the ecological zone

c)

  • Make top cut near the auxiliary bud as close as possible and sloping away from it
  • Lower cut must be sloping at an angle and be 2.5 – 4cm below the leaf
  • Single leaf internodes cuttings must be kept shaded and wet floating in water from the time of cutting to planting

 

25        a) (30 X 15) cm2  / 30cm X 15cm

b)

4M – 0.6 M   + 1

0.3M

3.4    +  1

0.3= 12 raws

  1. c) Plant population

3M – 0.6    +1

0.15

= 2.4    + 1

0.15

= 16 plants X 12 raws = 192 plants

  1. – Temperature;

– Relative humidity;

– Light intensity;

– Oxygen supply;

– Leaf area;

– Chemical treatment;

  1. Selection of mother plants (tea);

– Select healthy bushes/free of pests and diseases;

– Select high quality bushes;

– Select those which are high yielding;

– Select those with good rooting ability;

– select those which adapt to a wide range of ecological conditions;            (4×1=4mks)

Preparation of planting materials

  • Prune the selected tea bushes and leave unchecked for six months;
  • Select and cut good branches for making cuttings
  • Obtain the cuttings form the middle of the branches/discard the brown and the hard bottom part/ the green soft top part
  • Make single leaf internodes cutting carefully 2.5-4cm long;
  • Make slant cut with the use of scalpel/sharp knife taking away from the node;
  • Make top cutting near the auxiliary bud as much as ossible;
  • Keep the cuttings wet in the water to avoid dehydration until they are planted;
  • Keep the cutting under the nursery;

Raising of tea seedlings in the nursery

  • Plant cuttings on rooting medium in polythene sleeves/sleeves measure 25 x 7.5-10cm and sealed
  • Rooting medium consists of fertile sub-soil and phosphate fertilizer;
  • Plant single leaf internodes per polythene sleeve,
  • Place the sleeves in the vegetative propagation units,
  • Erect wooden hoops over the sleeves cuttings, then place polythene sheet over it/erect shade over the nursery;
  • Water sleeved seedlings every 3weeks/main high humidity;
  • Uproot weeds when they appear;
  • Hardening off done 4 months after raising (9×1=9mks)
  1. Factors to consider in timely planting of annual crops
  • Escape from serious weed competition;
  • Utilization of early rainfall;
  • Exploitation of Nitrogen flush in the soil that has accumulated during dry season;
  • Escape from serious pest + disease attack e.g. stalk borer in maize;
  • Fetch high market prices when harvested early;
  • Reduce competition for labour during labour peak period;
  • For harvesting season to coincide with dry period to reduce losses e.g. cotton

Early planting means early farming/calendar for the farmer to enable him /her to finish up other farm activities;          (8×1=8mks)

29.

  • It is wasteful because a higher seed rate is used.
  • It is not possible to use machines.
  • It is not possible to establish plant population.
  • Lack of uniformity in seed establishment.
  1. (i) Seed inoculation;
  • It is the treatment of legume seeds with Nitro-culture/artificial bacteria to increase their Nitrogen fixation in the soil ,if grown in Nitrogen deficie soils.

(ii)Chitting;- Breaking of dormancy in Irish potatoes before planting

(iii) Tipping;- Removal of three leaves and a bud from each shoot above the required height of the

table in tea during plucking table formation / formation of a uniform and flat plucking table in tea.

  1. two advantages of producing crops by use of seeds over vegetative propaganda
  • Seed treatment is easier
  • Seeds can  be  stored for a long time
  • Faster and uniform germination
  • Mechanization of farm operation is easy/possible

Application of fertilizer/manure is easy and  can also be mechanized

  1. four ways of preparing planting materials before planting
  • Breaking  seed dormancy
  • Seed dressing
  • Chitting
  • Seed cleaning
  • Seed inoculation

Root trimming  as  in banana  or tree seedlings

CROP PRODUCTION III

NURSERY MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

  1. three methods of grafting that are used in propagation of plants
  • Whip are tongue grafting
  • Side grafting
  • Approach grafting
  • Bark grafting

Notch grafting

  1. two practices done during hardening-off of seedlings in a nursery bed.
  • Gradual removal of shade

Gradual reduce of watering

  1. two methods of budding used in crop propagation (1mk)
  • T-budding
  • Top budding
  • Paten budding

 

  1. four management practices carried out on a nursery bed (2mks)
  • Watering
  • Shading
  • Pest  an  disease control
  • Weed control
  • Mulching
  • Hardening off
  • Pricking out  (1/2×4=2mks)
  1. Two importance of tissue culture in crop propagation
  • Propagate pathogen free plants
  • Appropriate soil depth
  • Soil looseness
  • Should be weed free

–     Soil moisture content improved

  1. – A nursery bed is a portion of land specially prepared to raise seedlings before transplanting while a seedling bed is a specially prepared portion of land for receiving pricked out seedlings from the nursery bed Mark as a whole (1 mk)
  2. Four advantages of under sowing in pasture production
  • Amino acids/protein synthesis
  • Formulation of  enzymes and hormones
  • Increase oil content and hormones
  • Needed for formation of chlorophyll
  • Aid in nitrogen fixation in legumes

Needed in carbohydrate metabolism

  1. Four advantages of under sowing in pasture production
  • Amino acids/protein synthesis
  • Formulation of  enzymes and hormones
  • Increase oil content and hormones
  • Needed for formation of chlorophyll
  • Aid in nitrogen fixation in legumes

Needed in carbohydrate metabolism

  1. (a) The structure is a nursery

(b) Reason for carrying out each of the following practices in the structure shown above is:-

  • Pricking out – to avoid overcrowding /allow seedling to grow strong and healthy transfer seedlings from one nursery to another
  • Hardening off – To prepare seedlings to ecological conditions in the main field/reduce transplanting shock

(c) Three importance of the part labeled A in the above structure  (1/2 x 3= 1 ½ mk)

  • To reduce the amount of water through vaporization
  • To modify nursery temperature
  • To reduce the impact of raindrops/hailstones hence minimizing damage on seedlings
  • Reduce splash erosion
  • Reduce the scorching effect in the seedlings
  • Reduce the scorching effect in the seedlings
  1. a) – Sitting crop nursery
  • Good soil fertility
  • Security against destruction
  • Accessibility
  • Should be near source of water
  • Topography should discourage water logging (1×5=5 mks)

b)- Establishment

  • Prepare fine filth
  • Add manure or fertilizers to the nursery
  • Sterilize soil against soil borne pests/ diseases
  • Shade the nursery bed
  • Ensure nursery is 1m wide
  • Plant seeds in drills and cover with light soil layer (1×5=5 mks)
  1. b) Management practices
  • Mulch to conserve moisture and suppress weeds
  • Water regularly in the morning and afternoon
  • Pricking – remove excess seedlings and transfer to another nursery or use polythene sleeves
  • Weed control – done by hand uprooting
  • Pest and disease control – use clean seeds and apply chemicals as recommended
  • Hardening off – Done by removal of shade
  • 1 week to transplanting to make seedlings survive after transplanting
  1. State four importance of thinning seedlings in the nursery bed
  • To control  spread  of pests and diseases
  • To create space far  other seedlings
  • To avoid  competition for light, nutrients
  • Allow rapid growth of seedlings/vigorous(1/2×4=2mks)
  1. Seedling bed is where overcrowded seedlings from the nursery bed are transferred while

seedbed is the final land where planting materials are raised until they are ready for harvesting.

  1. a) two advantages of having the part labeled J
  • To reduce the amount of water loss through evapo- transpiration
  • To modify the temperature
  • To reduce the impact of the raindrops thereby minimize the damage of seedlings/ reduce splash
  • Retaining water
  1. b) Management practices carried out on the nursery from the time the seedlings emerge to stage of transplanting
  • Proper watering
  • Controlling weeds
  • Hardening off
  • Pricking out

 

CROP PRODUCTION IV

(FIELD MANAGEMENT PRACTICES)

  1. Staking is supporting tall varieties of tomatoes using a stick fixed next to the plant and tied with

sisal string while propping is supporting banana plant with sticks Mark as a whole= 1 mk

  1. five advantages of crop rotation
  • Improves soil fertility: where legumes are included nitrogen is fixed/ added in the soil
  • Control pests and diseases: disrupts the life cycle of certain pests and diseases
  • Control weeds: control weeds which are specific to certain crops e.g. striga in cereals/ cover crops in a rotation will smother certain weeds
  • Better use of the soil nutrients: different crops (due to differing root systems) draw nutrients from varying soils horizons/ different crops require different nutrients
  • Control of soil erosion: cover crops included reduce soil erosion
  • Improve soil structure: When grass lays are included which during the period organic matter will accumulate to enrich the soil and improve soil structure
  1. four factors which influence the stage at which the crops are harvested.

– Purpose of the crop / maturity.

– Moisture content.

– Concentration of certain chemicals.

– Water condition.

– Market demand.

  1. a) B.   –  Single stem pruning system.          (1×1=1mk)
  2. b) Identify the system of pruning in C.

– Multiple stem pruning system.        (1×1=1mk)

  1. c) Outline how pruning in diagram C is carries out.

– Main stem of the seedling is capped/ cut stem at 38 – 60 cm high.

– Two or three suckers are selected and allowed to grow while the rest are removed

  1. Two functions of earthling up in crop production
  • To influence tuber expansion
  • To retain water between the ridges which increases water conservation/infiltration
  • Reduces soil erosion

–    To prevent the greening effect in potatoes

  1. (a) The factors which determine the stage of harvesting of crops
  • Stage maturity of the crops
  • Use of the crop
  • Tastes and preferences of consumers
  • Weather conditions
  • Chemical conditions
  • Chemical concentration of the chemical
  • Moisture content ( 1mk x any 6pts = 6mks)
  1. – Reduces runoff thus increasing amount of water into the soil

Reduces evaporation thus increasing the amount of water retained

  1. – Moisture content of soil
  • Use of which the crop is to be put
  • Number of seeds per hole
  • Prevalence of certain diseases/ pests
  • Machinery to be used in subsequent operations
  • Fertility status of the soil
  1. i) To acclimatized the seedlings to direct light/ conditions in the seedbed
  2. ii) To avoid overcrowding and reduce competition for light.

iii) Produce healthy and strong seedling

  1. iv) To obtain correct plant population
  2. Two factors that determine the stage of harvesting crops are:-
  • Purpose of crop
  • concentration of required chemical

11        a)    –   Weather condition

  • Use/ purpose
  • Stage of growth
  • Concentration of the required chemicals (i.e. tea) ( ½ x4=2 mks)
  1.  b)    –    Proper drying of produce
  • Keeping storage facility/ structure clean
  • Use of pesticides on storage structure
  • Treating produce with pesticides e.g. cereals

Use of rodent guards

  1. Enable controlling over bearing by ensuring required leave ratio
  • Open up canopy for air and light penetration
  • Reduce chemical waste
  • Control pests and diseases
  • Allow other field operation

Give crop desired shape

(c) Which factors are considered when carrying out a crop rotation program?

  1. a) -Removing of chaffs by use of wind

b)i)-  Prevent erosion

  • Add organic matter
  • Conserve soil moisture
  • Raise soil temperature ( ½ mk)
  1. ii) – improve quality of grains by separating them from rest of plant (½ x1= ½ mks)
  2. c) – Root systems of crops
  • Botanical relation of crops
  • Nutrient absorption by plant

Susceptibility to pests, diseases or weeds

  1. a)This is support  given  to crops with  weak stem. So as to grow in the desired direction
  2. b) -Makes the plant to get enough sunlight to manufacture food i.e. prevent shading

-leads to more productivity

-reduced infections of diseases from the grounds

  1. (a) Some crops are harvested earlier e.g. maize for silage at silking stage while maize for grains when the grains are dry;

(b) A crop can be harvested earlier when the market demand is high;

  1. It is a farming practice that involves the removal and destruction of crop plants which are heavily

infested with pests and diseases from the field.

  1. It is the replacement of old bearing stems by suckers. The cycle is usually changed

after 4 – 6 years.

  1. a)- Earthening up
  2. b) Importance of the above practice
  3. i) Maize – provides support to prevent lodging
  4. ii) Irish potatoes – Improves tuber formation
  5. c) During second weeding
  6. Four factors which determine the stage at which crops are harvested
  • Original  conditions of land
  • Soil type
  • Cost
  • Size  of  planting materials
  • Soil moisture type of implement
  1. Two limitation of using polythene sheets as mulching materials in a field of tomatoes Expensive
  • Requires skilled labour
  • Does  not  decompose

May overheat soil around  crop roots

  1. – suckering

-Pruning of leaves

-Propping

-Mulching

-Earthing up

  1. – Smothers weeds

-Regulate soil temperature

-Conserve moisture

  1. -passion fruits

-Deep rooted

-Nitrogen fixing

-Good by-products

– Friendly too crops / not affent crop

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION V

(VEGETABLES)

  1. a)three management practices that have not been carried on the plant above
  • Pruning
  • Staking
  • Weed control 3x ½ = 1 ½ mks
  1.  b) For each management practice state one reason why it should be carried out
  • Pruning
  • Staking – prevents lying on ground where fruits are soiled and get diseases

Easy movement in field                                                                             1x ½ = ½ mk

  • Weeding – reduce competition for nutrients, water and space 1x ½ =1/2 mk

 

  1. c) Name two diseases that attack the crop above in the field
  • Tomato blight
  • Bacterial wilt

Blossom – end rot

  1. the production of tomatoes (lycopersicon esculentum) under the following subheadings
  2. a) Varieties
  • fresh market e.g. money maker, beef eater, marglobe  supermande
  • processing varieties-cal –j, marzano, Kenya  beauty  (1/2×4=2mks)
  1. b) Nursery establishment
  • select  site and  clear
  • dig to remove weeds and  narrow  to fine tithe
  • mark out  nursery  beds I  wide with convenient length   and level it
  • make drills 10cm apart  and  crop seeds  singly in furrows
  • cover with  thin layer of  soil, mulching, water (1/2×4=2mks)
  1. c) Field management practices
  • gabbing-to  reduce dad seeds  and maintain  optimum plant  population
  • weed  control-remove  weeds  mechanically to  prevent competition  avoid during flowering
  • top  dressing-use fertilizers at 20kg/ha when  plants are 25-30cm tall
  • staking-train  plants  to  grow  in desired   shape; to produce clean fruits, control pests  and disease
  • pruning-to remove unwanted  braches  to input micro climate  facilitate  spraying
  • pest control-use pesticides  and  other  appropriate methods to control pests e.g. aneucal ball worm, leaf hopper
  • disease  control-use  fungicides, legislative  methods ,etc to control early blight, damping off, bacterial  wilt  (7×2=14mks)

 

  1. two symptoms of late blight in tomatoes.

– Rapid drying of leaves.

– Brownish dry rots of fruits.

– Destruction / drying of the whole plant.

 

 

  1. four factors to consider when grading tomatoes for fresh market.

– Size i.e. large, medium, small.

– Degree of ripeness of fruit.

– Damage of tomatoes e.g. bruises on skin.

– Shape of the fruit.

  1. Two ways of controlling purple blotch in onions
  • Crop rotation

–     Application of fungicides

  1. (a) The disease which may have caused the condition shown in the illustration

.Bacterial with (Pseudomonas solana cerum). ( ½ x 2 = 1mk)

(b) Any other crop which may be affected by the disease identified in (a) above

  • Irish potatoes( ½ x 2 = 1mk)

(c) Two other factors which can lead to the same condition as shown by the illustration

  • Nematode attack
  • Lack of water
  • Physical damage on the roots/male attack ( ½ x 2 = 1mk)

(d) Two measures that can be sued to control the disease named in (a) above

  • Crop rotation
  • Regueing /field hygiene

–    Use of certified seeds

  1. -Enables efficient coverage of plant with chemicals
  • Creates unfavorable micro climate for disease causing organism
  • Diseased branches are removed hence reduced incidences of disease spread

Remove branches touching the ground to avoid infection

 

  1. – Altitude – 900-2900 meters above sea level

–  Rainfall – well distributed throughout the growing period

– 750mm – 2000 mm per annum

– practice irrigation

– Soils – well drained

– Deep rich

– Slightly acidic PH of 6.5

  1. a)
  • American boll worm
  • Cut worm
  • Red spider mite
  • Nematodes
  1. b) Lack of calcium
  • Irregular watering
  • Excessive application of Nitrogen in early stages of the plants growth

 

10

  • Altitude                       0 – 2100m above sea level.
  • Temperature range      18 – 29º C
  • Sunlight is important during ripening to give the tomatoes a bright red or yellow colour depending on the variety
  • Rainfall – well distributed during the growing season. (760 – 1300mm pa)
  • Soils      – warm and well drained soils with a PH of 5.5 – 7.0

 

LIVESTOCK HEALTH

(INTRODUCTION TO LIVESTOCK HEALTH)

  1. four physical appearances to be observed in a sick animal
  • Behaviour of  animal-over  excitement, aggression, abnormal  sores
  • General  appearance-dull  eyes, restlessness
  • Movement of  animals  -limping/straining  when walking
  • Posture (4x ½ =2mks)
  1. two reasons why tsetse fly control is considered to be a land reclamation method
  • Allows livestock rearing
  • Enables human settlement
  1. a) Siting a fish pond
  2. i) Soil type- clay soil is the best
  3. ii) Topography – requires gentle slope not Lilly and flat

iii) Source of water – near reliable source

  1. iv) Marketing centre should be close
  2. v) Accessibility from the homestead
  3. vi) Security – protected against predators

vii) far from natural source of fish

b)

  • General farm hygiene, cleanliness of houses, equipment proper carcass disposal by burning/ burying/
  • Disinfection to destroy pathogens e.g. Anthrax and calf diseases
  • Isolation of sick animals – separated from healthy ones to avoid spread of diseases e.g. foot mouth
  • Drenching/ deworming to control internal parasites e.g. tapeworms and roundworms
  • Treatment of the sick animal – to prevent spread of diseases
  • Vaccination to create resistance to diseases on regular basis e.g. foot and mouth, anthrax, new castle
  • Control vectors – to avoid disease transmission e.g. ECF, nagana/ specific method
  • Prophylactic approach/ use of drugs to avoid injection e.g dry cow therapy against mastitis
  • Trypanocidal drugs to control trypanosomiasis
  • Proper breeding to control breeding diseases e.g. brucellosis
  • Proper feeding to prevent nutritional disorders e.g. milk fever, anaemia
  • Slaughtering/ killing – to prevent spread of contagious diseases e.g. anthrax
  • Quarantine – to avoid spread of diseases
  • – prevent introduction of diseases
  • Proper housing to avoid predisposing the animal to diseases e.g. ventilation, spacing
  • Foot trimming to minimize occurrence foot rot
  1. a) four notifiable diseases in livestock   (4mks)
  • Lumpy skin disease
  • Newcastle
  • Anthrax
  • African swine fever
  • Rinderpest
  • Rabbies (4×1 = 4 mks)
  1. b) Discuss four ways in which livestock disease are spread in the farm (4mks)
  • Ingestion of contaminated feed and water.
  • By carrying agents /vectors
  • Through wounds
  • Through inhalation of pathogens
  • By abrasion in the body
  • Through contact with the disease causing organisms. (4×1 = 4mks )
  1. c) the methods of controlling livestock disease giving an example of different disease in each case
  • Use of prophylactic drugs e.g.coccidiostat to control coccidiosis
  • Use of antiseptics / disinfectants to maintain farm hygiene to control calf scours
  • Quarantine to control foot and mouth disease
  • Isolation to control infectious diseases e.g. foul pox
  • Mass slaughter to control zoonotic diseases e.g. anthrax
  • Vaccination to control black quarter
  • Control vectors like tsetse flies to control nagana.
  • Use of healthy breeding stock / to prevent breeding diseases
  • Proper nutrition to control bloat and milk fever.
  • Treat sick animals to prevent spread e.g. mastitis
  • Drenching /control of internal parasites like flascioliasis , ascariosis
  • Keep resistant breeds e.g. zebu to control ECF
  • Foot trimming to reduce occurrence of foot rot
  • Proper housing to control pneumonia. (12×1 =12mks)

 

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS II

(LAND TENURE AND LAND REFORM)

  1. Four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  • Add organic matter from falling leaves
  • Recycles soil erosion
  • Control soil erosion
  • Improve drainage of swampy areas

Play part in hydrological cycle

 

  1. three objectives of land reforms that are taking place in Kenya
  • Increase output from land
  • To meet changing national and market demands
  • To achieve increasing productivity of both land and labour
  • Proper utilization of national land resources and arid lands
  • Increases commercial farming

Increase land conservation and improvement

 

  1. two causes of land fragmentation in Kenya since independence.

– People buying pieces of land elsewhere.

– Compensation when the government takes pat of ones land for public use.

– Inheritance of land.

 

4  – Establishment of land ownership.

– Measurement of land size.

– Description of the land.

– Recording and mapping of the surveyed land.

– Solving objections if any.

– Submission of the maps and records to the district land office registration

  1. Four benefits of a farmer having land title deed
  • As security to get a loan
  • As security of land ownership
  • Minimizes land disputes
  • Acts as an encouragement to the farmer to carry out long term investment on the land
  1. Four reasons for practicing land consolidation are
  • To save time and transport
  • Make supervision of land easier and more effective
  • To facilitate mechanization of farm
  • To make it easy for long term investments in the farm
  • To have sound farm planning
  1. four advantages of communal land tenure system
  • Problems  of landlessness does not exist
  • Land cannot be easily fragmented
  • The system allows free  merchant of  livestock
  • The  land is  left rest  for a  while so s  to allow pasture regeneration
  • No  land dispute
  1. four advantages of landlordism and tenancy
  • Enables  landlords  who cannot use land  to get income from tenants
  • Idle  land can be  put into good agriculture use increasing agricultural production
  • The landless c an  rent  land  to earn a living
  • Ensure equitable distribution  of land as a  natural resource
  • It reduces land  dispute since  the  land  lord  or  the state control its allocation
  • To achieve flexibility in farming patterns to meet changing national and market demands
  • Achieve effective utilization of National land and introduction of irrigation schemes
  • Encourages measures on the land and general improvement of land
  • To achieve increasing productivity of both land and labour
  • Encourage commercial instead of subsistence production in order to ensure meaningful self employment in rural areas
  • Encourages farmers to invest more through offering security of tenure
  1. – Freedom to us eland by all members

– Promotes unity among members

– Promotes use of land according to general requirements of the community

11.

  • The number of the title deed
  • Size of the land
  • The name and identity of the owner
  • Date of registration
  • Type of land ownership
  • Seal of the government
  • Issuing officer’s signature

 

SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION

  1. Three human activities that may influence soil erosion
  • Ploughing up and down slope
  • Over cultivation
  •  Planting annual crops on slopes
  • Overstocking/ burning vegetation/ clean weeding

Over irrigation

  1. a)Cut off drain             1×1=1 mk

b)Collect water from uncultivated land and drain it into a water bay                     1×1=1 mk

c)Will be washed by water back to the trench, filling it then to cultivated land

  1.  d) four effects if water was allowed into the cultivated land
  • Will wash top fertile soil away
  • Will uproot planted crops
  • Expose unproductive soil

Soil washed will cover crops on the lower end of the farm

  1. two roles played by Grassley in soil erosion control (1mk)
  • Improves  soil  structure by  holding loose particles  together
  • Provides ground cover  to prevent exposure of soil to  agents of soil erosion
  • Reduce movement  of surface run  off
  1. three materials that may be used for constructing a gabion.

– Wires.

– Stones.

– Concrete/ sand/ cement/ water/ ballast.

– Wood/ poles/ metal pegs/ rods.

  1. one factor that would determine the width and depth of a cut off drain.

– Expected volume of run – off.

– Bed rock / soil type.

  1. (a) – Reducing the speed of surface run-off – hence reducing the runoffs water erosive power.

– Trap soil from surface run-off/ filter out soil.

– Reduce the impact of rain drops on the soil thus reducing splash erosion.

– Grass holds soil particles together hence reducing soil erosion.

– Soil structure is improved by organic matter from grass thus rate of water infiltration increases.

  • Water stays for 36 hours thus solid particles settle and bilharzias causing organisms killed.
  • Alum added to coagulated solid particles which settle at the bottom.

Stage IV:         Filtration

  • Water is passed through filtration tank with layers of sand and gravel to filter it.
  • Water leaving the filtration tank is clean.

Stage V:          Chlorination

  • Water is passed through chlorination tank where chlorine is added.
  • Micro-organisms in the water are killed by chlorine.

Stage VI:         Storage

– The treated water is stored in large overhead tanks before distribution and use.

  1. Four farming practices that help in reducing the effects of water shortage in crop production are:-          -Mulching
  • Early planting
  • Planting early maturing crops
  • Practice land fallowing

–     Contour cropping/Contour farming

  1.  – Fanya juu terraces
  • Broad base terraces
  • Bench terraces
  • Narrow based terraces

–    Fanya chini terraces

  1. The cultural methods of soil erosion control are:
  • Planting cover crops – The more the soil is covered by a crop or grass, the less erosion will occur
  • Early planting- Established an early ground cover by crops thus reducing the risk of soil erosion
  • Inter-cropping – Increases the ground cover protecting the soil from erosion
  • Crop rotation – improves soil structure where the rotation includes a grass
  • Strip cropping/contour/field strip cropping – This is the growing of alternate strips of different crops in the same field with the purpose of interrupting the continuous flow of water or wind
  • Weed or disease and pest control – This ensures a good crop stand that covers the soil more
  • Harvesting procedures that leave crop residues on the field
  • Mulching- The covering of the soil with organic or inorganic materials
  • Contour farming follows the contours during ploughing, ridging and planting which reduces surface run off
  • Grass strips formed by either leaving narrow strips of land un ploughed or planting grass on strips along the contour
  • Afforestation and reafforestation
  • Fallowing – leave the land uncultivated for same time        (any 10×2=20mks)
  1. – Construction of dams
  • Construction of dykes
  • Planting trees along river bank to hold soil together

Observing government regulation on leaving a sizeable strip of an uncultivated land along

the river bank

  1. a) Bund
  2. b) It is constructed along the contours
  • A channel is dug with the upper width (y) 1.5cm and bottom width (x) 90cm
  • Excavated soil is put on the lower part of the channel leaving the part (W) the ledge
  • The steeper the slope the closer the bunds
  1. a) It is the process by which top soil is detached, removed and carried away from one place to

another place where it is not useful

  1. b) four types of water erosion
  • rain drop/splash erosion
  • sheet erosion
  • rill erosion
  • gully erosion
  1. c) factors which influence soil erosion
    • Amount and intensity of the rainfall
    • Excess water run off take with it loose soil articles
    • Slope of the land (topography)
    • Sped of water as it flows to determine by the slope of the land .the steeper
    • The slope the higher the rate of erosion
    • Type of soil
    • Some soils drain water faster than the other as sandy soil is easily eroded than sandy soil
    • Soil depth
    • Shallow soil become saturated with water quickly than deep soils
    • Vegetation cover
    • Forests protect soil against erosion than bare soil
    • Overstocking
    • Overstocking increase soil erosion
    • Deforestation
    • Cutting down of trees expose   soil to agents of erosion leading tom soil erosion
    • Planting annual crops in steep slope
    • It leads to frequent cultivation hence exposure soil to erosion
    • Indiscriminate   burning of vegetation before cultivation
    • The land is exposed to erosive forest of rain and wind
    • Clear weeding
    • This leaves the soil less protected against water erosion
    • Pruning up and down the slope
    • Increase soil erosion
  1. d) seven cultural ways of controlling weeds

i)matching-matching smother weeds

ii)cover  cropping-cover  crop smother weeds

iii) Crop rotation-some weed only grow well when in association with certain crops

e.g.  Striga grow only where some cereal crops and sugar cane are growing .when

these crops are rotated with dicots, striga does not germinate

  1. iv) Timely planting-crops establish early before weeds thus smothering them
  2. v) use of clean seed/planting material-prevents the introduction of weeds to the form land
  3. vi) Proper spacing-helps to create little space for weed growth

vii) Clean seedbed-this starts off the crops on a clean bed so that they effectively compete

with weeds

viii) flooding-mainly practiced in  rice fields

  1. -Slow down surface run – off

-Filter soil particles from surface run off

WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL

 

  1. Oxalis (sorrel)

-(oxalis latifolia)

b)- The weed contain builbs i.e Elaborate  & extensive root system that support the plant.

– Because it has rhizomes.

  1. c) State the economic importance of the weed shown.

– Reduces yields of crops.

– Increases cost of production.

– It’s a livestock feed.

– Fixation of nitrogen.

  1. (a)Couch grass Digetaria Scalarum ( ½mk)

(b) Why is it difficult to control the weed?

  • It has got underground rhizomes which grow deep in the soil ( ½ x 1pt =  1mk)

(c) One harmful effect of the weed on crop production

  • Competes with crops for nutrients/soil moisture and space resulting to low yields
  • Increases the cost of production when controlling it

(d) Two measures used to control the wed

  • Use of appropriate herbicides

–    Physical removal of rhizomes

  1. i)- A-Double thorn (oxygonium sinuatum)

– B- Coach grass (Digiteria  scalarum)

  1.  ii)  – Lower the quality of produce
  • Lower yields
  • Compete with intended plants for nutrients and water

iii)  Weed B is difficult to control as it has underground rhizomes

  1.  iv)   Can be effectively controlled by use of chemicals
  2. Four methods of propagation which make weeds to have a high competitive ability over crops
  • Availability to produce many viable seeds
  • Ability to propagate vegetative –with bulbs, rhizomes
  • Ability to regenerate woody stems-quickly
  • Efficient means of propagation

Ability to remain viable in the soil for a long period of time

  1. Weed C – Nutgrass (Cyprus rotundus)

Weed D – Sow thistle (sonchus oleraceous)

  1. a) – Thorn apple
  • Sodom apple
  • Oxalis
  • Tick berry                                                             ( ½ x4=2 mks)
  1. b)     – Before flowering to avoid spread through seeds

– Early stage before spreading underground organs

  • Requires skilled labour
  • Have long residual effect which interferes with future crops

It is not environmental friendly/ pollutes the environment

  1. a)
  • MCPA
  • 2 – 4 – D
  • Bentazon
  • Bromoxynil
  • Linuron
  • Loxyyril
  • Atrazine
  • Metrubuzin

 

  1. b) – 10 – 15cm high

– 2 – 4 weeks after emergence

  • Complete for nutrients/ light/ space
  • ACD as alternate host of insect pests
  • Some produce poisonous substances
  • Blocks water cords
  • Lowers the quality of pasture
  • Poisonous to man and livestock
  • Parasites of desired crops
  • Aquatic weeds affect navigation and water animals
  • Increase the cost of production
  • Cause irritation to workers
  • Some have medicinal value
  • Eaten by man and livestock
  • Acts as soil cover
  • Add organic matter in the soil

–     Some are legumes

  1. a) two factors that   affect  selectivity of herbicides
  • Stage of plants  growth
  • Plants morphology and anatomy
  • Mode  of action
  • Environmental factors (2×1=2mks)
  1. specific examples of weeds describe their harmful effects in agricultural production
  • Compete with crops for  nutrients spacing  ,light, moisture lowering yield  e.g. MacDonald’s  eye  etc
  • Some  are  parasitic  e.g.  wihhweed
  • Low  quality of  produce e.g. Mexican  marigold lowering quality of milk/pigweed  seeds  in finger millet
  • Poisonous to both  man and livestock e.g. Dahira  stramonium, Bracken fern
  • Allirnate  hosts  for  pests and  diseases  e.g. mallow weed –for  cotton strainer
  • Some  are  allelopallic/hinder  germination  e.g.  Mexican marigold
  • Block irrigation channel e.g. salvinia/water hyacinth
  • Affect  fishing and navigation-salvinia and water hyacinth
  • Lower quality of pasture e.g. manyatta grass
  • Reduce workers  efficiency/irritate  e.g. double  thorn, shnging nelthe, devil’s  horse whip

 

CROP PESTS AND DISEASES

 

  1. two possible causes of swelling on the roots of legume crops
  • Infection by nematodes

Nodulation/ nitrogen fixing bacteria

  1. the various cultural methods of controlling pests in crops
  • Timely planting-done early e.g. maize escape stalk borer
  • proper  tillage-to expose  soil boring pest i.e. white grubs
  • Timely harvesting-enables crops i.e.  maize to escape weevil attacks
  • close season-avoids  growing  susceptible crops for   some period to control pink worms in cotton
  • trap cropping-plant  crops together with main crop  to  trap/attract pests before they attack e.g. sorghum round the  maize plantation
  • trap rotation-rotate crops preferred  by certain  pests  with those  which are  not e.g. groundnuts and  potatoes rotated with maize  and beans to starve  pests
  • establishing resistance crop varieties-this enables crops  to resist pest using natural mechanism e.g. goose neck sorghum  against birds ,tiltering  sorghum against  shoot fly
  • field/farm hygiene-keep the  field free  from  any plant material harboring  pests by rouging ,removal  of crop residues
  • Alteration of environmental conditions by creating microclimates that are not conducive to some pests e.g. open pruning, mulching for  traps
  • Destruction of alternative host especially weeds that host pests e.g. Removal of mallow weeds help control cotton strainers. Use of clean planting material e.g. seeds, suckers, crown bananas weevils are  controlled
  • Proper  spacing-makes it  difficult for pests to move  from one  plant  to another  through close spacing in  ground  nuts  controls aphids
  • Using  organic  manure  which  discourages  eelworms
  • Irrigation-overhead  irrigation in  cabbages controls aphids(any 10×2 must  be  discussed)
  1. What does the term close season mean in crop production?

– A period during when a particular crop is not supposed to grown in a given areas so as to

control   diseases and pests built up.

  1. – Use of clean planting materials.

– Timely planting.

– Proper seed bed preparation.

– Use of resistant crop varieties.

– Proper weed control/ destruction of alternate host.

– Observing field hygiene.

– Mulching.

– Use of  close season.

– Use of trap crops.

– Proper spacing.

– Timely harvesting.

– Use of crop rotation.

  1. Four symptoms of viral infections in plants

– Leaf curling

– Mosaics

– Malformation/distortions

– resetting (short internodes)

– Leaf chlorosis

 

(a)       B – American bollworm ½mk

C – Weaver bird ½mk

D – Mongoose bird     ½mk

(b)- Flooding with water

  • – Fumigation of the soil with furadan
  • – Physical killing ( ½ x1 = ½mk)

(c)    Fruits      ( ½ x 1 = ½mk)

  1. (b) The various practices carried out in the field to help control crop diseases
  • Crop rotation
  • Rugueing/destroy infected plants
  • Plant disease-free plant/use certified seeds
  • Closed season
  • Early planting /timely planting
  • Proper spacing
  • Timely weed control
  • Use of resistant varieties
  • Application of appropriate chemicals
  • Use of clean equipment
  • Quarantine
  • Heat treatment to kill pathogens
  • Pruning to create unfavorable micro-climate for diseases

–     Proper nutrition to prevent deficiency

 

  1. – Some pesticides cause suffocation of pests by blocking respiratory surfaces
  • Some pesticides are stomach poisons that kill pests by damaging the cells/ tissues
  • Some pesticides damage the pests nervous system

–    Some pesticides kill pests by destroying digestive system

  1. a) Cutworm
  2. b) – Cuts the stem causing lodging

– Reduce plant population

  1.  c) – Use of appropriate insecticides

Removing and killing it

  1. i) This is a situation in which pest population caused damage beyond tolerance
  2. ii) This is the use of combination of both chemical and cultural pest control methods
  3. four harmful effects of crop pests
  • Some e.g. nematodes  damage crop roots  causing wilting and death of the plant
  • Some like squeals unearth planted seeds leading to low plant population some destroy crop leaves lowering photosynthetic area-result to reduced yield
  • Sucking pest deprive plants  of  food by  sucking plants sap
  • Some pests attack fruits  berries  and  flowers lowering  their quality and quantity
  • Some pests destroy embryo seeds lowering  their germination potential
  • Some transmit crop diseases
  • Some e.g. stalk borer eat the growing points causing retarded growth
  • They lower mansetabills of crops produce  by lowing quality
  • Where the leaf is the major product pest  damage lower the  quality and  quantity  through defoliation
  1. a)Potato blight
  2. b) (i) Pythophthora infestants
  3. ii) dry patches i.e. necrotic lessiory on leaves and fruits
  • affected fruits appear rotten and fall off prematurely
  1. c) spraying with copper fungicides
  • rogueing the affected crop
  1. (a) – Anthracnose of Bananas / Banane anthrancnose;(1×1=1mk)

(b) – Spray with (appropriate) fungicide

– Plant resistant varieties

  1. a)- Mouse bird
  2. b) – Destroys grains in records

– Destroys fruits e.g. tomatoes

16.

  • Cause swellings called galls on the roots.
  • Leads to blockage of the vascular vessels which transport materials within plants leading to wilting and stunting growth of the crops.
  1. four cultural practices used in controlling crop pests
  • Timely planting
  • Proper tillage
  • Close season
  • Trap  cropping
  • Timely harvesting
  • Crop rotation
  • Planting resistant  varieties

Field  hygiene

  1. three symptoms of coffee berry disease.
  • Fungal disease
  • Favoured by high rainfall
  • Flowers have dark brown blotch /stred on brown petals
  • Green servier have small dark sunken parches/lessions
  • Barry (dip in the ground/dry up on the  in the black mummified condition and when squeezed they are empty
  1. (a) M – hedgehog N- Squirrel      P – Rat

(b) M – Use dogs

N- eat germinating maize/bean seedling

– timely planting

  • Early planting
  • Timely harvesting
  • Early harvesting
  • Proper tillage
  • Close season- period when that crop is not grown anywhere trap cropping
  • Crop rotation
  • Planting resistant carieties
  • Field hygiene
  • Alteration of environmental
  • Crop nutrition
  • Destroying alternative host
  • Use of clean planting material
  • Proper spacing
  • Lose of organic manure
  • Irrigation.

 

CROP PRODUCTION VI

FIELD PRACTICES FOR MAIZE, MILLET, SORGHUM, BEANS AND RICE: HARVESTING OF COTTON PYRETHRUM, SUGAR CANE COFFE AND TEA

  1. four management practices carried out in maize field at 45cm high
  • Weed control
  • Thinning
  • Farthing up
  • Top dressing
  • Pest and disease control
  • Rouging (1/2×4=2mks)
  1. To prevent contamination of the cotton by the sisal strings
  2. (i)             (a) Land preparation
  • Land is plaughed /dug
  • Ploughs/jembes used for primary cultivation
  • The land is leveled
  • Bunds are constructed around the plots to control water
  • The land is flooded up to a depth of 5cm
  • The soil-water mixture should be worked on until a fine mud is produced

 

(b) Water control

  • Bunds are constructed around the plots to control the water level
  • The land is flooded with water to a depth of 5cm before transplanting
  • The level of water is gradually increased to a height of 15cm by the time the rice crop is fully grown
  • Water should be allowed to flow slowly through the field
  • Old water should be drained and fresh one added where the flow of water is not possible
  • Old water should be drained every 2-3weeks
  • The field should be drained off 3weeks before harvesting ( 1mk x any 4pts = 4mks)

 

(c) Fertilizer application

Sulphate of Ammonia is applied in the nursery before sowing

  • Sulphate of Ammonia s applied at the rate of 25kg for each nursery unit of 18.5m x 18.5m
  • Sulphate of Ammonia is applied in two splits before transplanting and 40days after transplanting
  • Sulphate of ammonia is applied at the rate of 125kg/ha before transplanting and 125kg/ha about 40days after transplanting
  • Double super phosphate is broadcasted in the field before transplanting
  • DSP is applied at the rate of 120kg/ha ( 1mk x any3pts = 3mks)

 

(d) Weed control

  • Flooding
  • Uprooting
  • Use of herbicides such as propanil against aquatic weeds ( 1 x any 3pts = 3mks)

(ii) The environmental conditions that may lead to low crop yields

  • Poor soil fertility /infertile soil
  • Damage by hailstorms
  • Less rainfall/unreliable/drought
  • Poor soil type resulting into leaching or water logging
  • Inappropriate soil PH
  • Inappropriate temperature (too low or high)
  • Excessive wind leading to increase in water loss from the soil
  • Extreme relative humidity
  • Extreme of light intensity
  • Topography / some attitudes e.g. very high may limit crop growth ( 1mk x any 7pts = 7mks)

Seedbed preparation

  • Prepare land in dry period/ early/ before onset of rains
  • Clear the land
  • Remove stumps/ perennial weeds
  • Plough/ primary cultivation
  • Harrow/ carry out secondary cultivation           (1×5=5 mks)

Planting – Early planting/ plant at onset of rains

  • Select suitable variety/ certified seed
  • Depth of planting 2.5 cm-10 cm
  • Plant with 1-2 seeds per hole
  • Plant with DAP/ SSP/ DSP at rate of 120kg/ ha DAP/100-150kg/ha/DSP
  • Plant 1-2 seeds per hole
  • Spacing 75-90cmx23-30 cm

 Weeding- Uproot weeds

  • Tillage
  • Use herbicides

 Pest control

  • Use chemicals/ pesticides
  • Early planting
  • Planting certify seeds
  • Rogueing/ field hygiene

Disease control- Uprooting and burning affected crop/rogueing

-Use appropriate chemicals

-Crop rotation

-Field hygiene

Harvesting      –Harvested after 4-6 months depending on variety and ecological time

– Harvested when dry 14-20 % moisture content

– Stalk, are cut and stoked in the field

– Cabs are removed by hand

 

  1. Two precautions taken when harvesting cotton
  • Avoid mixing with foreign materials
  • Harvesting during the dry weather
  • During harvesting separate grade A and B

Don’t put in gunny/sisal bags

  1. a) – Maize varieties
  • Different varieties are developed for different ecological zones
  • Example: Hybrids and composites available
  • Kitale hybrids e.g. 612, 622 for high and medium altitudes
  • Embu hybrids 511, 513 e.t.c. for medium altitudes
  • Composites for lower altitudes like katumani composite, coast composite e.t.c. (1×5=5 mks
  1. b) Planting
  • Plant early at the onset of rains
  • Dry planting is encouraged in low rainfall areas
  • Depth of planting 3 – 10 cm
  • One – two (1-2) seeds per hole
  • Spacing vary with variety (i.e. 20-30cm x 75-90cm)
  • Plant either manually or use planters    (1×5=5 mks)
  1. c) Pest and pest control
  • Maize stalk borer – early planting, rogueing, destroy crop remains, apply appropriate pesticides (placed in cone)
  • Army warm – use of recommended pesticides
  • Aphid – spray with appropriate pesticides
  • Maize weevil – proper drying and dusting with pesticides
  • Red flour beetle – good storage
  • Rats – use rat proof stores, cats, traps or poison

Pests 5x ½ = 2 ½

Control 5x ½ = 2 ½

  1. d) – Harvesting and storage
  • Storing in cool areas can be practiced
  • Carry out direct delusking in other warm areas
  • Store in bulk (grains)
  • Stored on cobs

Can be stored in bags

  1. a) Ecological requirement (3mks)
  2. i) Altitude 0-2200m above sea level
  3. ii) SOU- fertile alluvial or loam soil well drained

iii) temperature-moderate

  1. iv) rainfall-moderate

v)PH-neutral or alkaline

  1. b) Varieties (3mks)
  • Kenya flat complex
  • Double comb variety
  • Kitale hybrids
  • Embu hybrids
  • Coast composites
  • Katumani composite
  1. c) Seedbed preparation (5mks)

 

  • early land preparation  to allow rotting  of vegetation
  • clearing of land using appropriate tools
  • Ploughing done using  appropriate  implementing e.g. disc or mould board plough
  • harrowing  ids done where  the seedbed  is rough  to a medium tilth
  • does not require a very fine tilth
  • eradicate perennial weeds

 

  1. d) Pests and diseases (3mks)

 

PEST CONTROL
Maize stalk borer
  • Early planting
  • rogueing
  • Burning infected maize crops
  • Use of pesticides
Army warm
  • Dusting with appropriate chemicals
aphids
  • Spraying using suitable  insecticides
birds
  • Scared  away
Maize weevil
  • Dusting maize comb or shelled  maize with  appropriate chemical
  • Proper  storage hygiene
rats
  • Use  of rat  proof  stores, cats, traps
  • Bush  clearing around stores
                       (1×4=4mks)
DISEASES CONTROL
White  leaf blight
  • Planting resistant variety
Maize streak
  • Early planting
  • Use of resistant  varieties
  • rogueing
rust Planting resistant variety
smut   Crop rotation
                         (2×1=2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. e) Harvesting
  • Period varies from one variety to anther
  • In some cases stalks are cut and stocked in the field to allow combs to dry

Properly followed by removal of the combs which are stoked   in the store

  • De-husking directly in the field
  • Use of the combined harvesters
  1. a) Harvesting of cotton
  • Harvesting is the picking of the cotton lint
  • Harvesting is done 4 – 5 months after planting
  • Cotton picking is done at weekly interval
  • Picked lint is placed clean containers/ never use sisal bags whose fibres may mix with the lint
  • Never pick wet lint
  • Grade lint as it is picked in the field
  • Place clean lint AR (safi) in one container and BR(fifi) in another container
  • Pick lint which is exposed/ fully opened and the lint dry
  • Harvesting is done in dry season
  • Avoid picking lint with contamination such as twigs, dry leaves or soil
  1. b) The role of Agricultural Co-operatives in Kenya
  • Co-operators pool their resources together to buy expensive machinery e.g. tractor for use by the members
  • Provide education/ technical information to members
  • Provide loans to members in form of inputs and cash
  • Negotiate for higher prices for members
  • Reduce overhead costs e.g. transportation, storage and use of machinery
  • Bargain with supplier to give discount on seed, fertilizers and other farm inputs/ provide inputs at lower prices
  • Provide employment for their members
  • Benefit members from lower taxes charged
  • Provide strong bargaining power for members on policy issues
  • Market farmers produce
  • Invest and pay out returns to members in form of dividends
  • Help to negotiate for loans for members without security
  • Some provide banking services to members
  1. Field production of maize under the following sub-headings
  2. a) Ecological requirements

– Altitude (0 – 2200) m above sea level

– Temperatures 23 – 27c

– Rainfall 750mm-1250mm

– Soils, fertile, well drained PH 7 -8

  1. b) Field preparations

– Done during the dry season

– Disc, mold board ploughing to a depth of 20cm

– Disk harrowing to break the soil clods to a medium tilth

–  Ridging done at spacing of 75cm apart

  1. c) Planting and field management

– Seeds placed in the ferrous at a spacing of 30cm and covered with soil mixed with DAP

– Gapping, thinning done depending on germination percentage

– Clean weeding done after every 4 weeks interval.

– Top dressing done at interval i.e. 1st done with CAN when the crop is knee high, 2nd when the

crop is tussling

  1. d) Pests and disease control

– Spraying the crop with fungicides (head smut control)

– Uprooting fully infected crops and burning them

– Spraying the crop with insecticides and dusty the base of the leaves (control stalk borer)

– Field hygiene

  1. e) Harvesting and marketing

–  Hand harvested by plucking the cobs/ or machine harvested

– Shelled, dusted for storage pests and packed

– Delivered to millers consumers

– Delivered to national cereals and produce board

  1. Give two precautions measures a farmer should put into consideration when harvesting *RCH*
  • Lint  should not e mixed  with  foreign  matter
  • Use different containers  for  different cotton  grades
  • Avoid picking during  wet weather

Avoid using  gunning bags

  1. (a) – Rainfall that is well distributed

Well drained fertile soils

Neutral soils

Warm temperatures

(b)       Clear the land/vegetation plought to appropriate tilth

Levelise for uniform planting

(c)       – Make holes 45 x  15cm

– put in 1 teas spoonful of DAP and cover with soils lightly

– Put I seed per hole and cover with soil when soils are moist

(d)pests           – Been aphids

Been brachids

American ball worm

Golden ring month

Hens at flowering stage

Control – spray using appropriate pesticide e.g diazinol

 

 

FORAGE CROPS

  1. three factors which affects the quality of standing forage given to livestock
  • Forage species
  • Stage of harvesting

Mode of feeding

  1. i) Seedbed preparation
  • Done during dry period/ done early
  • Clear vegetation/ remove stumps
  • Carry primary cultivation/ harrowing to
  • Make furrows/ holes
  • Spacing 90cm x 50cm for cutting and 90cm x 50cm for splits
  1.  ii) Planting
  • At on set of rains/ early planting/ irrigate if necessary
  • Select variety for ecological condition of the area
  • Use health planting material
  • Place the planting material in holes/ furrows
  • Cover the planting material with soil to an appropriate depth
  • Use cuttings or splits
  • Select cutting from mature cane/ stems
  • Cutting should have 3-5 nodes

iii) Fertilizer application

  • Apply phosphatic fertilizer at planting 200kg/ha
  • Apply manure before planting, 7-10 tonnes/ha
  • Top dress phosphorous fertilizer after 8 weeks after planting
  • Apply manure after harvesting and dig it
  1.  iv) Weed control
  • Cultivation/ tillage/ mechanical
  • Uprooting
  • Slashing
  • Suitable herbicide application
  • Interplanting legumes as cover crops e.g. Desmodium,
  1. v) Utilization
  • Cut and take to animals when proportion of leaf is higher than the stem/ 3-5 months after planting/ frequency 8 weeks
  • Cut down excess foliage to conserve as silage or hay
  • Cut and sold
  • Cut when mature to get stem cuttings for planting
  • Cut stems at 2.5 – 5cm above the ground surface
  • Use a sharp panga for harvesting
  • Chop forage into small pieces before feeding
  • Na[pier grass is cut, dried and used as mulching material
  1. to reduce moisture content √ which can lead to  rotting  instead of formation  during   ensiling
  2. (a) – Harrow the land to a fine filth;

– Harrow during the dry or before the rains;

– Make the seed be weed – free / ensure clean seed bed;

– Firm the seed bed using rollers after sowing;

– Select a desirable variety of seed for the ecological zone,;

– Sow seeds at the onset rains/ early planting;

– Apply phosphatic fertilizers at appropriate rate of 200 – 300 kgs/ ha at planting time;

– Drill or broadcast  the seeds evenly;

– Use a recommended seed rate for the variety / seed rate of 1.5 – 2.0 kh/ha pure seeds;

– Bury seeds at 2 ½ times their diameter;

– Control weeds by uprooting/ apply a suitable herbicide;

– Apply nitrogenous fertilizers about 6 weeks after germination in split application.

– Avoid grazing when the pasture is too young.

– Practice light grazing in the field phase of pasture establishment.            (10 x 1 = 10 mk)

  1. Two causes of failure in pasture establishment
  • Poor seed germination due to wrong placement of seeds
  • Poor inoculation of legume seeds
  • Lack f nutrients in the soil
  • Unfavourable chemical conditions in the soil
  • Poor drainage

–     Pest and disease attacks

  1. – High nutritive value
  • relieve bloat
  • Higher yields of forage per unit area
  • Improve soil fertility due to nitrogen fixation

Economy in use of nitrogen fertilizers

  1. four factors that determine the quality of hay
  • Forage species  used
  • Stage  of  harvesting i.e. leaf-stem ratio
  • Length of drying period
  • Weather condition during process
  • Conditions of storage  structure
  1. a) Altitude           – High altitude

– 2000 m above sea level

Soils                – well drained

– deep fertile

Rainfall           High rainfall above 900mm per annum

Well distributed throughout the growing period

b)

  • Prepare land early enough/ during dry season/ before onset of rains
  • Carry out primary cultivation appropriately
  • Harrow to a medium tilth
  • Remove all perennial weeds

 

  1. – Establishment from stem cutting or splits or seeds makes furrows at a spacing 1m apart. Plant the grass 0.5m apart within the rows. Holes may also be used

Planting is done on the onset of long rains

Phosphate fertilizers are used as planting fertilizers

DAP fertilizer is applied at the rate of 100 – 150kg/ ha

Organic manure is applied at the rate 10 tones/ ha

 

d)

Utilization – chopped and fed to livestock as green fodder

Detoliation – can be harvested when it is over 8 – 12 weeks

 

ii)

  • Forage has high DM content hence high DM yield
  • High cellulose content hence it is woody and fibrous
  • High lignin cuten lannin and silia content which are all indigestible
  • It has low crude protein content
  • It has low leaf stem – ratio
  • It has low dry matter digestibility
  1. – Weather conditions during dry process;

-Length of the drying period

– Stage of growth at harvesting time/leaf-stem ratio of the plant species;

– Species of the hay crop;

– Storage facilities/method of storage;

– Period of storage

– Disease and pest attack on the crop;

– Fertility of the soil;

  1. (a) (i) Preparation of farm yard manure:-
  • Collect animal waste/refuse/dung and urine;
  • Collect animal bedding/litter and other rotten plant residues;
  • Store collected materials under roof/shed to prevent leaching and oxidization of nutrients;
  • Turnover the materials regularly;
  • Sprinkle water if dry;
  • leave the material to rote completely before use; (6×1=6mks)

(ii) Preparation of Hay

  • Cut the grass /legume in the field when 50% of it is starting to flower;
  • The cut forage is spread in the field for four continuous days (sunny days)
  • The cut forage is turned daily for even for four uniform drying;
  • Gather the dried material in a central spot;
  • Bale the material;
  • Properly store the baled hay (6×1=6mks)

(b) Factors to consider in timely planting of annual crops

  • Escape from serious weed competition;
  • Utilization of early rainfall;
  • Exploitation of Nitrogen flush in the soil that has accumulated during dry season;
  • Escape from serious pest + disease attack e.g. stalk borer in maize;
  • Fetch high market prices when harvested early;
  • Reduce competition for labour during labour peak period;
  • For harvesting season to coincide with dry period to reduce losses e.g. cotton

Early planting means early farming/calendar for the farmer to enable him /her to finish up other farm activities;          (8×1=8mks)

  1. (a)It is the constant removal of the steruny fibrous material left behind after continuous grazing

(b) -Done by slashing the whole pasture to the base, leaving only the maintenance forage.

– Burning is also done.

  1. two advantages of grass-legume pasture over pure grass pasture
  • More  nutritious to livestock
  • Improves soil fertility through nitrogen fixation
  • More total  yield per unit  area
  • Security against total  pasture lose (2×1=2mks)

-to feed animals during the dry seasons

– forage species used

-Stage of harvesting / leaf to stem ratio

-Length of drying period

-Weather conditions

-Storage conditions

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS III

(PRODUCTION ECONOMICS)

  1. four ways of increasing labour efficiency on the farm
  • Training them
  • Giving incentives
  • Supervision
  • Good operator – worker relationship
  • Farm mechanization
  • Assigning tasks according to skills & specialization
  • Proper remuneration : Attractive salaries

 

  1. a) graph representing the total egg production per week.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) – Increasing returns production function.
  2. (a) – Help to determine the value of the farm/ determine assets and liabilities.

– Provide history of the farm.

– Assist in planning and budgeting in various fields.

– Helps to detect losses or theft in the farm.

– Assists when sharing losses or profits (dividends)for communal owned farms/ partnership.

– Help to settle disputes in the farm among heirs.

– Help to support insurance claim e.g. against fire and theft.

– Provide labour information like terminal benefits, NSSF due, Sacco dues for all employees.

– Help to compare the performance of different enterprises within a farm or other farms.

– Help in the assessment of income tax to avoid over or under taxation.

– Records, helps to show whether the farm business is making profit or losses. This information

helps in obtaining credit.                                                                                     (10 x 1 = 10 mks)

(b) – Training worker e.g. in F.T.C’s, during field days, Agricultural shows, through

demonstrations and workshops.

  • Measuring farm operations to supplement the labour force.
  • Providing incentives to workers such as attractive wages, free protective wear, housing, medical facilities, proper feeding, rewarding good workers. Et.c
  • Supervising and counseling workers.
  • Creating good operator – worker relationships.
  • Assigning specific tasks to the labor force.

(c) – Establishment of land ownership.

– Measurement of land size.

– Description of the land.

– Recording and mapping of the surveyed land.

– Solving objections if any.

– Submission of the maps and records to the district land office registration

  1. Three types of agricultural services available to the farmer
  • Credit
  • Extension and training
  • Agricultural research
  • Banking
  • Artificial insemination

–     Veterinary

  1. Four management guideline questions which assist a farm manager in making accurate

farm decisions

  • What product to produce?
  • How much to produce?
  • What to produce?

–    For whom to produce?

  1. – Training
  • Farm mechanization
  • Labor supervision
  • Giving incentives and improving terms and conditions of service

Assign specific tasks

  1.  – Fertilizers                – Seeds
  • Pesticides -Casual labor
  1. – Banking
  • Extension and training
  • Credit facility
  • Agricultural research
  • Marketing
  • Farm input supplies

Tractor hire service

  1. (a) Is the sum total of goods and services produced by a country within a period of one year (b) -Per capital income: Is the gross national income divided by the number of people living

in a country

  1. -Diversification- Setting up several and different enterprises on the farm. If one fails the

farmer cannot  incur total loss.

  • Contracting- farmers can enter into contract with consumers. It guarantees a constant fixed market for goods/services
  • Insurance- Taking an insurance cover to compensate them incase of loss
  • Input rationing- Farmers can control the quantities of inputs used in various enterprises to reduce losses
  • Flexibility in production methods- Ability to change from one enterprise to another in response to demand changes
  • Adopting modern methods of production e.g. disease control, irrigation, mechanization e.t.c.
  1. Application of fertilizer
Input 50kg bag fertilizer Out put 90kg bag maize Average product (AP) Marginal product (MP)
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

6

10

24

31

36

40

43

43

40

10

12

10.33

9

8

7.18

6.14

5

0

4

14

7

5

4

3

0

-3

(ii) The best level of production in relation to the inputs and out put is level 3

(b) (i) Gross margins for the crops

(i) Maize

Value of maize/incomve 5,500 x 15 = 82,500/=   (1mk)
Cost of labour      50x 150 = 7,500/=   (1mk)
Cost of cultivation /ha 1 x 3,000 =    3,000/=   (1mk)
Cost of seed 25 x 100  =    2,500/=    (1mk)
Cost of DAP fertilizer 3 x 1,500 =    4,500/=   (1mk)
Cost of C.AN fertilizer 3 x 1000 =     3,000/=    (1mk)
Total variable costs                     20,500/=    (1mk)
GM for maize 82,500 – 20,500 = 62,000 (1mk)

(ii) Beans

Value of beans/income 5,000 x 500 = 250,000/=   (1mk)
Cost of labour      75 x 200 = 15,000/=   (1mk)
Cost of cultivation /ha 1 x 3,600 =    3,600/=   (1mk)
Cost of seed 20 x 80  =    1,600/=    (1mk)
Cost of DAP fertilizer 2 x 1,500 =    3,000/=   (1mk)
Cost of C.AN fertilizer 1 x 1000 =     1,000/=    (1mk)
Total variable costs                     27,200/=    (1mk)
GM for beans 250,000 – 27,200 = 222,800 (1mk)

 

(b) (ii) The crop which is profitable from the calculation is that :   (1mk)

  • It is more profitable to grow beans than maize
  1. a) ZONE I

– For each additional unit of input applied the output of maize increased at an increasing

rate because the fertilizer resources are underutilized Ö1                          (1×2=2 mks)

ZONE II

– For each additional unit of input applied the output of maize increased at a decreasing

rate because the resources are used to the maximumÖ1                             (1×2=2 mks)

ZONE III

– For each additional unit of input applied the output of maize decreases because

the fertilizer/ resources are excessively appliedÖ1                                                (1×2=2 mks)

  1. b) ZONE II
  2. Give four variable costs in maize production
  • Cost of fertilizer
  • Cost of seeds
  • Cost of pesticide
  • Cost of weeding
  • Cost of  harvesting
  • Cost of casual  labour
  • Cost of  fuel

 

ITEM QUANTITY NO. OF UNITS COST  PER UNIT TOTAL      VARIABLES

COST

Weeding

Seeds

Irrigation

Ploughing

Clearing land

Planting

Harvesting

DAP fertilizer

DAN fertilizer

Gunning bags

transport

20kg

2bags

2bags

32

2

2ha

2ha

2ha

2ha

2

2

32

300

600

500

400

1 200

10 000

700

40

800                   00

600                   00

1200                 00

1000                 00

1200                 00

800                   00

2400                 00

20 000              00

1400                 00

1280                 00

2000                 00

Total variable cost       32 680              00
income 32bags 1200 38 400              00

 

Gross margin=total revenue-total variable cost

= 38400-32680  = 5720.00

  • Profit maximization is the profit in a production process where the highest net returns (Net revenue) on invested capital is realized/ when the difference between total revenue (TR) and total cost (TC) is the highest point in a production process/ where profit is highest
  • Is where marginal revenue (MR) is equal to or almost equal to marginal costs

 

  1. a) i)  Gross margins for the crops

 

Value of maize/ income 55000 X 15 = 82500 1 mark
Cost of labour 50 X 150 = 7500 1 mark
Cost of cultivation/ ha 1 X 3000 = 3000 1 mark
Cost of seed 25 X 100 = 2500 1 mark
Cost of DAP fertilizer 3 X 1500 = 4500 1 mark
Cost of CAN fertilizer 3 X 1000 = 3000 1 mark
Total variable costs                    20500 1 mark
GM for maize 82500- 20500 = 62000 1 mark

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) Beans
Value of beans/ income 5000 X 500 = 250000 1 mark
Cost of labour 75 X 200 = 15000 1 mark
Cost of cultivation/ ha 1 X 3600 = 3600 1 mark
Cost of seed 20 X 80 = 1600 1 mark
Cost of DAP fertilizer 2 X 1500 = 3000 1 mark
Cost of CAN fertilizer 1 X 1000 = 1000 1 mark
Cost of sprays                     3000 1 mark
Total variable costs                    27200 1 mark
GM for beans  250000 – 27200 = 222800 1 mark

iii) It is more profitable to grow beans than maize 1 mark

b)

  • Size of the farm
  • Climatic conditions
  • Fairness objectives and preferences
  • Existing market conditions
  • Available resources
  • Expected returns
  1. – The farmer should grow groundnuts;

– The crop has a higher gross margin than cotton;

  1. – The farmer may be able to estimate the required production resource e.g labour capital e.t.c

– Assists farmer when e.g. labour capital etc

– Assists farmer in making management decisions;

– Helps to reduce uncertainties in the production process;

– Shows progress or lock of progress in farm business;

  1. (a) (i) See the graph paper

(ii) 56 bags;    (1×1=1mk)

(b) Table – (    16x ½ =8mks)

Year Fertilizer applied (bags) Maize output (bgs) Marginal  product Average product
1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

202

2003

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

4

10

28

42

52

60

66

66

64

6

18

14

10

8

6

0

-2

5

7

7

6.5

6

5.5

4.7

4

(c) (i) 4 bags (1×1=1mk)

(ii) MP is maximum;           AP is maximum;           (2×1=2mks)

(d) Gross income = Total output x price per unit

in 2002  66 x 1000 = 66000/=            (1×1=1mk

in 2003: 64 x 1000 = 64000/=            (1×1=1mk)

(ii) Net income = Total income – Total cost

in 1999: Total income was 52 x 1000 = 52000/=

total cost was 8 x 1200 = 9,600/=

Hence 5200/= – 9600; (1mk)

= Shs. 42,400/=           (1mk)

 

 

21.

  • Flood costs (F.C)
  • Variable costs (V.C)
  • Total costs (T.C)
  • Average costs (A.C)
  • Marginal costs (M.C)

 

22.

  • Co-operative societies
  • Crop boards
  • Commercial banks
  • Agricultural finance corporation (A.F.C)
  • Settlement fund trustees
  • Hire purchase companies
  • Insurance companies. (Any 4 )
  1. three ways in which labour peaks can be overcome in the farm
  • Overtime  working  for casual labourers
  • Greater use of casual workers
  • Mechanization
  • Use of  contractors  who may  be  engaged to do some work  at a fee
  • Cropping system devised such that  ripening  of crops could be  at  different times

Work study to devise new techniques of  doing  work more  quickly and   efficient

24        . – training

-giving incentives/motivation

-farm mechanization

-labour

  1. (a) 1000kg of NAP con 46kg P2O5S

150 x 100 – 150

50

300kg of DAP per hectar

1ha = 300kg of DAP

5ha x 300

1                      = 1500g of DAP

1 bag = 50kg

1500 x 1 = 1500kg

50        = 30bags pf DAP

N/B Approximation = 3obags

 

CAN

100kg contain 20kg of price N

200x 100 = 200kg

30                    = 1000kg

I ha = 1000kg

5ha = 1000 x 5 = 5000kg

1bag = 50kg

5000 x 1 = 5000kg

50

= 100bags of CAN

 

 

(b) (i) – cross margin is variable cost – total revenue

Gross margin of irish potatoes

Cost of fert = shs 10000 x 5 = 50000

Cost labour requirement = 50 x 200 x 5 = 50,000

Cost of seed potatoes 20,000 x 5 = 100000

Cost of fungicides 5000 x 5 = 25000

Cost of ploughing 400 x 5 = 50,000

Total variable cost shs.145,000

Total revenue = shs.50,000 x 50 = shs.1,500,00

Gross margin shs. 1,500,000 – shs.145,000 =shs.1,255,100

 

(i)                    Maize

Cost of fert. shs 10000 x 5 = shs.50000

Cost of fert. shs. 4800 x 5 = shs.24000

Cost of maize seed shs.3000 x 5 = shs.15000

Cost f labour shs.200 x 150x 5 = shs.150000

Cost of ploughing shs.4000 x 5 = shs.20000

Total cost                          = shs.259000

Revenue 750000 X 5 X 20= Shs.750000

Gross margin   = 750000

259000

Shs.481000

(ii)He should grow potatoes

– pests

Diseases

Unreliable rainfall

Change in temperature

Strong wind

Light aspect

Infertile soils

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS IV

  1. three methods of grafting that are used in propagation of plants
  • Whip are tongue grafting
  • Side grafting
  • Approach grafting
  • Bark grafting

Notch grafting

  1. a) i) Prepare a profit and loss account for Mr. Tembo’s farm for the year ending

31st December 2003                                                                                                        (9mks)

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT FOR MR. TEMBO√

FARM FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31ST DEC 2003

  Sales and receipts
                                                     sh         cts    
Opening stock√

Purchase of farm tools√

Zero grazing unit construction√

Machinery depreciation√

Interest payable √

Pesticide  purchase√

Veterinary  bills √

wages √

 

TOTAL

net profits √

 

12000   00

1000    00

10000   00

800    00

750    00

300    00

400    00

4800    00

 

30050   00

9300  00

Milk sale√

Sale  of goats√

Cabbage sale√

Sale of heifers√

Sale of tea√

Closing valuation√

8000         00

500       00

750       00

9400         00

4700         00

16000    00

 

 

 

39350         00

 

 

 

 

  39 350   00   39 350√    00

 

  1. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss made by the farm (1mk)

%profit=profit x 100

Total income

=9300 x 100

39350           = 23.6%

  1. b) five functions of farmer’s cooperative societies
  • function of farmers cooperative societies
  • marketing farmers produce
  • negotiating fair  prices for  produce and input
  • keeping records  of the  cooperative activities and  in forming the members accordingly
  • paying dividends to members
  • giving loans in kind  to members
  • educating members on matters relevant  to cooperative(5×1=5mks)
  1. ii) Outline five common risks and uncertainties in farming
  • risks and uncertainties
  • pest and diseases outbreak
  • price fluctuation
  • sickness and  injury
  • natural  catastrophes e.g. floods, earth quakes ,storm ,strong  wind
  • new technologies  of  production
  • ownership  uncertainty
  • physical yield  on  what is expected
  1. four reasons for using certified seeds for planting
  • High yielding
  • Quality produce
  • High germination percentage
  • Grow faster
  1. two financial statements which may be prepared on a farm.

– Balance sheet.

– Cash analysis.

– Profit and Loss Account.

  1. (a) Profit and loss A/C for Langat’s farm for the year ending 31st December, 2004

 

Purchases & Expenses Shs. Cts Sales & receipts Shs. Cts
Opening  valuation

Goats

Poultry

Casual worker

Subtotal

Net profit

150000

4000

15000

12000

181000

112600

00

00

00

00

00

00

Mohair

Rabbits

Eggs to hotel

Closing valuation

75000

3600

15000

200000

00

00

00

00

 

Total 293,600     293,600  

Awarding:-

–  Title (½mk)

– (Purchases & expenses and sales & receipts) ½mk

– Entries each ½ x 10 (5mks)

 

(b) State the benefit of a profit and loss A/C to Mr. Lang’at

  • Helps the farmer to detect whether he has loss or profit
  • Helps in tax assessment to avoid over taxation

–   Acts as evidence when a farmer requires a loan

  1. a) – Invoice
  • Receipt
  • Delivery note
  • Purchase order
  • Statement of account        (4×1=4 mks)

 

 

  1. b) ROBS,

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

AS AT 31ST DEC, 2009

Purchases and expenses√ ½ mk Sales and receipt√ ½ mk
Opening stock                150,000

Vetenary bills                       2500

Livestock feeds                     2500

Fertilizer                              5000

Seeds                                   4000

Debts payable                       4200

TOTAL    √ ½ mk                168000   Profit   √ 1 mk                       94,800

 

263000

 

 

Sale of milk                                             10,000

Sale of cabbages                                       20,000

Sale of two heifers                                     10,000

Sale of tomatoes                                            3000

Debts available                                            20,000

Closing valuation                                        200,000

√ ½ mk                     263,000

√ 1 mk                            263,000

( ½ mk each entry 6 mks)

Total 10 mks

.

  1. c) It made profit

Profit ksh. 94,800√ 1 mk

% profit= profit   x 100

Opening Valuation

 94,800×100

150,000

= 63.2%√ 1 mk

 

  1. d) -Diversification- Setting up several and different enterprises on the farm. If one fails the

farmer cannot  incur total loss.

  • Contracting- farmers can enter into contract with consumers. It guarantees a constant fixed market for goods/services
  • Insurance- Taking an insurance cover to compensate them incase of loss
  • Input rationing- Farmers can control the quantities of inputs used in various enterprises to reduce losses
  • Flexibility in production methods- Ability to change from one enterprise to another in response to demand changes
  • Adopting modern methods of production e.g. disease control, irrigation, mechanization e.t.c.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) i) profit and loss account for Mr. Tembo’s farm for the year ending 31st Dec. 2003

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT FOR MR. TEMBO√

FARM FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31ST DEC 2003

 

Purchases and expenses Sales and receipts
                                                     sh         cts    
Opening stock√

Purchase of farm tools√

Zero grazing unit construction√

Machinery depreciation√

Interest payable √

Pesticide  purchase√

Veterinary  bills √

wages √

 

TOTAL      net profits √

 

12000   00

1001    00

10000   00

801    00

751    00

301    00

401    00

4801    00

 

30050   00

9300  00

Milk sale√

Sale  of goats√

Cabbage sale√

Sale of heifers√

Sale of tea√

Closing valuation√

8001         00

501       00

751       00

9401         00

4701         00

16000    00

 

 

 

39350         00

 

 

 

 

  39 350   00   39 350√    00
  1. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss made by the farm (1mk)

%profit=profit x 100

Total income

=9300 x 100

39350

= 23.6%

 

  1. b) five functions of farmer’s cooperative societies
      • Function of farmers cooperative societies
      • marketing farmers produce
      • negotiating fair  prices for  produce and input
      • keeping records  of the  cooperative activities and  in forming the members accordingly
      • paying dividends to members
      • giving loans in kind  to members
      • educating members on matters relevant  to cooperative(5×1=5mks)
  1. ii) five common risks and uncertainties in farming
    • Risks and uncertainties
    • pest and diseases outbreak
    • price fluctuation
    • sickness and injury
    • natural catastrophes e.g. Floods, earth quakes ,storm ,strong  wind
    • new technologies of  production
    • ownership uncertainty
    • physical yield on  what is expected

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Prepare a balance sheet s at 31.12.2005

BIDII FARM BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31.12.2005

LIABILITIES                           SHS                 CTS

Current liabilities

Overdraft                      15000                 00

Unpaid wage                3000                  00

Long term liabilities

Bank l                           30000                 00

Net worth                 897000                   00

 

 945000                    00

 

ASSETS                           SHS                 CTS

Current assets

Debt receivable                 20000                 0

Stocks                               25000                 00

Bank balance                 100000                 00

Fixed assets

Perennial crops               250000                00

Land                              350000                 00

Livestock                        200000                00

 945000                  00

 

  1. b) Yes it qualified for a loan because it was solvent i.e. has more assets than liabilities
  2. one condition in which each of the following documents is used.
  3. i) Invoice –when  goods //services are sold /bought  on credit
  4.  ii) Delivery note-when goods are  physically  delivered  to the buyer

iii) Receipt-when goods/services are bought or rendered on cash

  1. i) Prepare a profit and loss account for Mrs. Okello’s farm

profit  and loss A/C  for Mrs.Okello’s farm  for the  year ending 31/12/2009

Purchase  and  expenses Sales and receipts
Opening valuation                      12000    00

Pesticides                                     3000     00

Construction  of  store                 10000    00

Depreciation  of  machines            3000   00

Interest payable                                1750   00

Purchase  of  tools                              800    00

Veterinary  bills   1                           400

Wages  10,000

 

Net profit         3800

 

Milk sales         8000

Sales  of  goats  5000

Sales of tomatoes 1750

Sales  of  heifer     10 000

Sales of coffee 5000

Closing valuation  16000

 

 

 

 

 

                                    45750                          45750

 

Award  of  marks        Title -1mk

Purchases and expenses  side -1mk

Sales and receipt sales-1mk

Net profit – 1mk

Both totals-1mk  (5×1=5mks)

Each of the correct  entries in purchase and expenses  and sales and receipt sides (14x ½ =7mks)

  1. ii) Calculate the percentage profit or loss that Mrs. Okello made during the year 2009

3800 x100√1

45750

= 8.3%√1

iii) six ways in which farmers adjust to risk and uncertainties in farming

  • diversification-production of services  products at the same time to  avoid risks  due  to  weather, fluctuation in price  and disease
  • contracting-make  contracts  with dealers  to  supply or  buy  certain commodities at fixed prices  thus  transfer the risk  of  drop in demand and  supply
  • insurance-purchase security by  payment of  small  sum of  money for compensation in case of  failure
  • input rationing-use  of inputs  sparingly to avoid wastage
  • flexibility in production-combination and  substitution of  inputs  and  techniques of  products for  each  other use the cheapest
  • use of  government price stabilization policies
  • adapting modern methods of farming-use  of  researched  varieties, breeds better  adapted to local conditions

selecting more certain   enterprises-engage in enterprises  with  more surerity  of success i.e. artificial insemination as opposed to natural insernimation (any 6×1=6mks)

  1. – Bank overdraft

-Bank loans

-Debts payable

-Tax payable

-rent

 

AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS (V)

  1. a) the principle that govern the  operations of farmers’  co-operative societies
  • Open membership
  • Equal rights
  • Share limit
  • Neutrality
  • Non- profit motive
  • Loyalty
  • Withdrawal of membership
  1. b) the role of agricultural cooperatives in Kenya
  • Provide education/ technical information to members
  • Negotiate for higher prices for members products
  • Market farmers produce
  • Help to negotiate for loans for members without security
  • Provide inputs to members at lower prices
  • Invest and pay out returns to members in form of dividends
  • Provide transportation, storage and use  of machinery to farmers
  1. c) various functions of agricultural marketing
  • Advertising: They advertise farm products in order to increase demand
  • Financing: Provide capital to carry out agricultural activities
  • Transportation: Provide transport to farm produce to the areas of consumption
  • Storage: store farm produce after harvest in order to minimize losses
  • Selling: Sell on behalf of the farmer
  • Packing: pack the farm produce to reduce storage space and make transportation easy
  • Processing: process the farm produce in order to provide a variety, increase value and prolongs shelf life
  • Grading: putting into grades to provide uniform standards
  • Assembling: gathering the farm produce for bulking and transportation
  • Insurance: Bearing risks by protecting farm damage
  1.  d) Explain five problems farmers face in marketing agricultural products
  • Perishability: detoxation of quality
  • Seasonability: affect price and storage problems
  • Bulkiness: occupy large space hence problems of handling and storage
  • Storage: lack of storage facilities on farms
  • Poor transport system: Lead to spoilage of farm produce
  • Change in market demand: time between planning and actual production create lack of market
  • Lack of market information: concerning prices, how much to produce, where to sell goods; farmers end up disposing of the surplus at throw away prices
  • Fluctuation in market price due to seasonality in nature of agricultural products
  • Poor marketing systems for some produce: Result in lack of market
  1. a) four marketing functions (4mks)
  • Buying and assembling
  • Transportation and  distributing
  • Storage
  • Packing
  • Processing
  • Grading
  • Marketing research
  • Selling
  • Financing
  • Bearing risk                                                                                                    (4×1=4mks)
  1. b) Outline four problems associated with marketing of agricultural products. (4mks)
  • perishability
  • seasoning
  • bulkiness
  • poor  storage facilities
  • poor transport system
  • lack of  market  information
  • limited  elasticity  of demand
  1. Two roles of agricultural society of Kenya

–     Promotes the agricultural industry

  • Organizes national ploughing competitions
  • Publish the Kenya farmer magazine
  • Improve useful indigenous animals
  • Publish a ‘stud’ book
  • Hold competitive shows
  • Hold trade fairs on livestock
  • Demonstration on how to use agricultural machinery

–    Encourage breeding and importation of pure breed stock

  1. (a) Elasticity of demand for a commodity is the degree of responsiveness of demand to price

OR – The sensitivity of demand to change in price  (1mk) (mark as a whole)

Pmk

(b) Calculation of  the elasticity of demand:-                                                                                   (4mks)

Elasticity of demand = % D Quantity

% D price

% DQuantity = Change in quantity x 100

Pmk

Quantity

=  (1000 – 800 ) x 100 = 25%

800

% DPrice= Change in price x 100

Pmk

price

= (20- 22) x 100 = 9%

Pmk

22

Ed = 25 = 2.8

9

(c) Six problems of marketing maize as an agricultural product

  • Bulkiness
  • Poor storage
  • Seasonality of crops hence demand
  • Perishability of farm produce
  • Poor transport system
  • Delayed payments
  • Competition from cheap imports ( 1mk x any6pts = 6mks)

 

 

(d)  Nine principles governing cooperatives in Kenya

  • Open membership- voluntarily joining on payment of membership fees
  • Equal rights – One man one vote run democratically
  • Share limit – A member buys shares up to a specific maximum limit.
  • Interest on shares – Any money distributed according to shares
  • Withdrawal form ownership – voluntarily
  • Loyalty – Members to be faithful and loyal
  • Education – continuously educating its members
  • Co-operative principle- cooperative members joint cooperative movement

–    Non-profit motive – cooperatives are non-profit making organizations

  1. Four reasons why training is important in some crops
  • Facilitate field practices of spraying and harvesting
  • Improves crop quality by preventing solving
  • Enable crop grow in the required direction
  • Improve yield
  • Control pest and diseases

6 .        a) – Buying and assembling – acquisitions from small scale farmers and accumulate

  • Transporting and distribution – from area of production to areas of consumption and retailers
  • Storage – kept to accumulate in amount before selling off or to wait for time of scarcity
  • Packing- to protect agent damage, theft
  • Processing – involve preparation of produce for consumption e.g. pasteurizing milk
  • Grading and sorting – placing in groups according to size, colour e.t.c.
  • Each group attracts different prices
  • Packaging – presentation of produce in a way to attract consumers e.g. labeling, good packing materials
  • Collecting marketing information – through media, on prices and demands of goods on markets
  • Selling – Final presentation of produce to consumer’s e.g. advertising, display e.t.c.
  • Financing – availing capital for marketing activities
  • Bearing risks – at each stage of marketing, apart is to bear the cost of uncertainties
  1. b)   – Marketing problems of agri products
  • Perishability – short life cycle
  • Seasonality – supply depends on the season/ vary with season
  • Bulkiness – demand for more space Vs value
  • Storage – need costly storage e,g. cold rooms, refrigeration
  • Poor transport system especially in rural areas
  • Changes in market demand – take long to produce hence cannot meet changes in market
  • Limited elasticity of demand – restrict supply
  • Lack of market information
  1. Is the degree of responsiveness of supply to change in price
  2. – Giving subsidies by reducing the cost of production inputs

Fixes prices of the related products

  1. b) The role of Agricultural Co-operatives in Kenya
  • Co-operators pool their resources together to buy expensive machinery e.g. tractor for use by the members
  • Provide education/ technical information to members
  • Provide loans to members in form of inputs and cash
  • Negotiate for higher prices for members
  • Reduce overhead costs e.g. transportation, storage and use of machinery
  • Bargain with supplier to give discount on seed, fertilizers and other farm inputs/ provide inputs at lower prices
  • Provide employment for their members
  • Benefit members from lower taxes charged
  • Provide strong bargaining power for members on policy issues
  • Market farmers produce
  • Invest and pay out returns to members in form of dividends
  • Help to negotiate for loans for members without security
  • Some provide banking services to members
  1. Law of demand – when the price of a good or service is low, many consumers are able and willing to

buy it and vice versa

  • Law of supply – when the price of commodity is high, many sellers are able to provide the commodity in market for sale. (mark as a whole )
  1. (i) K.N.F.U – Kenya National Farmers Union

(ii) H.C.D.A – Horticultural Crops Development Authority

  1. a)- It is an organization of people who have joined together voluntarily with a common purpose

for  a mutual economic benefit

  1. b) Two functions of co-operatives

– Marketing farmers produce

– Negotiating for fair prices for farmers produce and also for Inputs

– Keeping records of the co-operative activities and informing the members accordingly

– Paying dividends to the members

– Giving loans in hand to the members

– Educating the members on matters relevant to their co-operative through field days,

seminars, workshops and demonstrations

  1. c) – Open and voluntary membership: Rights of anybody who fulfills the conditions set out by the

laws of co-operative society

  • Democratic control: All members have equal rights to say on the affairs of the co-operative
  • Each member is only allowed one vote regardless of shares possessed
  • Share limit: All members should have equal chances of buying shares
  • Distribution of dividends: Any profits should be distributed to members as dividends depending on their share contributions
  • Withdrawal of membership: Should be voluntary
  • Selling of produce: Only members can sell their produce through the co-operatives
  • Loyalty: members are bound to be loyal to their co-operative society
  • Non- profit motive: Co-operatives are not supposed to be profit motivated. They should sell their products to members at seasonable prices
  • Co-operative organization: The co-operative should join the co-operative movement from primary level to national or international level
  • Co-operative should sell on cash – goods sold on credit are sometimes not paid for
  • Continuous expansion: Co-operatives should aim at continuous expansion in terms of membership and physical facilities
  • Neutrality: Co-operatives should be neutral in terms of religion, politics or language
  1. four factors which influenced the demand of tomatoes in the market
  • Quality of  tomatoes
  • Price of  tomatoes
  • Presence of other  substitutes
  • Price of the  substitute

 

 

 

AGROFORESTRY

  1. two reasons for seed treatment of tree species before planting
  • Break dormancy

Control pests and diseases

  1. four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  • Add organic matter from falling leaves
  • Recycles soil erosion
  • Control soil erosion
  • Improve drainage of swampy areas

Play part in hydrological cycle

  1. four advantages of agro forestry
  • Source  of wood fuel (energy)
  • Source of  income
  • Conserve  environment/reduce  soil  erosion/improve water catmint
  • Source of food /fruits
  • Medicine/value
  • Aesthetic value
  • Feed  for  livestock
  • Labour saving
  1. (a) A – Pollarding technique (½mk)

B – Coppicing (½mk)

(b) An example of a tree species suitable for technique B and C as a method of harvesting     B

(i) Calliandra              calothyrus

(ii) Markahmia           lutea

(iii) Psidum                guajava

(iv) Croton                  macrostachyus                        ( ½ x 1 = ½mk)

C (i) – Grevillea          robusta

Calliandra     calothyrsus

Croton           cacrostachyus ( ½ x 1= ½mk)

  1. -Deep rooted
  • Nitrogen fixing/ leguminous
  • Fast growing

Good in by product production

  1. (a) Five characteristics of trees used in agroforestry are;
  • Fast growth rate
  • Nitrogen fixing/leguminous
  • Good in by product use timber, fruits etc
  • Deep rooted
  • Nutritious and palatable
  • easily coppiced
  • Non-competitive ability with main crop (5×1=5mks)

(b) The benefits of agroforestry are:

  • Provides food
  • Source of energy/fuel
  • Fodder for livestock
  • Aesthetic value
  • Provides shelter
  • Income generation
  • Soil and water conservation
  • Balancing of atmospheric gases (8×1=8mks)
  1. four forms of agro- forestry
  • Alley cropping
  • Woodlots
  • Multi-storey
  • Source of wood fuel
  • Source of income
  • Labour saving
  • Aesthetic value
  • Reduces the carbon dioxide reducing the depletion of Ozone layer

Used as a method of soil and water conservation

  1. – Border//edge grow
  • Source of wood fuel
  • Source of income
  • Labour saving
  • Aesthetic value
  • Reduces the carbon dioxide reducing the depletion of Ozone layer
  • Used as a method of soil and water conservation
  1. – fast growth

-Deep rooted

-Nitrogen fixing

-Good by-products

– Friendly to crops/not affent crop

 

 

PAPER ONE AND TWO

SECTION II QUESTIONS

 

FARM TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

 

There are five categories of farm tools and equipment namely:

  • Garden tools and equipment e.g. pangas, jembe, pick axe, spade e.t.c.
  • Workshop tools and equipment e.g. saws, hammers, planes, chisels e.t.c
  • Livestock production tools and equipment e.g. milking stool, strip cup, milk churn etc.
  • Masonry tools and equipment e.g. wood float, spirit level, plumb bob e.t.c
  • Plumbing tools e.g. pipe wrench spanner, stock and die e.t.c

 

It is very important to identify the farm tools and equipment, give the correct users and      maintenance practices.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate the         user to comprehend and understand the require concepts and practices:

 

  1. List four maintenance practice carried out on a cross-cut saw
  2. Identify the following tools and state their functions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identify A, B, C, D

  1. Study the illustration below and answer the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Identify the equipment represented by the illustration
  2. ii) What is the use of the equipment?

iii) Name the parts labeled A and B

  1. iv) What is the function of the part labeled A and B
  2. What is the use of a garden fork?
  3. Name the tool that a builder would use to check the vertical straightness of a wall during

construction

  1. Name the farm tool that can be used when removing nails from timber
  2. Give two examples of equipment that a livestock farmer can use in administering oral

anti helminthes

  1. Below are farm tools, study them and answer
O………………………………………
……………………………….

the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the tools L, M, N, O

(b) Give one functional advantage of tool M over tool N   

  1. Name a tool used to perform the following functions on the farm;

(i) Drilling of small holes on metal

(ii) Bore holes on wood

  1. State the common faults in the operation of Knapsack spray
  2. (a) Name the three tools in castration of livestock
  3. Name the most appropriate set of animal handling tools that a farmer uses for the following operations:-

(i) Restraining a large bull when taking it around the show ring

(ii) Cutting tail in sheep

  1. a) Below are illustrations of  farm tools

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) State the use of the tools
  2. ii) Name the type of hammer that may be used for driving tool K during work

 

  1. b) Given below is an illustration of one of the routine management practices in livestock

Production.

Study the diagram and answer the following questions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the practice indicated in the diagram above
  2. ii) Describe the procedure you would follow when carrying out the practice named

in (i) above in piglets

 

  1. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Identify the tools
  2. ii) Give the use of each of the tools named above

iii) State two maintenance practices that should be carried out on tool D

  1. List two equipments used in handling cattle during an Agricultural exhibition
  2. Mention the use of the following tools.
  3. i) Dibber
  4. ii) Spokeshaves

iii) Tinsnips

  1. iv) Burdizzo

 

  1. List four precautions that should be taken when using workshop tools and equipment.
  2. i) Below is an illustration of a farm equipment. Study it and answer questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the farm equipment illustrated above                                                                                          b) What is the use of the equipment                                                                                                              c) Name the parts labelled W, X and
  2. d) What is the functions of Y on the equipment
  3. Use the diagram below to answer questions which follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Identify the above diagram
  2. ii) Name the parts labelled A and B

 

 

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION I

COMMON LIVESTOCK BREEDS

This topic entails the following:

  • Reasons of keeping livestock
  • Parts of a cow
  • Characteristics of indigenous and exotic cattle breeds
  • Dairy cattle breeds
  • Beef cattle breeds
  • Dual purpose cattle breeds
  • Pig breeds
  • Sheep breeds
  • Goat breeds
  • Rabbit breeds
  • Camel breeds

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly help and motivate the         user to comprehend and understand the re1quired concepts and practices:

  1. State two reasons for treating water for us on the farm
  2. State four advantages of applying lime in clay soil
  3. State four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  4. Give two distinguishing features between the following breeds of rabbits; Kenya white

and California white

  1. Give four reasons why most farmers keep livestock in Kenya
  2. Give three ideal conformation features of beef cattle
  3. (i) Name a dual purpose cattle breed reared in Kenya
  4. ii) State three uses of a rotavator
  5. Name a pig breed with the following features:

White body colour, erect ears, dished snout, big in body size

  1. What does the term ‘epistasis’ mean in livestock improvement?
  2. (a) Explain the role of livestock industry in Kenya’s economy

(b) Outline the general characteristics of indigenous cattle

  1. Below is a diagram of a cattle. Study it an answer the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) What type of animal is represented above?

(ii) If you stand at a point marked X, state five characteristics that tells you that the animal belong

to type name in (i) above?

(iii) State three areas on the body of a cow where ticks are commonly found

  1. Name four breeds of dairy goats
  2. List two distinguishing characteristics of Californian breed of rabbit
  3. Name the common milk breed of goats reared in Kenya
  4. Name four dairy cattle breeds reared in Kenya.
  5. Differentiate between ‘breed’ of animal and ‘type’ of animal.

17        Name the camel breed that is adapted to cooler regions and has a woolly body covering

  1. State any two channels through which beef is marketed in Kenya.

 

 

(LIVESTOCK HEALTH II

(LIVESTOCK PARASITES )

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Host-parasite relationships
  • Effects of parasites on livestock
  • Life cycle of parasites
  • Methods of parasite control in livestock
  • Identify different parasites

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

  1. Name two chemical methods used in deworming cattle
  2. a) state six  effects  of parasites
  3. b) Describe the life cycle of Taenia solium species of tapeworm
  4. c) State four control measures of the tapeworm
  5. Give two functions of calcium in dairy cows
  6. Give two control measures of fleas in a flock of sheep
  7. Give two measures a poultry farmer can use to control fleas in flock
  8. State two reasons why drenching alone is not an effective method of controlling internal parasites
  9. Give two forms in which a tape worm is found in livestock
  10. Below are diagrams showing different types of internal parasites. Study them carefully and

answer the questions that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the parasites K & M
  2. b) Identify the parts labelled
  3. c) Name the organs where each parasites is found
  4. d) Give the intermediate host of parasite M
  5. Give any two effects of external parasites that are harmful to livestock
  6. Outline the procedure followed when hand-spraying cattle to ensure effective use of acaricides

to control ticks

11        a) A boar gained 90Kg live weight after eating 360Kg pig finisher meal over a period of

time. Calculate the feed conversion ratio

  1. b) Describe digestion in the four stomachs of the ruminant animal
  2. c) Give the significance of lubrication system
  3. State four ways of controlling tsetseflies
  4. Name two types of roughages
  5. Name the common milk breed of goats reared in Kenya
  6. Why are the element calcium and phosphorus important in the diet of young livestock?

16        Give two parasites of cattle which are also disease vectors

17        Give three control measures of fleas in a flock of layers

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION II (NUTRITION)

This topic entails the following:

  • Identification and classification of livestock feeds.
  • Digestion and digestive systems of cattle, pigs and poultry
  • Definition of terms used to express field values
  • Preparation of balanced ration for various livestock
  • Functions and deficiency symptoms of various nutritional elements.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices;

 

  1. Give two ways by which production ration may be utilized by dairy goats
  2. Given that the livestock reared require a ration of 18% DCP and the farmer has maize bran of

10% DCP and sunflower meal of 30% DCP. Use Pearson’s square method to calculate how

much of the feedstuffs a 150kg rations

  1. State the importance of the following in livestock nutrition: i) Water                                                                                                                                                        ii) Vitamin A
  2. Name the compartment of the ruminant stomach where microbial digestion takes place.
  3. i) A ration containing 18% protein is  to be  made  from  maize and sunflower cake. Given

that maize contains 7% protein, and sunflower seed cake 34% protein. Use Pearson square

method to calculate the value  of feedstuffs  to be used to prepare 100kgs  of the feed

  1. ii) A part from Pearson square method, name two other methods that can be used to formulate

feed ration

  1. (a) Define the term ration as used in livestock nutrition

(b) A farmer wanted to prepare a 200kg of pig’s ration containing 16% D.C.P. Using the persons

square method, calculate the amount of maize containing 10% D.C.P and cotton seed

containing              28% D.C.P the farmer would need to prepare the ration (show your work)

  1. Give two livestock feed additives
  2. State three factors that would determine the amount of concentrate fed to dairy cattle
  3. State three factors that would determine the amount of concentrate fed to dairy cattle

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III

(SELECTION AND BREEDING)

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Description of reproduction
  • Description of reproduction systems
  • Selection f breeding stock
  • Description of breeding system.
  • Identification of livestock on heat
  • Description of methods used in serving livestock.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. State four ways of minimizing disowning of lambs by ewes
  2. State the gestation period of the following farm animals
  3.  i) Pigs
  4. ii) Rabbits
  5. i) What is selection in live stock production
  6. ii) State three methods used in selection of livestock
  7. Give four signs of heat observed on female rabbit
  8. Name four meat breeds of rabbits
  9. State four reasons for cutting a breeding boar
  10. List the methods of selection in livestock
  11. Define the following terms as used in livestock breeding
  12. i) Heterosis
  13. ii) Epistasis
  14. State three signs of heat in Does (Female Rabbits)
  15. Give the gestation period of the following:
  16. i) Cow
  17. ii) Sow
  18. State three disadvantages of natural methods of mating in cattle breeding
  19. a) Explain the advantage of battery cage system of rearing layers
  20. b) Outline ten factors considered when selecting dairy cattle for breeding
  21. What is upgrading as used in livestock production?
  22. Define the word breech of birth as used in livestock production
  23. What does the term “drift lambing’ mean in livestock production?

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION IV

(LIVESTOCK MANAGMENT PRACTICES)

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Description of livestock rearing practices
  • Carrying out livestock rearing practices
  • Livestock routine management practices i.e. feeding, de-beaking e.t.c.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Give four reasons of carrying out crutching sheep management
  2. Name two ways a farmer can perform closed methods of castration on his male livestock
  3. Below is a diagram of a farm animal. Study the diagram carefully and then answer the questions

that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) On the drawing, mark the letters indicated in brackets the part of the animal where:
  2. i) Branding should take place (B)
  3.       ii) Vaccination should be carried out (V)

iii) Body temperature of the animal should be taken (BT)

  1.       iv) Mastitis infection may occur (M)
  2. b) Name three areas of the animal body where ticks are likely to be found
  3. c) Name the parts of the animal numbered 1-4

 

  1. a) What is castration as used in livestock production?
  2.  b) State four reasons why castration is done in livestock
  3. (a) Describe the management of a gilt from weaning to furrowing

(b) Discuss the preparation a poultry farmer should make before the arrival of day old chicks

  1. Outline two reasons for raddling in sheep management
  2. State any four reasons for castrating male piglets
  3. What are the methods of stocking bees? Give two.
  4. State two ways that show how good feeding help to control livestock diseases
  5. Name any two recommended methods of docking lambs
  6. State three disadvantages of inbreeding
  7. State four routine management practices that should be carried out on a lactating ewe
  8. (a) Describe the procedure which should be followed to castrate a three weeks old piglet using

surgical  method

(b) (i) State five factors that should be considered when sitting a bee hive in a farm

(ii) Describe the management practices that would ensure maximum harvest of fish from a

fish pond

  1. Give three types of bees found in a bee colony
  2. List three methods of castrating farm
  3. Outline the routine management practices of piglets from the 1st day to the 8th week
  4. List three types of calf pens
  5. State two factors that could lead to failure to conceive in sows after service
  6. List three advantages of hoof trimming in sheep production
  7. State four factors considered when citing an apiary in the farm
  8. Name three methods of stocking a beehive with honey bees
  9. List three common methods of extracting honey from the combs
  10. a)The illustration below shows a method  of  identifying pigs, study  the diagram  and answer the questions  that follow:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) On the diagram A provided below, draw the mark to indicate a pig number 147,

using the procedure of ear-notching in diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) What is the recommended stage of growth in pigs at which the ear-notching should be

carried out?

iii) State any three reasons why weight is an important routine management practice in pig

production

  1. b) Below are illustrations showing the various parts of the Kenya top bar hive. Use the illustration

to answer the question that follow

D

 

C

 

 

 

 

 

B

 

 

 

  1. i) label the parts B ,C and D                                                                                                                       
  2. ii) How can a farmer attract bees to colonize a new hive?

iii) Outline the procedure of opening the hive to harvest honey

  1. a) Below are illustrations of  farm tools
E
G
F
H

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) State the use of the tools

iii) Name the type of hammer that may be used for driving tool F during work                                         b) Given below is an illustration of one of the routine management practices in livestock

production.

Study the diagram and answer the following questions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the practice indicated in the diagram above
  2. ii) Describe the procedure you would follow when carrying out the practice named

in (i) above in piglets

  1. a) State and explain four advantages of  age  grouping farm animals as a management  practice
  2. b) Explain four major causes of lamb mortality from birth to weaning
  3. c) Describe brucellosis under the following sub headings

i)Cause

  1. ii) Transmission

iii) Symptoms

  1. iv) Control measures
  2. a) Explain the advantage of battery cage system of rearing layers
  3. Give two reasons why it is important to castrate animals when they are still young
  4. (a) Give two reasons why dehorning is carried out in farm animals

(b) State four methods of dehorning livestock

  1. (a) What is steaming up in livestock production?

(b) Give two reasons why the practice is important in pig rearing

  1. State four management practices that should be carried on a fish pond in order to obtain

maximum fish production.

  1. List four factors considered when formulating livestock ration. (2mk)

 

  1. Study the diagram of a cow below and answer the subsequent questions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Identify the livestock equipment marked E above
  2. ii) State two uses of the equipment in 17(i) above

iii) Name the two types of identification marks applied on the animal above

  1. iv) Show with an arrow and mark with letter P where pye-grease acaricide should be applied

on the anima1

  1. v) Give one disadvantage for each of the identification marks made on the animal

 

Identification  marks  Disadvantage
A  
 
B  
 

 

  1. a) Describe the management practices of a gilt from weaning to the time of farrowing
  2.  b) State five factors to consider in selecting a gilt for breeding stock.

 

  1. State four conditions that necessitate the handling of farm animals .
  2. Give any two reasons why docking is an important practice in sheep management.
  3. Why is crutching a very important management practice in sheep breeding.

 

  1. Study the diagram of a sheep shown below carefully and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) What operation is usually carried out on the part labelled A?

(ii) Give two reasons for carrying out the operation in (i) above

(iii) At what age should the above operation be carried out?

(v) Name routine management practice carried out on the part labelked B

 

 

FARM STRUCTURES

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Description of parts of a building
  • Identification of materials for construction
  • Description of various farm structures and their uses
  • Construction and maintenance of farm structures.

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Mention four disadvantages of using steel materials for construction of farm structures
  2. Give two reasons for placing a polythene sheet on a foundation of farm buildings
  3. What is “calf crop” in beef production?
  4. a) Outline the procedure  in construction of a  barbed wire  fence
  5. b) List any four wood preservatives
  6. c) Give four factors that will determine the choice of farm building materials
  7. i) Give four factors considered when citing a fish pond
  8. ii) Give four features of a good laying nest

6          State two uses of a footbath in cattle dip

7          a) What is a green house

  1. b) Name four materials used in green house construction
  2. c) Give four maintenance practices carried out on a green house
  3. d) Explain the importance of maintaining farm structures

8          Give two disadvantages of a barbed wire fence when used in paddocking

9          The diagram below illustrates a cross-section of a fish pond. Study it carefully and answer the

questions that follow:-

 

 

Y
Z
X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the parts marked A, B, C and C

(b) On the diagram the points marked X, Y and Z are possible sites where fish feeding

can be done.  Which is the most appropriate point for feeding?

(c) Give two reasons why the floor of the pond should be covered with lime 14days before

filling it   with water                                                                                                                                 (d) Why should part marked B be screened?

(e) State three maintenance practices carried out on the structure

 

  1. Study the farm structure below illustrating a pass:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the type of pass illustrated above

(b) Distinguish between a pass and a gate

(c) Name one type of live fence

11        State four requirements of a good maize store

12        State three factors that determine the depth and size of foundation in a farm building

13        (a) Explain the uses of  various hand tools in the construction of a poultry house

(b) Describe the procedure of erecting wooden rail fence

(c) Explain various factors considered when choosing the construction materials for farm building

14        State four features of a good calf pen

15        State four uses of a fence

 

16        Below is a diagram of a cross section of a farm structure. Study it carefully and answer the

following questions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Identify the labeled parts A, B, and C

(ii) What is the importance of the part labeled B to the structure

(b) (i) When making concrete blocks the ratio 1:3:5 may be used. What do these figures

represent?

(ii) In a concrete mixture 1:3:5, twenty four cubic metres of sand were recommended to be

used in putting up of a foundation of a building. Find the volume of the other two

17        (a) Explain the maintenance practices of a fish pond

(b) Give four ways of controlling fish predators in a fish pond

18        Mention four reasons of treating timber before roofing farm buildings

19        List four uses of crushing in the farm

20        a) Define  the term fence                                                                                                       

  1. b) List various types of fences
  2. c) Describe advantages of fences

21        Study the illustration of a farm structure below and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the parts labeled
  2. ii) State the function of the parts labeled

iii) Name two chemicals preservatives used to treat the wooden parts of the structure against

insects and fungal damage

 

  1. Below is a diagram of a fish pond, study it and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1.     i) Label the parts marked K and L
  2. ii) Give a reason why part M is usually deeper than the rest of the pond

iii) State three maintenance practices carried out in the pond

  1. a) Explain five factors to consider when siting a fish pond
  2. b) Explain the measures used to control livestock diseases
  3. State four factors which influence the selection of materials for constructing a diary shed
  4. a) State five  maintenance practices of a  mould board plough
  5. b) Explain five structural and functional differences between  the petrol and diesel engines                  c) List five uses of farm fences
  6. State four uses of farm buildings
  7. List four structural requirements for proper housing of farm animal to maintain good health
  8. The diagram below is part of a farm structure. Study it and then answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Name part of structure represented above

(b) Identify parts labeled P, Q, R, and S

(c) Give the functions of the part labeled P and S

  1. The diagram below shows an activity of processing a farm product. Study it and answer the

questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Name the product being processed

(b) Identify the method used in processing the product names in the diagram

(c)  Outline the procedure used when harvesting the product named in the diagram

(d) List two factors that affect quality of the product processed in the diagram

 

31        (a) Describe five parts of a plunge dip

(b) Outline six uses of live fences on the farm

(c) Outline four factors that influence power output of drought animals

  1. a) Explain the factors a farmer needs to consider before siting a farm structure on his farm
  2.  b) Outline the desirable features of a good grain store
  3. c) Describe the uses of farm fences in promotion of agriculture
  4. Name any two pests that attack timber used for construction in the farms
  5. State three factors that may lead to dip wash being exhausted or weakened while in the

dip tank

 

 

LIVESTOCK HEALTH III

(LIVESTOCK DISEASES)

 

This topic entails the following:

 

  • Description of causes and vectors of the main livestock diseases.
  • Signs of each stated livestock disease
  • Stating predisposing factors where applicable
  • Control measures of livestock disease

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. Name two diseases that affect female animals only
  2. Give four pre disposing factors of foot rot disease in sheep
  3. i) Name the causative organism of contagious abortion in cattle
  4. ii) Give four symptoms of contagious abortion in cattle

iii) State three methods of controlling contagious abortion in cattle

  1. What is a vaccine?
  2. (a) Discuss black quarter under the following sub-headings:-

(i) Animal affected

(ii) Casual organism

(iii)Symptoms of disease

(iv) Control measures

(b) (i) Explain four measures used to control liver flukes

(ii) Name an intermediate host of liver fluke

(c) Explain the following terms as used in livestock production

(i) Embryo transfer

(ii) Artificial insemination

(iii) Line breeding

(iv) Cross breeding

(v) Up-grading

  1. Give four predisposing factors of foot rot disease in sheep
  2. (a) Discuss coccidiosis disease under the following headings:-

(i) Causal organism

(ii) Livestock species attacked

(iii) Symptoms of attack

(iv) Control measures

(b) (i) What are the characteristics of an effective acaricide?

(ii) Explain three methods of acaricide application

  1. Name four ways of controlling coccidiosi in the farm
  2. State four predisposing factors of scour in calves
  3. Name four notifiable diseases of livestock
  4. Name two diseases of poultry that are controlled by vaccination
  5. State three signs of anthrax injection disease observed in the carcass of a cattle
  6. Differentiate between active immunity and acquired passive immunity
  7. Name four systems of a tractor engine
  8. State two adjustments that should be carried out on a tractor – mounted mould board plough

in preparation for ploughing

 

  1. List three causes of ruminal lympany (Bloat) in ruminant animals
  2. (a) Give four symptoms of milk fever

(b) State two methods of controlling milk fever

 

  1. (a) Describe East Coast Fever (E.C.F) under the following sub-topics:

(i) Animal attacked

(ii) Causal organisms

(iii) Symptoms of attack

(iv) Control and treatment

(b) Explain ten measures used to control livestock diseases

 

  1. Name two livestock diseases that are spread through natural mating.
  2. a) Give the method used in introducing a vaccine to poultry against fowl typhoid             b) State other methods introducing vaccines to livestock

 

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION V

(POULTRY)

This topic entails the following:

 

  • Identification of parts of an egg.
  • Selection of eggs for incubation
  • Identification of suitable sources for chicks.
  • Descriptions of broodiness
  • Description of condition for incubation
  • Description of rearing systems
  • Categories of poultry feds according to age-of birds
  • Stating causes of stress and vices in poultry and control measures.
  • Marketing of eggs and poultry meat.
  • Selection, sorting and grading of eggs.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help the             user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices.

 

  1. A deep little poultry house measures 9mx3m. Suppose the amount of space allowed for one

bird is 0.27m2.Calculate the number of birds that can be kept comfortably in the house. Show

your working

  1. Give two functions of isthmus in female bird
  2. Give four features of a good laying nest
  3. State four qualities of marketable eggs
  4. Study the diagram showing the behaviour of chicks in a brooder and answer the questions that

follow:-

Heat source
B
Chicks
A
Heat source
C
Brooder guard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) State the behaviour of chicks in A, B and C                                           

(b) Explain why the brooder guard is rounded as shown in the diagram

  1. Mention six characteristics of an egg selected for incubation
  2. Describe the management of layers in deep litter system
  3. State four reasons for egg breaking and drinking by layers in a deep litter rearing system
  4. Below are diagram showing condition of eggs seven days after incubation study them and answer

the questions

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the conditions of eggs
  2. b) Identify the egg which suitable for incubation and give a reasons for your answer
  3. c) Name the practice which used to determine the state of eggs above
  4. The diagram U below illustrates an activity carried by a poultry farmer keeping layers. Study the

diagram carefully and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the activity carried out using the set up illustrated in diagram U
  2. b) List down four preparations that should be carried out structure U before arrival of

day old chicks

  1. c) List down one behaviouristic activity which would indicate that the chicks are under stress

 

  1. Give two reasons for using litter in a poultry house
  2. Give two reasons why it is important to castrate animals when they are still young
  3. (a) Give two reasons why dehorning is carried out in farm animals

(b) State four methods of dehorning livestock

  1. State four abnormalities of eggs that can be detected during egg candling.
  2. Describe the management of day old chicks in a deep litter system from preparation of brooder up

to eight (8)weeks old

  1. a) Describe the management practices of a gilt from weaning to the time of furrowing
  2.  b) State five factors to consider in selecting a gilt for breeding stock.
  3. Study the diagram of an egg be1ow and answer the questions that fol1ow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the parts labeled N, O and P
  2. ii) State the functions of the parts M and L

iii) Why should the egg be turned during incubation

  1. State three reactions of chicks in a brooder which has higher temperature than normal.
  2. Give three types of bedding material a poultry farmer may use in deep litter rearing of layers
  3. Give two properties of good eggs for incubation

 

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III

(LIVESTOCK REARING PRACTICES)

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Raising young stock
  • Milk and milk components
  • Milk secretion and milk let-down
  • Correct milking techniques
  • Marketing of milk and beef.

 

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and help

the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. What is “calf crop” in beef production?
  2. a) Describe the procedure of hand milking in a dairy cow
  3. b) Explain the practices observed in clean milk production
  4. Give two reasons for washing a cow’s udder with warm water before milking
  5. Give two roles of uterus in egg formation process
  6. The diagram below is a structure of part of a cow’s udder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O

 

 

 

 

(i) Name the parts labeled M, N, and O on the diagram above

(ii) State the functional difference between the following hormones which influence milk

let-down;

(a) (i) Oxytoxin

(ii) Adrenalin

(b) Mention three qualities of clean milk

  1. Give four characteristics of clean milk
  2. State three maintenance practices carried out on a milking machine
  3. State four reasons for feeding Colostrums to calves immediately after calving
  4. Give three ways of stimulating milk let down in a dairy cow
  5. a) Describe the operational differences of a disc plough and mould board plough
  6. b) Explain six marketing problems affecting dairy farming in Kenya
  7. c) State four reasons for culling a boar
  8. List three advantage of artificial method of calf rearing
  9. State three methods that may be used to improve milk production in a breed

of indigenous goats

  1. (a) Outline ten physical characteristics between a good layer and a poor layer in a deep

litter house

(b) Describe five factors that influence milk production in a dairy herd

  1. a) State two reasons for washing the udder of a cow with warm water before milking.
  2. b) Name the hormone that causes each of the following in dairy cows:.
  3. i) milk letdown.
  4.  ii) lactogenesis
  5. State four methods of increasing the depth of penetration of a disc harrow.
  6. List four farm machines implements that obtain power from P.T.O shaft of a tractor
  7. List two  tractor  drawn implements used for  breaking  hardpan  in  a crop field

 

  1. State any three machines which are used for harvesting crops

 

  1. a) describe the daily maintance and  servicing of  a tractor before use
  2. b) State one function of each of the following parts of a tractor engine.
  3.     i) Fly wheel
  4.     ii) Ignition coil

iii) Thermostat

  1.     iv) Injector
  2.    v) Piston

 

 

FARM POWER AND MACHINERY

 

This topic entails the following:

  • Sources of farm power
  • Systems of a tractor
  • Tractor implements, uses and maintenance
  • Animal drawn implements uses and maintenance
  • Tractor servicing and maintenance practices

The following relevant questions and their answers in this topic will greatly motivate and

help the user to comprehend and understand the required concepts and practices:

 

  1. Give four farm operations powered by engines

 

  1. a) Describe the maintenance practices required on a tractor before it is put to daily use
  2. b) Outline the factors that influence the power output by a draught animal

 

  1. State two uses of gear box in a tractor
  2. State two uses for which wind power is harnessed
  3. Name three implements that are connected to the power take-off shaft
  4. Below is a farm implement, study it keenly and answer the questions that follow:-
N

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Name the farm implement drawn above

(b) Identify the parts labelled L and M above

(c) Give the function of the part labeled M

(d) State the field condition under which the implement can work better than the others  (½mk)

 

 

  1. (a) Explain the factors that a farmer should consider in ensuring fast and efficient cultivation

by oxen

(b) Outline the importance of lubrication system in a tractor

(c) State the daily maintenance and servicing of a tractor

 

  1. State the functions of the following parts of power transmission in a tractor:

(i) Hydraulic system

(ii) Draw bar

(iii) Propeller shaft

(ii) State three sources of tractor hire service

 

  1. (i) What is a tractor hires services (1mk)

(ii) State three sources of tractor hire service           (1½mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below represents an assembled differential of a tractor. Use it to answer the
D
A
B
Wheel

questions   that follow:-

 

 

 

C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Name the parts labeled A, B, C and D

(b) State two functions of differential system of a tractor

(c) Give two reasons why wheel skidding of a tractor is not allowed

 

  1. State four sources of power in the farm

 

  1. Give the four strokes of a four stroke cycle tractor engine

 

  1. State four factors which ensure efficient working by oxen in the farm

 

  1. Mention two sources from which farmers can hire tractors
  2. (a) Below is a diagram of a farm implement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) State the use of the implement shown above

(ii) Name the parts labeled A, B, C, and D                                                                           

                (iii) State two methods of increasing the depth of penetration of the implement

 

  1. State four ways through which a farmer would ensure maximum power output from

ploughing animals

 

  1. State three advantages of a disc plough over mould board plough

 

  1. a) Explain the differences  between petrol and chisel engine
  2. b) Describe components of transmission system of a tractor

 

  1. Name four systems of a tractor engine

 

  1. Give one function of the clutch

 

  1. State two adjustments that should be carried out on a tractor – mounted mould board plough

in preparation for ploughing

  1. The diagram below illustrates a farm implement. Study it and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the implement
  2. b) Name the parts labeled X, Y and Z
  3. c) State three maintenance practices that are carried out on a disc plough

 

  1. a) Describe the operational differences of a disc plough and mould board plough
  2. b) Explain six marketing problems affecting dairy farming in Kenya
  3. c) State four reasons for culling a boar

 

  1. Name the role of the following parts of a mould board plough
  2. a) Share .
  3. b) Mould board
  4. c) Land side….

 

  1. a) State five  maintenance practices of a  mould board plough
  2. b) Explain five structural and functional differences between  the petrol and diesel engines                  c) List five uses of farm fences

 

  1. Give two uses of ox-drawn fine harrow

 

  1. List four care and maintenance of a tractor battery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Study the diagram of a farm implement shown below and answer the questions that follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Identify the farm implement illustrated above

(b) Label parts A, B and C

(c)  Outline the functions of  the parts labeled E and F

(d) Give two care and maintenance of the above implement

 

  1. Outline six uses of live fences on the farm

 

  1. List two possible causes of over heating in a tractor engine

 

  1. List two events occur during induction stroke in a four stroke engine

 

  1. i) the diagram below shows a tractor drawn implement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Name the implement
  2. b) Give two uses of the implement above
  3. c) State three maintenance practices carried out on the above implement.       ii) Below is an illustration of a farm equipment. Study it and answer questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the farm equipment illustrated above                                                                                          b) What is the use of the equipment                                                                                                              c) Name the parts labelled W, X  and Y                                                                                                        d) What is the functions of Y on the equipment

 

  1. a) Explain the factors that influence  the power  output of farm animals
  2. b) State the importance of farm fences

 

  1. Study the illustration of a biogas digester plant and answer the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Name the major component of biogas that is trapped in part L above
  2. b) Give the name of the material deposited in part labeled M and its use
  3. c) What is the component of K in the biogas production
  4. d) Give three disadvantages of biogas as a source of farm power

 

  1. Other than hydro-electricity mention two sources of electrical energy which can be available

for use in the farm

 

  1. a) Describe the maintenance practices required on a tractor before it is put to daily use
  2.  b) Discuss the factors that influence the power output by a draught animal

 

PAPER ONE AND TWO

SECTION II ANSWERS

FARM TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

  • Store the saw properly after use
  • Oil the blade for long storage to avoid rust
  • Sharpen the teeth properly

Tighten the handle screw if loose

 

  1. A-Tin snip – cutting thin metal sheets

B-Spokes have – smoothing curved and circular surfaces

C- Ceardeners trowel – uprooting seedlings during transplanting

D-Brace drill – boring/ drilling holes in wood

 

  1. i) Stir up pump/ bucket pump
  2. ii) Spraying livestock with acaricide

iii) A – Nozzle                  B – lance handle

  1. iv) A – Atomises the acaricide into spray      B – Direct the nozzle to the parts to be sprayed

 

  1. Garden fork is a tool used in weeding in the nursery beds/and in carrot fields

 

  1. The tool for checking the vertical straightness of a wall is Plumb bob and plumbline

 

  1. A tool for removing nails from timber is a claw harmer (1mk)

 

  1. Two examples of equipment that a livestock farmer can use in administering oral

anti-helminthes                                                                                                                      (1mk)

  • Narrow necked bottle
  • Drenching gun

–    Dosing gun

 

8.

O………………………………………

(a)       L…- Pickaxe                           M- Adjustable spanner

N..- Ring spanner                   O..- Pipe wrench

(b) Give one functional advantage of tool M over tool N     ( ½

 

  1. Tools used to perform functions on the farm

– Hand drill

– Bit brace

 

  1. – Blockage of nozzles and filters leading to uneven or no release of spray.

– Control pump may slacken or loosen, making it difficult to regulate the rate of spraying.

– Inadequate operating pressure due to leakages in the compressor pump, hoses or control valves.

 

  1. (a) – Elastrator and rubber ring.

– The burdizzo.

– Sharp knife / scalpel.

(iii) Extracting blood samples for laboratory analysis

 

  1. most appropriate set of animal hand tools that a farmer uses for the following operations:-

(i) Restraining large full when taking it around the show ring-bull  ring and  lead  stick    (1mk)

(ii) Cutting tail in sheep-rubber  ring  and  elastrator           (1mk)

(iii) Extracting blood samples for laboratory analysis-hypodermic needle and syringe

 

  1. Provision of extra and quality feeds to sheep, two or three weeks before mating

 

  1. ai) On the diagram a provided below, draw the mark to indicate a pig number 147,

using the procedure of ear-notching in diagram above

  1. ii) the recommended stage of growth in pigs at which the ear-notching should be carried out?
  • before  wearing/3-7 weeks of age/21-56 days/1 month-22months)

iii) three reasons why weight is an important routine management practice in pig production

  • to determine  growth rate  i.e. weight gain
  • facilitate  administration of drugs  e.g. drenching
  • for feeding i.e.  to  know  the  amount  of feed to give
  • to determine the service/breeding time  (1×3=3mks)

 

  1. b) i)B-entrance

C-top bar/bar

D-top  cover/lid(1×3=3mks)

 

  1. ii) by applying bees wax/honey/molasses on the sides or top  of the  hive/jaggery/sheep

sorrel/saliva /sugar syrup (Accept concentrated sugar solution-reject-sugar solution)  (1×1=1mk)

iii) Outline the procedure of opening the hive to harvest honey

smoke  the  hive  through  the entrance using  a  smoker then light the hid  to  remove  the  top  bar(the  order must be  considered)  (1×2=2mks)

 

  1. a) i) E-key hole saw/compass saw

F-wood chisel

G-cold/metal chisel

H-plumb bob  (1/2×4=2mks)

  1. ii) E-to cut  or make key holes              F-cutting timber

G-cutting  metal                     H-checking  whether a  tall wall is vertical

iii)  wooden hammer/mallet(1mk)

 

b)i) open castration/surgical castration  (1mk)

  1. ii) procedure you would follow when carrying out the practice named in( i) above in piglets
  • restrain  the  piglets
  • sterilize the  blade
  • disinfect the secretal sac
  • slit  the secretal sac  to  expose  the testicle
  • locate  and  hold  the  sperm duct
  • cut  the  sperm  dust  by scrapping  with the slide
  • sew up  the wound
  • sterilize/disinfect  the wound
  • release the animal(piglet

 

  1. i) A – Sickle

B- Pruning saw

C- Hoof cutter

D- Metal float

  1. ii) A sickle is used in harvesting grass, rice, wheat by cutting

B    Pruning saw is used for pruning tree crops, cutting hard stems in coffee

C      Hoof cutter – Trimming hoofs in animals e.g. cattle, goats, sheep

D     Float (wood or metal) smoothing concrete during plastering

iii) Maintenance on B

  • Sharpen and reset the teeth
  • Replace broken handle
  • Oil the blade for long storage
  • Halter
  • Rope
  • Nose ring and leading stick

 

  1. Mention the use of the following tools.
  • -making holes for  transplanting
  • Spoke shaves.-planning curved surface
  • Tin snip.-cutting metal/iron  sheets
  • Burdizzo-castration (4x ½ =2mks)

 

  1. four precautions that should be taken when using workshop tools and equipment.
  • Use tools for correct purpose.
  • Maintain them in good working conditions.
  • Keep them safely after use.
  • Handle tools correctly during use.

Use of safety devices / protective clothes

 

  1. a) Bucket pump /stir – up pump (1×1 = 1mk)
  2. b) Spraying acaricide on livestock (1×1 =1mk)
  3.  c) W – Nozzle
  •             X – Trigger
  •             Y –  Pail /bucket

d)For holding acaricide solution during spraying. (1×1 = 1)

 

  1.  i) Identify the above diagram   (1mk)
  • Artificial vagina.
  1.  ii) Name the parts labelled A and B (2mks)
  • A – warm water
  • B – collecting cap

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION I

COMMON LIVESTOCK BREEDS

  1. two reasons for treating water for us on the farm
  • Remove chemical impurities
  • Remove foreign material
  • Remove disease earning organisms

Remove bad smell & taste

 

  1. four advantages of applying lime in clay soil
  • Lower soil acidity
  • Increase calcium content
  • Hastens decomposition of organic matter
  • Improve soil structure/ improve drainage
  • Facilitates availability and absorption of nitrogen and phosphorous
  • Improve legume nodulation and nitrogen fixation

Increase multiplication of micro- organisms

 

  1. four ways by which Re-afforestation help in land reclamation
  • Add organic matter from falling leaves
  • Recycles soil erosion
  • Control soil erosion
  • Improve drainage of swampy areas

Play part in hydrological cycle

 

  1. Distinguishing feature between Kenya white and California Kenya white is white all over the body, has pink eyes California white is white with black nose and eras; has black/ brown eyes

 

  1. Reasons why farmers keep livestock in Kenya
  • Source of food
  • Source of income
  • Cultural uses e.g. paying dowry, recreation
  • Provide source of power e.g. oxen

–    Provides raw material to the industries

 

  1. Ideal conformation features of beef cattle
  • Blocky/ square/ rectangular
  • Deep well flashed bodies
  • Short strong legs to support their heavy bodies

–    Compact body

 

  1. (i) Dual purpose cattle in Kenya.

– Sahiwal;

– Red Poll;

– Simmental;

(ii) Uses of Rotavator.

– Mixes trash and the soil;

– Cuts the furrow slices and harrows them; 92 in one pass).

– Break up large soil clods into smaller ones / performs 20 tillage;

– Cut the furrows slices / primary tillage;

 

  1. Large white is the pig with such characteristics

 

  1. Epistasis is s combination of genes which on their own could have been inferior on undesirable(1mk)

 

  1. (a) The role of livestock industry in Kenya’s economy
  • Provision of food; various livestock products such as milk, eggs, meat and honey are used as food
  • Source of labour: some livestock can be used to provide power for carrying out various activities e.g. oxen, donkeys and camels
  • Provides employment; Several people are employed in the livestock industry ether directly of indirectly e.g. those employed by KMC
  • Social cultural uses: depending on the culture of the society e.g. dowry, status, symbol e.t.c
  • Source of income when livestock and livestock products are sold either locally or internationally: income is earned whish is used for national development which is used for national development
  • Industrial development, various products are processed n industries which are taxable to raise income or national development

(stating any 5pts = 1mk x 5; Explanation each 1mk x 5pts =5mks          (10mks)

(b) The general characteristics of indigenous cattle

  • they have large thoracic humps for storing fat
  • they are tolerant to high temperatures
  • They are able to resist tropical diseases e.g East Coast fever
  • They have relatively long calving interval (beyond one year)
  • They have a slow growth rate and mature rate
  • They have smooth and short coat of hair
  • They have along and narrow head
  • they have a relatively short lactation period
  • they can walk for long distances without serious loss in condition
  • They are relatively small in size even when mature (1mk each for any 10pts = 10mks)

 

  1. (i) Dairy cattle

(ii) five characteristics that tells you that the animal belong to type name in (i) above?

  • Straight  top line
  • Large udder/well develop udder
  • Prominent milk vein
  • Large swell develop head  quarter
  • Triangular  shape
  • Large  stomach capacity (any 5×1=5mks)

(iii) three areas on the body of a cow where ticks are commonly found      (1½mk)

  • Base of ear/inside the  ears
  • Neck
  • Flanks
  • Tail switch/tail
  • Belly
  • Brisket/dew  lap (any 3x ½ =1 ½ mks)

 

  1. 4 dairy goats

– Saanen

– Jamnapari

– Anglo- Nubian

– Toggenburg

– British Alphine

 

  1. two distinguishing characteristics of Californian breed of rabbit
  • White body
  • Black ears /nose/paws/tail  (2x ½ =1mk)

 

  1. two common milk breed of goats reared in Kenya
  • British Saaren
  • The  Toggenburg
  • Anglo-Nubian
  • Jamnapari
  • The  British alpine ( ½ x2=1mks

 

  1. four dairy cattle breeds reared goats in Kenya.
  • Ayrshire
  • Friesian
  • Guernsey
  • Jersey   (4x ½ =2mks)

 

  1. Differentiate between breed of animal and type of animal. (2mk)
  • Breed-group of animals with similar characteristics and common origin.
  • Type –the purpose for which the animal is kept. (2x1mk = 2mks)    (mark as whole)

– smothers weeds

– Regulate soil temperature

– Conserve moisture

 

 

(LIVESTOCK HEALTH II

(LIVESTOCK PARASITES )

 

  1. – Use of caustic potash stick (potassium hydroxide)

– Use of dehorning collodion

 

  1. a)
  • Cause anaemia
  • Deprive the hoof animal of food
  • Cause injury and damage to animal tissue and organs
  • Transmit diseases
  • Cause irritation
  • Cause obstruction to internal organs
  1. b)
  • Human beings drop tapeworm segments/ progloltudes together with their faeces
  • Eggs are released from the segment. Once outside the human body
  • Eggs are picked by pigs when feeding
  • Eggs hatch into embryos in the intestine of pigs
  • The embryo penetrate the intestinal wall and enter into the blood stream
  • Embryo localize in the liver
  • Embryos are disturbed throughout the muscle where they become cyst/ bladder worms
  • Bladder worms get into human beings through eating under cooked pork/ bacon
  • Once inside the human intestines the cyst wall dissolves and the bladder worm attach themselves to the wall of intestines
  • Bladder warm develop into adult tape worm
  • Adult tape worm releases segments/ progloltides containing fertilized eggs with human faeces
  1. c)
  • Use prophylactic drugs/ deworms to kill the internal parasites
  • Keep animal houses clean and disinfected
  • Practice rotational grazing
  • Use of clean feeding and watery equipment
  • Use of latrines/ proper disposal of human faeces

Proper cooking of meat

  1. Functions of calcium in dairy cows.

– Milk and egg formation / production;

– Bones / skeleton / teeth formation;

– Blood clotting;

 

  1. Control measures of fleas.

– Keep clean animals sleeping places;

– Dust animal surroundings with appropriate insecticides;

– Cover with petroleum jelly to suffocate stick fast fleas;

 

  1. Control measures of fleas             *NYR*
  • Dusting with appropriate insecticide in the pen
  • Ensuring cleanliness in poultry house
  • Dusting of the birds with correct insecticide
  • Applying petroleum jelly on infected parts (1mk each for any 2 pts = 2mks)

 

  1. two reasons why drenching alone is not an effective method of controlling internal parasites
  • Cannot  kill  all  stages  of  parasites
  • Cannot kill  the  eggs (2x ½ =1mk)

 

  1. -Embryo

-Cyst/bladder worm (2x ½ =1mk)

 

  1. a) K-tapeworm M-liver fluke
  2. b) a-hooks     b-suckers

c-mouth          d-digestive glands

  1. c) i) Small intestine
  2.         ii) the liver
  3. d) Water snail (1×1=1mk)

 

  1. – External parasites effects

– Transmit diseases

– Causes anemia/ sucks blood

– Causes irritation/ discomfort

– Causes wounds on the skin that may predispose animal to secondary infection

– Loss of hair

 

  1. – Read the manufacturers instructions carefully
  • Mix the acaricide appropriately
  • Pour the chemical solution into the knapsack sprayer through the sieve/ stir up pump container
  • Restore in the animal
  • Spray along the back to loin
  • Spray the sides
  • Spray under the belly including the udder/ scrotum
  • Spray the rear/ hind quarters
  • Spray fore limbs
  • Spray the face, the eras last
  • Allow the animal to drain the chemical
  • Release the animal

 

  1. a) Feed conversion is 90Kg/360Kg = ¼  = 1 : 4                                                                          *MMS*
  2. Digestion in ruminant animal – 4 stomachs
  3. i) Rumen (A pauch)

– Stores food temporarily

– Fermentation of food

– contains bacteria, fungi, protozoa which breaks down cellulose

– Synthesis of amino acids from ammonia gas

– Synthesis of vitamin B complex

  1. ii) Reticulum (Honey comb)
  • Sieves and separates fine from coarse food particles
  • Retrains foreign and undigestible materials

iii) Omasum (Many plies or book)

  • Stores food temporarily
  • Grinds and sieve food particles
  • Absorption of water
  1. iv) Abomasum (True stomach)
  • Enzymetic digestion takes place

c)

  • Prevents rusting of surfaces
  • Reduces the rate of wear and tear of moving parts
  • Minimizes power loss due to friction
  • Acts as a cleaning agent
  • Reduces the heat created by the rubbing surfaces and acts as a seal between them

 

  1. Bush clearing to destroy breeding places

– Spraying breeding places with insecticides

– use fly traps with impregnated nets

– use stressing agents e.g. radio isotopes on male file sand then releasing them

 

  1. – Succulent

– Dry

 

  1. two common milk breed of goats reared in Kenya
  • British Saaren
  • The  Toggenburg
  • Anglo-Nubian
  • Jamnapari
  • The  British alpine ( ½ x2=1mks

 

  1. the element calcium and phosphorus important in the diet of young livestock?
  • For bone  formation  and development
  • For proper  teeth  development
  • For  increased  conversion  of feed
  • Increase livestock appetite  (  ½  x1=1mk)

 

16        two parasites of cattle which are also disease vectors

  • Ticks
  • Tsetse flies

Mosquitoes

 

  1. -training

-Giving incentives/motivation

-Farm mechanization

-Labour supervison

 

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION II (NUTRITION)

  1. Production ration may be utilized by dairy goats in:
  • Milk formation
  • Growth

–     Foetal/embryo development

  1. Use Pearson’s square method to calculate how much of the feedstuffs a 150kg rations (5mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maize bran = 12 x 150 = 90kg maize bran

20

Sunflower   8 x 150 = 60kg sunflower

20

 

  1.         i) Water (1mrk)
  • Transport  medium
  • For  metabolic processes
  • Regulates  body  temperature
  • Maintains  shell  shape
  • Component of livestock product
  • Lubricant of body joints (2x ½  = 1mk)
  1.  ii) Vitamin A (1mrk)
  • Bone formation
  • Prevents diseases / Increases disease resistance
  • Improves vision

Improves vigour/ for proper growth

 

  1. Rumen.

 

  1. i) A ration containing 18% protein is  to be  made  from  maize and sunflower cake. Given

that maize contains 7% protein, and sunflower seed cake 34% protein. Use Pearson square

methods to calculate the value of feedstuffs to be used to prepare 100kgs of the feed (3mks)

  1. ii) two other methods that can be used to formulate

feed ration

  • Linear programming
  • Trial and error

Graphical method.

 

  1. (a) The daily amount of food given to an animal/ the amount of food given to an animal

per day

 

 

(b) Quantity of maize = 12 x 200Kg

18   = 133.33kg

Quantity of cotton seed = 6 x 200

18    = 66.67kg

 

  1. Hormones

Antibiotics

Medicants

  • Qualities of roughages
  • Availability of the concentrates
  • Level of production
  • Physiological states of the animals
  • Quality of concentrates
  • Economic factors
  • Qualities of roughages
  • Availability of the concentrates
  • Level of production
  • Physiological states of the animals
  • Quality of concentrates
  • Economic factors

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III

(SELECTION AND BREEDING)

  • Steaming up of ewes to have milk to be suckled
  • Use of lambing pens
  • Ewes as made to recognize lambs after lambs
  • Blind folding ewes to activate maternal instinct
  • Attend/ treat inflamed udders/ painful
  • Pig 112 – 15 days

Rabbits 28 – 32 days

3          (i) Selection.

– It is the process of allowing certain animals to be the parents of the future generations while

culling  others;

(ii) Methods used in selection.

  • Mass selection;
  • Progeny testing;
  • Contemporary comparison;

 

  1. – Restless.

– Frequent urination.

– Swollen vulva.

– The doe throws itself on its side.

– She (does rubs herself against the wall or any other solid object.

– The doe tries to contact other rabbits in the next hutch by peeping through the cage walls.

 

  1. four meat breeds of rabbits
  • Flemish giant
  • California white
  • New Zealand white
  • Ear lop
  • chinchilla

 

  1. four reasons for cutting a breeding boar
  • Bareness/loss of Libido
  • Loss of sight, limb, cannot mate
  • Old age
  • Perpetual sickness/contract
  • Reproductive diseases
  • Aggressiveness/wildness

 

  1. – Mass
  • Progerry testing
  • Comparison

 

  1. (i) Heterosis- Increased vigour/ performance resulting from mating two superior unrelated Breeds

(ii) Epitasis- Is a combination of genes that individually could have been both undesirable

or inferior

  • Heat signs in rabbits (doe)
  • The doe throws itself on its sides
  • She rubs herself against walls or solid objects
  • Tries to contact other rabbits in the next hutch (peeping)
  • Restlessness
  • Swollen vulva
  • Frequent urination
  1. Gestation periods of :- Cow 270 – 285 days

Sow – 113 117 days

  1. Disadvantages of natural mating
  • A lot of semen is wasted
  • High chances of inbreeding
  • Large males can injure small females
  • Expensive to transport bull over long distance
  • May need extra pasture, extra cost

 

  1. a) the advantage of battery cage system of rearing layers
  • Higher  egg production due  to  less  energy wastage  by  birds
  • Accurate egg production records re kept
  • Cannibalism and egg  eating are  controlled
  • Eggs are clean
  • Allows for  mechanization
  • Birds  do not  contaminate food  and water
  • Makes handling  easy as birds  are restricted  within small areas
  • Discourages broodiness
  • Increases the sticking rate
  • Sick  birds can easily  be isolated
  • The  wire floor prevails re-infection on the parasites, worms  and coccidiosi
  • There  is no bully during feedings
  • There is low labour requirement (1×10=10mks)
  1. b) Outline ten factors considered when selecting dairy cattle for breeding
  • age-young animals  have  longer  productive live and are more productive and

Economical to keep than old animals

  • level of  performance-animals  with highest production level  be kept
  • health-consider  animals which are less susceptive to  disease
  • body  confirmation  go  for ones well people dairy characteristics
  • temperature/behaviour select only decline animals which  are easy to  handle mothering ability
  • adaptable under suitability  to  the environment
  • prolycacy  ability to give  built to  many  off springs at a time
  • physical defects
  • quality of products  (1×10=10mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A type  of mating  where  the female of  low grade  is  mated  to a pure  bred sire of

superior  quality (1mk)

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION IV

(LIVESTOCK MANAGMENT PRACTICES)

 

  1. Reasons of carrying out crutching in sheep.

– Facilitates easy mating;

– Minimizes blowfly infestation;

– Provides hygienic conditions at lambing time;

– Allows easy access to the teats by the lambs;

– Provides hygienic suckling conditions;

 

  1. Ways of performing closed castration.

– Use of elastrator and rubber ring;

– Use of the burdizzo;

 

  1. (a)
  • B – Should take place – Hooks, cheek, rump
  • V – Is done – Thigh muscles and the shoulders
  • BT – is taken – Anus
  • M – May occur – Udder and teats
  1. b) — Ears (ear lobes)

– Tail switch..

– Under the tail head.

– Both fore and head flanks.

– Between the hooves.

  1. c) 1 – Muzzle

2 – Poll

3 – Shoulder

4 – Heart girth

 

  1. (a) – The removal of the testicles in male livestock or stoppage of production of spermatozoa or

semen.

– It is the rendering of male reproductive organs non- functional.

(b) – To control breeding and inbreeding.

– To make animals, especially the bulls docile.

– To improve quality of meat by removing unpleasant smell especially in goats.

– To encourage faster growth rates of the castrated male animals.

– To control breeding diseases such as brucellosis, vaginitis trichonomiasis and others that area

transmitted through mating.

 

  1. (a) The management of a gilt from weaning to furrowing
  • Feed gilt on at least 3kg of sow and weaner meal daily/balanced diet
  • Provide clean drinking water
  • Control any external parasites by spraying with pestcides or washing
  • Treat the gilt next to the bear at the age 12months ready to be served/serve gilt at the right age.
  • Keep the pen clean by maintaining clean
  • Flush the gilt 3-4weeks before service by feeding high quality diet
  • Take the gilt to the boar’s pen for service and let it stay there for at least 12hours
  • Observe the return to heat, f any after three weeks, and repeat the services if necessary
  • Steaming up should start 1 ½ months before furrowing by giving 3-4kg of feed
  • 7-10days furrowing, the gilt should be washed
  • The gilt should be moved to disinfected pen/clean en
  • provide guard rails or furrowing crate in a furrowing pen
  • Provide a source of heat
  • Sow and weaner meal should be reduced three days before furrowing and fed with bran
  • Observe the signs furrowing and supervise the process of furrowing
  • Deworm the gilt 7-10days before furrowing
  • Weigh the gilt regularly
  • Keep proper records

 

(b) The preparation a poultry farmer should make before the arrival of day old chicks

  • Ensure the brooder is ready 2-3days before arrival of chicks
  • Brooder should be cleaned and disinfected to reduce risk of disease infection
  • Spreading litter on the floor to provide warmth
  • Provide a functional heat source e.g. electric bulb, lantern e.t.c
  • Provide adequate feeding equipment
  • Ensure adequate floor space considering the number of chicks
  • Ensure the chick mash is ready before chicks arrive
  • Provide wire guard
  • Make holes on the walls of brooder for ventilation
  • To identify mated ewes
  • To indicate active rams hence help in culling

Identify the sire of each lamb

  • Promote docility
  • Improve meat quality
  • Control breeding diseases
  • Control interbreeding/ control hereditary defects

Improve growth rate

  • Use of swarm net
  • Use of catcher box

Placing the hire in a strategic position  for bees to occupy

  • Control deficiency diseases
  • Impact resistance to diseases

Good physical appearance/ good coat cover

 

  1. two recommended methods of docking lambs
  • Use elastrator and  rubber ring
  • Sharp knife/scalpel (2x ½ =1mk)

 

  1. three disadvantages of inbreeding
  • Loss  of  hybrid vigour
  • May lead to decline fertility  leading to species extinction
  • May  bring about reduction in performance
  • Leads to high rate of prenatal mortality (any 3x ½ =1 ½ mks)

 

  1. four routine management practices that should be carried out on a lactating ewe
  • Inadequate  feeding  /balance diet
  • Spraying/dipping  to control external  parasite
  • Drenching/deworming  to   control internal  parasite
  • Provision of clean  water  ad-lib
  • Tugging
  • Avoid extensive movement
  • Provide mineral licks (any 4x ½ =2mks)
  1. the procedure which should be followed to castrate a three weeks old piglet using

surgical Method

  • Assemble  equipment and sterilize
  • Restrain the  animal to be castrated
  • Thoroughly  wash  hands before opening  up  animals  skin
  • Artery of  forces  is used to close up the open blood vessel to stop excess  bleeding
  • Cut the  skin of scrotum
  • Remove  the  two  tests  completely, leaving  on empty scrotal sac
  • Disinfect the wound
  • Animals  heals faster  since  its  castrated  when young (7×1@=7mks)

(b) (i) State five factors that should be considered when sitting a bee hive in a farm

  • Away  from  homestead, pastures and road
  • Sheltered/quiet place
  • Near  source  of water
  • Nearest to flowers producing ants
  • Safe from predators (5×1=5mks)

 

(ii) Describe the management practices that would ensure maximum harvest of fish from a fish

pond

  • Control stocking rate
  • Control  water pollution
  • Supply  enough  food to fish
  • Aerate  the  water/constant  in flow  and  out flow of  water
  • Maintain appropriate depth of water
  • Control predators
  • Harvest fish art  correct  maturity stage
  • Fertilize  the pond/adequate  water  plants

 

 

  1. three types of bees found in a bee colony
  • The queen
  • The drown
  • The workers
  1. List three methods of castrating farm
  • Closed method-use buidizzer
  • Open method-use surgical method
  • Caponization-use  hormones

 

  1. the routine management practices of piglets from the 1st day to the 8th week
  • Placenta  disposal
  • Umbilical cord  cutting  with sharp and sterilized scalpel
  • Disinfecting  the umbilical  cord with iodine solution
  • Extracting needles teeth/teeth clipping/di-tusking
  • Keeping  piglets in  warm creep area
  • Weighing   the  piglets 24hrs  after birth
  • Feeding the piglets on colostrums
  • Iron supplementation through the intra-muscular injection/paste
  • Vaccination against diseases
  • Feed  the piglets with creep  feeds
  • Water provision  at adlibitum
  • Nose ringing
  • Putting if identification  marks e.g. ear notching
  • Deworming /drenching with antihelminthes
  • Tail  cutting of the  piglet
  • Castration of the male piglet
  • Ensure that  they are breathing
  • Assist  the weak piglets  to suckle
  • Changing  the beddings regularly
  • Removing dead piglets from the pen
  • Providing furrowing crate  to avoid crushing  of  piglets
  • Raised pers with slatted floor
  • Permanent calf pen with concrete floor
  • Movable calf pen
  • Temporary calf pen
  1. Poor nutrition – infertility

Poor timing of service

  1. three advantages of hoof trimming in sheep production
  • Facilitate easy movement
  • Control foot rot disease
  • Prevents the ram  from injuring the ewe during mating ( ½ x3=1 ½ mks)
  1. State four factors considered when citing an apiary in the farm
  • Availability  of water
  • Availability  of flowers
  • A sheltered  place
  • An area free from noise/disturbance
  • Away  from lime stead and grazing grounds
  • Well drained area (2×2=4mks)

 

  1. three methods of stocking a beehive with honey bee
  • Use  swarm nets
  • Use of a catcher box
  • Use of  an  empty  hive  ( ½ x3=1  ½ mks)

 

  1. three common methods of extracting honey from the combs
  • Use of  heat
  • Crushing  and straining

Centrifugal extractor

  1. a) i)
  2. ii) before wearing/3-7 weeks of age/21-56 days/1 month-22months)

iii) -to determine  growth rate  i.e. weight gain

  • -facilitate  administration of drugs  e.g. drenching
  • -for feeding i.e.  to  know  the  amount  of feed to give
  • -to determine the service/breeding time  (1×3=3mks)

 

  1. b) i) B-entrance

C-top bar/bar

D-top  cover/lid(1×3=3mks)

  1. ii) by applying bees wax/honey/molasses on the sides or top  of the  hive/  jaggery/sheep

sorrel/salvial/sugar syrup

(Accept concentrated sugar solution-reject-sugar solution)  (1×1=1mk)

iii) Outline the procedure of opening the hive to harvest honey

smoke  the  hive  through  the entrance using  a  smoker then light the hid  to  remove  the  top  bar(the  order must be  considered)  (1×2=2mks)

 

  1. a) i) E-key hole saw/compass saw

F-wood chisel

G-cold/metal chisel

H-plumb bob  (1/2×4=2mks)

  1. ii) E-to cut  or make key holes

F-cutting timber

G-cutting  metal

H-checking  whether a  tall wall is vertical  (1/2×4=2mks)

iii)  wooden hammer/mallet(1mk)

b))i) open castration/surgical castration  (1mk)

  1. ii) procedure you would follow when carrying out the practice named in( i) above in piglets
  • restrain  the  piglets
  • sterilize the  blade
  • disinfect the secretal sac
  • slit  the secretal sac  to  expose  the testicle
  • locate  and  hold  the  sperm duct
  • cut  the  sperm  dust  by scrapping  with the slide
  • sew up  the wound
  • sterilize/disinfect  the wound
  • release the animal(piglet)  (1/2×6=3mks)
  1. four advantages of  age  grouping farm animals as a management  practice
    • Avoids bullying among the animals
  • Facilitate feeding /adequate and economic use  of feed
  • Facilitate  the administration of  drugs e.g. drenching
  • Easy keeping  of management records
  • Facilitate  breeding/cutting  of livestock  (2×4=8mks)
  1. b) four major cause of lamb mortality from birth to weaning
  • chilling
  • scours
  • internal parasitic infertation
  • loss of  mother/lack of foster  parents
  • inadequate mothers  milk/malnutrition
  • crushing  by t he  mother (1×4=4mks)

 

  1. c) i)cause-bacteria/brucella abortus brucells
  2. ii) Transmission-sexually transmitted/it is a breeding diseases

iiI) Symptoms

  • abortion/premature  birth
  • yellowish  slimy  and odourless discharge through  the vulva
  • retained afterbirth/placenta
  • the cow  may become  barren  (1×4=4mks)
  1. iv) Control measures
  • vaccination
  • use of healthy semen/bull/Al
  • cull/destroy  affected cattle
  • proper  disposal of foetus  and carcass (1×2=2mks)

 

  1. Reasons for castrating animals when young
  • Less pain
  • Quick healing

–    Little loss of blood

 

 

  1. a) Reasons for dehorning farm animals
  • Reduce space occupied by animal
  • Making handling easier
  • To reduce destruction of farm structures
  • To make them
  • To reduce risk, injury to farmer and other animals 2x ½ = 1 mark
  1. b) Methods of dehorning livestock
  • Use of caustic potash stick (Potassium hydroxide)
  • Use of dehorning iron
  • Use of dehorning saw or wire
  • Use of rubber ring and elastrator

–     Use of dehorning collation

  1. a)Is the giving of high quality seeds to a gestating animal towards end gestation period
  2. b) Reasons for steaming up
  • Increase milk yield after farming
  • Help build up body reserves for lactation
  • Ensure rapid growth and development foetus

–     Ensure healthy and string young at birth

 

  1. four management practices that should be carried on a fish pond in order to obtain maximum

Fish production.(2mrk)

  • Control predators.
  • Control Water pollution.
  • Maintain appropriate water level.
  • Maintain correct stocking rate.
  • Supply adequate food. (4x ½  =2mks

 

  1. four factors considered when formulating livestock ration. (2mk)
  • Body weight / size
  • Available feeds
  • Cost of feeds
  • Nutrient composition of feeds available.
  • Ingredients required in the ratio.
  • Animals level of production.
  • Age / stage of growth.

Type of production.

 

  1. four conditions that necessitate the handling of farm animals. (2mk)
  • During treatment
  • When spraying or hand dressing
  • When milking
  • When performing some management practices e.g. dehorning

When inspecting animals for any signs of a disease

 

  1. – Large animals e.g. buffaloes

– man activities e.g. farming

– root pressure of plants

– burrowing animals e.g. moles, termites

 

  1. (a) – Random/zigzag soil sampling-Arrow roots

(b) -Old manure heaps

– Ant hills

– Dead furrows

– Rice

– Fence lines

– Cattle bomas

 

 

FARM STRUCTURES

  • Steel is expensive
  • Require high skilled labour
  • Heavy and difficult to transport
  • Rusts easily

Low workability

  • To prevent termites from rising up to the wall
  • To reduce moisture rising up the wall
  1. A group of calves kept according to age

 

  1. a) Procedure in construction of a barbed wire fence
  • Slash/ clear vegetation around fence line 2 m wide
  • Measure and mark spots for holes using pegs
  • Dig holes 60cm – 90cm deep depending areas where the poles are to be placed
  • Assemble poles and other requirement materials
  • Drop pole and struts at respective points
  • Prepare concrete mixture
  • Erect poles in pole holes
  • Align the poles and put concrete using spade or soil
  • Compact the concrete in holes
  • Allow to settle for a few days while curing
  • Put barbed wire around using appropriate tools
  • Tighten the wire using wire strainer
  • Mail barbed wire using fencing staple at required distance
  • Put droppers along the fence as required             12×1=12 mks
  1. b) Wood preservatives
  • Creosote
  • Old engine oil
  • Paint/ far/ tanesc
  • Copper sulphate
  • Sodium dichromate
  • Arsenic pentoxide
  • Pentachloroplenol
  • Triputyl tin oxide             4×1=4 mks
  1. c) Choice of farm building materials
  • Cost of materials
  • Availability/ strength of the material
  • Workability

Type of enterprise

 

  1. (i) Factors considered when sitting a fish pond.

– Reliable source of water/ water source;

– Soil type / poorly drained clay soil the best;

– Topography / gently sloping;

– Security/ be secure from thieves / predators;

– Water quality / free of pollutants;

– Machine milking;

(ii) Features of a laying nest.

  • Dimly lit; dark;
  • Spacious / large enough to accommodate bird comfortably;
  • Dry clean beddings;
  • Have lockable doors;
  • Kept in secluded parts of the house;
  • Have slanting roofs to prevent birds from perching on;
  1. Uses of footbath in cattle dip.

– To wash the foot off mud;

– Contains chemicals for controlling foot rot; CUSO4 (blue vitriol/ formalin solution;)

  1. (a) – A green house is a farm structure made up of glass or translucent material as wall and

roof to  enhance and achieve optimum condition for valuable horticultural crop production.

(b) Material used in green house construction.

– Galvanizing iron.

– Aluminium or wooden frame.

– Glass or clear polythene sheet.

– Fibre glass or reinforced panels.

(c) Maintenance practices on green house.

– Dirty polythene sheet should be clear.

– Blocked systems should be repaired and cleared.

– Torn polythene material should be replaced.

– Should be fenced for security.

(d)  Importance of maintaining farm structures.

– Last longer/ enhance durability.

– Reduce replacement cost.

– Protect livestock from predator.

– Prevent straying animals.

– To prevent diseases brought by cold winds.

– Make them effective in their use.

 

  1. Disadvantages of barbed wire fence in paddocking:-
  • Can remove wool from sheep
  • Barbs can injure the animals

–    Smaller animals can pass through if the wire strands are widely spread

 

  1. (a)       A .Inlet

B – Spillway/ overflow.

C –  Drain pipe/outlet             (1 ½ mk each = 1 ½  mks)

(b) The most appropriate part for feeding is part X  (1mk)

(c) Two reasons why the floor of the pond should be covered with lime

  • Facilitate the work of fertilizer in the pond
  • Maintain PH of pond water            ( ½  mk each 2pts = 1mk)

(d) Why should part marked B be screened?

  • Prevent escape of fish
  • Prevent entry f foreign /unwanted organisms ( ½ x 1pt = ½mk)

(e) three maintenance practices carried out on the structure

  • Removing weeds
  • Unblocking inlet and outlets
  • Maintaining same water level
  • repairing leakages on walls, floor e.t.c

–    Draining of water during harvesting

 

  1. (a)Stille ( ½ mk x 1pt =  ½ mk)

(b) A pass allows only human passage while gate allows for both human and livestock in and

out of the farm      ( ½mk mark as a whole)

(c) One type of live fence

  • Electric

–    Hedges

 

  1. four requirements of a good maize store
  • Leak proof
  • Rat proof
  • Properly ventilated
  • Easy to clean
  • Raised off the ground properly drained
  • easy to load and unload/spacious (any 4x ½ =2mks)

 

  1. three factors that determine the depth and size of foundation in a farm building
  • Function  of  building
  • Soil type
  • Soil  depth
  • Drainage of area (any 3x ½ =1 ½ mks)

 

  1. (a) the uses of various hand tools in the construction of a poultry house
  • Jembe- levelling the  ground
  • Spade-scooping soil
  • Tape-measuring distance
  • Wheel barrow-carrying small load
  • Spirit level-checking whether surface  is vertical or  horizontal
  • Rip-saw/tenor saw-cutting  timber
  • Hand drill/bit brace-boring in  wood
  • Claw hammer-driving  in/hitting and removing nails
  • G-clamp-holding  objects /wood  when  joining
  • Tin-snip-cutting  iron  sheet
  • Chisel
  • Mallet (any 10×1=10mks)

(b) the procedure of erecting wooden rail fence(7mks)

  • Locate  the area  to  be fenced off
  • Determine the amount of  material  needed
  • Treat  the  post
  • Clear the area
  • Measure  the  distance  3-4m  apart and  place  pegs
  • Dig  holes  up to 60cm deep
  • Put fencing  post  in hole and  reinforce with  concrete
  • Place 3-4 horizontal rails
  • Space at  about 125mm,175mm, 225mm  and 275mm from  ground
  • Fixed  them  onto  post using nail (10x1pt=10mks)

(c) factors considered when choosing the construction materials for farm building

  • Purpose  of building determine  strength and durability of material
  • Availability of capital; depends  on  ability to purchase
  • Aesthetic aspect:-determine by economic status of farmers
  • Availability of material: easily obtained
  • Durability: good quality .not be  repaired  often
  • Resistant to extreme weather  condition
  • Safely  of  farm animals and farmer:- not have side  effects/workability
  • Suitability of the  material.(any5pointsx2mks=10mks)

 

 

  1. – Have adequate space

– single housing ( 1caf per pen)

– Properly lit

– Have proper drainage

-Well ventilated

– Drought free

 

  1. – Demarcates boundaries of farms

– Prevents intruders, wild animals, thieves in the farms

– Facilitate mixed farming

– Enhance paddocking of farm for effective rotational grazing

– Control unnecessary movement in the farm

– Control inbreeding

– Isolate sick animal

 

  1. (a) (i) A – Wall plate/team beam/lintel

B – Damp proof coarse

C- Hard core

(ii) – Prevents termite invasion

– Prevents water capillarity /dampness

(b) (i) 1 bag of cement

3 parts/wheel barrows of sand

5 parts /wheel barrows of ballasts or gravel

(ii) Sand

3 parts of sand = 24m3

1 bag = 1×24 = 8m3

3

ballast

parts = 24m3

5 parts = 5×24 = 40m3 (½mk)

3

  1. (a) Maintenance of the fish pond

– Protection of the pond – regularly check pond walls, plant grass on the walls to help control soil erosion

– Pond bottom repair- check water seepage problems regularly, It can be done introducing an even layer of clay to seal off the bottom of pond properly

– Removal of weeds; -regularly remove all weeds that grow on the walls and around the ponds

– Maintenance of appropriate water level: Maintain the same level of water in the pond by use of inlet and outlets

– Inspection of pond: – Regularly check for cracks in the walls and seal immediately

– Cleaning the pond- once n a while to drain out the pond water, remove all stones, silt or roots that may have settled at the pond bottom, lime the water before refilling it with water

– removal of organic materials – any vegetative matter or food remains should be removed as soon as they are noticed to ensure they do not start decomposing

– Repair fence around the pond- In case of worn out posts, repair/replace immediately

(b) Ways of controlling of fish predators in a fish pond

– Put a strong wire fence around the pond

– Provide a wire screen above the pond to guard against prevatory birds

– A sire screen is put in the inlet, outlet and in the spillway

– Scare away in the binds as necessary

– occasionally drain the ponds to kill all unwanted predatora in the pond bottom

 

  1. four reasons of treating timber before roofing farm buildings
  • Prevent attack from insects
  • Prevent attack from fungi (rotting)
  • Resist weather condition:-extreme temperature
  • Resist water penetration
  • To harden woo-make it durable and more strong
  • To avoid warping

 

  1. four uses of crushing in the farm
  • Spraying livestock  against external parasites
  • Identifying animals by use  of  such   methods as branding ,ear-tagging and ear notching
  • Vaccination
  • Administering prophylactic drugs to the animals
  • Treating sick animals
  • Dehorning
  • Pregnancy test
  • Artificial insemination
  • Taking  body temperature
  • Hoof trimming
  • Milking

 

  1. a) A fence is a structure that encloses a designated area and forms a physical barrier for

animals and human

  1. b) List various types of fences
  • live  fence
  • electric  fence
  • barbed wire fence
  • chicken wire  fence
  • wooden fence
  • pole and rail fence
  • plain  wire  fence
  • trench fence
  • wall  fence
  1. c) Describe advantages of fences
  • keep off intruders/thieves
  • prevent  damage of crops  by  animals
  • control grazing in paddocks
  • control breeding by separating male and female
  • acts as wind break
  • control pests and disease by controlling  wild animals
  • add aesthetic value
  • provide livestock feed or human fruits  or firewood
  • add value  to the farm
  • provide security to the  house stead and farm animas
  • they form perimeter fence along the boundary to demarcate farm land from the  neighbours
  • used to isolate sick animals from the rest of the herd  to prevent spread of diseases
  • separate crop field from pasture facilitating mixed farming

 

  1. i) E – rafter         F- Struct

G- Eaves                     H- Wall plate

  1. ii) E (Rafter) – To provide support for the roofing materials

F (Strut) – To support the rafter/ holding the weight of the roof

G (Eaves) – Prevent rain from falling on the wall

H- (wall plate)- To support the roof

iii) Chemicals for treating timber

  • Tar
  • Sodium dichromate
  • Copper sulphate
  • Arsenic pentoxide
  • Old engine oil
  • Pentachlorophenox
  • Tributyl tin oxide
  • Creosote
  • Paint

 

  1. i) K- Spill way (reject over flow pipe)

L- Drainage channel

  1. ii) M is deeper to provide breeding place for the fish

iii) Maintenance of the pond

  • Cleaning the pond by removing all foreign materials
  • Repairing the dyke (bunds)
  • Maintain good level of water
  • Control predators
  • Weed control around the pond
  • Plant grass on dykes to prevent erosion
  • Remove the silt if accumulated
  • Regular pond fertilization
  • Apply lime before refilling

 

  1. a) Siting a fish pond
  2. i) Soil type- clay soil is the best
  3. ii) Topography – requires gentle slope not Lilly and flat

iii) Source of water – near reliable source

  1. iv) Marketing centre should be close
  2. v) Accessibility from the homestead
  3. vi) Security – protected against predators

vii) far from natural source of fish

b)

  • General farm hygiene, cleanliness of houses, equipment proper carcass disposal by burning/ burying/
  • Disinfection to destroy pathogens e.g. Anthrax and calf diseases
  • Isolation of sick animals – separated from healthy ones to avoid spread of diseases e.g. foot mouth
  • Drenching/ deworming to control internal parasites e.g. tapeworms and roundworms
  • Treatment of the sick animal – to prevent spread of diseases
  • Vaccination to create resistance to diseases on regular basis e.g. foot and mouth, anthrax, new castle
  • Control vectors – to avoid disease transmission e.g. ECF, nagana/ specific method
  • Prophylactic approach/ use of drugs to avoid injection e.g dry cow therapy against mastitis
  • Trypanocidal drugs to control trypanosomiasis
  • Proper breeding to control breeding diseases e.g. brucellosis
  • Proper feeding to prevent nutritional disorders e.g. milk fever, anaemia
  • Slaughtering/ killing – to prevent spread of contagious diseases e.g. anthrax
  • Quarantine – to avoid spread of diseases
  • – prevent introduction of diseases
  • Proper housing to avoid predisposing the animal to diseases e.g. ventilation, spacing
  • Foot trimming to minimize occurrence foot rot

 

 

 

  1. four factors which influence the selection of materials for constructing a diary shed
  • Kind of dairy shed i.e.  permanent  or  temporary
  • Availability of  materials
  • Cost of  materials
  • Environment conditions of climate and soil type
  • Durability of materials a
  • Availability of killed labour for  construction
  • Capital available  (1/2×4=2mks)

 

  1. a)
2
  1. i) On the diagram a provided below, draw the mark to indicate a pig number 147,

using the procedure of ear-notching in diagram above

ii)the recommended stage of growth in pigs at which the ear-notching should be carried out?

  • before  wearing/3-7 weeks of age/21-56 days/1 month-22months)

iii) State any three reasons why weight is an important routine management practice in pig production

  • to determine  growth rate  i.e. weight gain
  • facilitate  administration of drugs  e.g. drenching
  • for feeding i.e.  to  know  the  amount  of feed to give
  • to determine the service/breeding time  (1×3=3mks)

 

  1. b) i) B-entrance

C-top bar/bar

D-top  cover/lid(1×3=3mks)

 

  1. ii) by applying bees wax/honey/molasses on the  sides or top  of the  hive/ jaggery/sheep

sorrel/salvial/sugar syrup

(Accept concentrated sugar solution-reject-sugar solution)  (1×1=1mk)

iii) Outline the procedure of opening the hive to harvest honey

smoke  the  hive  through  the entrance using  a  smoker then light the hid  to  remove  the  top  bar(the  order must be  considered)  (1×2=2mks)

 

  1. a) State five  maintenance practice of a  mould board plough
  • Lubricate  the moving pests
  • Sharpen blunt  share
  • Tighten bolts and   nuts
  • Clean  the  plough after  use
  • Coat  the unpainted  parts with old engine oil before any storage
  • Replace worn out parts (1×5=5mks)
  1.  b) Explain five structural   and functional differences between the petrol and diesel engines
Petrol engine Diesel engine
i)has a carburetor

ii)fuel and air mixed in the carburetor

iii)fuel ignited by an electric spark

 

iv)produces little smoke

v)is  light  in weight

i)Has  an  injector pump

ii)Fuel and air  mixed  within  the cylinder

iii)fuel ignited by  compression of air and  fuel

mixture  in the cylinder

iv)produces  a lot of  smoke

v)relatively  heavy

 

  1.  c) List five uses of farm fences
  • keep of wild  life ,predation and  intruders
  • demarcates boundaries
  • separate crop field from pasture land
  • divide pasture land into  paddock
  • control  movement of  animals and people within  the farm and  prevent formation of unnecessary pests
  • control disease  and parasites helps in isolate  sick animals
  • helps in  controlling breeding
  • provide security
  • act as  wind break  (1×5=5mks)

 

  1. Uses of farm buildings
  • Protect the farm animals from predators
  • Provide shelter to the farmer and livestock
  • Used to store farm produce and valuable inputs
  • Controls livestock diseases and parasites

–     Enhances efficiencies in farm planning, budgeting and production

 

  1. Structural requirements for proper housing
  • Well ventilation
  • Free from cold/ draught
  • Adequate space
  • Proper drainage
  • Leak proof roof
  • Well lighting
  • Easy to clean/ concrete floor

 

  1. a) – roof
  2. b) P- purklin                    Q- Rafter

R- Cross tie                 S- Gutter

  1. c) P- Support roofing material/ iron sheet

Q – Collect water and safely directs it away from building

 

  1. a) Honey
  2. b) Crushing and straining
  3. c) Procedure of harvesting the named product
  • Wear protective clothes
  • Approach hive quietly from behind
  • Blow smoke around hive then through entrance
  • Lower hive
  • Remove lid/ cover
  • Lift top bars and brush off with bees
  • Cut honey combs with honey leaving 3cm of wax
  • Put combs in container
  • Place back bars
  • Put lid
  • Return hive in position
  1. d) Factors that affect quality of product harvested
  • Type of plant from which nectar is obtained
  • Maturity stage
  • Method of harvesting
  • Method of processing
  1. i)Docking
  2. ii) Reasons for carrying out the operation
  • Avoid incidences of blowfly
  • Make mating easy
  • Even distribution of fat in body
  • Avoid dirtifying wool

iii) Age of operation

  • within two weeks from lambing
  1. iv) Methods used for operation
  • use of rubber ring and elastrator
  • cutting with sterilized docking knife
  • use of burdizzo
  • use of hot iron bar
  1. v) Routine management practice carried out on part B

– hoof trimming

 

  1. a) Five parts of plunge dip
    1. Holding yard- Hold animal before dipping
    2. Foot bath- Wash animal feet off dung, mud

-Prevent foot rot/ contain copper sulphur,

  • Jump- Narrow entrance allow single animal easily to jump in dip wash
  1. Draining race- Animal held while dip wash drain back in dip tank
  2. Drying yard- Animals need to dry before allowed to pasture, avoid contamination
  3. Silt trap-raps mad, dung before dip wash flow back to dip tank, prevent siltation of dip tank
  • Shelter-Prevent evaporation

-Prevent dilution of dip wash with rains

  1. b) Six uses of live fences
  • Thorn species prevent wild animals and other invaders into the farm
  • Tall varieties act as wind breakers
  • Add aesthetic value to the homestead
  • Roots holds soil firmly controlling soil erosion
  • Species such as lantana canara can be used to feed livestock
  • Provide shade to livestock and man
  • Trimmed branches can be used as organic manure, wood fuel
  • Some species have medicinal value       1×6=6 marks

 

  1. c) Four factors that influence power output of drought animal
  2. i) Training- Proper training of oxen will plough better and faster than untrained animal
  3. ii) Feeding- Well fed animals work better than poorly fed animals

iii) Rest-Animals given enough rest work better than those that are not

  1. iv) Honestly-Animals housed are protected from harsh condition e.g. cold thus work better
  2. v) Disease control- Animals treated when sick, vaccinated, sprayed/ dipped against

external parasites/ dewormed against internal parasites are more efficient

  1. vi) Age of animals- Young and very old animals give low output than averagely aged

 

 

 

LIVESTOCK HEALTH III

(LIVESTOCK DISEASES)

  1. -Mastitis

– Milk fever

  1. Pre-disposing factors of foot rot.

– Overgrown / untrimmed hooves;

– Tick infestation between hooves;

– Muddy / filthy living / grazing areas;

– Presence of sharp objects e.g. stones;

  1. (i) Causative agents of Brucellosis.

Brucella abort – Cattle

Brucella suis  – Pigs

Brucella malitensis – sheep and goats;                                                                   (½ x 1 = ½ mk)

(ii) Symptoms of contagious abortions.

  • Retained after birth;
  • Sterility in cows;
  • Spontaneous abortion;
  • Yellowish – brown, slimy discharge, odourless discharge from the vulva after abortion;

 

(iii) Methods of controlling contagious abortion.

  • Use of artificial insemination (A.I).
  • Vaccination against the disease in young animals;
  • Avoid contact with the aborted fetus;
  • Blood tests of all breeding animals before mating;

Cull, slaughter infected animals;

 

  1. A vaccine is an active disease pathogen reduced in strength /virulence or killed and is

introduced into an animals body to induce immunity

 

  1. (a) Discuss black quarter under control predators under the following sub-headings:-

(i) animal affected-cattle, sheep, goats

(ii) casual organism-clostridium chauvei

(iii) Symptoms of disease      (5mks)

  • Rise in body temperature
  • Lameness  and  swelling of  upper part  of  limbs,  making animals  lie on side
  • Swollen  shoulders  on either side of  body, chest or  back,  formation of gas under skin
  • Difficulties in breathing
  • Muscle appear black and spongy
  • Grunting and grinding of teeth
  • Failure to  chew cud
  • On  exposure  to air, muscle of  body rapidly  darken

(iv) control measures (3mks)

  • Annual vaccination  using  black  quarter  vaccine
  • Burning  of   carcass
  • Carcass  should not be  skinned or  opened
  • Cleaning  and treating  of  all wounds  with antiseptics (any 3×1=3mks)

(b) (i) Explain four measures used to control liver flukes    (4mks)

  • Controlling liver flukes
  • Draining  swampy  areas
  • Avoid grazing animals in swamps  area
  • Burning heavily infested pastures
  • Apply  chemicals (copper  sulphate) to kill snails
  • Remove and  kill snails
  • Fencing  off swampy area (any 4×1=4mks)

(ii) Name an intermediate host of liver fluke

Water  snail (limnea sp.)

(c) Explain the following terms as used in livestock production

(i) Embryo transfer

  • Method  of breeding  which involve  removal of ova  from a  superior animal, fertilize externally   in a test tube  then transfer to a foster mother which carry pregnancy to term

(ii) Artificial insemination

  • Introduction of semen  in to the females reproductive system by  use of a tube

(iii) Line breeding

  • Is mating  of distantly related animals but  within the same breed

(iv) Cross breeding

  • Mating  of animals  belonging  to  different breeds e.g. fresian bull and  jersey cow

(v) Up-grading

  • Is   the  mating  of high grade  bull/sire  to a low  grade cow/dam (05×1=5mks)

 

 

  1. – Overgrown hooves

– Presence of sharp objects/stores

– Muddy living/grazing areas

– Living infestation between hooves

  1. (a) (i) Coccidia

(ii) Poultry, calves, young rabbits, kids, lambs

(iii) -Diarrhea

– Dysentery in the dung

– Euraciation

– Ruffled feathers

– Birds become dull with dropping wings

– sudden death in birds, rabbits and kids

(iv) Drugs such as coccidiostats mixed with food or water

– Isolation of infected animals

– Avoid filthy, unhygienic animal surroundings

– Avoid common dunking points for livestock from different farms

– Avoid overcrowding in poultry houses

(b) (i) – Able to kill ticks

– Harmless to both human beings and livestock

– stable – remains effective even after contamination by dung, mud or hair

(ii) – Spraying animals

  • dipping – involves immersing the animal into the acaricide or wetting the animal by the acaricide

– Hand dressing – involves smearing pyegrene on areas not likely to be reached by the acaricide

e.g. in the ears

  1. four ways of controlling coccidiosis in the farm
  • Avoid overcrowding in poultry
  • Provision of coccidiostat in feeds and water
  • Use of portable calf pen
  • Practicing proper hygiene
  1. four predisposing factors of scour in calves
  • Unhygienic  condition in the house of the young ones
  • Feeding  the calves on cold milk
  • Lack of colostrums and
  • Feeding at irregular intervals
  1. four notifiable diseases of livestock
  • Rinderpest
  • Foot and mouth
  • Anthrax
  • Rift valley fever
  • New  castle  disease: mud cow disease
  1. New castle, fowl pox, fowl typhoid, gumboro, marek – injections, pursaa disease
  • Signs of anthrax in carcasses
  • Blood does not clot
  • No rigormatics after death
  • Stomach swells/ bloat
  • Darkened blood oozes out through the natural opening
  1. Differentiate
  • Active immunity – animal producing antibodies
  • Acquired/ passive immunity – external source of immunity
  • Fuel system
  • Electrical system
  • Cooling
  • Lubrication
  • Transmission
  • Ignition
  • Hydraulic

 

  1. 2 adjustment on mould board plough
  • Adjust the plough depth
  • Front furrow depth
  • Lowering/ raising ploughing pitch
  • Front furrow width

 

  1. a) Disc plough reject disc alone
  2. b) X – Disc scrapper

Y-  Rear wheel/ furrow wheel

Z – Disc

  1. c) – Replace broken discs
  • Clean plough after use reject wash plough
  • Lubricate hubs and furrow wheel bearing/ moving parts reject movable parts
  • Lighten loose nuts and bolts
  • Store in a cool dry place
  • Apply old engine oil to prevent rusting during long storage/ paint implement
  1. Causes of ruminal tympany (Bloat)
  • Obstruction of esophagus due to bulky food e.g. potatoes
  • Abnormal pressure exerted on esophagus by swelling in wall of chest

Indigestion due to eating poisonous herbs, soft young green foliage

 

  1. a) Symptoms of milk fever
  • Muscular twitching
  • Staggering
  • Animal lies down on its side most of the time
  • Animals lies on sternum with rock twisted on one side
  • General paralysis
  • Breathing becomes slow and weak 4x ½ =2 marks
  1. b) Control measures of milk fever
  • Feed animal o diet rich in calcium
  • Give intramuscular injection of calcium 2-3 days before cavity
  • Partial milking

–     Cull susceptible animal

 

  1. East coast fever (ECF)
  2. i) cattle 1×1=1 mark
  3. ii) Theirelia parva Reject if not underlined, spellings are wrong

iii)

  • Fever/ high temperature
  • Salivation
  • Lachrimentim/ tears from eyes
  • Difficult in breathing
  • Haemorrhages in vulva/ mouth
  • Coughing
  • Sight impairment                              6×1=6 marks

iv)

  • Regular spraying/ dipping/ hand dressing with acaricide
  • Fencing/ rotational grazing
  • Treatment using appropriate drugs       2×1=2 marks
  1. b) Ten measures used to control livestock diseases
  2. i) Proper breeding and selection

– Animals fed on balanced ration adequate in quantity and quality are strong and able to resist    diseases

  1. ii) Proper breeding and selection

– Animals selected that are free from diseases or resistant to diseases will prevent transmission of diseases

 

iii) Proper housing and hygiene’s

– Animals houses should be built to meet construction requirement e.g. ventilation, space, drainage, leak proof, lighting and will prevent and protect animals from contracting diseases

  1. iv) Isolation of sick animals

– Is separation and confinement of animals from health ones while undergoing treatment, this prevents spread of the diseases

  1. v) Imposition of quarantine

– Is restriction of movement of animals and their products from and into affected areas, thus prevents spreads of diseases

  1. vi) Prophylactic measure and treatment

– Involves use of drugs before disease attack to prevent occurrence e.g. use of coccidiostat to control coccichosis, drenching to prevent anti helminites

– Also involve vaccination, spraying with appropriate acaricize and treatment to restore good health

vii) Slaughtering affected animla

– Highly infection and contagious diseases e.g. rinderpest, new cattle foot and mouth animals should be slaughtered and carcasses will dispose to prevent spread

viii) Use of antiseptics and disinfectants

– Applied on skin to kill germs or clean livestock to maintain hygiene

  • Vaginitis.
  • Brucellosis.
  • Trichomaniasis.
  • Vaginitis.
  • Brucellosis.
  • Trichomaniasis.
  • Leptospirosis. (2x ½  = 1mk)

 

  1. (a) injection             (b)oral

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION V

(POULTRY)

  1. One bird occupies 0.27m2                    

Area available 9m x 3m= 27m2

1 bird        0.27m2

?          27m2

= 27m2    = 100 birds        1×2=2mis

0.27m2

 

  1. Functions of isthmus.

– Shell membranes formed/ determines shape of egg;

– Water mineral salts and vitamins added;

 

  1. Features of a laying nest.
  • Dimly lit; dark;
  • Spacious / large enough to accommodate bird comfortably;
  • Dry clean beddings;
  • Have lockable doors;
  • Kept in secluded parts of the house;
  • Have slanting roofs to prevent birds from perching on;

Have an appropriate height from floor;

 

  1. Qualities of marketable eggs.
  • Smooth texture;
  • Right shape, colour, size and weight;
  • Right shell hardness;

Clean and fresh;

 

  1. (a)           A – Too high temperature

B- draught C chilliness from left side

C – Inadequate heat supply /low temperatures          ( ½ x 3 = 1 ½ mk)

(b) Explain why the brooder guard is rounded as shown in the diagram

To avoid overcrowding in the corners which can lead the suffocation and death

 

  1. – Fertilized

– Medium size (55-60gm)

– oval shaped

– free form abnormalities e.g. double yolk/ blood spots

– Be freshly collected (not more than 1 week)

– Have smooth shells

– Be free from cracks in the shells

– Be clean

 

  1. Adequate space

– Litter to be kept dry and free form dust

– Turn the liter frequently

– Perches and rosters should be adequate and well spaced

– Adequate waterers

– Well distributed waterers

–  Provide clean and adequate water

– equipment to be kept clean

– Replenish soft litter in the nest

– ensure the nest is dark

– Collect eggs regularly

– Feed the birds well

– Supply gut to assist in digestion

– Keep the birds busy by hanging greens

– Curl the birds and pool layers

– De-beak birds to prevent cannibalism

– Vaccinate birds regularly

– Check birds for disease symptoms

– control parasites

– Avoid stress factors

– Discourage broodiness

– Maintain and repair the houses

– Provide enough fed troughs

– Keep proper records

– Dispose off dead birds

 

 

  1. four reasons for egg breaking and drinking by layers in a deep litter rearing System Bright light in the laying boxes/over corroding/few laying boxes
  • Poor feeding without mineral rich feeds
  • Undebeaked birds
  • Irregular egg collection

 

  1. a)      a-infertile (clear)

b-fertile egg

c-damage yolk

  1. b) Identify the egg which suitable for incubation and give a reasons for your answer Egg b-it is fertile and will develop into a chick
  2. c) Name the practice which used to determine the state of eggs above

Candling

 

  1. a) Brooding of chicks (1×1=1mk)
  2. b) four preparations that should be carried out structure U before arrival of day old chicks

cleaning the house and brooder with disinfectant

  • dusting with chemical to kill etoparasites
  • placing  the polythene  paper on  fresh  and clean saw  dust
  • fixing  and setting of sources of heat  and  light
  • Fixing the feed and water troughs and putting fresh feed and water.
  1. c) List down one behaviouristic activity which would indicate that the chicks are under stress Moving away or close to the heat source
  • Fighting
  • Cannibalism

 

  1. – Litter gives comfort and warmth to the birds

– Helps in drying dropping

– keeps birds bust

  1. Reasons for castrating animals when young
  • Less pain
  • Quick healing

–    Little loss of blood

 

  1. a) Reasons for dehorning farm animals
  • Reduce space occupied by animal
  • Making handling easier
  • To reduce destruction of farm structures
  • To make them
  • To reduce risk, injury to farmer and other animals                         2x ½ = 1 mark
  1. b) Methods of dehorning livestock
  • Use of caustic potash stick (Potassium hydroxide)
  • Use of dehorning iron
  • Use of dehorning saw or wire
  • Use of rubber ring and elastrator

–     Use of dehorning collation

  1. four abnormalities of eggs that can be detected during egg candling. (2mk)
  • Absence of yolk.
  • Double / triple yolk.
  • Air space in wrong position.
  • Excessively large air space.
  • Cracks on egg shell.
  • Blood / meat spots.
  • Deformed / broken yolk.
  1. The management of day old chicks in a deep litter system from preparation

of brooder up to eight (8)weeks old (20mks)

  • ensure  brooder is  working  well 2-3days  before  arrival  of  chicks
  • provide  brooded  with  litter  for  warmth and  moisture  absorption
  • provide  heat  source
  • put  wire gauze around  the  heat source
  • make holes on the  brooder to provide fresh  air
  • provide dim light to prevent  cannibalism
  • cover  litter with  polythene  sheet  or  newspaper  and place feeds on them to discourage  chicks  from  eating litter
  • check the temperature at  above 15cm above  the  floor to  ensure  that  the temperature  is  appropriate
  • from 4th -6th week withdraw the  heat source gradually
  • feed  chicks  on chicks mash
  • provide  plenty of  clean water
  • vaccinate against  Newcastle disease  after 2-3  weeks
  • keep proper records
  • dust  birds  with  insecticide  to control external parasites
  • at 6 weeks  introduce growers  mash
  • isolate sick birds  from  healthy ewes
  • remove  and treat sick birds
  • clean  and  disinfect the  house
  • provide  greens
  • remove dead  chicks from the  house
  • provide  foot bath with disinfectants

 

  1. (a)- Piglets are weaned at the age of 8 weeks and feet on sow and weaner meal.

– Deworming should be done to control internal parasites.

– Vaccinate to control diseases e.g African swine Fever.

– Spray to control external parasites

– Identification is done by ear notching

– Take it to pork when it shows signs of being heat

-Trim over grown hooves.

– Gestation period is 4 months

– Prepare furrowing pen by disinfecting the walls

– Sow brought to furrowing pen 3 days to.

 

(b) -Age

-Mothering ability be good

-Physical fitness

-Health of gut

-Body confirmation

-Temperament of behaviour

-Adaptability

-prolificacy

 

  1. (i) M- Chalaza                       L- Space

N- Yolk                              O- Inner shell membrane       P- Shell

(ii) M- Hold the yolk in position at centre of the egg.

L- Air trappd in this space used by developing embryo

(iii) – To avoid germinal disc sticking on the egg shell

 

  1. – Move away from the source of heat to the periphery

 

  1. -saw dust

Wood shavings

Crushed maize cobs

Coffee husks

Rice husks

20.

  • Be fertilized
  • Should be medium in size i.e 50-65 gm in weight
  • Have smooth shells
  • Be oval in shape
  • Be free of any cracks in shells
  • Be clean to ensure that pores are clean
  • Not have any fresh i.e collected withine one week
  • Should be fresh i.e collected within one week

 

 

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III

(LIVESTOCK REARING PRACTICES)

  1. A group of calves kept according to age

 

  1. (a) – Assemble all milking equipments such as buckets, milking can and towels.

– Put animals in milking shed and restrain appropriately.

– Wash udder and teat using warm water mixed with an appropriate sanitizing agent.

– Dry the udder using a towel.

– Use trip cup to test the first few drops of milk for mastitis.

– Carry out milking by squeezing out the milk / teats.

– Strip the udder dry.

– Dip the teats in ant-mastitis solution after milking.

– Apply milking jelly 9milk salve) on the teats.

– Release the cow.

– Weigh and record the milk.

– Strain the milk into the milking can to cover immediately.

-Cool the milk  rapidly to a temperature of 40c.

(b)       – Keep cow healthy/ free from diseases.

– Wash cow flanks, udder  and region around the udder using clean water then dry using clean

towels.

  • Milking shed should be clean, wash after every milking and disinfect.
  • Clean and sterilize milking utensils.
  • Keep milk in a dust free environment.
  • Deliver milk to collecting centres.
  • Don’t feed cows on feeds which may taint milk a few hours to milking e.g. Mexican marigold, silage, garlic e.t.c.
  • Do not expose milk to direct sun.
  • Milk should be carried in aluminium container.

Copper and iron containers may cause oxidation of milk fats.

 

  1. Reasons for washing a cow’s udder with warm water
  • To remove dirt
  • To stimulate milk let down ( ½ mk each = 1mk)

 

  1. two roles of uterus in egg formation process
  • Additional of calcium which harden egg shell
  • Additional of egg pigmentation (2x ½ =1mk)

 

  1. (a) M – Alveolus N – Gland cistem        O – Teat          ( ½ x 3= 1½mks)

(ii) Oxytocin – Controls the muscle fibres surrounding alveoli to allow milk secretion

adrenalin – A hormone that relaxes the udder muscles to all milk let down            (1×2=2mks)

(b) Free from disease causing organisms

  • Has no hair/dirt dust
  • Its of high keeping / lasting quality
  • Chemical composition is within the expected standards ( ½  x3=1 ½mks)

 

  1. four characteristics of clean milk
  • Has normal taste
  • Free  from physical materials
  • Free from pathogens
  • Free from foul smell
  • It is of  high  keeping quality
  • Is chemical composition  is within  the expected standards

 

  1. three maintenance practices carried out on a milking machine
  • Flushing the tubes under high pressure to deblock it
  • Greasing/orling the rotating parts in the pump
  • Storing it to dry upside down after through washing

 

  1. four reasons for feeding Colostrums to calves immediately after calving
  • Easily digested
  • Has high nutritive value
  • Contains antibodies which protect the calf from diseases
  • Has laxative effect

 

  • Presence of milk man/ milky parlour
  • Washing/ massaging udder
  • Feeding
  • Sounds associated with milking
  • Maintain regular milking time
  1. a) Differences operational
Disc plough Mould board plough
Can be used in fields with obstacles Cannot be used in fields with obstacles
Ploughs/ cuts at varying depths Ploughs/ cuts at constant depths or confirm depth
Requires less skills to operate Requires more skills to operate
Works well in sticky soils Does not work well in sticky soils
Rotates and not easily broken since rolls over obstacles Easily broken by obstacles
Requires more harrowing Requires fewer harrowing
Poor furrow slice inversion Proper furrow slice inversion
Does not require constant replacement of parts More power to pull

b)

  • Poor communication network/ poor infrastructures
  • Lack of cooling/ handling facilities/ processing facilities
  • Competition with non- dairy products/ cheap imported dairy products
  • Prevalence of Zoonotic diseases
  • Inefficient/ poor management of marketing society/ dairy boards
  • Late/ non- payment by marketing agents/ exploitation by marketing agents/ middle men
  • Lack of capital to finance marketing activities
  • Price fluctuation due to changes in supply
  • Lack of market information
  1. c) Reasons for culling livestock
  • Old age
  • Poor health
  • Low libido/ infertile
  • Physical deformities
  • Hereditary defects
  • To avoid inbreeding

 

  1. three advantage of artificial method of calf rearing
  • Accurate records  of milk  yield may be  kept
  • It is easy to regulate the amount of  milk  taken by  the calf
  • Cows  produce milk eve in  the absence  of  the  calf
  • It is easy to maintain high standard of cleanliness/sanitations
  • The farmer  is likely  to sell more milk  hence  maximizing profit (1/2×3=1 1/2mks)

 

  1. three methods that may be used to improve milk production in a breed of indigenous goats
  • Proper selection/culling
  • Proper breeding/upgrading/ cross  breeding
  • Maintaining good  health
  • Proper feedings
  • Proper milking  methods
  • Proper housing   ( ½ x3=1  ½ mks)

 

  1. a) Physical characteristics between good layer and poor layer
Part/feature Good Poor
Comb/wattle Large warm,wavy Small, shrunken, dry, scaly pace, cold
Eyes Bright, orange, alert race Dark, pace, yellow
Beak Oval, moist, reddish, active Yellowish
Vent Soft, pliable, wide Round, dry, less active
abdomen Soft, pliable,wide Hard, full
Space between keel and petric bone Wide fits 3-4 fingers Small fits 1-2 fingers
Temperate Alert- active Dull, less active
Moulting Start late Start early
Plumage Dry,rugged, rough Preened, glossy, smooth
Shanks Pace Yellowish
broodiness rare common

 

  1. b) i) – Young animals produce with high butter fat content than older animals
  2. ii) Pregnant, emaculated animals have lower butter fat content than normal animals

iii) early and late stage of lactation has lower butter fat content while middle phase has higher butter fat content

  1. iv) last drawn milk from udder has more butter fat
  2. v) – Different breeds of animals produce milk with different % composition e.g. Jersey produces milk with high butter fat content than fresian
  3. vi) Season of the year
  • Fat % increases during cold season of year but decreases during dry season

vii) Animals fed roughages produce milk with high fats, protein and lactase than those fed on

grains

viii) mastitis reduces lactose composition in milk

  1. ix) Certain drugs are known to lower milk composition if animal is under treatment

 

  1. a) – Remove dirt.

– Stimulate milk letdown  (2x ½  =1mk)

  1. b)           i) Milk letdown – oxytocin
  2.  ii) Lacto genesis – Prolactin (2x ½  = 1mk

 

  1. four methods of increasing the depth of penetration of a disc harrow
  • Exert more hydraulic force.
  • Use fewer discs.
  • Increase space between discs.
  • Add weights.

Increase cutting angle of discs

  • Boom sprayer
  • Spray race
  • Rotavator
  • Maize Sheller

Mowers

  • Chisel plough

Sub soiler

  • Combine harvester
  • Forage harvester
  • Potato lifter

Mowers

 

 

  1. a)
  • Oil bath air cleaner – check for oil level and add more if low
  • Check for cleanliness in oil bath and wash bowl – replace oil if dirty
  • Battery – check for electrolyte level and top up if low
  • Fuel – check and fill if low
  • Radiation- check for water level and top up with clean water if low
  • Check for trash in tins and remove if any
  • Fan belt- checks for tension and tighten if loose
  • Engine oils – check oil level using a dip stick and add more if level is low
  • Tyres- check for tyre pressure and add if low
  • Bolts, nuts and pins- check for tightness and tighten if loose
  • Grease all the moving parts
  • Check for any physical abnormalities and rectify accordingly
  • Check sediment bowl and drain if dirty
  • Use of right type of oil                                                                                               15×1=15 mks
  1. b) i) Flywheel – maintain the rotational motion of the crankshaft
  2. ii) Ignition coil – steps up the voltage from the battery

iii) thermostat – controls engine temperature

  1. iv) Injector – Atomises the fuel into very fine spray/ injects fuel into cylinder
  2. v) Piston – compresses air/ fuel mixture in the cylinder/ expels exhaust gases/ transmits power

 

 

FARM POWER AND MACHINERY

  1. Farm operations powered by Engines.

– Ploughing and harrowing / land preparations;

– Transporting farm produce;

– Spraying of herbicides/ pesticides.

– Mowing the grass;

– Lighting of homes;

– Pumping water for irrigation.

– Harvesting farm produce;

– Machine milking.

 

  1. (a) Maintenance practices required on a tractor before setting out to work.

– Check the engine oil daily using dip stick.

– Check fuel and add if necessary.

– Nuts and bolts are tightened whenever they loosen.

– Water level in the radiator be checked and added if necessary.

– Battery electrolyte be checked daily and if below level, top up be done using distilled water.

– Greasing be done on the bearings.

– Tyre pressure be checked and if low, should be added.

– Fan belt tension be checked.

– Break shaft bearing  should be greased.

– Ensure break fluid and clutch fluid levels are maintained.

– Sediments from the sediment bowls should be removed.

– Check battery terminals and grease.

– Oil cleaner be cleaned.

(b) Factors that influence power output by a draught animal.

– Age – Mature animals produce more power output than young ones.

– Breed & Type – Indigenous animals are more hardy than exotic.

– Training Level – better trained animals have better work output.

– Body Weight – A draught animal  can pull 10 – 20% of its body not for 6 – 8 hours.

(The bigger the animal, the more output).

– Harnessing of the animal – well harnesses animal is more efficient at work than poorly

harnessed  work.

  • Condition of working equipment on well maintained equipment have higher work output with the draught animal than poorly maintained ones.
  • Environmental/ Ambient temperature – Cool temperatures lead to higher work output with a draught animal than high temperature.
  • Health Status – A healthy draught animal has higher workout put than a sick animal.

 

  1. Uses of a gearbox:-
  • Stops the tractor without switching off engine
  • Provides different forward speeds
  • Enables reversing ( ½ x 2pts = 1mk)

 

  1. Two uses for which wind power is harnessed
  • To pump water
  • To generate electricity
  • For processing /winnowing of grains e.g. millet, rice e.t.c
  1. Name three implements that are connected to the power take-off shaft
  • Sprayers
  • Rotarators
  • Reciprocating (1mk each = 3mks)

 

  1. (a) Implement identity – Disc plough

(b)           L – Furrow wheel                  M – Beam

(c) – Adds weight

  • Forms attachment of all the other parts ( ½ x 1pt = ½ mk)

(d) Where there are hidden obstacles e.g. stumps , rocks e.t.c

–    Heavy soils

 

  1. (a) Factors that a farmer should consider in ensuring fast and efficient cultivation by oxen
  • A well trained personnel
  • Using well trained animals
  • use of efficient implement
  • Avoiding overworking the animals (allow them to rest
  • Good working environment should be created for the animals
  • Animals should be handled well
  • Feeding the animals properly
  • Using of males animals to do the work
  • Using healthy animals only to do the work (1mk x 8pts = 8mks)

 

(b) The importance of lubrication system in a tractor

  • Prevents rusting i.e when oiling is done
  • It pacts as a cleaning agent as it washes off the dirt, dust
  • Reduces the heat/cooling
  • Increases efficiency of the machine and reduces the rate of wear and tear on moving parts

 

(c) The daily maintenance and servicing of a tractor

  • Checking of maintenance and servicing of a tractor
  • Checking of engine oil by use of dip stick and add if low
  • The level of electrolyte in battery should be checked daily and add if low
  • Inspect the H2O level in radiator and add if low
  • Loose nuts and bolts should be tightened
  • Tyre pressure should be checked and added if low
  • Level of fuel should be checked and added if low
  • Removal of large sediments from the sediment bowl
  • Greasing should be done by use of grease on nipples of bearings
  • Fan belt tension should be checked to ensure that it deflects between 1.9–2.5cm when pushed
  • Break shaft should be greased
  • Maintain break fluid level (1mk each for any 9pts= 9mks)

 

 

  1. (i) Hydraulic system-raise and  lower  mounted  implements like  plough

(ii) Draw bar-attachment  of trail  implement

(iii) Propeller shaft-connect gearbox to  differential which has  axle  to  drive wheel

making tractors  to move backwards or forward.(@ 1mkx3=3mks

 

  1. (i)Hiring of tractors and  implements  by  farmers  who do not  have  them(correct definition=

(ii) three sources of tractor hire service        (1½mks)

  • Government tractors  hire service
  • Private  contractors
  • Individual  farmers
  • Cooperative  societies (any 3x ½ =1 ½ mks)

 

  1. (a) A-ring pinion gear

B-bevel side gear

C-wheel exle

D-drive pinion gear

(b) State two functions of differential system of a tractor    (2mks)

  • Change  direction  of  drive to right angle for power to be transmitted  to rear  wheel
  • Enable  rear  wheel to  travel faster/slower than other when negotiation corner (1×2=2mks)

(c) Give two reasons why wheel skidding of a tractor is not allowed          (1mk)

  • To make tyres  last  longer
  • To make  it easy to control the  tractor
  1. Wind , water, human, animal, biogas, wood fuel, charcoal, kerosene, fossil fuel, petroleum,

ethane (natural gas), hydroelectric power, nuclear , Geothermal, storage battery

  1. Induction, compression, power exhaust
  2. – Keeping them healthy

– Proper feeding

– Proper handling e.g not over working /not beating them

– Proper training

– Not overloading them

  1. Individual owners

– Government tractor hire service

– Co-operative societies

– Companies

  1. (i) Primary cultivation

A- To link bracket

B _ scrapper

C- Standard/disc hanger

D – Rear finow wheel / thrust wheel  2mks

(ii) Adding weight on beam

  • exerting more hydraulic force
  • – Sharpen the disc blade
  • – Increased space between the disc
  • – Loosen the area of disc contact with the soil
  • Increase the cutting angle
  1. four ways through which a farmer would ensure maximum power output from

Ploughing animals

  • Feeding and watering animals well before working
  • Training animals on  draft techniques
  • Allowing  animals  to rest well after a day work/avoid overworking the animals
  • Keeping the  animals in good  health while working
  1. three advantages of a disc plough over mould board plough
  • Tears and wear is less
  • Needs less power to pull
  • It can ride over obstacle
  1. a) the differences  between petrol and diesel engine
Diesel Petrol
i)use diesel as fuel

ii)has injector pump

iii)has no spark  plug

iv)fuel is ignites by  compression

v)air and fuel first meet in cylinder  before ignition

vi)specific fuel consumption is low

vii)higher air compression ratio

viii)air/fuel ratio is not constant

ix)has sediment bowls

x)operation cost is lower

xi)it is  heavy in weight and suited  to heavy machines

xii)produces a lot  of smoke

 

Use petrol as  fuel

Has carburetor

Has  spark plug for ignition

Fuel ignites by spark  plug

Air and fuel meet in carburetor before  ignition

 

Specific fuel consumption is high

Lower air compression ratio

Air/fuel ratio is  constant

No sediments bowls

Operation cost  is  high

Operation cost is  high light in weight and suited to light machines

Produce  minimal smoke

 

  1. b) Describe components of transmission system of a tractor
  2. i) Clutch- It disconnects the engine from the rest of the transmission system. It is mounted on the

flywheel and made up of pressure plates and clutch plate in the middle. The clutch

allows the driver to temporarily interrupt the power flow from the engine to the fear

box and shift from one gear to the other

  1. ii) Gear- These are toothed wheels. They provide towards speed or reverse. The set of gears are

housed in the gear box.

iii) Differential- it is located between the wheel axial. it enables one wheel to move faster than the

other while negotiating a corner

  1. iv) Driving axial- The final drive is brought about by driving axial which gets the power from the

differential.

When the axial rotates they rotate the wheels making the tractor to move either engorged gear

  1. Wheels- Comprises of the tyres, tubes rims nuts and bolts. They must be inflated to the

movement  of the tractor

  • Fuel system
  • Electrical system
  • Cooling
  • Lubrication
  • Transmission
  • Ignition
  • Hydraulic

 

  1. Functions of clutch
  • Connects or disconnects the drive shaft to or from the engine
  • Facilitates smooth and gradual take off
  • Provides power from the engine to the P.T.O (Power Take Off)
  1. 2 adjustment on mould board plough
  • Adjust the plough depth
  • Front furrow depth
  • Lowering/ raising ploughing pitch
  • Front furrow width
  1. a) Disc plough reject disc alone
  2. b) X – Disc scrapper                               Y-  Rear wheel/ furrow wheel

Z – Disc

 

  1. c) – Replace broken discs
  • Clean plough after use reject wash plough
  • Lubricate hubs and furrow wheel bearing/ moving parts reject movable parts
  • Lighten loose nuts and bolts
  • Store in a cool dry place
  • Apply old engine oil to prevent rusting during long storage/ paint implement
  1. a) Differences operational
Disc plough Mould board plough
Can be used in fields with obstacles Cannot be used in fields with obstacles
Ploughs/ cuts at varying depths Ploughs/ cuts at constant depths or confirm depth
Requires less skills to operate Requires more skills to operate
Works well in sticky soils Does not work well in sticky soils
Rotates and not easily broken since rolls over obstacles Easily broken by obstacles
Requires more harrowing Requires fewer harrowing
Poor furrow slice inversion Proper furrow slice inversion
Does not require constant replacement of parts More power to pull

b)

  • Poor communication network/ poor infrastructures
  • Lack of cooling/ handling facilities/ processing facilities
  • Competition with non- dairy products/ cheap imported dairy products
  • Prevalence of Zoonotic diseases
  • Inefficient/ poor management of marketing society/ dairy boards
  • Late/ non- payment by marketing agents/ exploitation by marketing agents/ middle men
  • Lack of capital to finance marketing activities
  • Price fluctuation due to changes in supply
  • Lack of market information
  1. c) Reasons for culling livestock
  • Old age
  • Poor health
  • Low libido/ infertile
  • Physical deformities
  • Hereditary defects
  • To avoid inbreeding
  1. a) Share-makes a horizontal cutting  on  the furrow slice
  2.  b) Mould board-completes the turning of the furrow  slice
  3.  c) Land side-stabilizes the plough by absorbing the side pressure ( ½ x3=1 ½ mks)
  4. a) five  maintenance practice of a  mould board plough
  • Lubricate  the moving pests
  • Sharpen blunt  share
  • Tighten bolts and   nuts
  • Clean  the  plough after  use
  • Coat  the unpainted  parts with old engine oil before any storage
  • Replace worn out parts (1×5=5mks)
  1.  b) five  structural   and functional differences between  the petrol and diesel engines
Petrol engine Diesel engine
i)has a carburetor

ii)fuel and air mixed in the carburetor

iii)fuel ignited by an electric spark

 

iv)produces little smoke

v)is  light  in weight

i)Has  an  injector pump

ii)Fuel and air  mixed  within  the cylinder

iii)fuel ignited by  compression of air and  fuel

mixture  in the cylinder

iv)produces  a lot of  smoke

v)relatively  heavy

  1.  c) List five uses of farm fences
  • keep of wild  life ,predation and  intruders
  • demarcates boundaries
  • separate crop field from pasture land
  • divide pasture land into  paddock
  • control  movement of  animals and people within  the farm and  prevent formation of unnecessary pests
  • control disease  and parasites helps in isolate  sick animals
  • helps in  controlling breeding
  • provide security
  • act as  wind break  (1×5=5mks)
  1. Uses of ox-dram tine harrows
  • Leveling of seed bed
  • Breaking large soils clod
  • Mixing up soil with organic matter
  • Destroy weeds
  • Cover seeds

Collecting trash

  1. Care and maintenance of tractor battery
  • Maintain correct level of electrolyse by topping up with distilled water
  • Scrap corroded terminals and smear with grease
  • Fix battery tightly in box to avoid spillage and damage
  • Charge regularly and periodically
  • Under storage empty battery and keep it upside down
  • Generator belt should always be functioned to charge
  1. a) moulboard
  2. b) A – Shaire                   B- Mouldboard                       C- Disc coulter
  3. c) E- Stabilize the plough

– absorb side thrust by pressing against furrow wall

F- Scrapes of mind from disk coulter

  1. d) Care and maintenance
  • Lubrication of moving parts
  • Loose nuts and bolts should be tightened
  • Clean after use/ remove trash and wet soil
  • For long shortage paint with old engine to prevent
  • Replace/ repair worn out parts
  1. Six uses of live fences
  • Thorn species prevent wild animals and other invaders into the farm
  • Tall varieties act as wind breakers
  • Add aesthetic value to the homestead
  • Roots holds soil firmly controlling soil erosion
  • Species such as lantana canara can be used to feed livestock
  • Provide shade to livestock and man
  • Trimmed branches can be used as organic manure, wood fuel
  • Some species have medicinal value
  1. two possible causes of over heating in a tractor engine
  • Slack fan belt
  • Low  oil  level

Low water level in radiator

  • Deformed / broken yolk.
  1. two events occur during induction stroke in a four stroke engine. (1mk)
  • Piston moves down from TDC
  • Exhaust valve is closed
  • Inlet valve is open
  • Air / fuel mixture get into combustion chamber
  • Piston reaches BDC. (4x ½ = 2mks)
  1. i) a)   Spike tooth harrow (1×1 =1 m k)
  2. b) two uses of the implement above.(2mks)
  • Level seed bed
  • Break soil clods
  • Stir soil
  • Destroy weeds
  • Incorporate fertilizer in the soil
  • Removing trash from the field. (2×1 = 2)
  1. c) three maintenance practices carried out on the above implement.(3mk)
  • Replace worn out parts
  • Clean after work
  • Tighten loose bolts and nuts
  • Oil unpainted parts for storage. (3×1 = 3mks)
  1. ii) a) Bucket pump /stir – up pump (1×1 = 1mk)
  2.         b) Spraying acaricide on livestock (1×1 =1mk)
  3.        c) W – Nozzle                  X – Trigger                 Y –  Pail /bucket
  4. d) For holding acaricide solution during spraying. (1×1 = 1)
  5. a) the factors that influence  the power  output of farm animals (8mks)
  • Training
  • Level  of  nutrition
  • Harnessing  animals properly
  • Body  weight
  • Age-mature ones produce  more  power than young
  • Handling  of  animals
  1. b) State the importance of farm fences (12mks)
  • demarcates farm land from that  of  neighbours
  • keeps  wild  animals  and other intruders from entering  the  farm
  • separates crop field  from pastures facilitating mixed  cropping
  • used  to divide  pastures into paddocks facilitating controlled  grazing
  • controls  movement  of  animals  and people preventing  formation of  unnecessary paths  in the  farm
  • helps  control spread of  diseases  and  parasites in the  farm by keeping  wild animals  away
  • helps  isolate sick animals from the rest of the herd preventing  the  spread of diseases
  • enables farmer to control breeding rearing  different  animals in different  paddocks
  • provide security  to the homestead
  • they have  aesthetic value
  • live  fences  act as  animal feeds
  • live  fences  act  as wind breakers (1×12=12mks)
  1. (a) Methane

(b) slurry

(c) Fresh mixture of waste material

(d) Initial capital investment is high hence very expensive

Requires management skills that may not be available & it available expensive

Requires large number of farm animals to produce animal waste.

35        . – Solar panels

– Petrol and diesel generators

– wind mills

– steam production form boilers using organic or inorganic

  1. (a) Check engine oil, fuel, water level, electronic in the battery

-Tighten nuts and bolts

-Apply grease

-Remove large sediments from sediment bowl

-Check the tyre pressure and inflated or deflated appropriately

-Fan belt tension should be checked to ensure it defients between 1.9cm to 2.5cm when punched

-Grease the brake shaft and maintain brake fluid level

(b) -Health of animal

-Level of feeding

-Animal slpeciesa

-Care and handling

CBC Grade 7 CRE Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

CBC Grade 7 CRE Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

SCHOOL GRADE LEARNING AREA TERM YEAR
  7 CRE 3  

 

WEEK LESSON STRAND SUB-STRAND SPECIFIC LEARNING OUTCOME LEARNING EXPERIENCES KIQ LEARNING RESOURCES ASSESSMENT METHOD REFLECTION
1 1 Christian Living. Human Sexuality. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a).Define the term human sexuality.

(b).Outline and discuss the physical, mental, emotional, social and spiritual changes that boys and girls experience as adolescents.

(c). Prepare a PowerPoint presentation on the changes boys and girls experience as adolescents.

(d). Acknowledge the different changes boys and girls experience as adolescents.

In groups,learners are guided to:

mention some of the bodily changes boys and girls undergoes during adolescent.

discuss the meaning of human sexuality.

conduct an internet search on the physical, mental, social, emotional and spiritual changes that boys and girls experience as adolescents.

Prepare a PowerPoint presentation on the changes boys and girls experience as adolescents.

What are the bodily changes that adolescents experience during puberty?

What is human sexuality?

Digital devices.

Top Scholar CRE pg 116-117.

 

Oral questions.

Assessment rubric.

Written tests.

 
  2 Christian Living. Human Sexuality -Healthy and Unhealthy Relationships. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a). State the meaning of healthy and unhealthy relationship.

(b). Outline and discuss the indicators of healthy and unhealthy relationship among young people.

(c). Prepare flashcards showing the life skills needed to maintain healthy relationship.

(d).Desire to have and maintain a healthy relationship among the peers.

In groups,pairs,learners are guided to:

explain the meaning of healthy and unhealthy relationship.

discuss the examples or indicators of healthy and unhealthy relationship among young people.

search and discuss the life skills needed to maintain healthy relationships.

Prepare flashcards showing the life skills needed to maintain healthy relationship.

Prepare a one week journal on how you can promote healthy relationship and avoid unhealthy relationship.

How can you overcome unhealthy relationship?

What are some of the examples of healthy and unhealthy relationship among young people?

Top Scholar CRE pg 118-119.

Flashcards.

Digital devices.

Assessment rubric.

Journal.

Oral questions.

Written tests.

 
2 1 Christian Living. Human Sexuality. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to;

(a). Identify the circumstances that lead to an unhealthy relationship among peers.

(b). Discuss the circumstances that lead to unhealthy relationship.

(c). Summarize the points on circumstances that lead to unhealthy relationship in their exercise books.

(d). Recognize circumstances that may lead to unhealthy relationship among his/her peers.

In groups,pairs,learners are guided to:

read the story in learner’s book and identify the circumstances that lead to unhealthy relationship among peers.

discuss the circumstances that lead to unhealthy relationships among peers/young people.

summarize the points in their exercise books.

What leads to an unhealthy relationship among peers? Top Scholar CRE pg 120.

 

Observation.

Assessment rubric.

oral questions.

Checklists.

 
  2 Christian Living. Human Sexuality. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a).Define the term Sexual temptation.

(b). Discuss the circumstances that can lead to sexual temptation among young people.

(c). Sort out circumstances that can lead to sexual temptation.

(d). Summarize the points on circumstances that lead to sexual temptation on charts.

(e). Acknowledge the circumstances that can lead to sexual temptations.

In groups,pairs,learners are guided to;

brainstorm the meaning of sexual temptation.

identify and discuss the circumstances that lead to sexual temptation among the young people.

Prepare charts showing circumstances that lead to sexual temptation and display in class.

What is sexual temptation?

What circumstances can lead to sexual temptation?

Top Scholar CRE pg 121.

Charts.

Digital devices.

Assessment rubric.

Checklists.

Written tests.

Oral questions.

 
3 1 Christian Living. Human Sexuality. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to;

(a).State ways to avoid temptations and tempting places.

(b). Discuss the different ways or activities that helps in avoiding temptations and tempting areas in the community.

(c).Role play how to overcome tempting situations.

(d). Appreciate the different ways/activities that helps in avoiding temptations and tempting areas.

In groups,pairs,learners are guided to;

brainstorm the ways or activities that may help a person to avoid temptations and tempting areas.

discuss the ways of avoiding temptations and tempting areas.

summarize the points in exercise books.

role play how to overcome tempting situations in life and record themselves.

How do one avoid temptations and tempting places? Top Scholar CRE pg 122.

Digital devices.

Observation.

Written texts.

Role plays.

Checklists.

Anecdotal.

 

 

 
  2 Christian Living. Human Sexuality. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a).Read the different biblical texts.

(b). Discuss the biblical teachings on Sexual temptations.

(c). Summarize the biblical teachings on charts and present in class.

(d). Apply the biblical teachings in their lifes.

In groups,pairs,learners are guided to:

Take turns in reading the Bible texts;1st Corinthians 6:9,18,Phillipians 4:8-9, Galatians 5:23,1st Thessalonians 4:3.

identify and discuss the biblical teachings from the texts on sexual temptations.

summarize their points on charts and share with other groups for assessment.

What are the biblical teachings on sexual temptations? Good News Bible.

Flashcards.

Charts.

Top Scholar CRE pg 122-123.

Oral questions.

Checklists.

Written texts.

Assessment rubric.

 
4 1 Christian Living. Human Sexuality. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a).State reasons why young people should engage in sex before marriage

(b,). Conduct an internet search on the consequences of engaging in sex before marriage.

(c). Develop PowerPoint slides for presentations on the consequences of sex before marriage.

(d). Acknowledge the consequences of engaging in sex before marriage.

In groups, learners are guided to:

state reasons why young people should not engage in sex before marriage.

use digital devices to search the internet on the consequences of sex before marriage to an individual.

discuss the consequences of engaging in sex before marriage.

develop PowerPoint slides for presentation on the consequences of engaging in sex before marriage.

What are the consequences of engaging in sex before marriage? Top Scholar CRE pg 123-124.

Digital devices.

 

Assessment rubric.

Checklists.

Written test.

oral questions.

 
  2 Christian Living. Human Sexuality. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a). Interview a resource person and identify the values that guide good morals

(b). Discuss the values needed by boys and girls to lead a chaste life.

(c). Prepare flashcards showing the values needed by boys and girls to lead a chaste life.

(d).Desire to develop the values needed by boys and girls to lead chaste lives.

In groups,learners are guided to;

interview a resource person, identify and discuss the values that guide good morals.

discuss values needed by boys and girls to lead a chaste life.

make flashcards showing the values needed to lead a chaste life.

compose a song on “Lord help me overcome temptations”

Which values are needed by boys and girls to lead chaste lives? Top Scholar CRE pg 124-126.

Flashcards.

Digital devices.

Songs.

Assessment rubric.

Observation.

Checklists.

Oral questions.

Written test.

Interviewing.

 
5 1 Christian Living. Christian Marriage and Family. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a).Define the terms marriage and family.

(b). Mention and discuss the types of families in the community.

(c).Make charts with information on the types of families in the community.

(d). Appreciate the different types of families in the community.

In groups, learners are guide to;

brainstorm the meaning of marriage and family.

mention and discuss the types of families in the community.

Prepare charts with information on the types of families in the community.

What is the difference between marriage and family?

What are the different types of families in Kenya?

Top Scholar CRE pg 127-128.

Charts.

Digital devices.

Dictionaries.

 

Assessment rubric.

oral questions.

Checklists.

Written tests.

 
  2 Christian Living. Christian Marriage and Family. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a).Read biblical texts: Genesis 2:23-24 and Ephesians 5:25-33.

(b). Discuss the biblical teachings on marriage and family to develop positive attitudes.

(c). Summarize the biblical teachings on marriag and family on charts.

(d). Appreciate the biblical teachings on marriage and family.

In groups,learners are guided to;

take turns in reading the Bible texts: Genesis 2:23-24, Ephesians 5:25-33, Exodus 20:12, Psalms 127:3-5 & Ephesians 6:4.

identify and discuss the biblical teachings on marriage from Genesis 2:23-24 & Ephesians 5:25-33.

identify and discuss the biblical teachings on family from Exodus 20:12, Psalms 127:3-5 & Ephesians 6:4.

What are the requirements of a Christian marriage?

Why should children respect their parents?

Good News Bible.

Top Scholar CRE pg 129-130.

 

Reading and explaining biblical teachings.

Assessment rubric.

oral questions.

Written tests.

 
6 1 Christian Living. Christian Marriage and Family. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a). Explain ways through which christians promote values among young people before marriage.

(b). Discuss reasons why it is important for marriages and families to have harmonious relationships.

(c). Prepare PowerPoint presentation on the importance of families and marriages having harmonious relationship.

(d). Appreciate the importance of marriages and families in a community.

In groups,learners are guided to;

interact with a religious leader or resource person to find out ways through which christians promote values among young people before marriage.

search the internet on the importance of families and marriages to have harmonious relationship.

discuss their findings and prepare PowerPoint presentation.

Why is it important for families and marriages to have harmonious relationship? Digital devices.

Resource Person.

Top Scholar CRE pg 131-132.

Oral questions.

Written tests

Assessment rubrics.

Questionnaires.

 
  2 Christian Living. Christian Marriage and Family. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a). Identify the skills required to sustain and support stable families in the society.

(b). Discuss how the skills can contribute towards stable families.

(c).Role play a stable common family and record it using digital devices.

(d). Appreciate the skills that contribute towards stable families in the society.

In groups,learners are guided to;

conduct an internet inquiry on skills young people need to contribute to stable families.

discuss how each of the identified skill contribute towards stable families.

role play a stable common family.

compose poems on ‘God is the center for stable families.

Which skills do young people need to contribute towards stable families? Top Scholar CRE pg 133-134.

Digital devices.

 

Anecdotal.

Assessment rubric.

Written test.

oral questions.

 
7 1 Christian Living. Alcohol,Drugs and Substance Use. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a).List the commonly abused drugs in Kenya today.

(b). Discuss reasons why people abuse drugs today.

(c). Search the internet on the effects of abusing drugs and alcohol on an individual and families.

(d). Prepare PowerPoint presentation on the effects of abusing alcohol,drugs and substance on individuals and families.

In groups,learners are guided to:

mention the types of drugs commonly abused in Kenya today.

explain reasons why people abuse drugs today.

use digital devices to search the internet on the effects of abusing drugs, alcohol on individuals and families.

prepare PowerPoint presentation on the effects of abusing drugs and alcohol on individuals and families in the Kenya.

Which are the commonly abused drugs in Kenya today?

Why do people abuse drugs today?

What are the effects of abusing drugs on individuals and families?

Digital devices.

Top Scholar CRE pg 136-140.

Flashcards.

Assessment rubric.

Written tests.

Oral questions.

Checklists.

 
  2 Christian Living. Alcohol,Drugs and Substance Use. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a).Read biblical texts: Ephesians 5:18, Proverbs 20:1,1st Corinthians 3:17,6:9-10.

(b). Identify and discuss the biblical teachings on alcohol, drug and substance use.

(c). Identify skills and values that would help avoid alcohol,drugs and substance use.

(d). Prepare flashcards with details on skills and values that would help avoid drug, alcohol and substance use.

(e). Apply the values and skills to avoid drug, substance and alcohol use in life.

In groups,learners are guided to:

read the bible and identify the biblical teachings on drug, alcohol and substance use.

explain the biblical teachings on drug, alcohol and substance use from the Bible verses.

identify and discuss the values and skills that would help an individual to avoid drug, substance and alcohol use.

Which values and skills can help a person avoid drug, alcohol and substance use? Top Scholar CRE pg 140-143.

Flashcards.

Good News Bible.

Assessment rubric.

Checklists.

Written tests.

Oral questions.

Reading and explaining biblical teachings.

 
8 1 Christian Living. Gambling as a form of addiction. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a).Define the term gambling and identify the types of gambling in society.

(b). Explain the biblical teachings on addictions.

(c). Search the internet and discuss the causes of gambling in the society.

(d).Make charts with information on causes of gambling in the society.

In groups,pairs,learners are guided to:

brainstorm the meaning of term gambling and identify the types of gambling in the society.

read bible verses: Proverbs 13:11;28:20-22;1st Timothy 6:9.

explain the biblical teachings on addictions.

search the internet for the causes of gambling in the society.

summarize the findings on charts and display them in class.

What is gambling?

Why do people engage in gambling?

Top Scholar CRE pg 144-147.

Digital devices.

Charts.

Good News Bible.

Assessment rubric.

Oral questions.

Written tests.

Reading and explaining biblical teachings.

 

 
  2 Christian Living. Gambling as a form of addiction. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a). Outline the effects of gambling on individuals and families.

(b). Discuss the measures taken by christians and government to help young people overcome gambling.

(c). Identify and prepare flashcards on the skills and values that help a person avoid gambling.

(d).Desire to live an addiction free life.

In groups,pairs,learners are guided to;

outline the effects of gambling on an individual and families.

identify and discuss the measures taken by Christians and government to help young people overcome gambling.

identify and prepare flashcards showing the values and skills that would help one to avoid gambling.

draw a value tree and place the values on different parts of the tree.

What are the effects of gambling to an individual and families?

Which measures can be taken to help young people overcome gambling in the society?

Top Scholar CRE pg 148-152.

Flashcards.

Digital devices.

Good News Bible.

Assessment rubric.

Oral questions.

Written tests.

Checklists.

 
9 1 Christian Living. Social Media. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a).Define the term Social media platforms.

(b).List the social media platforms used by young people today.

(b). Outline and discuss ways of using the social media responsibly.

(c). Prepare PowerPoint slides on the precautions that one need to exercise as he/she engages on social media platforms.

(d). Acknowledge the dangers of chatting or meeting with online strangers.

In groups, pairs,learners are guided to:

define the term social media platform.

list the commonly used social media platforms by young people.

discuss the ways of using social media responsibly.

sort and write safety precautions to exercise as one engage on social media platforms.

prepare PowerPoint presentation on the precautions to exercise when engaging in social media platforms.

Which are the commonly used social media platforms by young people in Kenya?

Which dangers can one get involved in when chatting with online strangers?

Top Scholar CRE pg 154-157.

Pictures.

Digital devices.

Assessment rubric.

Written tests.

Oral questions.

Checklists.

 
  2 Christian Living. Social Media. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to;

(a). Outline ways in which social media is misused today.

(b). Define cyber bullying and give examples.

(c). Discuss ways of responding of responding to cyber bullying.

(d). Design posters and write skills one should use when using social media platforms.

(e). Apply Christian values while using different social media platforms.

In groups,pairs,learners are guided to:

explain the ways in which social media is misused today.

search the meaning of cyber bullying and cite examples.

identify and discuss ways of responding to cyber bullying.

identify the christian values and skills to apply while using different social media platforms.

design posters and write skills to apply while using social media platforms.

How is social media misused today?

What is cyber bullying?

How should one respond to cyber bullying?

Which skills and values can one apply when using social media platforms?

Top Scholar CRE pg 159-161.

Posters.

Digital devices.

 

Assessment rubric.

Oral questions.

Written tests.

Checklists.

 
10 ASSESSMENT AND CLOSURE OF SCHOOL

 

 

KCSE GEOGRAPHY PAPER 2 REVISION QUESTIONS & ANSWERS PDF

  1. (a)(i) What is nomadic pastoralism?

        Nomadic pastoralism involves constant or seasonal movement/migration of nomads and their livestock (cattle, goats, sheep, donkeys and camels) from one place to another in search of green pastures and water.

        (ii) Name four nomadic communities in Africa.

  • Maasai
  • Fulani
  • Nubia
  • Hottentots
  • Tuareg

 

  • State five characteristics of nomadic herding.
    • Seasonal movement of nomads and their livestock
    • Cattle are kept as a sign of wealth
    • Large herds of cattle with uncontrolled breeding are kept
    • There are high incidences of diseases
    • Poor marketing of the animals and their products
    • Many kinds of animal (cows, goats sheep, donkeys etc.) are grazed together
    • Little or no crop is grown as much attention is turned to animals
    • Lack of organized land tenure where land is communally owned

  ( c )  Give four problems facing nomadic pastoralism.

  • Extensive droughts cause water shortages and lack of pasture leading to deaths of livestock
  • Wild animals may attack the nomads and their livestock
  • Lack of proper shelters expose the pastoralists to the hazards of bad weather such rainstorms
  • Floods may destroy pastures for the nomads
  • Cattle rustling leads to loss of livestock and endanger the lives of the nomads
  • Overstocking leading to overgrazing and consequent land degradation and soil erosion
  • Pests and diseases affect the health of animals lowering their productivity or causing death

( d ) Highlight five undertakings by the government of Kenya aimed at improving the livestock industry.

  • Introduction of exotic breeds/cross breeding with indigenous breeds. This ensures high quality production and hardiness
  • Provision of extension officers who offer or are supposed to offer necessary pieces of advice to the farmers
  • Dams and water reservoirs have been built to ensure steady supply of water required for animal production
  • Funding research in animal disease control and management
  • Government have at times subsidized fertilizer prices used to improve pasture
  • Farmers are encouraged and taught to adopt modern methods of rearing and breeding beef cattle
  • The government has decentralized prices of meat to enable farmers maximize profits
  • The creation of the now defunct Kenya meat commission

 

  • Discuss how cattle ranching contribute to the economy of Kenya.
  • Earns foreign exchange when livestock products e.g. hides, skins, milk etc. are exported
  • Promotes the development of industries such as Kenya co-operative creameries (KCC), leather industries (e.g. Bata Shoe Company etc
  • Creation of employment opportunities in the ranches, industries and other related sectors
  • Promote improvement of transport and communication network
  • Supply high quality stock for beef/food, thus contributes to the improvement of health
  • Contributes to increased standard of living
  1. (a) State at least three features of ranching.
  • Little or no migration.
  • Ranches are scientifically managed.
  • Continuous cover of green pastures of either native or re-sown selected grasses e.g. alfalfa, lucern and clovers.
  • The animals are raised for sale.
  • Commercial grazing supports the development of towns and communication systems.

 

  • Give at least two problems facing pastoral communities in Kenya today.
    • Limited grazing land.
    • Animal diseases and pests
    • Multiplicity of political boundaries.
    • Epidemics
    • Lack of better management skills.
    • Poor marketability
    • Harsh climatic conditions.

 

( c )    Differentiate between floriculture and viticulture.

Floriculture refers to the planting, caring and marketing of   flowers like roses while viticulture refers to a very intensive form of farming requiring not only good conditions of moisture, temperature and soil, but also much personal care if the grapes are to be of high quality.

 

  1. List five problems facing cotton farmers in Kenya.
  • Cotton plants are attacked by pests and diseases
  • Unpredictable climatic conditions
  • Increased soil infertility
  • Sub-standard production methods
  • Production is very demanding making cotton unpopular
  • Low cotton prices, thus lack of incentives for farmers
  • Co-operatives which market it have managerial problems
  • Importation of second hand clothes causes cotton to lose market
  1. (a) Explain how any two climatic factors influence crop farming in

            Kenya.

  • Temperature: The degree of warmth, duration and intensity of sunshine affect crop maturity. Many garden crops and crops, for example, are not able to withstand extreme diurnal temperature variations. Sunshine accelerates ripening and improves the quality of the final products. The quality of pyrethrum decreases as temperature increases. Temperature is also important in determining the water content of soil and influences the rate of photosynthesis and the general growth of plants.
  • Moisture: Moisture refers to the water available either from the atmosphere or from the ground. The distribution and actual availability of moisture is important for crop farming. Different crops have different moisture requirements. For example, while cotton is supported by about 750mm of rainfall, this amount is inadequate for tea growing. In cases of inadequate moisture crops adapt themselves through various mechanisms including having thick barks to prevent excessive loss of water, long taproots and needle like leaves.
  • Winds: Strong winds may be detrimental to farming of some crops e.g. coffee. Winds also accelerate evaporation directly from the soil and also affect transpiration. In West Africa, for example, winds have a marked effect on the cocoa plantations as they always threaten the pods that hung precariously on the plants. Conversely, sea breezes and light winds are advantageous to plants like coconuts and coffee. Where winds are a hazard to crop growth, shorter crops like cotton stand better chances of attaining maturity.

 

    (b) Differentiate between horticulture and market gardening.

        Horticulture refers to the intensive cultivation of vegetables, fruits and flowers for sale while market gardening is the intensive cultivation of vegetables and fruits for sale.

 

  1. (a) Explain the factors that have led to the increasing demand for fresh fruits and vegetables in Kenya.
  • The growth of towns in Kenya. Market gardening is now widely practiced to meet the demands of urban centers. As urban centers expand the local demand for fresh fruits and vegetables also increases.
  • The temperate lands in Western Europe offer good market for Kenyan horticultural products, especially during winter when tropical vegetables, fruits and flowers are in high demand.
  • There is increased awareness among the population on the importance of good health, which go hand in hand with good diet.
  • Increased population in Kenya as a whole and in the urban centres in particular leads to a higher demand as there are many mouths to be fed.

 

    (b) (i) Outline the steps followed in cultivation of paddy rice in

              Mwea.

  • Rice seeds are planted in nursery beds
  • Plots with bunks/ridges are prepared. The canals from the main canal lead water into the plots
  • The paddy fields are flooded to a depth of 10cm
  • Tractors hired from National Irrigation Board (NIB) are used for ploughing
  • Seedlings 15cm long are transported into the flooded fields
  • The fielded seedlings are cultivated and weeded as the rice continues to grow
  • The field are then drained to allow the rice to ripen up
  • When the rice is ripe, it is then harvested

 

       (ii) What has led to the sound economic position of the scheme?

  • Assistance from the German government has helped to increase acreage under irrigation. They have provided technical know-how and machinery
  • The two tributaries of River Tana (Thiba and Nyamindi) ensure regular and reliable supply of water

 

  • Due to the shape of Mwea plains/slope of the land, 4,000 hectares can be irrigated from the runoff of River Thiba eliminating the need for expensive storage facilities
  • Sound/good management has ensured high standards of discipline among tenants necessary for the success of the scheme
  • Agricultural research officers who carry out research regarding the crop and advise farmers accordingly

 

    ( c ) Explain five factors that have contributed to the Prairies becoming an important wheat production area.

  • Extensive tracts of land: Canada has a total land area of 9,221,000km square supporting an estimated population of 26, 104,000 people. Out of these 76% live in urban centers with only 6.5 million people in the vast countryside. This situation has enabled large-scale mechanized wheat cultivation.
  • Elaborate transport network: Canada has an elaborate railway network that criss-crosses the prairies. This has enhanced the region’s ability to offer mass transport services of wheat and labour to urban markets and coastal ports.
  • Climate: The Canadian wheat belt lies in the temperate belt with summer temperatures of 15 degrees centigrade and a mean annual precipitation of about 450mm. These are ideal conditions for wheat cultivation. Furthermore, light rains are experienced during germination. The weather is sunny when the crop ripens and harvesting is in autumn, just before the severe winter conditions of the northern hemisphere.
  • Markets: The large urban population of Canada offers a sizeable domestic market to the wheat produced. What is delivered to these urban centers by means of elaborate road and railway network. Surplus produce is exported to other countries such as the former Soviet Union and the less developed countries of the world.
  • Soils: The sparse countryside population means that the carpet of prairie grass has not been disturbed for long. Thus, humus has accumulated over a long period of time and has led to fertile soils rich in phosphorous and potassium necessary for the growth of wheat.
  • Topography: The undulating topography of the prairies has offered well-drained soils, which are suitable for wheat cultivation. It has also provided ideal conditions for mechanized agriculture.
  • Use of modern technology and machinery has enabled the production of high yields.

 

  1. (a) Give three attributes of Commercial livestock farming.
  • There is little or no migration. This is because food supplies are permanent or are supplemented by fodder crops. The ranches may be large but the ranchers live on permanent farms.
  • The ranches are scientifically managed and high quality animals are reared through selective breeding and shortage of pasture is arrested by cultivation of feedstuffs.
  • There is continuous cover of green pastures of either native grass or re sown selected grasses for example alfalfa, Lucern and clovers.
  • The animal products are usually for sale – both domestic and foreign markets.
  • Commercial ranching leads to growth of towns which act as slaughtering, processing and packing centers. Transport network as roads and railways are set up to link the ranches to the towns.

 

    (b)    State five reasons why sheep farming is receiving government support in Kenya.

  • The sheep supplement beef for local needs and export
  • It is a source of income for the farmers
  • There is dire need to be self reliant on local wool supplies
  • Earns the country foreign exchange when products are exported
  • Sheep rearing creates employment to the fast growing population

 

 

   ( c ) Account for the high population of sheep in Australia.

  • Most of the human population in Australia lives in towns/urban centers. Thus, there are large tracts of land in the countryside suitable for sheep farming.
  • Favourable climatic conditions: Most of the sheep farming is concentrated in the better-watered areas, where rainfall totals are between 380 and 625 mm.
  • Australia has both local and international markets for her wool for example in Japan, Britain and other European countries.
  • Advance in technology has introduced refrigeration facilities that have made it possible to for Australia to export lamb and mutton in chilled (frozen) form.

 

    (d) State three problems facing sheep farming in Kenya.

  • Extensive and abrupt droughts lower production. This has restricted sheep farming to the Kenyan highlands
  • Disease outbreaks that kill sheep
  • Poor market of sheep farming produce
  • Farm inputs are very expensive for small-scale farmers. This has minimized mechanization of sheep farming
  • Inadequate land parcels/pieces of land due to high population growth rate

 

  • (i) State three similarities between dairy farming in Kenya and Denmark.
  • The dairy animals kept in both countries are similar i.e. Ayrshire, Jersey and Friesian.
  • Artificial insemination is used in both countries
  • Dairy farmers in both countries have been selling their products to the co-operatives although the trend is changing in Kenya with market liberalization
  • Both countries market their products both locally and in foreign countries
  • Milk processing in both countries is similar. Dairy products are also similar including liquid milk, cheese and butter

 

 

        (ii) State three differences between dairy farming in Kenya and

             Denmark.

  • Dairy farming in Kenya is outdoor throughout the year. Even when zero grazing is practiced, the cattle can be fed or tethered outdoor. In Denmark, climatic conditions in winter and autumn force farmers to keep their cattle indoor for about six months.
  • Dairy farming is heavily mechanized in Denmark while in Kenya mechanization is lacking in most places.
  • Major dairy farming in Kenya is restricted to the highlands while in Denmark it is evenly distributed all-over the country.
  • Dairy farming in Kenya depends mainly on grass pasture while in Denmark it is mostly dependent on fodder.
  • Dairy products form major foreign earner for Denmark while in Kenya most of the dairy products are consumed locally.
  • Dairy yields are low in Kenya during unfavourable climatic conditions while in Denmark high yields are realized throughout the year.
  • Danish dairy farmers are specialized unlike Kenya where the farmers practice mixed farming
  • Dairy co-operatives are highly developed in Denmark as compared to Kenya.

 

  1. The table below shows Kenya’s coffee sale (prices) in the World market from 1974 – 1983. Study it and answer the following questions.

       

Year 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983
Price per tonne in £  

400

 

390

 

800

 

3800

 

2700

 

1500

 

1300

 

1000

 

1200

 

1100

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • (i) Draw a line graph to represent the data.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)What are the advantages of a line graph?

  • Gives a good visual impression of the continuity of data
  • It is simple and easy to interpret
  • It is easy to construct

 

    (b) Give reasons why coffee prices in the market have not been

         stable.

  • The production of coffee has not been steady due to climatic hazards
  • Overproduction at other times have lowered the prices
  • Attacks by pests and diseases which thrive in tropical conditions
  • The quota system

    ( c ) Explain why there was a sharp increase in coffee prices during 1976/77 period.

        The sharp increase in coffee prices during the 1976/77 period can be attributed to the fact that during this period coffee in Brazil which is a major producer was destroyed by frost causing a shortage in the World market.

 

    (d) (i) Describe how coffee is handled from planting to marketing.

  • The land is prepared and the seedlings from the nursery are transplanted in rows
  • The young plant is shaded from the sun and watered regularly
  • Mulching is done around the roots to reduce evaporation of water
  • Fertilizers are applied and spraying done to protect the plant from diseases and pests
  • The coffee bush produces after 3-4 years and the red ripe berries are picked by hand
  • In the factory, the coffee berries are weighed and sorted out to keep the farmer’s records
  • The skin is then removed during the processing and the beans are fermented and washed. They are later dried under the sun for two weeks and the beans are bagged and sent to the market
  • Coffee is then sold by auction.

 

       (ii)  Name two districts in Kenya which are major producers of

              coffee.

              Kiambu, Murang’a, Meru, Embu, Nyeri, Kisii and Kakamega.

 

        (iii)  Name any two diseases that affect coffee.

               The common diseases that attack coffee include: Leaf rust,

Coffee berry disease and root rot.

 

  1. (a) (i) Differentiate between Shifting cultivation and Plantation

              farming.

        Shifting cultivation is a farming system where a farm is cleared and cultivated and when the soils are exhausted the farmer moves to another piece of land while plantation farming is a system involving the cultivation of a large piece of land often more than 4 hectares and mainly grows one type of crop.

 

      (ii) Why is Shifting cultivation discouraged in modern times?

  • It is environmentally damaging since it involves clearing and burning of bushes/forests
  • It is an inefficient system since its produce can only support a relatively small number of people
  • It is a wasteful method as land is left to lie fallow for up to two decades
  • The people practicing it usually live low standards of living since yields drop drastically after three to four years of continuous cultivation
  • Creates unemployment to the farmer most of the year hence a waste of human resources
  • It is a labour intensive method and consumes labour and energy which could be used more productively elsewhere
  • It requires large tracks of land which are increasingly becoming unavailable to the ever increasing population

 

    (b) (i) Name two districts where sugarcane is grown on commercial

               scale.

  • Nyando ( Muhoroni)
  • Migori district
  • Mumias

 

     (ii) Explain five geographical conditions that favour Sugarcane

          growing in  Kenya.

  • Rainfall: The sugarcane growing areas receive adequate amount of rainfall annually. Sugarcane requires abundant rainfall of at least 1, 270 mm, if it is to be grown without irrigation. It can also be grown successfully under irrigation in areas receiving moderate rainfall.
  • Soils: Sugarcane needs deep fertile soils, which can retain water. The soil must be well drained thus dump areas with stagnant water are to be avoided. Sugarcane growing areas in Kenya have deep and well-drained soils favouring the cultivation of the crop.
  • Temperature: Sugarcane requires hot temperatures of between 21 and 27 degrees centigrade throughout the year. Sugarcane growing areas in Kenya do experience generally high temperatures most of the year. This supports the cultivation of sugarcane.
  • Topography: The areas also have flat topography, which allows for mechanization of farming and irrigation.
  • Infrastructure: A good infrastructure is needed for transporting cane to the factories. The flat terrain makes transportation to the factories easier.

 

    (iii) Briefly outline the processing of Sugarcane in the factories.

  • Cane is crushed between the rollers
  • It is then boiled with lime
  • Juice is passed over filters to remove any impurities
  • Water from the juice is removed by boiling in the evaporators
  • The juice forms a syrup
  • The syrup is concentrated in a vacuum where it results into sugar crystals
  • Crystals are put in Centrifugal machine which consists of perforate drum which separates molasses from the sugar
  • The sucrose/sugar is then dried, packed and weighed ready for market

 

      (iv) What are the problems that affect sugarcane farmers in

            Kenya?

  • Attack by pests and diseases e.g. smut ratoon stunting
  • Occasionally unfavourable weather which delays sugarcane maturation
  • Fire outbreaks during dry season, which destroys sugarcane
  • Low prices which discourages farmers
  • Inadequate transport services especially in rainy seasons
  • Stiff competition from imported sugar
  • Mismanagement of sugar companies
  • High cost of farm inputs
  • Delay in payments

 

  1. (a) State at least three physical conditions necessary for the growth of cloves.
  • Hot climate throughout the year
  • High temperatures, between 27 – 30 degrees centigrade
  • High rainfall amounts, between 1500 – 2500mm well distributed throughout the year
  • High humidity throughout the year
  • Deep fertile soils

 

(b) State at least four common features of market gardening and horticulture farming.

  • Plots are intensively farmed
  • Require nurseries, greenhouses and irrigation
  • Require expertise advise
  • Farms are generally small
  • They are market oriented
  • Require fertile soils and constant manuring
  • Seeds are selected and spraying of insecticides and pesticides done
  • Mainly fruits and vegetables are grown

 

  1. (a) (i) Name two climatic factors which influence agricultural

           practices.

  • Temperature
  • Moisture
  • Rain/precipitation
  • Winds

 

(ii) Give an example of a fibre crop apart from cotton.

  • Sisal
  • Flux

 

(iii) State three problems facing cotton farmers in Kenya.

  • Attack by pests such as boll weevil/boll worm/stainers
  • Unpredictable climatic conditions/drought and sometimes excessive rainfall
  • Expensive land inputs such as fertilizers and pesticides
  • Poor production/farming methods
  • Lack of incentives for farmers as the cotton prices have remained low
  • Farmers experience marketing problems as the co-operative societies are laced with managerial problems
  • The farmers also face storage problems
  • It is labour intensive leading to high cost of labour
  • There are delays in deliverance of pay to farmers

 

(iv) Outline four advantages that have made Southern States to

      overtake  New England’s position in cotton growing.

  • Southern states have the advantage of large supplies of cheap labour
  • Presence of vast power supplies in form of coal and H.E.P.
  • Easy and better communication with the rest of the country
  • The South possessed many pulp mills where cellulose which is used for production of synthetic fibre was produced
  • Proximity of the cotton industry to the cotton belt

 

(b) (i) Explain three ways through which the German Agricultural

          Team (GAT) has supported the Kenyan government in carrying

          out horticultural  development.

  • Through carrying out horticulture related research
  • Through conducting of in-service courses to horticultural farmers at training institutions
  • GAT assists in the National Horticultural Development programme (NHDP) with a focus in western Kenya, Coast and Taita hills. The programme includes establishment wholesale markets in Nairobi, Kisumu and Mombasa
  • It helps in the propagation of improved planting material and establishment of observation and commercial orchards

 

(ii) Explain why Kenyan farmers are able to supply fruits to the

      markets in Europe throughout the year.

  • Most of the tropical fruits grown in Kenya do not do well in Europe due to climatic variations
  • Kenyan farmers produce a variety of fruits all year round due to warm climate from the coast to the highlands
  • Some fruits in Kenya mature when fruits in Europe are in short supply, thus, there is high demand
  • There is availability of ready market for the Kenyan fruits in Europe due to balanced diet awareness thus promoting fruit growing in Kenya
  • In Kenya fruit production is relatively cheap due to the availability of cheap labour – low labour wage
  • Europe has a high purchasing power due to industrialization, thus, Kenyan horticulture farmers earn a lot of profit from their produce

 

(iii) What is the significance of horticultural farming to the economy

      of the Netherlands?

  • It is a major agricultural export earning the country a lot of income.
  • Farms provide flowers and food to the local population
  • Horticultural success has led to reclamation of land from the sea.

 

( c ) (i) Give two uses of cloves.

  • Clove is used to make vanilla flavouring
  • Clove and the oil obtained from it is rolled with tobacco to make cigarettes
  • Clove oil is used in making perfumes/soap/medicine
  • They are also chewed as stimulant

 

(ii) State one disadvantage of Kenyan top bar bee hive.

  • They have lower occupancy rate
  • They expensive to purchase and maintain

 

(iii) What are the advantages of pig keeping to small-scale farmers in

     Kenya?

  • Pigs are scavengers and can feed on food leftovers and farm wastes
  • Pigs mature quickly, thus provide abundant pork meat
  • Pigs produce many piglets at ago and the production rate is high

 

  • Pig keeping occupies relatively smaller land area
  • They are a source of income when sold

 

  1. The table below shows Kenya’s exports between 1991 and 1994 in million shillings.
Crop 1991 1992 1993 1994
Tea 35 31 32 29
Coffee 32 29 31 28
Wheat 25 20 23 18
Sugarcane 28 24 26 25

 

 (a) (i) Draw a cumulative/compound bar graph to represent the

               above data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) Apart from the above named bar graph, name two other types of

      bar  graphs.

  • Simple bar graphs
  • Comparative group bar graphs
  • Divergence bar graphs

(b) Explain why Kenya imports sugar and wheat yet she is a producer of the same commodities.

  • Cane sugar produced in Kenya is sold at higher price than beet sugar, hence Kenya makes a profit by importing beet sugar
  • Crop failure due to droughts/unreliable rainfall leads to shortages necessitating importation to supplement the locally produced wheat
  • Increasing costs of farm inputs leads to low production, hence need to import the commodities
  • Mismanagement of industries leads to their collapse and hence need to supplement local supplies
  • Pests and diseases reduce the amount of commodities produced hence need for importation
  • Sub-divisions of the former large-scale farms due to land pressure has led to a reduction in production
  • Liberalization of trade encourages exports and imports
  • Delayed payments and low price of sugarcane has discouraged small-scale farmers
  • Kenya is not self-sufficient in these commodities because of high population hence need for importation
  • Illegal exports/imports/smuggling/hoarding commodities create artificial shortage necessitating importation

 

( c ) Give three reasons that have made pyrethrum industry successful

       in  Kenya.

  • The payment is on cash terms. This may be fortnightly or monthly on arrangement
  • The extensive services are very elaborate
  • There is free collateral guarantee to the farmers
  • Free technical advice is offered to the farmers
  • There is emphasis on high quality production
  • There is rising demand for natural pyrethrene as it has proved more effective than the artificial pyrethrene

 

 

 

 

 

  • Why has production of Brazilian coffee continued to decline in the recent years?
  • Diversification – introduction of new crops which fetch very high prices
  • Increased competition from other coffee producing countries
  • Climatic hazards, particularly frost has made coffee estates to be replanted with sugarcane and soya beans which are less risky to the farmer
  • The falling profit accruing from coffee

 

(e) State five systematic stages in the processing of tea in a factory.

  • Leaves are withered/dried in the sun to remove moisture
  • Leaves are mechanically rolled to break fibres
  • Leaves are baked/dried over charcoal fire or dried in the sun
  • Leaves are fermented to reduce the acid
  • Leaves are roasted/dried over fire until turns black
  • Leaves are sieved
  • Processed tea is graded, tested and packed for market – domestic or export

 

  1. (a) (i) Name three main varieties of cotton grown in the world.
  • Long staple cotton
  • Medium staple cotton
  • Short staple cotton

 

(ii) How is cotton processed?

  • Open balls are picked and taken to the ginnery
  • At the ginnery, cotton fibre is separated from the seeds
  • The fibre is then washed
  • The fibre is combed or carded to form a rope-like mass called sliver
  • Sliver is fed to spindles to make cotton yarn
  • Yarn is the dyed and made into material
  • The seeds are crushed to yield oil and the residue is used as fodder

 

 

 

(b) State two main physical problems facing horticulture in the

     Netherlands.

  • Poor drainage due to the very flat topography resulting from long periods of moraine deposition by ice
  • Incursions of the North sea giving rise to increased salt content in the soil

 

( c ) (i) What is Apiculture?

  • The practice of raising bees in a hive for the production of honey for commercial and subsistence use.

 

(ii) What factors should be considered in establishing an Aprary?

  • A considerable distance from homes because bees can sting and kill
  • A quiet place away from human noise and roads
  • Shade from direct sunlight as much heat melts the wax
  • Safety of bees from predators such as honey badgers, ants and birds

 

(d) (i) Name three main types of birds raised on large-scale in Kenya.

  • Chicken
  • Turkeys
  • Ostriches

 

(ii) State three economic benefits of poultry farming in Kenya.

  • Farmers get a steady income, thus raise their living standards
  • Feeds and drugs needed on the farm lead to industrial development
  • A locally available source of animal protein, thus, cheaper for consumers
  • Provides employment to many rural people

 

(e) What role is played by pyrethrum growing in the development of

     Kenya?

  • Pyrethrum is a very important earner of foreign exchange
  • The crop diversifies Kenya’s exports, thus, stabilizes the economy

 

  • Provides employment to many small-scale farmers
  • A cheap source of pesticides and insecticides, thus saving Kenya the much needed foreign currency

 

  1. (a) Name any three methods of irrigation.
  • Basin irrigation
  • Overhead irrigation/drip
  • Trickle irrigation
  • Canal irrigation
  • Shadoof Archimedean screw, sakia waterwheel

 

(b) What are the advantages of irrigation over natural water supplies?

  • Irrigation ensures a steady and reliable supply even in arid areas while rainfall may fail in a given year
  • River water used for irrigation may bring in silt which makes soil fertile and leads to more yields unlike pure rain water
  • Enables cultivation throughout the year maximizing use of land while rainfall could be seasonal
  • Water drawn for irrigation may also be used for other purposes in the farm

 

( c ) Explain four physical conditions that favoured the establishment

       of Mwea Irrigation Scheme.

  • Availability of reliable water supplies from river Thiba
  • Presence of fertile black cotton soils with high water retaining ability
  • Gently sloping land making it easy to mechanize and cheaply irrigate by gravity flow
  • Presence of high temperatures favouring rice growing
  • The unreliable nature of the rainfall made it necessary to irrigate
  • The soils were impervious thereby reducing the need to build concrete canals hence lowering costs

 

(d) Identify any two bodies involved in the running of Gezira scheme.

  • The government of Kenya
  • The Gezira irrigation board
  • The local government council
  • The tenants
  • The social development fund

 

(e) Describe any three problems facing the Gezira scheme.

  • Waterborne diseases kill and weaken farmers
  • Pest and diseases as well as some species of birds lower productivity
  • Low payment to farmers due to fluctuation of world prices
  • Hiring of labour is expensive lowering the profits accruing to farmers
  • Siltation of dams lowering water level for irrigation as well as raising costs through dredging
  • Damming of Nile has lowered amount of silt that used to be deposited lowering yields

 

  1. (a) Describe how the Bunyala Scheme was reclaimed.
  • Digging of drainage channels to collect excess water and direct it to the main river
  • Building of river barrages to control flood and regulate water flow
  • Water from the streams has been used to irrigate the rice
  • Through construction of dykes

 

(b) Give any three benefits of the Bunyala Scheme.

  • Floods in the flood plain of Yala and Nzoia have been controlled
  • Land which was initially swampy has been turned into agricultural land
  • Employment is available for the local people
  • Has achieved some control over water-borne diseases

 

C   Describe how land is reclaimed and prepared in the Netherlands.

  • Construction of ring canals to drain water out
  • Construction of ditches within each polder which leads water to a pumping station
  • Drying of land through planting of trees/plants
  • Desalination of the soil through chemical, flushing and planting hardy plants
  • Dividing of land into economic units
  • Laying down of good infrastructure
  • Settling of people in villages
  • Spreading of soils to improve fertility
  • Addition of fertlizers

 

  1. d) Give any three benefits of the delta plan.
  • Control of floods of the area to the South West
  • Improved control and distribution of the region’s fresh water
  • Damming has cut off salination and pollution of inland waters. This has also led to the reduction of salinity of soil hence high yields
  • Islands that were isolated are now within easy reach of developed areas
  • The area is a good site for industry and a tourist resort

 

    (e) Stating the methods, explain the problems hindering the

         effectiveness of  reclamation in the Lambwe Valley.

  • Clearing of bushes to destroy the natural habitat of tsetse flies is hindered by the fact that it can result to serious soil erosion
  • In spraying, the tsetse flies have become resistant
  • Using of traps is difficult as the traps are easily spoilt making it expensive
  • Retaining the wild animals which act as hosts to the disease vector in parks as killing them would affect tourism
  • Sterilization of males to reduce the reproduction of tsetse fly

 

  1. (a) Give three examples of hardwood species found within the

         tropical  regions of West African Coast.

  • Mahogany
  • Iroko
  • Sapele
  • Iron wood
  • Ebony
  • Rosewood

 

 

 

  • Explain the factors that have hindered commercial exploitation of forests in Gabon.
    • Inadequate transport facilities for transporting logs to the coast especially from newly opened up areas situated far away from river Ogoou’e – the only navigable river in the country
    • Lack of pure stands hence difficulty in harvesting for they mature at different times
    • Stiff competition from other World major exporters like Canada and Scandinavian countries
    • Over dependence on timber products makes the country be hard hit by world price fluctuations

 

16 (a) What is agro-forestry?

Agro-forestry is the kind of farming where the farmer grows crops and plants trees besides raising livestock on the same piece of land.

 

  • State three advantages of agro-forestry.
    • Trees act as wind breakers to plants/crops
    • Shades provided by trees reduce/lowers weed growth
    • Trees reduce water and wind erosion by reducing the impact of raindrops and by reducing surface run-off
    • Trees enrich the soil by adding humus and helps in the nitrogen fixation
    • Timber and poles may be sold to earn income to the farmer
    • Trees provide timber for construction of farm structures and fencing
    • Agro-forestry ensures maximum use of soil nutrients
    • Animals provide manures to both trees and crops
    • Trees and crops provide animal feeds/fodder for livestock farming

 

  1. (a) Define the following terms.
    1. Afforestation: Planting of trees where there was none before.
    2. Re-forestation: Replacing trees in a place where some others have been cut.
  • Agro-forestry: The growing of crops and tree plants on the same piece of land.

 

  • What two problems face forestry in Canada?
    • Frequent fires and diseases
    • Harsh cold climatic conditions which slow down tree growth despite reforestation
    • Inaccessibility of some forests during winter and due to ruggedness (steep slopes)

 

  1. (a) State at least two characteristics of softwoods.
  • They grow in pure stands
  • They have straight trunks and are cone shaped
  • They have needle shaped leaves
  • They are ever green

 

    (b) Give reasons to show why temperate hardwoods have been

          overexploited.

  • They are easy to exploit since the number of species in a unit is less compared to the tropics
  • They are durable and strong like the tropical hardwoods but they are not as bulky thus making them easier to transport and thus easier to exploit.

 

  1. (a) Apart from the Maritime provinces, name two other major

           lumbering areas in Eastern Canada.

  • Ontario
  • Quebec

 

(b) State any four characteristics of coniferous forests.

  • The trees are light in weight and therefore easy to cut and transport
  • The trees are evergreen
  • The trees occur in pure stands
  • The trees are tall, about 30 metres in height and have straight trunks
  • The forests have little undergrowth
  • The trees have a conical shape which prevents accumulation of snow upon the branches, thus allowing snow to slide off easily to the ground
  • Trees have thick barks which have a lot of resin to protect the trunks and branches from frost
  • Trees have needle-shaped leaves which help to reduce transpiration
  • Trees take along time to mature because of extreme cold conditions in most parts of the year

 

  1. (a) (i) List any three valuable indigenous hardwoods in Kenya.
  • Camphor
  • Elgon Olive
  • Mvule
  • Meru oak
  • Muringa
  • Mahogany
  • Ebony
  • Mahugu
  • Cape chestnut

 

(ii) Which steps have been taken to realize effective management of

      forests in Kenya?

  • Public campaign on the value of forests through mass media
  • Research on soil suitability and effects of pests and diseases on forests
  • Establishment of training institutions dealing with forestry e.g. Forestry School at Londiani, Forest Industrial training at Nakuru, Presidential commission on tree planting, Forestry research institute at Muguga
  • The involvement of Non Governmental Organizations such as Greenbelt which are strong in advocacy
  • Introduction of energy saving jikos and cooking pots to reduce usage of wood-fuel
  • Improvement of cutting practices/reforestaion – ones trees are cut they should be replaced
  • Laws have been enacted to govern the management of forests
  • Creation of forest reserves
  • Introduction of alternative fuels to wood e.g. petroleum, biogas etc.
  • Recycling of wastes in forestry industry
  • Agroforestry

 

(iii) What are the problems facing forestry in Canada?

  • Outbreak of fires that destroy forests
  • Frozen rivers during winter halts transportation of logs
  • Difficulty in accessing forests in the northern parts due to cold conditions and land ruggedness
  • Replacement of harvested trees take long due to extremely cold climatic conditions

 

  1. (a) The number of foreign tourists visiting Kenya has been on the

           decline in the recent past. Give five reasons to explain this

          decline.

  • Deterioration of transport infrastructure making travel treacherous and uncomfortable
  • Insecurity due to politically instigated tribal clashes
  • Negative publicity externally by the international/foreign media
  • Poor management of wildlife resources which have been a major tourist attraction
  • Competition from alternative tourist destinations/countries
  • Unfavourable climate e.g. due to the El-Niño weather phenomenon
  • Shortage of well trained personnel in the tourism industry
  • Harassment of tourists by robbers or thieves while they are on expeditions
  • Rising cost of holiday making
  • Inadequate promotional activities abroad
  • Economic recession/poor performance of economies in Europe making people unable to afford tours
  • Recent killings of tourists e.g. near Aberdare’s and Maasai Mara national parks
  • Opening up of new destinations in Tanzania, South Africa and Uganda

 

 (b) What are the likely effects of the decline in the number of foreign tourists on the Kenyan economy?

  • Reduced foreign exchange earnings
  • Increased unemployment/loss of employment opportunities
  • Loss of business by tourism related industries like hotels and handicrafts
  • Reduced earnings for farmers who supply food to tourists
  • Reduced earnings for traders who sell curios to tourists
  • More money is used to maintain under utilised facilities e.g. hotels

 

  1. (a) State three benefits that Kenya derive from establishment of

            game ranches.

  • Animals provide food in form of meat
  • Animals provide skin and other products when slaughtered
  • Some animals provide meat for export earning foreign exchange
  • Game ranches are useful in environmental conservation

 

    (b) Account for the small number of tourists coming to Kenya from Canada.

  • Insecurity in the Kenyan parks
  • Lack of advertisement/poor marketing strategies on Kenya’s touristic features in Canada
  • Poor road and information infrastructure in Kenya leading to uncomfortability

 

    (c)  Identify the steps that were taken to make the Great lakes and

             St. Law seaway accessible to ocean going vessels.

  • Construction of locks and ship channels
  • Construction of dams
  • Dredging and blasting to remove lock shoals
  • Deepening and widening the river to ease congestion in the bottleneck
  • Construction of canals e.g. welland canal and Soo canal

 

 

 

   (d) How does political stability encourage tourism?

        Political stability ensures the security of tourists while civil wars discourage tourism.

 

(e) Name two animals which make lake Nakuru a major tourist attraction.

Flamingos and Rhinos/Rhinoceros.

 

(f) State three reasons why domestic tourism should be encouraged in

    Kenya

  • It makes the people aware of their environment/country
  • Makes the people use the hotel facilities which are under-patronized during the low season
  • Enables people to appreciate their rich cultural heritage
  • It may enhance a better understanding of local communities as a result of interaction
  • It may lead to an increased consumption of varied local products
  • Increases employment opportunities/enhances income generation
  • It may enhance understanding for the need to conserve and preserve the environment.

 

(g) State three factors that could affect the future development of

     tourism   in  Kenya

  1. Conservation of wildlife which will attract tourists into Kenya
  2. Development of hotels, transport and communication networks to attract more tourist into the country
  3. Maintaining sound economic climate to attract more tourists
  4. Developing more tourist attraction sites
  5. Maintaining existing tourist attraction centers
  6. Maintaining political stability

 

  1. (a) Name two examples of game reserves in Kenya
  • Maasai Mara
  • South Kitui
  • Shimba hills
  • Buffalo springs
  • Nasolot
  • South Turkana
  • Samburu
  • Tana River
  • Rahole
  • Boni
  • Bisnadi

 

   (b) State three ways through which the Kenya government conserves  wildlife.

  • Protection of endangered species in sanctuaries
  • Establishing national parks
  • Culling of old/sick animals
  • Training personnel/manpower in wildlife management and conservation
  • Perimeter fencing of game parks and game reserves to prevent the wild animals from roaming about
  • Relocation/transfer of some wild animals from where they face more danger
  • Establishing of anti-poaching unit/squad to combat poaching
  • Banning of trade on some wildlife products such as elephant tusks
  • Banning/prohibition of hunting of wild animals
  • Providing medical care to wild animals in the animal orphanage
  • Establishing of research centre in wildlife management and conservation
  • Offering mass education on wildlife conservation and management

 

  1. (a) List any two main inland attractions to tourists in Kenya.
  • Wildlife in natural parks and game reserves
  • Kenya’s beautiful sceneries e.g. the great rift valley, mount Kenya, highlands, lake Victoria etc
  • Historical and archaeological sites e.g. Olorgesali, Kariandusi and museums
  • Varied traditions and cultures in Kenya of Kenya (dances, way of dress, handicrafts, Bomas of Kenya etc.)
  • Define domestic tourism.

A type of tourism whereby the local people/citizens of a particular country visit certain attraction sites within that country.

 

    ( c ) State at least two negative effects of tourism on Kenya.

  • Luxury goods are imported to provide for the needs of tourist’s hotel facilities. This drains the country of its foreign exchange
  • Tourist facilities are developed at the expense of other development projects like roads, airstrips, health facilities etc.
  • Presence of tourists can lead to moral degradation/decay and interfere with the societal fabrics
  • Most tourists pay for their upkeep abroad causing the country to lose some of the profits
  • Some of the tourists could be agents to spread some diseases like the HIV/AIDS

 

  1. (a) (i) Explain any three ways in which human factors have

             favoured the  existence of wildlife in Kenya.

  • Creation of national parks and game reserves to help halt the disintegration of wildlife
  • Laws have been enacted to protect wildlife e.g. against pouching
  • Creation of animal orphanage homes where some sick wildlife can be taken care of

 

(ii) Describe the uses of Wildlife to Kenya’s Economy.

  • Promotes the development of tourism industry
  • Provides food fruits and meat
  • Wildlife conservation has led to creation of jobs e.g. for foresters and rangers
  • Game meat can be sold to earn income
  • Has led to the development of hotel industry in some sections of the country

 

 

 

 

(iii) Explain any three factors in which the future of Kenya’s tourism
largely depends on.

  • Conservation of wildlife by maintaining the existing national parks and game reserves
  • The development and maintenance of suitable facilities e.g. transport infrastructure and hotel facilities
  • Enhancement of political stability and government projections. This will increase the number of tourists
  • Conservation of the rich traditions and cultural practices of the Kenyan communities
  • Preservation and maintenance of tourist attraction site like fort Jesus in Mombasa
  • Portraying good picture of the country and its touristic sites in major cities of tourists’ origin by opening offices in such cities

 

(b) (i) What is the role of culture and tradition towards the

         development of tourism in Switzerland?

  • The use of a variety of languages – French, German and English – facilitates the development of tourism
  • Cottage industry, especially handicrafts is part of Swiss Peoples’ traditions and it attracts tourists
  • Traditional dances and dressing is an attractive feature to tourists

 

(ii) What efforts has Switzerland made in order to develop her tourism

      industry?

  • Advertisement of tourist attractions sites and sceneries abroad
  • Expansion and maintenance of facilities like transport and hotels
  • Efficient banking and policy of neutrality attracts financiers e.g. France and Germany
  • Maintenance of transport and communication facilities e.g. electrified rails and excellent roads

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) Explain three factors that influence the exploitation of

           minerals.

  • The economic value of the mineral
  • Size of the mineral deposits or reserves
  • Accessibility of the reserve and transport costs.
  • The method of mining to employed
  • The world market conditions/availability of markets
  • The level of technology existing in a given country.
  • Grade of the ore to be extracted
  • The prevailing political atmosphere

 

  • What are the advantages of the mining sector to the Kenyan economy?
    • Leads to industrial development
    • Promotes improvement in infrastructure – road network extensions and widening of communication network
    • Creates employment opportunities
    • Stimulates growth of towns and urban centres
    • Earns foreign exchange for the country
    • Leads to improved standards of living due higher incomes
    • Leads to general development of the country due to accumulation of capital.

 

  1. (a) State two ways in which minerals may occur.

        Minerals may occur as:

  • Veins and lodes
  • Alluvial deposits
  • Seams and layers

 

  • State two problems associated with export of copper from the copper belt of Zambia.
    • Congestion at the port of Dar-Es-Salaam delays the export of copper
    • Frequent world price fluctuations of copper
    • Smuggling of copper often occurs along the territorial borders hence loss of revenue for the Zambian government
    • Stiff competition from other producers
    • Political instability especially in Angola due to civil wars provide security risks in the exportation of copper
    • Transportation of copper is difficult due to its bulkiness
    • Landlockedness increases transportation cost due to payment of passage fees through other countries
    • The escalated transportation costs through distant routes make Zambia to earn low profits from her copper

 

  1. (a) Name two types of mining.
  • Alluvial/placer mining/panning
  • Open-cast method
  • Underground method
  • Drift mining
  • Solution mining
  • Dredging method
  • Hydraulic mining

 

  • State three negative effects of mining on the environment.
    • Leads to creation of derelict/useless/damaged land i.e. leaves behind open craters
    • It causes air/water/land pollution
    • Could lead to soil erosion
    • Derelict land may cause accidents to children i.e. deep open pits pose danger to travellers
    • Deep shaft mining causes death to miners when mines collapse
    • Destruction of biodiversity (destruction of plants and animals)
    • Derelict land erodes the aesthetic value of land
    • Water collects in open craters/deep open pits forming breeding grounds for mosquitoes and pests
    • Dumping of heaps of rock wastes litter the earth’s surface
    • Mining is a robber industry i.e. takes place from the earth’s surface and does not replace hence mineral exhaustion
    • Derelict land wastes potential agricultural land

 

 

 

  1. (a) Draw a sketch map of Liberia and on it mark and name three iron ore fields.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 (b) Describe how iron ore is mined in Liberia.

  • Bulldozers remove the top soil and the vegetation
  • Machine is used to drill a hole for blasting. Blasting then is done
  • After the blasting, a mechanical shovel scoops out the ore and loads it on to a truck to carry the ore to the plant
  • In the plant it is crushed into small pieces then conveyed down the mountain side to the rail head for conveyance to the port

 

    ( c ) Explain four ways through which Liberia has benefited from

           iron ore  exploitation.

  • Creation of employment opportunities for the local people
  • Generation of income/revenue for the government through tax collection
  • The money accruing is used for general development in the country e.g. development of modern ports like Buchanan
  • Trains returning from the port carry imported goods to the interior
  • Trains are bought from the iron-ore export revenues
  • Development of related industries e.g. palletising plants
  • The need to exploit the iron-ores has led to the construction of roads, railways and ports

 

  • (i) Name two main uses of Bauxite.
  • Used for the construction of modern aircraft/ motorcars/railway coaches/engines and household utensils
  • Used in the manufacture of abrasives
  • Used in the manufacture of heat resistant materials
  • Used in cement and chemicals
  • Aluminium is extracted from it

 

(ii) Describe how bauxite is processed in Ghana.

  • Bauxite is first crushed and washed then dried in the kiln at 982.2 degrees centigrade
  • It is then treated to remove Silica and concentrate bauxite into alumina/white chalky substance
  • Alumina is dissolved in selected chemicals to form a solution called an electrolyte. An electric charge is passed through the mixture separating aluminium and oxygen
  • Aluminium sinks to the bottom and is siphoned out

 

  1. (a) (i) Name two countries in Africa which are over-dependent on

            the exports of metallic minerals.

  • Zambia over-relies on copper
  • Liberia over-relies on iron ore

 

(ii) Explain how over-dependence on minerals affects the economy.

  • Positively: When sale prices of the commodity rises a country receives a lot of revenue and can develop other sectors of the economy, can import those goods it is not able to produce cheaply locally, it can lead to specialization as the country concentrates on what it can produce best and cheaply. It can lead to industrialization and create employment opportunities to many.
  • Negatively: When world market prices fall, over-reliance can lead to depletion of foreign exchange, inability to import, inability to develop other sectors of the economy and can lead to unemployment among others.

 

    (b) (i) Name two places where Gold is mined in Tanzania.

  • Musoma
  • Mpanda
  • Lupa
  • Geita
  • Iramba-Sekenke
  • South West Mwanza

 

(ii) Describe how South Africa has benefited from Gold mining industry.

  • Paying of external debts
  • Foreign exchange earning
  • Provides employment for many
  • Led to the development of conurbation
  • Provides market for secondary industries
  • Benefits other industries e.g. engineering, footwear
  • Attracts secondary industries like banking
  • Lead to the development of transport network and communication infrastructure
  • Has led to modern planning of towns

 

(iii) What problems have been encountered in South Africa’s Gold mining industry?

  • Increased mining costs as mines become deeper
  • Cheap labour no longer available
  • Competition for processing water with the increasing population
  • Mines become deeper increasing costs and dangers to the miners
  • Mining also expensive due to the provision of cooling and ventilation in mines
  • Quality of gold becoming poorer as mines get deeper

 

  1. (a) Explain four conditions necessary for fishing.
  • Nature of the Coastline: Unindented coastlines discourage deep-sea fishing and development of fishing ports. Deep and wide continental shelves host a lot of fish because they harbour plenty of plankton. Many edible fish species live in shallow water and a few beyond the continental shelf. Sheltered inlets are suitable as they provide breeding places, usually free from natural enemies of the fish like predators. Thus, a lot of fish would be found where upwelling of the ocean water occurs as a result of near confluence of two ocean currents e.g. the west coast of Africa. The up welling of water brings to the surface fish nutrients and the water is readily oxygenated providing oxygen for the fish.
  • Presence of planktons: Planktons constitute the major source of fish food. Planktons exist in water but just under certain conditions. Fish feed on small marine organisms (zoo plankton) and small vegetable substances (phyto plankton). Thus, the availability of fish would depend on the availability of food. Plankton thrives in areas where water is less than 180m deep because it is up to this depth that the sunshine, which is necessary for the growth of plankton is able to penetrate water. Scarcity of plankton could lead to migration of fish in search of food.
  • Accessibility: Fish are very perishable and can go bad in a matter of hours. Even though refrigeration facilities help in the preservation of fish products, an efficient transport network is essential to transport the catch fast enough to the markets. Moreover many fishermen especially the small-scale ones do not have access to such refrigeration facilities. In Kenya for example, the tarmacking of Kitale – Lodwar road up to Kalokol on the Ferguson Bay of lake Turkana has led to commercial exploitation of fish from this lake. Traders from as far as Nairobi have now been attracted to the lake.
  • Level of Technology: Large-scale fishing as an economic activity requires high capital input and sophisticated fishing equipments like boats, nets, refrigerators and processing plants.
  • Ready market: Fishing is more extensive in areas where there is a high population. High population provides both a high demand for fish and labour force required for the industry to thrive. In places where the population is sparse, the catch is limited, unless transport to ready markets is available.
  • Presence of cold ocean currents: Optimum temperature conditions are necessary for the growth of plankton. In areas of warm temperatures, especially those influenced by warm ocean currents, like the Mozambique current, the plankton get killed. This reduces fish food availability and hence fish population. Fish flourishes well in coasts that are washed by cold ocean currents like Namibia, Labrador (Canada) and Peru (South America).

 

(b) What is meant by the following?

  • Pelagic fish: Are fish communities that live near the surface or at the shallow depth of the seas. Examples include herring, mackerel, sardines and tuna.
  • Demersal fish: These are fish communities that live at or close to the bottom of seas. Examples include cod and cat (mud) fish. Cod usually preys on other fish, whereas the catfish feeds on organisms buried in sediments. Fresh water bodies such as swamps and slow moving rivers are common breeding places for the catfish.
  • Anadromous fish: These are migratory fish moving either moving up or down a river course. Examples include the salmon and pilchard. Fishermen who depend on the anadromous varieties of fish are seasonal, since the fish move only during certain times of the year, either to mature or breed in a new environment.

 

( c ) (i) Define fish farming.

        Refers to the rearing of fish in ponds. The ponds are built in areas of heavy clay or loamy soils which are usually impervious. The ponds are usually located near rivers to ensure constant supply of water. They must have inlets and outlets to allow the entry and exit of water. The water therefore remains fresh providing the natural environment for fish. Fish farms are mainly found in Nyanza, Western, Central and Coast provinces and parts of Rift Valley province.

  

(ii) State four measures that the government of Kenya is undertaking to encourage fish farming.

  • Encouraging farmers to set up fish ponds
  • Sending extension officers to advise the farmers on the need to set up ponds and introduce fish in their diets
  • Setting up fish ponds and hatcheries as demonstration farms
  • Fisheries department provides technical and at times offers financial assistance to fish farmers
  • Campaign by the government on food policy has made communities that previously never ate fish to set up fish farms for both subsistence and commercial purposes

 

  1. Describe five environmental problems affecting fishing in Kenya.
  • Pollution: Pollution of water bodies by industrial effluent or chemicals used in agriculture or oil spills from ocean vessels or disposal of sewage drastically upset the ecological balance of the water bodies. If unchecked environmental pollution can be disastrous. This calls for great caution in the application of fertilizers and the disposal of industrial chemical wastes. Wastes from industries should be carefully treated before being allowed to flow back into rivers and lakes. Laws should be enacted to control the pollution of fresh water bodies through waste material discharged from the industries. An example of badly polluted water bodies in Kenya includes the Tiebia dam in Limuru.
  • Waterweeds: Growth of water weeds e.g. the water hyacinth, which has infested lake Victoria make the lake hard to navigate and lead to the disappearance of some fish species.
  • Deep continental shelf discourages flourishing of fishing
  • Warm Mozambique current also discourages flourishing of fish
  • Strong sea tides are a menace to local fishermen venturing into the sea

 

  1. Study the table below and answer the questions that follow.

       

World Fish catches (Figures in thousand tons)

Countries 1975 1978 1983
Kenya 27.0 46.0 98.0
Uganda 188.0 224.0 172.0
Tanzania 212.0 211.0 273.0
Japan 9895.0 1080.0 1125.0
Norway 2485.0 2590.0 2822.0
USA 2842.0 3418.0 4143.0
Others 50051 62586.0 67837
World Total 65700.0 70155.0 76470.0

 

(a) (i) Draw a divided circle (pie chart) of a radius 5cm to represent

           the quantity of fish catch for 1975. Show your calculations.       

           Calculations

Kenya = 27/65700 x 360 = 0.1 degrees

Uganda = 188/65700 x 360 = 1.0 degrees

Tanzania = 212/65700 x 360 = 1.2 degrees

Japan = 9895/65700 x 360 = 54.2 degrees

Norway = 2485/65700 x 360 = 13.6 degrees

USA = 2842/65700 x 360 = 15.6 degrees

Others = 50051/65700 x 360 = 274.3 degrees

 

NOTE: The Diagram below has not been drawn to scale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) Give the reasons behind the trend of the quantity of fish catches for Kenya and Japan from 1975 to 1985.

 

Kenya Japan
·     Communities encouraged to eat fish

·     Exploitation of water resources previously unexploited

·     Encouragement of fish farming

·     Improved transport and communication

·     Better fishing methods

·     Research and technology advanced in fishing

·        Fish farming a major activity as agriculture is not widely practiced

·        Fishing encouraged as ready market available

·        Availability of capital

·        Advanced fishing and storage technology

·        Well established ship building industry provides advanced fishing fleets

·        Extensive shallow continental shelf hosts a lot of fish

·        Indented coastline provide good breeding ground for fish

 

 

 

(b)   (i) Define the term fish farming.

Fish farming is the rearing of fish in ponds.

 

(ii) Explain any five advantages of fish farming in Kenya.

  • Source of protein and food: The most immediate importance of fish farming in Kenya is provision of animal protein and food to fishermen and consumers. Fish forms a major dish among communities living around lake Victoria and the Western province.
  • Source of income: Fish farming is a source of income for those involved in the activity. The fish farmers sell their catch to co-operatives or to middlemen. The co-operatives and traders in turn sell the fish to consumers at a profit thus generating income. The fish farmers may also sell the fish directly to consumers and the income gained sustains them in the industry. Thus, the process of catching, processing, moving and marketing fish is an income generating activity in terms of payment for labour and the product.
  • Source of employment: Fish farming creates numerous job opportunities for people living near or in fish farming areas. Some people are self-employed while others are employed by the fishermen and thus, earn their wages from the industry. Where co-operatives exist some people are employed as clerks and officers.
  • Health purposes: Fish feeds on mosquito larvae. This is why it is useful to introduce fish in stagnant water as they suppress the breeding of mosquitoes. Mosquitoes transmit malaria and yellow fever, hence their suppression is helpful in controlling these diseases.
  • Development of related industries: Fish farming encourages the development of other related industries like net manufacture and making of fishing hooks. Fish are also a source of raw material for some fertilizer plants.
  • Source of medicine and cooking fat: Fish farmers can use fish oil directly or indirectly as a source of cooking fat. For example the Nile perch oil is used directly as cooking fat. Fish oil is also medicinal. Cod liver oil is particularly popular for the alleviation of chest problems.

 

( c ) Besides fish farming what other measures have African countries

        undertaken taken to promote the growth of fishing industry.

  • Improvement of transport network: Efficient means of transport is necessary for quick accessibility of markets. Some African countries have tried to improve access to fishing grounds. Kenya, for example, has tarmacked the Kitale-Lodwar road upto Kalokol on the Ferguson Bay of Lake Turkana. This has helped in the commercial exploitation of fish from the lake.
  • Vigilant surveillance of fisheries: Some given species of fish have been over-fished to the extent that their natural replacement is endangered. The government of Kenya, for example, has outlawed the use of gill-nets which have been seen to be the cause of the rapid dwindling of fish populations. Fishermen are also supposed to be registered/licensed to fish. However, this is not followed to the letter. This, however, can be achieved by strictly enforcing restrictions on nets used and sizes of fish caught.
  • Strict hygiene standards: Some African countries, especially those that export fish like Kenya, have tried to observe strict hygiene standards. This reassures the foreign market of quality fish products.
  • Waste treatment laws: Environmental pollution is a serious problem in some fishing grounds e.g. Limuru is known for a polluted aquatic ecosystem. Industrial pollutants from a neighbouring shoe manufacturing firm have drastically upset the ecological balance of Tieba dam in Limuru.Laws have been enacted calling for proper treatment of wastes from industries before being allowed to flow back into the rivers. But again, whether this is followed to the letter is a question of debate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) Describe three methods used for commercial fishing.

The type of fish, the fishing environment and the level of fishing largely determine the methods employed to catch fish. They include:

  • Seining: Here fishing boats with the help of dory (small) boats spread out the seine nets with small meshes in the sea/lake. Once the nets are spread out, the boats may remain stationary or the nets be held in position using floats. The fishermen then give the fish sometime to be trapped. Once the net is full, it is hauled over and the fish emptied on to the ship. This method is used to catch pelagic and anadromous fish, which usually move to the shoals. It is the most effective method used to catch the dagaa on lake Victoria and Tanganyika. If not appropriately used, seining leads to over-fishing because it does not discriminate the ages of the fish being caught.
  • Trawling: This involves the pulling of a net by a boat or ship. This method is used to catch demersal fish e.g. the cod in deep seas. A net is pulled along sweeping the fish. The net is then hauled into the boat and the fish emptied on board. Trawling is labour – intensive and the catch is high. Large commercial fishing ships are used and the fish processing takes place on the ship. The ships drag the nets slowly thereby collecting all types and sizes of fish.
  • Line Fishing: In calm waters, fishing boats spread out long lines with several hooks on them. The floats keep the lines suspended to show the fishermen where the lines are. The baited hooks then catch the fish as they compete to feed. This method is also used to catch mainly demersal fish e.g. the cod, usually in shoals.
  • Barriers: In flood prone areas, barricades are constructed during the floods to catch fish. The barriers hold water-containing fish. When the water level drops below the height of barriers as floods subside, the fishermen simply scoop the fish. The method is seasonal and relies on floodwaters.
  • Traps: In this method paths of anadromous fish are identified, then traps are laid to catch them. The traps, made of either woven reeds or baskets and having the shape of a cone, are placed in such a way that the fish run into them and get trapped. Though slow, the method can catch a lot of fish.
  • Gill Net: This is one of the most effective methods in shallow water fishing. The nets have a mesh, which lets only the head of a fish to go through and then traps it by the gills. Gill nets can be spread vertically across the course of a river on the path of anadromous fish, or can be swerved round in water to allow the fish to move into the net. This method is suitable for catching Tilapia.
  • Herbs: Is used in areas where the river is calm. The fishermen crush some herbs and sprinkle in the water. The fish then become unconscious as they take to the surface. The fishermen simply collect from the river using their hands. This method is effective on pelagic fish and in ponds.

 

(b) Explain three main sources of water pollution along the Kenyan

     coastal waters.

  • Domestic pollution: The disposal of sewage into the ocean contributes substantially to the water pollution. The sewer wastes are both from the numerous seaside hotels and residential areas.
  • Industrial wastes from industries along the Coast.
  • Oil spills from the sea-going vessels.
  • Agricultural waste from pesticides, herbicides and siltation brought about by the rivers.

 

  1. (a) Define
  • Optimum population: Refers to a population in which the number of people is in balance with the available resources.

 

  • Population explosion: Refers to a high population that has outstretched the available resources. An overwhelming increase of population resulting to pressure on the available resources.

 

 

 

 

 

  • “A high population growth rate in Kenya is likely to slow down economic development.” Give four reasons to support this statement.
    • The large unskilled population reduces the productive capacity of the population
    • High population puts pressure on land resources
    • High population leads to land fragmentation hence discourages mechanization of agricultural activities
    • Leads to excessive tree felling
    • Facilitates soil degradation and erosion
    • Leads to food shortage, thus under-nourishment
    • Leads to high dependency ratio
    • Leads to increased unemployment cases

 

  1. (a) (i) What is population census?

Population census may be defined as:

  • The enumeration of the entire population of an area and the compilation of demographic, social and economic information of the population being enumerated at a given time.
  • The process of determining the number of people in an area at a time by headcount.
  • The whole process of counting people and compiling data pertaining to all persons.

 

  • Kenya carries out her census after every ten years. Discuss at least four reasons why countries carry out population censuses.
  • To determine the composition of the population in terms of sex, age and regional distribution
  • To know the trends and levels of mortality and fertility
  • To plan for the provision of basic facilities such as food, schools and hospitals to the people
  • To aid in making decisions regarding the creation of new administrative units e.g. constituencies and districts
  • To know birth rate and trend of fertility
  • To know the population structure in terms of age and sex
  • To estimate the dependency ratio
  • To compute income per capita
  • To know the literacy level of the population
  • To the labour supply and predict any unemployment problems
  • To aid the general economic planning

 

  • Discuss five consequences of rapid population growth.
    • Reduced income per capita and reduced gross domestic product (GDP)
    • Strain on the existing natural resources such as lands, forests etc.
    • Strain on the existing human resources e.g. high dependency ratio
    • Increased unemployment levels
    • Increased poverty levels
    • Increased crime rates
    • Strain on social amenities such as schools and hospitals
    • Food shortages as productive pieces of land are devoted to settlement
    • High expenditure on non-income generating activities
    • Population pressure leads to environmental degradation as people clear forests to create room for cultivation and settlement
    • It leads to increased rural – urban migration in search of jobs
    • It leads to land fragmentation. Fragmented land is uneconomical to operate and experience diminishing returns/low productivity
    • Increase in inadequacy of social amenities like schools, hospitals and poor housing in towns lead to emergence and proliferation of slums
    • It leads to over reliance on foreign aid/loans to sustain the fast growing population. This reduces foreign exchange due to loan repayment
    • It leads to balance of payment problems due to increased importation of food to meet food shortages
    • It leads to general low standard of living due to low savings by individuals

   ( c  ) Discuss five measures the Kenya government has taken to

          check the high population growth.

  • Initiation of the National family planning programmes in Kenya
  • Creation of the National council for population and development (NCPD)
  • Introduction of adult education programme to check on illiteracy
  • Creation of public awareness through mass media
  • Organizing family life seminars
  • Encouraging men and women to opt for voluntary sterilization
  • Increased taxation
  • Introducing family life/planning and counselling centres

 

   (d) Identify four functions of the National Council for Population and Development (NCPD)

  • Coordinating all activities directed at spreading family planning knowledge and practice and improvement of maternal and child health in Kenya
  • Determining priorities in the fields of family planning and population developments
  • Advice the government on National population policy
  • Receiving, evaluating and programming selected proposals and suggestions from the government agencies and other organizations which contribute to the realization of the council’s objectives
  • Promoting research on different aspects of population and development
  • Liasing with both local and international organizations engaged in population development activities
  • Liasing with donors and participate in negotiations for funding of the project’s programmes

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) (i) What does the term census mean?

It refers to the enumeration of the entire population of an area and the compilation of demographic, social and economic information of the population being enumerated at a given time and place.

 

(ii) Differentiate natural population growth from numerical

     population  growth.

  • Natural population growth refers to the natural increase or decrease in population which is worked out by subtracting the crude death rate (CDR) from the crude birth rate (CBR) minus migration figures. All other differences in population like composition and age are ignored.
  • Numerical population increase on the other hand is the actual (absolute) increase in the number of people in an area in a given time. It is worked out by getting the difference between two censuses.

 

( b ) (i) List three primary sources of population data.

  • Registration of persons
  • Census
  • Sample surveys

 

(ii) What four factors influence population growth?

  • Fertility level
  • Rate of mortality
  • Migration of people
  • Settlement patterns

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c) Use the population pyramids below to answer the questions that

        follow.

 

Population Pyramids of Kenya and Norway

 A                                                          B

  • Name any two countries of the world that might be represented by pyramid A and B respectively.

Country A represents Kenya, Uganda, Zambia or any other developing nations while country B represent Norway, Denmark, Finland, Sweden or any Scandinavian countries.

 

  • Compare and contrast the population structures of the two countries.
    • Both population structures have a high population of those aged between 0-20 years
    • Both have a low proportion of those aged over 50 years.
    • The dependency level/ratio (dependent population) i.e. those aged below 15 years and above 65 years is higher in country A than that of country B.
    • Those within the working age, the productive population (age 15 – 65) in country A are fewer than those in country B
    • The dependency ration in country A is higher than in country B

 

  • What are the effects of population growth in country A on social facilities/amenities?

The high population growth rate has led to:

  • Inability to provide adequate education facilities such as schools, colleges, books and other equipments
  • Poor health services as the population outstrips the available physical facilities like hospitals, medical personnel and drugs
  • Inadequate provision of housing facilities leading to development/sprawling of slums
  • Scarcity of adequate, thus, high rental rates for houses
  • Inadequate and expensive transport services as demand for transportation outstrips available supply. This is exemplified by long queues in towns during rush hours (mornings and evenings when people go to and come from work)

 

  1. (a) Explain the meaning of the following terms: Population

           structure and Implicit population policy and explicit population

            policy.

  • Population structure refers to the composition of a given human population in terms of age and sex.
  • Implicit population policy refer to particular laws, regulations or statements which may have direct or indirect effect on population growth
  • Explicit population policy refers to the documents or statements issued by the government departments or commissions which are intended to control population growth

 

 

 

 

    (b) Give three reasons why a population census is necessary in a

          country.

  • It shows the population composition in terms of sex, age and regional distribution
  • Provides information on trends and levels of mortality and fertility
  • Helps the government to plan for the provision of basic facilities to the people
  • Assists the government in knowing whether there are adequate economic and social resources to maintain a high standard of living
  • Helps the government in making decisions on the division of new administrative areas

 

   ( c ) State three characteristics of the first phase/stage of

          demographic transition.

  • High birth rate
  • High death rate
  • Little or no increase in population
  • High death rates caused by inadequate food supplies, wars, diseases, and insufficient medical facilities

 

    (d) (i) What are the causes low birth rates in a country?

  • Late marriages
  • Effects of family planning campaigns
  • Low nutritional or health levels
  • Move towards small families in response to economic realities
  • Urbanized population – prefer fewer children in order to maintain their standard of living
  • Rise in the cost of feeding and educating children
  • Changing attitudes towards employment/wages verses family engagement – the changing role of women in the family today
  • Level of education attainment
  • Improvement of medical facilities

 

       (ii) State two problems associated with a decline of population in a developed  country?

  • Inadequate manpower thus expensive labour
  • Under utilization of social facilities such as schools
  • High old age dependency ratio

 

   (e) Explain four causes of rural – rural migration in Kenya.

  • Population pressure that leads to landlessness lead to migration of people to settlement schemes and to less populated areas in search of land
  • Insecurity in areas which have frequent attacks from bandits and cattle rustlers has made some people to migrate to more secure areas
  • Establishment of large plantations/irrigation schemes attract people from neighbouring areas as they search for employment
  • Natural catastrophes such as floods, droughts, famine and diseases cause people to move to more secure areas
  • Pastoral communities migrate from one rural area to another in search of pasture and water for their livestock
  • Government policy of moving people from one region to another in order to create land/room for a government project

 

  1. (a) Name any country in Africa where Nuclear power is produced.
  • South Africa – at Transvaal and Natal. Coal is also produced at Wankie (Zimbabwe), Luena (Zaire), Maniamba (Mozambique), Nkandabwe and Mamba (Zambia) and Enugu (Nigeria).

 

(b) Give at least two disadvantages of Nuclear power.

  1. Expensive to install
  2. Not long-lasting. The raw material (i.e. uranium) is exhaustible
  3. Nuclear stations have risks which once they occur can cause great damage to human life
  4. At times of technical failures they produce harmful radiation that kill living organisms e.g. Chernobyl reactor in the former USSR which leaked in 1987 causing deaths
  5. The nuclear reactors have serious environmental impact since the radioactive wastes are harmful to health as they cause cancer

 

   ( c ) Explain how nuclear power is derived.

It is derived from the alteration of atomic structures. It involves the release of heat that produces steam which is used to generate electricity. The process is by fission whereby radioactive minerals such as uranium are split into nuclear power stations or nuclear reactors to produce heat.

 

  1. (a) State two measures taken by the government to conserve

           energy in Kenya.

  • Encouraging Kenyans to use oil for essential services only
  • The government uses consumer pricing to discourage unnecessary use of oil fuel (gasoline is taxed less than petroleum products)
  • Encouraging to Kenyans to use public transport instead personal cars
  • Encouraging the use of solar power for heating and lighting
  • Encouraging use of windmills to set up water pumps
  • Encourage the industries to use coal rather than petroleum and electricity

 

    (b) Apart from industrial and domestic, name one other use of energy in Kenya.

  • Energy is used in the transport sector (i.e. use of petroleum, coal and animal power)
  • Solar energy is used in agriculture for drying grains, tobacco, pyrethrum etc
  • Wind energy is used for pumping water from boreholes
  • Solar energy is used for drying fish

 

  1. (a) Differentiate between renewable and non-renewable sources of energy. Give examples.

Renewable source of energy refers to energy sources that can be reproduced or regenerated e.g. hydro, solar, biogas etc. while non-renewable refers to sources of energy that cannot be reproduced or regenerated e.g. petroleum, uranium and natural gas.

 

(b) (i) What reasons make tropical countries have the potential to

       develop  hydroelectric power.

  • Several falls and rapids provide good sites
  • Presence of hard basement rocks
  • High volume of water e.g. river Nile, Niger, Tana etc.
  • Regular flows of water throughout the year

 

(ii) Why are the tropical countries not yet fully sufficient in H.E.P.

production?

  • Lack of adequate capital
  • Inadequate technological resources
  • Lack of sufficient skilled manpower

 

( c ) How has Kenya benefited from the construction of the Seven

       forks dam?

  • The dam generates H.E.P which is supplied to various parts of the country
  • The dam has led to the creation of water reservoirs, which provide water for irrigation
  • Dam has led to the opening up of areas through road construction
  • Water reservoirs encourage fishing
  • It has reduced Kenya’s over dependence on electricity from Owen falls Uganda
  • E.P generated from the dam has enabled the government to generate revenue
  • The H.E.P generation has led to the growth of industries
  • The sceneries created have become tourists’ attraction
  • Has created employment opportunities
  • Has created a micro-climate

 

(ii) What problems are associated with Multipurpose Dams?

  • Inadequate capital to maintain them and keep them in operation
  • Displacement of the people and high cost of resettlement
  • Silting of dams
  • Depletion of rich alluvial deposits downstream
  • High rate of evaporation resulting into loss of water
  • Spread of waterborne disease e.g. Malaria, Bilharzias etc.
  • Destruction of the natural habitat
  • Inadequate skilled personnel in third world countries
  • Political interference which disturb planning and management
  • Reduced water supply downstream

 

  1. (a) What is the meaning of the term ‘non-renewable’ energy? Give an example.
  • These are the energy sources that lack the natural capacity to regenerate themselves once used and therefore likely to get exhausted if not carefully used e.g. petroleum, coal and nuclear energy.

 

(b) Identify three main types of renewable energy in Kenya.

  • Solar
  • E.P.
  • Geothermal
  • Wood fuel

 

( c ) (i) Name two main areas where H.E.P. is generated in Kenya.

  • Kindaruma
  • Kamburu
  • Masinga
  • Sondu/Miriu

 

 (ii) What basic factors are necessary for the successful generation of

      H.E.P.?

  • A large volume of water preferably a lake or a big permanent river
  • A regular and reliable supply of water with minimum fluctuations
  • A large space
  • for a reservoir preferably a deep gorge
  • A large market since electricity cannot be stored for along time
  • A large amount of initial capital for construction, transmission and maintenance

 

(d) (i) Describe the location of textile industries in Egypt.

  • Most if not all textile industries are located along the river Nile and in the Nile delta
  • El Mahalla – el-Kubra, a town to the south of Cairo is the leading textile center
  • Within the Nile delta, textile industries are concentrated at Cairo, Alexandria and at Asyut

 

(ii) What factors have led to the success of the textile industry in Egypt?

  • Readily available raw materials, mainly cotton
  • Abundant H.E.P. from the Aswan
  • Abundant capital from the sale of other products such as petroleum
  • Abundant water for growing and processing cotton textiles from river Nile
  • A large market at home and in the neighbouring countries

 

(e) What are the main negative effects of industrialization?

  • Pollution of air, water and land
  • Workers are often affected by respiratory diseases
  • Acid rain sometimes results
  • Unemployment as human labour is replaced by robots, computers, cranes resulting into poverty
  • Displacement of people to give room for industries and raw materials acquisition e.g. Sony Sugar Company
  • Erosion of traditional values due to a new, urban way of life

 

  1. Study the table of energy consumption in Mt. Kenya Region.

 

Energy consumption in Mt. Kenya region in million tones.

Region Oil Gas Wood Total
Nairobi 10,000 2,400 2,000 14,400
Nyeri 4,100 1,000 3,000 8,100

 

 

 

(a) Using the scale 1 cm rep. 40 million tones, draw proportional    

      circles to represent the consumption of the three sources of energy  

      in Nairobi and Nyeri.

Square root of 14,400 = 120

Square root of   8,100 =   90

Scale: 1cm rep. 40 million tones

Therefore:

Radius for Nairobi circle = 120/40 = 3 cm

Radius for Nyeri circle = 90/40 = 2.25 cm

 

NAIROBI

Oil…………….10,000/14,400 x 360 = 250 degrees

Gas……………2,400/14,400 x 360 = 60 degrees

Wood………….2,000/14,400 x 360 = 50 degrees

 

NYERI

Oil……………4,100/8,100 x 360 = 182.2 degrees

Gas…………..1,000/8,100 x 360 = 44.4 degrees

Wood………..3,000/8,100 x 360 = 133.3 degrees

 

Proportional Circles to represent the three sources of energy in Nairobi and Nyeri are presented below (Note that they are not to scale).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) (i) Calculate the percentage of gas consumption in Nyeri.

1,000/8,100 x 100 = 12.3 percent

 

(ii) Comment on the high  consumption of oil in Nairobi and wood in
Nyeri.

           Consumption of Oil in Nairobi:

  • Oil is used for transport due to large number of vehicles thus high consumption
  • High demand for oil for cooking and lighting
  • Easily available from pumps and nearby kiosks
  • High demand in industries for industrial use and as lubricants
  • Availability of high purchasing power as a result of urbanization

 

Wood in Nyeri:

  • Availability of wood as most people practice agroforestry
  • Wood energy is not as expensive as gas/oil energy
  • High demand for wood fuel for heating and cooking
  • Popularity of fuel wood as a source of energy in rural setting

 

( c ) Draw a diagram showing the occurrence of oil in the earth’s

      surface.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

(d) Give any three uses of studying statistics in Geography.

  • Making information on geographical phenomenon available
  • Draws clear comparisons between geographical areas
  • Establishing geographical relationships
  • Showing changes through time of various geographical phenomena
  • Predicting the future by drawing projections
  • Economic planning

 

  1. (a) (i) List any three factors that influence international trade.
  • Taxation: Trade between countries is restricted by the imposition of various taxes like tariffs and custom duties. To protect the local industries, a country producing similar goods like those being imported may charge higher duties to discourage importation.
  • Political relations: Trading among countries require that they be in good terms. Political misunderstandings among countries discourage trade, hence denying their citizens the goods in demand.
  • Capital: An important item in trade is money which is used in the exchange of goods and services. Traders require capital to start businesses either from their own savings or in the form of loans. In Kenya, for example, many businessmen get loans from Industrial and Commercial Development Corporation (ICDC) and Kenya Industrial Estates (KIE) to set up their businesses. Other financial institutions include Agricultural Finance Corporation (AFC).
  • Demand and Supply: Adequate demand for goods and a good source of supply are prerequisites for any transactions. Development countries usually demand raw materials from the developing counterparts. Developing countries on the other hand import finished products from the developed world. These forces of demand and supply thus, dictate the kind of trade that exists between various countries of the world.
  • Transport and communication network: The supply of items is facilitated by an adequate means of transport and communication. Efficient transport and communication system reduces the cost of transporting the finished products to the market and leads to a decrease in the final cost of the item when finally sold to the consumer.

 

(ii) State five benefits of international trade to a country.

  • Economic Growth: Trade creates numerous job opportunities through the several industries set up to meet the demand of various goods. A high demand of certain goods encourages specialization in production, which lead to high quality of goods
  • Foreign exchange: Through international trade a country is able to acquire foreign currency which enable the said country to import goods from other countries.
  • Industrial growth: Goods with a high demand stimulate industrial growth because several manufacturers compete to put up industries to meet the demand.
  • Source of revenue: Trade generates revenue to a country through taxation of commodities and services rendered. Sales tax and other custom duties are some of the ways of raising revenue for a country.
  • Development of Infrastructure: Trade usually demands good transport facilities, as this enables goods to reach their destination in good time.

 

(b) (i) What is Preferential Trade Area (PTA)?

It referred to a regional co-operation or trading block of Eastern and Southern African countries to foster trade and economic co-operation among the member countries.

 

(ii) Explain any three factors that have hindered trade between Kenya and  her African neighbours.

  • Smuggling: Smuggling has had serious effects on the trade between Kenya and her neighbours. Some people sneak in goods from other countries and at the same time export Kenya’s products to such countries through the black market. Such trade is detrimental to the economic growth of the country because such traders avoid paying taxes.
  • Nature of Kenya’s export: Export earnings depend on the quality of goods exported and the demand for them on the international market. Variations in demand result in the fluctuation of prices of the goods in world market. The imposition of quotas regulates the supply from each country to avoid any economic glut, which has negative effects on Kenya that depends heavily on particular commodities for export. Coffee, a major export from Kenya, has for example, suffered with the introduction of quotas by International Coffee Organization. The result has been low payment to coffee farmers. Given the fact that Kenya’s exports are mainly agricultural, they are vulnerable to climatic changes, pests and diseases. The fact that most of the other African countries also produce agricultural goods and other primary products the demand for Kenya’s goods among the neighbouring states is reduced.
  • Nature of Kenya’s imports and the unfavourable balance of trade: Most of the imports are heavy industrial materials and finished products. These products are expensive as compared to Kenya’s exports thus results in a large deficit balance of payment. As such Kenya’s balance of trade is unfavourable due to the trade deficit.
  • Value of Kenya’s Exports: Kenya’s exports are mainly based on processed raw materials. Minerals and processed agricultural materials from Kenya are generally bulky and of low value. Thus the total production and export cost is not commensurate with the profit accrued from such sales. Furthermore, the marginal profit gained cannot compare favourably with the heavy payment made for imports.
  • Pattern: The flow of trade still follows colonial patters where former colonies tend to trade more with the former colonizers.
  • Transport and communication network not well developed between Kenya and other African countries. This affects the flow of goods to and from these countries.

 

( c ) State four solutions to Africa’s Transport and Communication

       problem.

  • Trans-African highways: African countries have proposed to construct highways across the continent. These highways are intended to improve the quality and volume of international road traffic in Africa. The principal axis is supposed to be from Gaberone to Cairo and from Mombasa to Dakar.
  • International Railways: The presence of landlocked countries in Africa has made railway transport an attractive mode for transporting bulky raw materials to coastal seaports.
  • Regional Economic Co-operation: The establishment of regional economic organizations has created conditions favourable to increasing the quality and quantity of transportation between neighbouring states. Regional economic groups in Africa include the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS) and PTA among others.
  • Establishment of National Airways: Since the attainment of independence, every African country has established her own national carrier airline. Existing airports have been expanded e.g. Dar-es-Salaam, while international new ones have been established e.g. Jomo Kenyatta.
  • Establishment of ground satellite: African countries have been endeavouring to improve on the existing telecommunications. Several ground satellites and radio and television boosters have been established to ease out communication problems.

 

  1. (i) Mention two reasons why East Africa’s rivers are not useful for navigation.
  • Most rivers are small and shallow
  • Most rivers do not have even flow – they are seasonal
  • Some rivers have waterfalls and rapids
  • Some rivers are in narrow valleys and gorges
  • The rivers flow through unproductive areas

 

(ii) Name the type of transport that is very popular in East Africa and

      why.

 

Road transport.

Why?

  • Road transport is cheap to construct and maintain especially the earth roads
  • Roads are flexible and are found almost everywhere
  • Roads can carry ant load
  • Road transport is fast and fairly cheap
  • Road facilitates better functioning of other modes of transport i.e. it acts as feeder to the others as railway and air transport
  • It helps to deliver raw materials to remotely sited industries

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii) What are the major limitations of Air transport in Africa?

  • The low standard of living in the majority of African countries makes it almost impossible for people to use air transport as a means of travel
  • Maintenance, fuel and general care of aeroplanes and airports are very expensive
  • Problem of air space – most countries impose heavy taxes in the form of fees for landing and flying rights to foreign aeroplanes
  • Most African countries have not modernized their terminals mainly due to financial problems
  • Other means of transport which are much cheaper than air transport also discourage its use
  • Freight traffic amongst African countries is very limited because there are not many goods transported by air
  • Poor weather especially when the sun is overhead

 

  1. (a) Explain the meaning of Regional Co-operation.

This is an association of countries that have come together to achieve some specific common objectives such as trade.

 

(b) What does Kenya stand to gain by the revival of the East African Community?

  • Increased market for her products
  • Increased employment opportunities for her citizens
  • Improvement in transport and communication infrastructure
  • Enhanced specialization
  • Saves foreign exchange which could have been used to import goods not produced in Kenya but can be got from her neighbours
  • Increased Socio-cultural unity/co-operation

 

( c ) Give at least three reasons that have hindered the growth and

       development of trade within the COMESA region.

  • Duplication of goods/products
  • Poor transport and communication network
  • Flow of trade still follows the colonial patterns e.g. Kenya still trades more with Britain
  • Developed countries provide essential manufactured goods hence are better trading partners than fellow African countries
  • High tariffs levied by African nations

 

  1. (a) (i) What is Urbanization?
  • It is the process whereby an increasing proportion of total population in a country settles in towns. OR
  • It is a process by which a population is transformed from a rural based agricultural life-style to urban-based non-agricultural life-style.

 

(ii) Identify the positive effects of rapid growth of urbanization.

  • Provides cheap and abundant labour
  • Provides a large market for industrial goods
  • Encourages rapid industrialization
  • Stimulates agricultural development in the rural areas because of the money remitted back home
  • Justifies the provision of social amenities
  • Facilitates diffusion of knowledge and ideas

 

(b) (i) What are the characteristic features of slums in Nairobi?

  • Dwelling structures are of extremely low standards which are constructed out of extremely cheap materials
  • The units are constructed back to back due to lack of space
  • The units are single roomed and very small
  • The buildings are dilapidated and are usually congested due to lack of space
  • There is inadequate sanitary facilities
  • There is absence of planned infrastructure such as roads

 

(ii) What factors have influenced the development of Industries in

      Eldoret  town?

  • Availability of cheap labour
  • Availability of agricultural raw materials
  • Well developed transport links with other parts of the country
  • Availability of ready market
  • Availability of power
  • Government policy of decentralization of industries
  • Extensive availability of land for expansion

 

  1. (a) Define the term industrialization.

It refers to the process and pace at which a country sets to establish industries.

 

( b ) State three ways in which Jua kali industries are important to

          Kenya.

  • Creation of employment opportunities
  • The sector makes use of materials that would otherwise be thrown away
  • Saves the country’s foreign exchange by producing goods that would otherwise be imported
  • Earns the country foreign exchange when jua kali products are exported
  • Encourages appropriate use of local resources
  • Are income generating projects thus contributes to the gross domestic product (GDP)
  • Leads to high standards of living due to increased earnings

 

  1. (a) What is Industrial inertia?

It is the tendency for an industry to maintain its activity in a place even though the original reasons for the establishment of that industry no longer exists.

 

  • State three ways in which the Government of Kenya is promoting industrial development.

Through:

  • Improvement of transport facilities/network.
  • Encouraging the growth of small scale or jua kali industries.
  • Allowing foreign investors to remit part of their profits back home.
  • Ensuring there is security (political stability) in the country.
  • Providing loans at low interest rates to investors.
  • Reducing local rates on imports and export tax.
  • Increasing duty on imported commodities to make them more expensive in the local market.
  • Encouraging industrial research on industrial matters (currently undertaken by KIRDI).
  • Encouragement of foreign investments.
  • Establishment of Kenya Bureau of Standards (KBS) to control quality of products.
  • Establishment of various financial institutions to provide soft loans to industrialists e.g. Industrial development bank, ICDC and DFCK.
  • Provision of training facilities at all levels for industrial planners and administrators e.g. at public universities and technical institutions.
  • By giving subsidies to specific industries.
  • Establishment of banking institutions to extend their services to industrialists especially in rural areas.
  • Establishment of Kenya Industrial Estates (KIE) to promote development of small-scale industries especially in rural areas.
  • Encouragement of rural electrification to provide power to industries.
  • Giving tax concessions to industrialists.
  • Carrying out feasibility studies for industrialists.
  • Offering technical advise to industrialists.

 

  1. (a) Name any three urban land-use zones.
  • The central business district (CBD)
  • Transitional zone
  • Industrial zone
  • Residential zone
  • Commuter zone

 

  • State four reasons which led to the development of Amsterdam as an entree-port.
    • Existence of deep natural harbour
    • Its strategic location in western Europe
    • Rich hinterland extending beyond Netherlands into Asia
    • Access to North sea via the north sea canal/construction of water ways
    • It was a centre of services such as banking and insurance
    • It was the largest industrial city in the Netherlands

 

  1. (a) Name two major types of industries located in Thika town.

      Leather tanning

  • Textiles
  • Paper mills

Tobacco treatment plants

  • Batteries making
  • Vehicle assembly
  • Food canning/processing
  • Sisal mats and bags
  • Coffee milling
  • Steel works
  • Fish net making

 

    (b) State three benefits of promoting regional trade to industrial

         development.

  • It provides raw materials that are not available in a country more easily from within the region
  • It provides a wider market for goods produced in a country
  • More industries can be developed to cater for the needs of the region/diversification
  • The cost of manufactured goods is reduced when they are sold within the region than abroad
  • It helps in solving the problems of restrictions on manufactured goods by some developed countries

 

    ( c ) Discuss four factors that influenced the location of iron and

           steel industry in Ruhr region of Germany.

  • Availability of coal/source of power: The Ruhr region is located on the largest coalfield in Europe. The coalfield extends from river Rhine to Hamm (east), river Lippe (north) and river Wupper (south). The ready supply of coal, which was a basic raw material, has led to the development of the iron and steel industry.
  • Availability of Iron Ore: Iron ore was available from the onset of the industrialization of the region within the Ruhr valley and the Sieg (Sieger) field to the South. However, with the intensification of the production of iron and steel in the region, Iron ore is now imported from Sweden, U.S.A. and Alsace-Lorraine (France)
  • Availability of Limestone: Limestone is a necessity in the iron and steel industry. The Ruhr region is advantaged because limestone is also found within the locality.
  • Central Geographical position: The Ruhr region is centrally located in Europe. It has direct connection with all parts of Europe by water, railway, air and road. The Rhine River is navigable from its mouth in the North Sea up to Basle in Switzerland. Iron ore from Alsace-Lorraine is transported downstream to Duisberg for use in the Ruhr region. Products are transported easily downstream through the river to Rotterdam and afterwards to the rest of the world. Canals connect the Ruhr region with Eastern Europe and the North Sea. Other canals like Mitteland Canal, which connects it at Berlin, are also used.
  • Availability of Capital: Capital accrued from other industries like coal is invested in the iron and steel industry. Old rich companies also provide ready capital for the development in the region. Such old companies include the Ruhr Kohle A.C. and the Krupp group.
  • Availability of ready market: Products fro the iron and steel industries of the Ruhr region have a ready market within the locality as well as in other parts of the world. The Ruhr conurbation of large industrial towns like Duisburg, Bochum, Essen, Dortmund, etc. forms an immediate market. The products are also exported to other countries especially in Latin America, Africa and Asia.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Use the data below to answer the questions that follow.

Migration to and from Nairobi in thousands of people

 

PROVINCE TO NAIROBI FROM NAIROBI
Central 10 6
Rift Valley 18 9
Eastern 18 2
North Eastern 20 5
Western 7 2
Nyanza 10 1
Coast 8 5

 

(a) (i) Draw a divergence bar graph to represent the data above.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8  (ii) State two demerits of using the above method to represent data.

  • It does not show absolute/total variation from average
  • The method can only show one commodity at a time

 

    (b) Using the above data account for the increased movement of people to Nairobi.

  • Pressure on land: There is pressure on land in agriculturally productive areas of Central, Western and Nyanza provinces. Lack of enough farmland pushes the people to move out to the city.
  • Better employment opportunities: Many people move to Nairobi and other urban centres in search of jobs. They could also move in search of better paying jobs.
  • Opportunities for trade: Still others move to the city in search of better business opportunities
  • Social reasons: Some people move to Nairobi and other urban centers to live with their husbands, wives or other relatives.
  • Nairobi is an educational centre and people move to the city to exploit educational opportunities.
  • Nairobi also has the best medical/health facilities in the country. Thus, others move to Nairobi to be attended medically.
  • The notion that people in Nairobi are living a better life or enjoying makes people to move to Nairobi.
  • Dry areas have very little one can do for a living so people move to Nairobi in search for better jobs especially those from Eastern, North Eastern and parts of Rift Valley.
  • The jobs in rural areas are few and mostly manual. The educated youths avoid them and move to Nairobi and other urban centers in search of white-collar jobs.

 

    ( c ) Explain five ways of how the trend in (b) above can be

            reverted.

  • Decentralization of industries. Industries should be established in rural areas or areas away from Nairobi. This is already evident in the establishment of industries in Thika, Ruiru, Athi River, Mumias, Sony sugar companies among others.
  • Encourage more economic activities in rural areas to discourage rural urban migration.
  • Encourage cottage industries, which require less capital. This increases employment opportunities in rural areas.
  • Modernizing and diversifying agriculture. With better returns from agriculture people migrate less to towns.
  • Encourage labour intensive rural works/programmes e.g. soil conservation and afforestation which offer employment possibilities.
  • Decentralization of government decision-making process and implementation to the districts, thus, making them centres of development.

 

  • Give two effects of population increase in urban centres on the physical environment.
  • It leads to pollution of air, land, water and noise
  • Lack of urban planning resulting in mushrooming of poor and unlawful construction of slums and squatter settlements
  • Encroachment on agricultural land as people seek for more land for settlement
  • When there is an overflow of people into an urban area it puts stress on water supply since the town authorities are not able to plan for the increasing number of people each year

 

  1. (a) State three reasons why some industries must be located close to the source of raw materials.
  • Perishability: Some raw materials require first/initial processing before being used for production e.g. in the case of tea and milk.
  • Bulky and heavy raw materials: Industries involving use of bulky and heavy raw materials locate near raw materials to reduce transport costs. For example, all sugar-milling factories are located in the sugarcane growing areas. This is because processed sugar is less bulky and easy to transport. Other examples include location of sawmills near forests and cement manufacturing factories at the limestone mining sites.
  • Security: Industries dealing in highly valuable minerals such as gold need to be located near the raw materials for security reasons.

 

    (b) Name two non-agricultural industries.

  • Cement production
  • Oil refining
  • Metal products, glass making and steel rolling industry
  • Pulp and paper
  • Vehicle assembling industries

 

  1. (a) State and explain any four factors that influence the growth of urban centers.
  • Population increase: Rapid population increase usually leads to increased pressure on land in rural areas. This leads to excessive fragmentation of plots until such a time as they can no longer be subdivided if subsistence is to be maintained. Thus, people are forced to go and look for a way to earn a living elsewhere. They often migrate to urban centres resulting into high population growth rates.
  • Organization of the society: Urban growth and development has its origin in the inherent need by human beings to group together and enjoy companionship while maximizing the utilization of available social, economic and political opportunities. These opportunities depend on how well the society is organized. Thus, urban centres grow when the range of services provided to a growing population increases.
  • Industrialization: The urbanization process of the developed countries has its origin in the industrial revolution. Industrialization leads to increased income opportunities which attract people to reside close to them. Thika and Athi river are examples of towns whose population concentrations may be explained in terms of high concentration of manufacturing units in their vicinity.
  • Administration: The concentration of administrative functions at a specific location often attracts public attention. People tend to prefer living close to leaders because they feel more secure and can easily receive the leaders’ attention. This explains why most of the district headquarters in Kenya are also the biggest towns in their respective districts.
  • Mining: Substantial deposits of a mineral ore can attract economic activity and subsequent population concentration. Population concentration leas to urbanization, as the mining community has to be provided with basic facilities such as shopping, houses, sanitation, medical and academic institutions. Examples of such towns include Magadi (Kenya) township, Shinyanga (Tanzania), Kasese (Uganda), Enugu (Nigeria), Ndola (Zambia), Awaso (Ghana) and Kimberly and Johannesburg in South Africa.
  • Transportation: Transportation has been described as the cornerstone of urban growth and development. It determines the accessibility of urban facilities. Accessibility enables urban residents to select where to live, work, shop, relax, learn and pray. Improved transportation enables urban residents to participate in more urban-based activities at greater distances from their residence. Urban centers can also develop from major junctions and points of inter-modal transfer (break-of-bulk). Coastal towns such as Lamu, Mombasa, Tanga and Dar-es-Salaam owe their origin to transport related advantages.
  • Agriculture: Rich agricultural areas often witness the emergence of urban centers. Such areas require nearby local markets for their agricultural produce, and distribution outlets of agricultural inputs, such as fertilizers and farm implements. Examples include Mumias, Eldoret, Nakuru, Nyahururu, and Nanyuki.
  • Tourism: Tourism may lead to urban growth and development. It is an economic activity and attracts infrastructure, investment and people. Examples include Ukunda, Malindi (Kenya), Geneva, St. Moritz and Bern (Switzerland).

 

  1. (a) Define derelict land.

Refers to land that has been abandoned as useless or as too badly damaged to repay a private person to improve it. Its characteristics include; ugly, denuded of vegetation, laced with stagnant pools of water or covered with mining tailings or slag.

 

 

  • What are the possible solutions to land dereliction?
    • Legislation: Existing-mining companies should forced to rehabilitate the land after it has become uneconomic to extract minerals. Governments should be stringent to avoid evasion.
    • Reclamation of the derelict land.
    • Better town planning: Enforcement of laws, which restrict unplanned development.

 

  1. Citing specific examples, explain four climatic hazards experienced in Kenya.
  • Floods: This is the unusual covering of an area, by water, through a temporary rise in the river, lake or sea level. A river floods when its channel is unable to accommodate the discharge from its catchments. Floods mainly occur in lowland regions adjacent to high rainfall highlands. The high rainfall received in the highlands increases the volume of the rivers so much that by the time they reach their old age stage they overflow their banks. The process is accelerated if there is deforestation taking place in the uplands exposing the soils to rain wash. The eroded material is carried downhill and deposited in the banks of the river at the old age stage. Where deposition is extensive much of the river water spills over the banks to find their way into the plains. The flood plain of a river may be extended into the sea by the formation of deltas.

In Kenya flooding is common in the low lying areas served by rivers Nyando, Nzoia, Kuja and Tana. River Nyando, for example, originates from the Nandi hills and is responsible for the annual flooding of Kano plains between the months of March and May. The floods displace people and destroy property. Floods in Kenya also result from poor environmental management. These include deforestation, blocked urban drainage and cultivation along river banks. Deforestation can cause flash floods, soil erosion and sedimentation of reservoirs. Floods resulting from blocked drainage systems are common in major urban centers like Nairobi and Mombasa. Some of the worst floods recorded in Kenya Uhuru floods of 1961-1962 and the 1997-1998 el-nino floods.

The floods in Kano plains have, however, been seen as a blessing in disguise in that they bring a lot of fertile volcanic soils from Nandi hills which are deposited on the flood plains as silt. During floods fish swim upstream from lake Victoria into the plains. Consequently, the people of Kano plains catch a lot of fish with the advent of floods.

The devastating effects of floods can be controlled in various ways. These include avoiding the floods (evacuation and resettlement), land use zoning regulations, building of dams and dykes, reforestation and planting of other vegetation cover along river banks and improving and diverting channels to avert floods.

  • Lightning: This is a visible electrical discharge in form of a flash. Lightning may occur within a single cloud, cloud to cloud or cloud to ground. During the formation of a thunderstorm, electrical discharges take place. The earth’s surface is negatively charged while the atmosphere is positively charged. Lightning is associated with convectional rainfall and is experienced in regions that are intensely heated during the day, resulting in rapid transport of heat by convection in the atmosphere. This creates a severe mix-up of the heated air leading to thunder that is caused by collision of the charged molecules, a process leading in lightning. Lightning is disastrous, destroys property and lead to loss of life among other things. Hence there is need to provide protection where the likelihood of lightning is greater than normal. Regions prone to lightning in Kenya include the west of Rift Valley (especially Kisii and Nyamira districts), Kakamega and the lake Victoria region.

To control lightning disasters, the government of Kenya has taken the following measures: (a) establishment of a commission whose duty is to educate the people on dangers of lightning and how they can avoid the disaster. (b) Ministry of education has provided posters designed to educate people on precautionary measures against lightning. (c) Installation of lightning arresters in schools within the lightning prone areas.

  • Winds: Powerful like Tropical Cyclones cause havoc in the environment over which they prevail. The cyclones are formed by depression (areas of low pressure). Waterspouts cause turbulence in the inland water bodies such as lakes. In Kenya, they have destroyed buildings (e.g. carrying away of classroom roofs), capsizing boats and destroying fishermen’s nets in lake Victoria.
  • Drought: Deficiency of water in the ground, stream, lakes and reservoirs resulting in prolonged deficiency of rain e.g. the drought experienced in the year 1984.

 

  1. (a) (i) Explain four causes of water pollution.
  • Direct discharge of industrial chemicals by industries to the rivers, lakes, seas and oceans
  • Discharge of non-decomposing materials e.g. plastics
  • Pollution of seas, oceans and lakes by shipping especially oil tankers which discharge oil at the sea
  • Using the sea as a dumping ground for the household and industrial wastes
  • Agricultural chemicals in runoff (fertilizers, pesticides or herbicides) end up in rivers which become polluted
  • Disposal of radioactive waste from nuclear power stations to the oceans
  • Sewage water treatment using recycle methods and chlorine chemicals, the chemicals end up in the water

 

       (ii) State five measures that can be taken to control water

            pollution.

  • Limiting/controlling the size of human population (population growth rate)
  • Introduction of waste treatment plants
  • Introduction of public health services to monitor water supply for drinking
  • Introduction of strict anti pollution laws and enforcing them
  • Manufacturing of non-biodegradable products could be prohibited

 

     (b)(i) Explain four ways through which the government promotes
conservation of the environment.

  • Improvement of water, soil and air management through afforestation
  • A signatory to the International conventions on pollution control
  • Develop and exploit alternative sources of energy especially non-pollutant fuels e.g. electricity
  • Develop and exploit alternative uses of agro-chemicals e.g. the use of manures
  • Establishment of environmental standards and ethics
  • Environmental public awareness campaigns on pollution
  • Setting up a committee responsible for environmental conservation e.g. permanent presidential commission on environment and soil conservation
  • Setting aside a national tree planting day
  • Inclusion of environmental education in the school curriculum

 

       (ii) Why is the use of inorganic measures encouraged in

             improving  soil fertility?

  • It binds the soil together
  • It improves soil texture and structure
  • Nourishes soil organism
  • It improves soil temperature
  • It buffers soil
  • Adds a variety of soil nutrients into the soil

 

  1. (a) What is a multipurpose project.

This refers to an undertaking intended for many economic purposes e.g. irrigation, fishing, transport, and reservoir e.t.c.

 

       (b) (i) Name one multipurpose project in Kenya.

Masinga dam, Turkwel.

 

 

 

 

       (ii) State the objectives of the project you have named above.

The objectives of Masinga dam include to:

  • Act as a reservoir of the rest of the dams downstream, releasing water as required by the subsequent power stations
  • Provide water for irrigation
  • Be used for fishing
  • Be a tourists’ attraction centre. Masinga tourist lodge nearby provides recreational facilities.
  • Produce hydroelectric power

 

       (iii) State four problems the development of the project may bring

               to the  area.

  • Forms a barrier thus hindering transportation across the valley
  • It covers most of the fertile farmlands along the river valley
  • High water loss through evaporation due to the exposure of large water surface to direct sunrays
  • It interferes with the water animals (marine life) which cannot cross the barrier dam
  • The calm waters encourage breeding of mosquitoes and bilharzias snails
  • It segregates people who were neighbours due to resettlement in higher grounds

 

    ( c ) Describe the problems that led to the establishment of the Tennessee  Valley Authority.

  • Flooding during the rainy season from the Appalachian ranges
  • Deforestation of land due to clearing for cultivation
  • Monoculture which led to the exhaustion of the soil
  • Steep slopes which were bare and encouraged soil erosion

    (d) Explain how the Tennessee Valley Authority dealt with the problems   named in ( c ) above.

  • The problems were solved by construction of 33 dams along the river course to control floods
  • Reforestation of the steep hill slopes
  • Filling in the gullies which had been formed by erosion
  • Implementing (introducing) the modern methods of farming – terracing, crop rotation and fertilizer application
  • Planting of grass and cover crops to reduce surface run-off

INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY NOTES- UPDATED & EDITABLE

Introduction to chemistry

Chemistry is a branch of Science. Science is basically the study of living and non-living things. The branch of science that study living things is called Biology.The branch of science that study non-living things is called Physical Science.Physical Science is made up of:

(i)Physics- the study of matter in relation to energy

(ii)Chemistry- the study of composition of matter.

 

Chemistry is thus defined as the branch of science that deals with the structure composition, properties and behavior of matter.

Basic Chemistry involves studying:

 

(a)States/phases of matter

Matter is anything that has weight/mass and occupies space/volume.Naturally, there are basically three states of matter.

 

(i) Solid-e.g. soil, sand, copper metal ,bucket, ice.

(ii)Liquid-e.g water, Petrol, ethanol/alcohol, Mercury(liquid metal).

(iii)gas- e.g. Oxygen, Nitrogen ,Water vapour.

 

A solid is made up of particles which are very closely packed. It thus has a definite/fixed shape and fixed/definite volume/occupies definite space. It has a very high density.

 

A liquid is made up of particles which have some degree of freedom. It thus has no definite/fixed shape.It takes the shape of the container it is put. A liquid has fixed/definite volume/occupies definite space.

 

A gas is made up of particles free from each other. It thus has no definite/fixed shape. It takes the shape of the container it is put. It has no fixed/definite volume/occupies every space in a container.

 

(b) Separation of mixture

A mixture is a combination of two or more substances that can be separated by physical means. Simple methods of separating mixtures at basic chemistry level include

(i)Sorting/picking-this involve physically picking one pure substance from a mixture with another/other. e. g. sorting maize from maize beans mixture.

 

(ii)Decantation-this involve pouring out a liquid from a solid that has settled/sinking solid in it. e. g. Decanting water form sand.

 

(iii)Filtration-this involves sieving /passing particles of a mixture through a filter containing small holes that allow smaller particle to pass through but do not allow bigger particle to pass through.

 

(iv)Skimming-this involve scooping floating particles. e.g. cream from milk

 

(c) Metals and non-metals

Metals are shiny,ductile(able to form wires),malleable(able to form sheet) and coil without breaking. e.g. Iron, gold, silver, copper. Mercury is the only liquid metal known.

Non-metals are dull, not ductile(do not form wires), not malleable(do not form sheet) and break on coiling/brittle. e.g. Charcoal,  Sulphur , plastics.

 

(d)Conductors and non-conductors

A conductor is a solid that allow electric current to pass through. A non-conductor is a solid that do not allow electric current to pass through.

All metals conduct electricity. All non-metals do not conduct electricity except carbon graphite.

 

(e)Drugs

A drug is a natural or synthetic/man-made substance that when taken changes/alter the body functioning.A natural or synthetic/man-made substance that when taken changes/alter the abnormal body functioning to normal is called medicine. Medicines are thus drugs intended to correct abnormal body functions.. Medicines should therefore be taken on prescription and dosage.

Aprescription is a medical instruction to a patient/sick on the correct type of medicine to take and period/time  between one intake to the other .

A dosage is the correct quantity of drug required to alter the abnormal body function back to normal. This is called treatment.

It is the professional work of qualified doctors/pharmacists to administer correctprescription and dosage of drugs/medicine to the sick.

Prescription and dosage of drugs/medicine to the sick  use medical language.

 Example

(i) 2  x  4;  means “2” tablets for solid drugs/spoon fulls for liquid drugs taken “4” times  for a duration of one day/24 hours  and then repeated and continued until all the drug given is finished.

(ii) 1  x  2;  means “1” tablets for solid drugs/spoon fulls for liquid drugs taken “2” times  for a duration of one day/24 hours  and then repeated and continued until all the drug given is finished.

Some drugs need minimal prescription and thus are available without pharmacist/ doctor’s prescription.They are called Over The Counter(OTC) drugs.OTC drugs used to treat mild headaches, stomach upsets, common cold include:

(i) painkillers

(ii) anti acids

(iii) cold/flu drugs.

All medicines require correct intake dosage. When a prescription dosage is not followed,this is called drug misuse/abuse.

Some drugs are used for other purposes other than that intended. This is called drug abuse.

Drug abuse is when a drug is intentionally used to alter the normal functioning of the body. The intentional abnormal function of the drug is to make the victim have false feeling of well being.

The victim lack both mental and physical coordination.

Some drugs that induce a false feeling of well being are illegal. They include heroin, cocaine, bhang, mandrax and morphine.

Some abused drugs which are not illegal include: miraa, alcohol, tobacco, sleeping pills.

 

The role of chemistry in society

 

(a)Chemistry is used in the following:

(i)Washing/cleaning with soap:

Washing/cleaning is a chemical process  that involve jnteraction of water,soap and dirt so as to remove the dirt from a garment.

 

(ii)Understanding chemicals of life

Living thing grow, respire and feed. The formation and growth of cells involve chemical processes in living things using carbohydrates, proteins and vitamins.

 

(iii)Baking:

Adding baking powder to dough and then heating in an oven involves  interactions that require understanding of chemistry.

 

(iv)Medicine:

Discovery,test ,prescription and dosage of drugs to be used for medicinal purposes require advanced understanding of chemistry

(v)Fractional distillation of crude oil:

Crude oil is fractional distilled to useful portions like petrol,diesel,kerosene by applying chemistry.

 

(vi)Manufacture of synthetic compounds/substances

Large amounts of plastics,glass,fertilizers, insecticides, soaps, cements, are manufactured worldwide. Advanced understanding of the chemical processes involved is a requirement.

 

(vii)Diagnosis/test for abnormal body functions.

If the body is not functioning normally,it is said to be sick/ill.Laboaratory test are done to diagnose the illness/sickness.

 

(b)The following career fields require Chemistry as one of subject areas of advanced/specialized study:

(i)Chemical engineering/chemical engineer

(ii)Veterinary medicine/Veterinary doctor

(iii)Medicine/Medical doctor/pharmacist/nurse

(iv)Beauty/Beautician

(v)Teaching/Chemistry teacher.

 

The School Chemistry Laboratory

 

Chemistry is studied mainly in a science room called a school chemistry laboratory.

The room is better ventilated than normal classroom. It has electricity, gas and water taps.

Aschool chemistry laboratory has a qualified professional whose called Laboratory technician/assistant.

All students user in aschool chemistry laboratory must consult the Laboratory technician/assistant for all their laboratory work.

A school chemistry laboratory has chemicals and apparatus.

A chemical is a substance whose composition is known. All chemical are thus labeled as they are.

This is because whereas physically a substance may appear similar, chemically they may be different.

All Chemicals which are not labeled should never be use.

Some chemicals are toxic/poisonous, explosive, corrosive, caustic, irritants, flammable, oxidizing, carcinogenic, or radioactive.

Care should always be taken when handling any chemical which have any of the above characteristic properties.

Commonschool chemistry laboratory chemicals include:

(i)distilled water

(ii)Concentrated mineral acid which are very corrosive(on contact with skin they cause painful open wounds)

(iii)Concentrated alkali/bases which are caustic(on contact with skin they cause painful blisters)

(iv)Very many types of salts

 

The following safety guideline rules should be followed by chemistry laboratory users:

(i)Enter the laboratory with permission in an orderly manner without rushing/pushing/scrabbling.

(ii)Do not try unauthorized experiments. They may produce flammable, explosive or toxic substances that affect your health.

(iii)Do not taste any chemical in the laboratory. They may be poisonous.

(iv)Waft gas fumes to your nose with your palm.Do not inhale/smell gases directly. They may be highly poisonous/toxic.

(v)Boil substances with mouth of the test tube facing away from others and yourself. Boiling liquids spurt out portions of the hot liquid. Products of heating solids may be a highly poisonous/toxic gas.

(vi)Wash with lots of water any skin contact with chemicals immediately.Report immediately to teacher/laboratory technician any irritation,cut,burn, bruise or  feelings arising from laboratory work.

(vii)Read and follow safety instruction.All experiments that evolve/produce poisonous gases should be done in the open or in a fume chamber.

(viii)Clean your laboratory work station after use.Wash your hand before leaving the chemistry laboratory.

(ix)In case of fire, remain calm, switch of the source of fuel-gas tap. Leave the laboratory through the emergency door. Use fire extinguishers near the chemistry laboratory to put of medium fires. Leave strong fires wholly to professional fire fighters.

(x)Do not carry unauthorized item from a chemistry laboratory.

 

An apparator /apparatus are scientific tools/equipment used in performing scientific experiments. The conventional apparator used in performing a scientific experiments is called standard apparator/apparatus. If the conventional standard apparator/apparatus is not available, an improvised apparator/apparatus may be used in performing a scientific experiments. An improvised apparator/apparatus is one used in performing a scientific experiment for a standardapparator/apparatus. Most standard apparatus in a school chemistry laboratory are made of glass because:

(i)Glass is transparent  and thus reactions /interactions inside are clearly visible from outside

(ii)Glass is comparatively cheaperwhich reduces cost of equipping theschool chemistry laboratory

(iii)glass is comparatively easy to clean/wash after use.
(iv)glass is comparatively unreactive to many chemicals.

 

Apparatus are designed for the purpose they are intended ina school chemistrylaboratory:

 

(a)Apparatus for measuring volume

 

  1. Measuring cylinder

 

Measuring cylinders are apparatus used to measure volume of liquid/ solutions. They are calibrated/graduated to measure any volume required to the maximum. Measuring cylinders are named according to the maximum calibrated/graduated volume e.g.

“10ml” measuring cylinder is can hold maximum calibrated/graduated volume of “10mililitres” /“10 cubic centimetres”

“50ml” measuring cylinder is can hold maximum calibrated/graduated volume of “50mililitres” /“50 cubic centimetres”

“250ml” measuring cylinder is can hold maximum calibrated/graduated volume of “250mililitres” /“250 cubic centimetres”

“1000ml” measuring cylinder is can hold maximum calibrated/graduated volume of “1000mililitres” /“1000 cubic centimetres”

 

2.Burette

Burette is a long and narrow/thin apparatus used to measure small accurate and exact volumes of a liquid solution. It must be clamped first on a stand before being used. It has a tap to run out the required amount out. They are calibrated/graduated to run outsmall volume required to the maximum 50ml/50cm3.

The maximum 50ml/50cm3calibration/graduation reading is at the bottom .This ensure the amount run out from a tap below can be determined directly from burette readingbefore and after during volumetric analysis.

Burettes are expensive and care should be taken when using them.

 

3.(i) Pipette

Pipette is a long and narrow/thin apparatus that widens at the middle used to measure and transfer small very accurate/exact volumes of a liquid solution.

It is open on either ends.

The maximum 25ml/25cm3calibration/graduation mark is a visible ring on one thin end.

To fill a pipette to this mark, the user must suck up a liquid solution upto a level above the mark then adjust to the mark using a finger.

Thisrequire practice.

(ii)Pipette filler

Pipette filler is used to suck in a liquid solution into a pipette instead of using the mouth. It has a suck, adjust and eject button for ensuring the exact volume is attained. This requires practice.

 

4.Volumetric flask.

A volumetric flask is thin /narrow but widens at the base/bottom. It is used to measure very accurate/exact volumes of a liquid solution.

The maximumcalibration /graduation mark is a visible ring.

Volumetric flasks are named according to the maximum calibrated/graduated volume e.g.

“250ml” volumetric flask  has a calibrated/graduated mark at exact volume of “250mililitres” /“250centimetres”

“1l” volumetric flask  has a calibrated/graduated mark at exact volume of “one litre” /“1000 cubic centimetres”

“2l” volumetric flask  has a calibrated/graduated mark at exact volume of “two litres” /“2000 cubic centimetres”

  1. Dropper/teat pipette

A dropper/teat pipette is a long thin/narrow glass/rubber apparatus that has a flexible rubber head.

A dropper/teat pipette is used to measure very small amount/drops of liquid solution by pressing the flexible rubber head.The number of drops  needed are counted by pressing the rubber gently at a time

 

(b)Apparatus for measuring mass

 

1.Beam balance

A beam balance has a pan where a substance of unknown mass is placed. The scales on the opposite end are adjusted to “balance” with the mass of the unknown substance. The mass from a beam balance is in grams.

 

2.Electronic/electric balance.

An electronic/electric balance has a panwhere a substance of unknown mass is placed.The mass of the unknown substance in gramsis available immediately on the screen.

 

(c)Apparatus for measuring temperature

A thermometer has alcohol or mercury trapped in a bulb with a thin enclosed outlet for the alcohol/mercury in the bulb.

If temperature rises in the bulb, the alchohol /mercury expand along the thin narrow enclosed outlet.

The higher the temperature,the more the expansion.

Outside, a calibration /graduation correspond to this expansion and thus changes in temperature.

Athermometer therefore determines the temperature when the bulb is fully dipped in to the substance being tested. To determine the temperature of solid is thus very difficult.

 

(d)Apparatus for measuring time

The stop watch/clock is the standard apparatus for measuring time.Time is measured using hours, minutes and second.

Common school stop watch/clock has start, stop and reset button for determining time for a chemical reaction.This require practice.

 

(e) Apparatus for scooping

 

  1. Spatula

A spatula is used to scoop solids which do not require accurate measurement. Both ends of the spatula can be used at a time.

A solid scooped to the brim is “one spatula end full”A solid scooped to halfbrim is “half spatula end full”.

 

  1. Deflagrating spoon

A deflagrating spoon is used to scoop solids which do not require accurate measurement mainly for heating. Unlike a spatula, a deflagrating spoon is longer.

 

(f) Apparatus for putting liquids/solid for heating.

 

1.Test tube.

A test tube is a narrow/thin glass apparatus open on one side. The end of the opening is commonly called the “the mouth of the test tube”.

 

  1. Boiling/ignition tube.

A boiling/ignition tube is a wide glass apparatus than a test tube open on one side. The end of the opening is commonly called the “the mouth of the boiling/ignition tube”.

 

  1. Beaker.

Beaker is a wide calibrated/graduated lipped glass/plastic apparatus used for transferring liquid solution which do not normally require very accurate measurements

Beakersare named according to the maximum calibrated/graduated volume they can hold e.g.

“250ml” beaker has a maximum calibrated/graduated volume of “250mililitres” /“250 cubic centimetres”

“1l” beaker has a maximum calibrated/graduatedvolume of “one litre” /“1000 cubic centimetres”

“5 l” beaker has a maximum calibrated/graduated volume of “two litres” /“2000 cubic centimetres”

 

  1. Conical flask.

A conical flask is a moderately narrow glass apparatus with a wide base and no calibration/graduation. Conical flasks thus carry/holdexact volumes of liquids that have been measured using other apparatus. It can also be put some solids. The narrow mouth ensures no spirage.

Conical flasksare named according to the maximum volume they can hold e.g.

“250ml” Conical flaskshold a maximum volume of “250mililitres” /“250 cubic centimetres”

“500ml” Conical flasks hold a maximum volume of “500ml” /“1000 cubic centimetres”

 

  1. Round bottomed flask

A round bottomed flask is a moderately narrow glass apparatus with a wide round base and no calibration/graduation. Round bottomed flask thus carry/hold exact volumes of liquids that have been measured using other apparatus. The narrow/thin mouth prevents spirage. The flask can also hold (weighed) solids. A round bottomed flask must be held/ clamped when in use because of its wide narrow base.

 

  1. Flat bottomed flask

A flat bottomed flask is a moderately narrow glass apparatus with a wide round base with a small flat bottom. It has no calibration/graduation.

Flat bottomed flask thus carry/hold exact volumes of liquids that have been measured using other apparatus.The narrow/thin mouth prevents spirage. They can also hold (weighed) solids.A flat bottomed flask must be held/ clamped when in use because it’s flat narrow base is not stable.

 

(g) Apparatus for holding unstable apparatus( during heating).

1.Tripod stand

A tripod stand is a three legged metallic apparatus which unstable apparatus are placed on (during heating).Beakers. conical flasks,round bottomed flask and flat bottomed flasks are placed on top of tripod stand (during heating).

2.Wire gauze/mesh

Wire gauze/mesh is a metallic/iron plate of wires crossings. It is placed on top of a tripod stand:

(i) ensure even distribution of heat to prevent cracking glass apparatus

(ii) hold smaller apparatus that cannot reach the edges of tripod stand

3 Clamp stand

A clamp stand is a metallic apparatus which tightly hold apparatus at their “neck” firmly.

A clamp stand has a wide metallic base that ensures maximum stability. The heightand position of clamping is variable. This require practice

4.Test tube holder

A test tube holder is a hand held metallic apparatus which tightly hold test/boiling/ignition tube at their “neck” firmly on the other end.

Some test tube holders have wooden handle that prevent heat conduction to the hand during heating.

  1. Pair of tong.

A pair of tong is a scissor-like hand held metallic apparatus which tightly hold firmly a small solid sample on the other end.

6.Gas jar

A gas jar is a long wide glass apparatus with a wide base.

It is open on one end. It is used to collect/put gases.

This requires practice.

 

(h) Apparatus for holding/directing liquid solutions/funnels ( to avoid spirage).

1.Filter funnel

A filter funnel is a wide mouthed (mainly plastic) apparatus that narrow drastically at the bottom to a long extension.

When the long extension is placed on top of another apparatus, a liquid solution can safely be directed through the wide mouth of the filter funnel into the apparatus without spirage.

Filter funnel is also used to place a filter paper during filtration.

2.Thistle funnel

A thistle funnel is a wide mouthed glass apparatus that narrow drastically at the bottom to a very long extension.

The long extension is usually drilled through a stopper/cork.

A liquid solution can thus be directed into a stoppered container without spirage

  1. Dropping funnel

A dropping funnel is a wide mouthed glass apparatus with a tap that narrow drastically at the bottom to a very long extension.

The long extension is usually drilled through a stopper/cork.

A liquid solution can thus be directed into a stoppered container without spirage at the rate determined by adjusting the tap.

  1. Separating funnel

A separating funnel is a wide mouthed glass apparatus with a tap at the bottom narrow extension.

A liquid solution can thus be directed into a separating funnel without spirage. It can also safely be removed from the funnel by opening the tap.

It is used to separate two or more liquid solution mixtures that form layers/immiscibles. This requires practice.

 

(h) Apparatus for heating/Burners

 

  1. Candle, spirit burner, kerosene stove, charcoal burner/jiko are some apparatus that can be used for heating.

Any flammable fuel when put in a container and ignited can produce some heat.

 

2.Bunsen burner

The Bunsen burner is the standard apparatus for heating in a Chemistry school laboratory.

It was discovered by the German Scientist Robert Wilhelm Bunsen in1854.

 

(a)Diagram of a Bunsen burner

 

 

A Bunsen burner uses butane/laboratory gas as the fuel. Thebutane/laboratory gas is highly flammable and thus usually stored safely in a secure chamber outside  Chemistry school laboratory. It is tapped and distributed into the laboratory through gas pipes.

The gas pipes end at the gas tap on a chemistry laboratory bench .If opened the gas tap releasesbutane/laboratory gas.Butane/laboratory gas has a characteristic odour/smell that alerts leakages/open gas tap.

The Bunsen burner is fixed to the gas tap using a strong rubber tube.

 

The Bunsen burner is made up of the following parts:

 

(i)base plate –to ensure the burner can stand on its own

 

(ii)Jet-a hole through which laboratory gas enters the burner

 

(iii)Collar/sleeve-adjustable circular metal attached to the main chimney/burell with a side hole/entry. It controls the amount of air entering used during burning.

 

(iv)Air hole- a hole/entry formed when the collar side hole is in line with chimney side hole. If thecollar side hole is not in line withchimney side hole, the air hole is said to be “closed”If thecollar side hole is in line withchimney side hole, the air hole is said to be “open”

 

(v)Chimney- tall round metallic rod attached to the base plate.

 

(b)Procedure for lighting/igniting a Bunsen burner

  1. Adjust the collar to ensure the air holes are closed.
  2. Connect the burner to the gas tap using a rubber tubing. Ensure the rubber tubing has no side leaks.
  3. Turn on the gas tap.
  4. Ignite the top of the chimney using a lighted match stick/gas lighter/wooden splint.

5.Do not delay excessively procedure (iv) from (iii) to prevent highly  flammable laboratory gas from escaping/leaking.

 

(c)Bunsen burner flames

A Bunsen burner produces two types of flames depending on the amount of air entering through the air holes.

If the air holes are fully open, a non luminous flame is produced. If the air holes are fully closed, a luminous flame is produced. If the air air holes are partially open/ closed, a hybrid of non luminous and luminous flames is produced.

 

Characteristic differences between luminous and non-luminous flame

Luminous flame Non-luminous flame

 

1.Produced when the air holes are fully/completely closed. 1.Produced when the air holes are fully/completely open.

 

2.when the air holes are fully/completely closed there is incomplete burning/ combustion of the laboratory gas 2.when the air holes are fully/completely open there is complete burning/ combustion of the laboratory gas

 

3.Incomplete burning/ combustion of the laboratory gas produces fine unburnt carbon particles which make the flame sooty/smoky 3.complete burning/ combustion of the laboratory gas does not produce carbon particles.This make the flame non-sooty  /non- smoky.
4.Some carbon particlesbecome white hot and emit light.This  flame is thus bright yellow in colour producing light.This makes luminous flame useful for lighting 4.Is mainly blue in colour and is hotter than luminous flame. This makes non-luminous flame useful for heating

 

5.Is larger, quiet  and wavy/easily swayed by wind 5.Is smaller, noisy  and steady

 

 

Luminous flame has three main regions:

(i)the top yellow region where there is incomplete combustion/burning

(ii)the region of unburnt gas  below the yellow region where the gas does not burn

(iii)  blue region on the sides of region of unburnt gas where there is complete burning

Non-luminous flame has four main regions:

(i)the top colourless region

(ii)  blue region just below where there is complete burning.It is the hottest region

(iii)  green region surrounded by the blue region  where there is complete burning

(ii)the region of unburnt gas  at the innermost surrounded by green and blue regions. No burning takes place here

 

 

Scientific apparatus are drawn:

(i)using a proportional two dimension(2D) cross-sections. Three dimensions (3D) are not recommended.

(ii)straight edges of the apparatus on a scientific diagram should be drawn using ruler.

(iii)curved edges of the apparatus on a scientific diagram should be drawn using free hand.

(iv)The bench, tripod or clamp to support apparatus which cannot stand on their own should be shown.

 

CLASSIFICATION OF SUBSTANCES

Substances are either pure or impure. A pure substance is one which contains only one substance.

An impure substance is one which contains two or more substances. A pure substance is made up of a pure solid, pure liquid or pure gas.

A mixture is a combination of two or more pure substances which can be separated by physical means.The three states of matter in nature appear mainly as mixtures of one with the other.

Common mixtures include:

 

(a)Solutions/solid-liquid dissolved mixture

Experiment:

To make a solution of copper(II)sulphate(VI)/Potassium manganate(VII)/sodium chloride

Procedure

Put about 100 cm3 of water in three separate beakers. Separately place a half spatula end full of copper(II)sulphate(VI) ,Potassium manganate(VII) and sodium chloride crystals to each beaker. Stir for about two minutes.

Observation

Copper(II)sulphate(VI) crystals dissolve to form a blue solution

Potassium manganate(VII) crystals dissolve to form a purple solution

Sodium chloride crystalsdissolve to form a colourless solution

Explanation

Some solids, liquids and gases dissolve in some other liquids.

A substance/liquid in which another substance dissolves is called solvent.

A substance /solid /gas which dissolves in a solvent is called solute.

When a solute dissolves in a solvent it forms a uniform mixture called solution.

A solute dissolved in water as the solvent exists in another state of matter called aqueous state.Water is refered as the universal solvent because it dissolves many solutes.A solute that dissolves in a solvent is said to be soluble.Soluble particles uniformly spread between the particles of water/solvent and cannot be seen.

Solute          +        Solvent        ->      solution

Solute          +        Water          ->       Aqueous solution of solute

 

The solute dissolved in water gives the name of the solution

  1. g.
  2. Sodium chloride solution is a solution formed after dissolving sodium chloride crystals/solid in water.Sodium chloride exists in aqueous state after dissolving.

Sodium chloride    +    Water     ->Sodium chloride solution

NaCl(s)        +        (aq)   ->      NaCl(aq)

 

  1. Ammonia solution is a solution formed after dissolving ammonia gas in water.

Ammoniaexists in aqueous state after dissolving.

Ammonia gas        +    Water     ->     Aqueous ammonia

NH3(g)        +        (aq)   ->        NH3(aq)

 

3.Copper(II)sulphate(VI) solution is a solution formed after dissolving Copper(II) sulphate(VI)  crystals/solid in water.Copper(II)sulphate(VI) exist in aqueous state after dissolving.

Copper (II)sulphate(VI)    +   Water     ->   Copper (II)sulphate(VI) solution

CuSO4(s)                 +      (aq)   ->      CuSO4 (aq)

 

4.Potassium manganate(VII) solution is a solution formed after dissolving Potassium manganate(VII) crystals/solid in water.

Potassium manganate(VII)exist in aqueous state after dissolving.

Potassium manganate(VII) + Water   ->Potassium manganate(VII) solution

KMnO4(s)    +(aq)  ->      KMnO4 (aq)

 

(b)Suspension/ precipitates/solid-liquid mixture which do not dissolve

 

Experiment: To make soil,flour and Lead(II)Iodide suspension/precipitate

Procedure

Put about 100 cm3 of water in three separate beakers. Separately place a half spatula end full of soil ,maize and  lead(II)Iodide to each beaker. Stir for about two minutes.

Observation

Some soil , maize and  lead(II)Iodide float in the water

A brown suspension/precipitate/particles suspended in water containing soil

A white suspension/precipitate/particles suspended in water containing flour

A yellow suspension/precipitate/particles suspended in water containing Lead(II)iodide.

Some soil , maize and  lead(II)Iodide settle at the bottom after some time.

Explanation

Somesolid substances do not dissolve in a liquid.They are said to be insoluble in the solvent .When an insoluble solid is put in liquid:

(i) some particles remain suspended/floatingin the liquid to form a suspension/precipitate.

(ii) some particles sink/settle to the bottom to form sediments after being allowed to stand .

An insoluble  solid acquire the colour of  the suspension/precipitate .e.g .

1.A white suspension /precipitate has some fine white particles suspended/floatingin the liquid.Not “white solution”

2.A blue suspension /precipitate has some fine blue particles suspended/floatingin the liquid.

3.A green suspension /precipitate has some fine green particles suspended/floatingin the liquid.

4.A brown suspension /precipitate has some fine brown particles suspended/floatingin the liquid.

4.A yellow suspension /precipitate has some fine yellow particles suspended/floatingin the liquid.

 

(c) (i) Miscibles/Liquid-liquid mixtures

To form water-ethanol  and Kerosene-turpentinemiscibles

Procedure

(i)Measure 50cm3 of ethanol into 100cm3 beaker. Measure 50cm3 of water. Place the water  into the beaker containing ethanol. Swirl for about one minute.

(ii)Measure 50cm3 of kerosene into 100cm3 beaker. Measure 50cm3 of  turpentine oil. Place the turpentine oil  into the beaker containing kerosene. Swirl for about one minute.

Observation

Two liquids do not form layers.

Ethanol and water form a uniform mixture.

Kerosene and turpentine oil form uniform mixture

Explanation

Ethanol is miscible in Water.Kerosene is miscible in turpentine oil.Miscible mixture form uniform mixture. They do not form layers. The particles of one liquid are smaller than the particles of the other. The smaller particles occupy the spaces between the bigger particles.

 

(ii) Immiscibles /Liquid-liquid mixtures

To form water-turpentine oiland Kerosene-water miscibles

Procedure

(i)Measure 50cm3 of water into 100cm3 beaker. Measure 50cm3 of  turpentine oil. Place the oil into the beaker containing water. Swirl for about one minute.

(ii)Measure 50cm3 of water into 100cm3 beaker. Measure 50cm3 of kerosene. Place the kerosene into the beaker containing water. Swirl for about one minute.

Observation

Two liquids form layers.

Turpentine and water do not form a uniform mixture.

Water and kerosene do not form uniform mixture

Explanation

Kerosene is immiscible in Water.Water is immiscible in turpentine oil. Immiscible mixtures do not form uniform mixtures. They form layers. The size of the particles of one liquid isalmost equal to the particles of the other. The particles of one liquid cannot occupy the spaces between the particles of the other. The heavier particles settle at the bottom. The less dense particles settle on top.

 

(d)Solid-solid mixtures/Alloys

Before solidifying, some heated molten/liquid metals dissolve in another metal to form a uniform mixture of the two. On solidifying, a uniform mixture of the metals is formed. A uniform mixture of two metals on solidifying is called alloy. In the alloy, one metallic particle occupies the spaces between the metallic particles of the other.

  1. c) Common alloys of metal.
Alloy name Constituents of the alloy Uses of the alloy
Brass Copper and Zinc Making scews and bulb caps

 

Bronze Copper and Tin Making clock springs,electrical contacts and copper coins

 

Soldier Lead and Tin Soldering, joining electrical contacts because of its low melting points and high thermal conductivity

 

Duralumin Aluminium, Copper and Magnesium Making aircraft, utensils, windows frames because of its light weight and corrosion resistant.

 

Steel Iron, Carbon ,Manganese and other metals Railway lines, car bodies girders and utensils.
Nichrome Nichrome and Chromium Provide resistance in electric heaters and ovens

 

German silver Copper, Zinc and Nickel Making coins

 

 

 

METHODS OF SEPARATING MIXTURES

 

Mixtures can be separated from applying the following methods:

 

(a) Decantation

 

Sediments can be separated from a liquid by pouring out the liquid. This process is called decantation.

 

Experiment

Put some sand in a beaker. Add about 200cm3 of water. Allow sand to settle.

Pour off water carefully into another beaker.

 

Observation

Sand settles at the bottom as sediments.

Less clean water is poured out.

Explanation

Sand does not dissolve in water. Sand is denser than water and thus settles at the bottom as sediment. When poured out, the less dense water flows out.

 

(b)Filtration

 

Decantation leaves suspended particles in the liquid after separation. Filtration is thus improved decantation.

Filtration is the method of separating insoluble mixtures/particles/solids from a liquid.

Experiment: To separate soil and water using filtration

Fold a filter paper to fit well into a filter funnel. Place the funnel in an empty 250cm3 beaker.

Put one spatula end full of soil into 50cm3 of water. Stir. Put the soil/water mixture into the filter funnel.

Observations

Clean water is collected below the filter funnel.

Soil remains above the filter paper.

Explanation

A filter paper is porous which act like a fine sieve with very small holes. The holes allow smaller water particles to pass through but do not allow bigger soil particles. The liquid which passes through is called filtrate. The solid which do not pass through is called residue.

Set up of apparatus

 

In industries, filtration is used in engine filters to clean up air.

 

 

 

(c)Evaporation

Evaporation is a method of separatinga solute/solid from its solution. This involves heating a solution(solvent and solute)to vapourize the solvent out of the solution mixture leaving pure solute/solid. If a mixture contain insoluble solid,they are filtered out.

Experiment:: To separate a mixture of  soil and salt(sodium chloride) .

Procedure:

Put one spatula end full of soil on a filter paper.

Put one spatula full of common salt/sodium chloride into the same filter paper. Mix well using the spatula,.

Place about 200cm3 of water into a beaker.

Put the contents of the filter paper into the water. Stir thoroughly using a glass/stirring rod for about one minute.

Fold a filter paper into a filter funnel.

Pour half portion of the contents in the beaker into the filter funnel.

Put the filtrate into an evaporating dish. Heat on a water bath.

Observation

(i)On mixing

Colourless crystals and brown soil particles appear on the filter paper.

(ii)On adding water

Common soil dissolves in water. Soil particles do not dissolve in water.

(iii)On filtration

Colourless liquid collected as filtrate below the filter funnel/paper.

Brown residue collected above the filter funnel/paper.

(iv)On evaporation

Colourless crystals crystals collected after evaporation

Explanation

Solid mixture of sand and common salt take the colours of the two.

On adding water,common salt dissolve to form a solution .

Soil does not because it is insoluble in water and thus forms a suspension.

On filtration, a residue of insoluble soil does not pass through the filter paper.

It is collected as residue.

Common salt solution is collected as filtrate.

On heating the filtrate, the solvent/water evaporate/vapourize out of the evaporating dish leaving common salt crystals.

Vapourization/evaporation can take place even without heating.

This is the principle/process of drying wet clothes on the hanging line.

Set up of apparatus

 

 

 

 

(d) Distillation

Distillation is an improved evaporation where both the solute and the solvent in the solution are separated /collected. Distillation therefore is the process of separating a solution into constituent solid solute and the solvent. It involves heating the solution to evaporate/vapourize the solvent out. The solvent vapour is then condensed back to a liquid.

 

Experiment: To obtain  copper(II)sulphate(VI) crystals and water from copper(II)sulphate(VI) solution.

 

Procedure:

Put one spatula end full of copper(II)sulphate (VI) crystals into a 250cm3 beaker.

Place about 200cm3 of water into the beaker.

Stir thoroughly using a glass/stirring rod for about one minute.

Pour half portion of the contents in the beaker into a round bottomed/flat/conical flask broken porcelain/sand/glass into the flask.

Put a few pieces of b Stopper the flask.

Connect the flask to a liebig condenser using delivery tube.

Place a 200cm3 clean empty beaker/conical flask as a receiver at the end of the liebig condenser.

Circulate water in the liebig condenser.

Heat the flask strongly on a tripod stand with wire mesh/gauze until there is no more visible boiling bubbles in the flask.

 

Observation

Copper(II)sulphate (VI) crystals dissolve in water to form a blue solution.
On heating, colourless liquid is collected in the receiver.

Blue crystals are left in the flask.

(if gently heated further, the blue crystals turn to white powder)

 

Explanation

On heating blue Copper(II)sulphate (VI) solution, the colourless liquid solvent evaporate/vapourize .

The liquid vapour/gas passes through the delivery tube to the liebig condenser.

Theliebig condenser has a cold water inlet near the receiver and cold water out let.

This ensures efficient cooling. If thecold water outlet/inlet is reversed, the water circulation would be less efficient.

The water in the receiver would be warm.In the liebig condenser, the cold water,condenses the liquid vapour into liquid.

The condensed liquid  collects in the receiver as distillate.

The solute of blue Copper(II)sulphate (VI) crystals  is left in the flask as residue.

During simple distillation,therefore, the solution is heated to vapourize /evaporate the solvent/one component which is condensed at a different part of the apparatus.

The purpose of pieces of broken porcelain/porous pot/glass/sand/ is to:

(i)prevent  bumping  of the solution during boiling.

(ii)ensure smooth and even boiling.

Salty sea water can be made pure through simple distillation.

Any mixture with a large difference /40oC in boiling point can be separated using simple distillation.

Set up of apparatus

 

 

(e)Fractional distillation

Fractional distillation is an improved simple distillation used specifically to separate miscible mixtures with very close /near boiling points.

 

Fractional distillation involves:

(i)Heating the mixture in a conical/roundbottomed /flat bottomed flask.

The pure substance with a lower boiling point and thus more volatile evaporates/boils/vapourizes first.

e.g.

Pure ethanol has a boiling point of 78oC.Pure water has a boiling point of 100oC at sea level/one atmosphere pressure.

When a miscible mixture of ethanol and water is heated,ethanol vapourizes/boils/evaporates first because it is more volatile.

(ii)The conical/round bottomed /flat bottomed flask is connected to a long glass tube called fractionating column.

The purpose of the fractionating column is to offer areas of condensation for the less volatile pure mixture.

The fractionating column is packed with glass beads/broken glass/porcelain/shelves to increase the surface area of condensation of the less volatile pure mixture.

(iii)When the vapours rise they condense on theglass beads/broken glass /porcelain / shelves which become hot.

When the temperature of the glass beads/broken glass/porcelain/shelves is beyond the boiling point of the less volatile pure substance, the pure substance rise and condensation take place on the glass beads/broken glass/porcelain/shelves  at a higher level on the fractionating column.

The less volatile pure substance  trickles/drips back down the fractionating column or back into theconical/round bottomed /flat bottomed flask to be heated again. e.g.

If the temperature on glass beads/broken glass/porcelain/shelves is beyond 78oC,the more volatile pure ethanol rise to condense on the glass beads/broken glass/porcelain/shelves higher in the fractionating column.

Water condenses and then drip/trickle tothe glass beads/broken glass /porcelain /shelves lower in the fractionating column because it is less volatile.

 

(iv)The fractionating column is connected to a liebig condenser. The liebig condenser has a cold water inlet and outlet circulation.

The more volatile mixture that reach the top of the fractionating column is condenses by the liebig condenser into a receiver. It is collected as the  first fraction.

 

(v)At the top of the fractionating column, a thermometer is placed to note/monitor the temperature of the boiling mixtures .

Pure substances have constant/fixed boiling point. When one mixture is completely separated, the thermometer reading rises.

 

e.g. The thermometer reading remains at78oC when ethanol is being separated. When no more ethanol is being separated, the mercury/alcohol level in the thermometer rises.

(vi)The second /subsequent fractions are collected in the receiver after noting a risethe mercury/alcohol level in the thermometer.

e.g.

The thermometer reading rises to 100oC when water is being separated. It is passed through the liebig condenser with the cold water inlet and outlet circulation. It is collected different receiver as the second/subsequent fraction.

 

(vii)Each fraction collected should be confirmed from known physical/chemical properties/characteristic.

e.g.

Ethanol

Ethanol is a colourless liquid that has a characteristic smell .When it is put in a watch glass then ignited, it catches fire and burn with a blue flame.

Water

Water is a colourless liquid that has no smell/odour .When it is put in a watch glass then ignited, it does not catch fire.

Set up of apparatus

 

 

         

 

Industrial application of Fractional distillation

On a large scale,fractional distillation is used:

(i)Infractional distillation of crude oil in an oil refinery.

Crude oil is a mixture of many fractions. When heated in a furnace, the different fractions separate out according to their boiling point.In Kenya,fractional distillation takes place at Changamwe in Mombasa.

(ii)In fractional distillation of air.

Air contain a mixture of three main useful gases which are condensed by coolin to very low temperature (-200oC) to form a liquid. The liquid is then heated.Nitrogen is the most volatile(-196oC) and thus comes out as the first fraction. Argon (at -186oC) is the second fraction. Oxygen ( at -183oC) is the last fraction. The three gases are very useful industrial gases.

 

 

 

(f)Separation of immiscibles (Using a separating funnel)

Two or more liquids that form layers on mixing are immiscible.Immiscible mixture arrange themselves according to their densities

i.e The denser liquid sink to the bottom. The less dense liquid floats on the denser one. Immicible mixtures can be separated from each other by using a separating funnel.

Experiment: To separate an immiscible mixture of paraffin and water.

Procedure

Place about 100cm3 of water into a 250cm3 beaker. Add about 100cm3 of paraffin into the beaker. Stir.

Transfer the mixture into a separating funnel. Allow to settle for about one minute. Openthe tap, run out the lower layer out slowly into a clean beaker. Close the tap when the upper layer is very close to the tap.

Run out the intermediate small amount of the mixture near the tap into a beaker. Discard it.

Run out the remaining upper layer into a fresh beaker.

Place a portion of upper and lower layer into a watch glass separately after separating each.Ignite.

Observation

Water and paraffin are both colourless liquids.

Two layers are formed on mixing.

Colourless odourless liquid collected first. It  does not catch fire.

A colourless liquid with characteristic smell collected later/second. It catches fire and burn with a yellow smoky flame.

Explanation

Water and paraffin are immiscible. Water is denser than paraffin.When put in a separating funnel, paraffin float on water. On opening the tap, water runs out.A mixture of water and paraffin at the junction of the two is discarded. It is not pure.

Set up of apparatus

 

 

 

(g)Sublimation/deposition

Some solids on heating do not melt to a liquid but change directly to a gas. The process by which a solid changes to a gas is called sublimation. The gas cools back and changes directly to a solid.The process by which a gas changes to a solid is called deposition. Sublimation and deposition therefore arethe same but opposite processes.

          GAS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sublimation                     Deposition

SOLID

 

 

 

 

Some common substances that undergosublimation/ deposition include:

(i)Iodine                          (ii)Carbon(IV)oxide        (iii)Camphor            (iv) ammonium chloride         (v)Iron(III)chloride                 (vi)Aluminium(III)chloride

(vii) benzoic acid

 

If a mixture has any of the above as a component, then on heating it will change to a gas and be deposited away from the source of heating.

Procedure

Place about one spatula full of ammonium chloride crystals into a clean dry 100cm3 beaker. Add equal amount of sodium chloride crystals into the beaker. Swirl to mix.

Place the beaker on a tripod stand.

Put about 100cm3 of water into another beaker. Place carefully the beaker containing water on top of the beaker containing the solid mixture. Light/ignite a burner and heatthe solid.

Set up of apparatus:

 

 

 

Observation

(i)With ammonium chloride/common salt mixture

White fumes produced .

White sublimate deposited

Colourless residue left

(ii)With Iodine/common salt mixture

Purple fumes produced .

Dark grey sublimate deposited

Colourless residue left

Explanation

(i)On heating a mixture of ammonium chloride and common salt, a white fumes of ammonium chloride is produced. The white fumes solidify as white sublimate on the cooler parts.Common salt remains as residue.

 

Chemical equation:

Ammonium chloride solid                             Ammonium chloride gas

 

NH4Cl(s)                                   NH4Cl(g)

 

(ii)On heating a mixture of Iodine and common salt, a purple fumes of Iodine vapour is produced. The purple fumes solidify as dark grey sublimate on the cooler parts.Common salt remains as residue.

 

Chemical equation:

Iodine solid                           Iodine gas

 

I2(s)                             I2 (g)

 

 

(h)Chromatography

Chromatography is a method of separating components of a solution mixture by passing it through a medium where the different components move at different rates. The medium through which the solution mixture is passed is called absorbent material.

Paper chromatography is a method of separating coloured dyes by using paper as the absorbent material.

Since dyes are insoluble/do not dissolve in water,ethanol and propanone are used as suitable solvents for dissolving the dye.

Practically, a simple paper chromatography involve placing a dye/material on the absorbent material, adding slowly a suitable soluble solvent on the dye/material using a dropper, the solvent spread out on the absorbent material carrying the soluble dye away from the origin.

The spot on which the dye is initially/originally placed is called baseline. The farthest point the solvent spread is called solvent front.

The farthest a dye can be spread by the solvent depend on:

(i)density of the dye-the denser the dye, the less it spread from the basely ne by the solvent.

(ii) Stickiness of the dye-some dyes sticks on the absorbent material more than other thus do not spread far from baseline.

Experiment: To investigate the colours in ink

Procedure

Method 1

Place a filter paper on a an empty beaker. Put a drop of black/blue ink in the centre of the filter paper. Wait for about one minute for the ink drop to spread. Using a clean teat pipette/dropper add one drop of ethanol/propanone.Wait for about one minute for the ink drop to spread further. Add about twenty other drops of ethanol waiting for about one minute before each addition. Allow the filter paper to dry.

 

 

Experiment: To investigate the colours in ink

Procedure

Method 2

Cut an8 centimeter thin strip of a filter paper. At   about 3cm on the strip,place a drop of ink.Place the filter paper in a 10cm length boiling tube containing 5cm3 of ethanol. Ensure the cut strip of the filter paper just dips into the ethanol towards the ink mark. Cover theboiling tube. Wait for about twenty minutes. Remove the boiling tube andallow the filter paper to dry.

Set up of apparatus

Method 1

Set up of apparatus

Method 2

 

 

Explanation

When a drop of ink is placed on an absorbent material it sticks. On adding an eluting solvent, it dissolves the dye spread out with it. The denser and sticky pure dye move least. The least dense/sticky pure dye move farthest.  A pure dye will produce the same chromatogram/spot if the same eluting solvent is used on the same absorbent material. Comparing the distance moved by a pure dye with a mixture ,the coloured dyes in a mixture can be deduced as below:

Example 1

The chromatogram of pure dyes A,B ,C and a dye mixture D is shown below Determine the pure dyes present in D. On the diagram show:

(i)the solvent front

(ii)baseline

(iii)the most soluble pure dye

 

 

(i) Solvent extraction

Solvent extraction is a method of separating oil from nuts/seeds. Most nuts contain oil. First the nuts are crushed to reduce their size and increase the surface area. A suitable volatile solvent is added. The mixture is filtered. The filtrate solvent is then allowed to crystallize leaving the oil/fat. If a filter paper is rubbed/smeared with the oil/fat, it becomes translucent. This is the test for the presence of oil/fat.

 

Experiment: To extract oil from Macadamia nut seeds

Procedure

Crush Macadamia nut seeds form the hard outer cover .Place the inner soft seed into a mortar. Crush(add a little sand to assist in crushing).

Add a little propanone and continue crushing. Continue crushing and addinga little propanone until there is more liquid mixture than the solid. Decant/filter.Put the filtrate into an evaporating dish. Vapourize the solvent using solar energy /sunlight. Smear/rub a portion of the residue left after evaporation on a clean dry filter paper.

Observation /Explanation

Propanone dissolve fat/oil in the macadamia nuts. Propanone is more volatile(lower boiling point)than oil/fat. In sunlight/solar energy, propanone evaporate/vapourize leaving oil/fat(has a higher boiling point).Any seed like corn,wheat ,rice,soya bean may be used instead of macadamia seed.When oil/fat is rubbed/smeared on an opaque paper,it becomes translucent.

 

(j) Crystallization

Crystallization is the process of using solubility of a solute/solidto obtain the  solute/solid crystals from a saturated solution by cooling or heating the solution.

A crystal is the smallest regular shaped particle of a solute. Every solute has unique shape of its crystals.

Some solutions form crystals when heated. This is because less solute dissolve at higher temperature.Some other solutions form crystals when cooled. This is because less solute dissolve at lower temperature.

 

Experiment;To crystallize copper(II)sulphate(VI)solution

Procedure:

Place about one spatula full of hydrated copper sulphate(VI) crystals into 200cm3 of distilled water in a beaker.Stir. Continue adding a little more of the hydrated copper sulphate(VI) crystals and stirring until no more dissolve. Decant/filter. Cover the filtrate with a filter paper.Pierce and make small holes on the filter paper cover. Preserve the experiment for about seven days.

 

Observation/Explanation

 

Large blue crystals formed

When hydrated copper(II)sulphate crystals are placed in water, they dissolve to form copper(II)sulphate solution.After some days water slowly evaporate leaving large crystals of copper(II)sulphate.If the mixture is heated to dryness,small crystals are formed.

 

Physical/Temporary and Chemical changes

A physical/temporary change is one which no new substance is formed and is reversible back to original.

A chemical/permanent change is one which a new substance is formed and is irreversible back to original.

 

The following experiments illustrates physical and chemical changes

 

(a)Heating ice

Place about 10g of pure ice in a beaker. Determine its temperature.Record it at time “0.0” in the table below.Heat the ice on a strong Bunsen flame and determine its temperature after every 60seconds/1minute to complete the table below:

Time/minutes 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Temperature (oC) -2 0 0 40 80 90 95 95 96

 

Plot a graph of time against Temperature(y-axes)

Explain  the shape of your graph

Melting/freezing/fusion/solidification and boiling /vaporization /evaporation are the two physical processes.

Melting /freezing point of pure substances is fixed /constant.

The boiling point of pure substance depend on external atmospheric pressure.

Melting/fusion is the physical change of a solid to liquid.

Freezing is the physical change of a liquid to solid.

Melting/freezing/fusion/solidification are therefore two opposite but same reversible physical processes i.e

 

A (s)                           A(l)

Boiling/vaporization/evaporation is the physical change of a liquid to gas.

Condensation/ liquidification is the physical change of gas to liquid.

Boiling/vaporization/evaporation and condensation/ liquidification are therefore two opposite but same reversible physical processes i.e

B (l)                            B(g)

Practically

(i) Melting/liquidification/fusion involves heating a solid to weaken the strong bonds holding the solid particles together.

Solids are made up of very strong bonds holding  the particles very close to each other (Kinetic Theory of matter).

On heating these particles gain energy/heat from the surrounding heat source to form a liquid with weaker bonds holding the particles close together but with some degree of freedom.

(ii)Freezing/fusion/solidification involves cooling a  liquid to reform /rejoin the very strong bonds to hold  the particles very close to each other as solid and thus lose their degree of freedom (Kinetic Theory of matter).

Freezing /fusion / solidification is an exothermic (∆H)process that require particles holding the liquid together to lose energy  to the surrounding.

(iii)Boiling/vaporization/evaporation involves heating a liquid to completely break/free the bonds holding the liquid particles together.

Gaseous particles have high degree of freedom (Kinetic Theory of matter).

Boiling /vaporization / evaporation is an endothermic (+∆H) process that require/absorb energy from the surrounding.

 

(iv)Condensation/liquidification is reverse process of boiling /vaporization / evaporation.

It involves gaseous particles losing energy to the surrounding to form a liquid.

Updated Form 1 to 4 Physics Notes Free Downloads

Updated Form 1 to 4 Physics Notes

PYYSICS F 4 NOTES.docx
08-LP-TG10.ppt
09_energy.ppt
26_-_Radiation_Detection_&_Measurement_II.ppt
Electricity.ppt
Energy and Work.ppt
Energy transfer.ppt
Energy.ppt
FORUM_PALMER.ppt
Heat.ppt
Kinds_Energy.ppt
Magnetism.ppt
magnetism.ppt1.ppt
motion.ppt
NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION.pptx
nuclear-fissionfusion.pptx
P19[1].33.Steinle.ppt
PHYC NOTES CATHODE RAYS.pdf
PHYC NOTES CURRENT ELECTRICITY (II) .docx
PHYC NOTES CURRENT ELECTRICITY (II).doc
PHYC NOTES CURRENT ELECTRICITY (II).docx
PHYC NOTES ELECTRONICS.doc
PHYC NOTES ELECTRONICS.docx
PHYC NOTES Energy Changes and Potential Difference .dot
PHYC NOTES F1-4.docx
PHYC NOTES HEATING EFFECT OF AN ELECTRIC CURRENT.docx
PHYC NOTES MAINS ELECTRICITY.docx
PHYC NOTES NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION .docx
PHYC NOTES PHOTOELECTRIC EFFECT .docx
PHYC NOTES QUANTITY OF HEAT.doc
PHYC NOTES RADIOACTIVITY.docx
PHYC NOTES REFRACTION OF LIGHT .docx
PHYC NOTES X- RAYS.docx
PHYC NOTES X-RAYS .dotx
PHYC NOTES, ELECTROSTATICS 2.doc
PHYC NOTES, LENSES.docx
PHYSICS ELECTRICITY NOTES.docx
RADIOACTIVE DETECTORS 2.docx
Radioactivity Hazards.doc
Scientific_Method.ppt
The Physics Classroom Topics.doc
TOPIC 1- Introduction to Physics.doc
TOPIC 2 – Measurement I.doc
Topic 2 Mechanic.doc
TOPIC 3 Force.doc
Topic 3 Why are electrical devices so useful.doc
TOPIC 4 PRESSURE.docx
TOPIC 5 Particulate Nature of Matter.doc
TOPIC 6 Thermal Expansion.doc
Topic 8 – Rectilinear Propagation of light.doc

COMPUTER STUDIES FORM 4 REVISION NOTES PDF

INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKING AND DATA COMMUNICATION

INTRODUCTION

A computer network forms whenever 2 or more computers are interconnected together with other related accessories to work together.

Non computer networks include:

  1. Road networks that facilitate transfer of goods and services.
  2. Telephone networks (voice networks) with many lines that criss cross a country.
  3. Blood circulatory system in the human body.
  4. The neuron system in the human brain.

DEFINITION OF TERMS USED IN NETWORKING

  1. COMPUTER NETWORK
  • A collection of independent entities that are arranged in such a manner as to exchange data, information or resources.
  • A collection of computers linked together using transmission media for the purpose of communication and resource sharing.
  1. TRANSMISSION MEDIA
  • Transmission media refers to any physical or non-physical link between two or more computers and in which a signal can be made to flow from source to destination.
  • Some of the shared resources include:
    1. Application programs.
    2. Fax machines.
    3. Storage devices.

 

  1. DATA COMMUNICATION
  • It is the process of transmitting data signal from one point to another through the network.
  • It is the movement of data by telecommunication systems.

 

TERMS USED IN DATA COMMUNICATION

  1. Data signal.
  2. Signal modulation and demodulation.
  3. Multiplexing.
  4. Band width.
  5. Base band.
  6. Broad band transmission.
  7. Attenuation.

 

 

  1. DATA SIGNAL
  • Computers communicate by transferring data signals between themselves.
  • Refers to a voltage level in the circuit which represents the flow of data.
  • There are two types of data signals:
  1. Analog signal: data made up of continuous varying wave form similar to voice or sound wave.
  2. Digital signal: data made up non-continuous discrete signal.

 

  1. SIGNAL MODULATION AND DEMODULATION
  • Process of converting data signals to a form that is suitable for transmission over a transmission medium.
  1. Modulation: converting digital data signals into analog data signals.
  2. Demodulation: converting digital data by superimposing it on analog carrier signal which can be transmitted over analog telephone lines.

 

  1. MULTIPLEXING
  • Process of sending multiple data signals over the same medium i.e. a wire conductor can be made to carry several data signals either simultaneously or at different times.
  • Demultiplexing is the process of separating the multiplexed signals at the receiving end.
  • The different data signals are made to have different frequencies on the cable hence they do not interfere with one another.
  • The different frequencies cause what is called different logical channels in the medium.

A multiplexed link

  1. BAND WIDTH
  • The maximum amount of data that a transmission medium can carry at any one time. For example, a certain cable may have a bandwidth of 100 Mbps (Mega bits per second).

 

  1. BASE BAND SIGNAL
  • A signal that is generated and applied to the transmission medium directly without modulation.
  • The signal takes the form of voltages of different magnitudes applied to the medium.

 

  1. BROAD BAND TRANSMISSION
  • This is where an analog signal is send over the transmission medium using a particular frequency.
  • Several data signals can be send simultaneously through the same medium but at different frequencies.

 

  1. ATTENUATION
  2. This is the loss of signal strength (decrease in magnitude and energy) as a signal progressively moves along a transmission medium.
  3. If the signal is not boosted, it will totally be lost along the way and may never reach the destination.
  4. This condition is usually corrected by placing signal amplifiers also called repeater stations along the medium at appropriate distances in order to receive the weak signal, clean it, amplify it then retransmit it.

 

MODES OF DATA COMMUNICATION

  1. Half duplex.
  2. Full duplex.

 

  1. SIMPLEX
    • Communication is only in one direction.
    • They re only meant to send or receive messages.

 

Example

  1. Radio broadcast – the listener cannot communicate back through the radio receiver.
  2. Television broadcast.
  3. Transmission from a computer to a line printer.

 

 

 

 

  1. HALF DUPLEX
  • Communication takes place in both directions but one direction at a time.
  • Two interconnected devices exchange data alternately where the devices switch between send and receive modes after each transmission.

 

 

 

 

Example

  1. Walkie talkies
  2. Fax machines.

 

  1. FULL DUPLEX
  • Occurs in both directions simultaneously.

 

 

 

Example:

  1. Telephone system, a person can talk without waiting for the other to finish.
  2. Computers can send and receive data on a network.

 

TYPES OF COMPUTER NETWORKS

Classified according to size.
  • Local Area Networks (LAN)
  1. Metropolitan Area Network (MAN)
  2. Wide Area Network (WAN)

 

  1. LOCAL AREA NETWORK
  • A communication network that spans a relatively small geographical area like in one building or a school.
  • LANs are characterized by:
  1. Limited geographical area.
  2. High data transmission rates.
  3. Low cost transmission
  4. Low intra-office traffic.

 

  • LANs allow information and computer resources to be shared by many users e.g.
  1. Mass storage devices.

 

  • LANs are also characterized by the following components:
  1. Work stations.
  2. Network interface cards (NIC)
  3. Network transmission cables.
  4. Network operating systems.
  5. Network accessories.

 

  1. SERVER
  • A computer dedicated to servicing requests for resources from other computers (workstations) on a network.
  • The server provides services to LAN users.

 

  1. WORK STATIONS
  • Any other computer connected to a network and can share resources with any other devices on the network.
  1. METROPOLITAN AREA NETWORK (MAN)
  • Type of a network which covers a geographical extended fashion area like a town or city (approximately a radius of 5 – 50 km).
  • The MAN infrastructure may be owned by a single company that has offices across a metropolitan area.
  • A MAN therefore is made up of many LANs in a metropolitan area.

 

  1. WIDE AREA NETWORK (WAN)
  • Also known as Long Haul Network (LHN).
  • It is a type of a network that covers a large geographical area such as a country, a continent or the whole world.
  • It consists of many LANs and Mans connected to form one large network such as the Internet.

 

CHARACTERISTICS OF WANs

  1. Unlimited geographical area.
  2. Low data transmission rates.
  3. High transmission link costs.
  4. Long distance transmission.
  5. High degree of vender independence.
  6. Costly to install and maintain.

 

PURPOSE AND LIMITATIONS OF NETWORKING

  • These are the reasons for setting up computer networks, together with the challenges associated with the implementation of the computer networks.

 

PURPOSE OF NETWORKING

  1. Resource sharing
  2. Remote communication.
  3. Distributed processing facilities.
  4. Cost effectiveness.

 

  1. Resource sharing
  • Resource refers to data/information, files, printers, modems, communication links, storage devices, fax machines, application programs etc.
  • As long as computers are connected, they can share their files, exchange mail, send faxes from any point on the network.
  • Users do not need to transfer files via removable storage but would send the work to a network printer.
  • The centralized access to data and information leads to less waste of time and hence greater productivity.
  • In most network arrangements, the shared resources may be attached to a network server.
  • The clients/workstations then send their requests to the server.
  • The network server runs a special program (server software) which controls computers on the network and listen to client requests to service them over the network. – Illustration Page 6

 

  1. Remote communication
  • Refers to the transmission of data signals between the communicating devices located at different geographical locations.
  • A remote client (a computer that accesses resources) from a remote host (the computer being accessed) provides remote communication mostly by use of wireless transmission media such as radio waves, microwaves and satellites.
  • It is through remote communication that people can be able to share ideas and pass messages over the Internet.
  • Remote communication thus eliminates the need of people to travel/roam for long distances by giving them a lot of freedom to the network which translates to more productivity.

 

  1. Distributed processing facilities
  • Refers to the act of running the same programs or databases on different computers which are on the same network.
  • Computers can do processing at their own dispersed locations or departments and can share programs, data and other resources with each other.
  • It simplifies flow of information and saves time and resources.

 

Advantages of distributed data processing:

  1. The failure of the central computer does not affect the operations of the other terminals.
  2. Processing load is shared equally hence no time wastage.

 

  1. Cost effectiveness
  • Although the initial cost and laying down of network components may be expensive, the savings experienced and the value added to service delivery make them a ready choice for enterprising managers.
  • The network greatly increases the efficient use of scarce resources.
  • Networks have also enhanced daily communication by providing a paperless communication environment.
  • Users can send electronic messages and mail to each other instead of having to bear the cost of stamp duty or delivery charges.
  • Company executives may not need to travel across continents to hold meetings. They can hold video conferences and save on traveling expenses.

 

  1. Reliability
  • Data can be transferred with minimum error from source to destination.
  • Users can still access data and information from the other computers on the network incase one breaks down.

 

LIMITATIONS OF NETWORKING

  1. Security issues.
  2. High initial cost.
  3. Moral and cultural effects.
  4. Spread of terrorism and drug trafficking.
  5. Over-reliance on networks.

 

  1. Security issues
  • Data and information is prone to more illegal access threats because there can be data access and sharing from various points.
  • Data can also be tapped or listened to by unauthorized parties, during transmission of data from source to destination.
  • One of the common methods of data protection in a networked environment is encryptioning.

 

  1. High initial cost
  • Networking is an expensive venture for an organization.
  • It is expensive to acquire networking equipments.
  • It is expensive to train network administrators, users and general maintenance of networks.
  • The initial cost of buying network hardware and software is very high.

 

  1. Moral and cultural effects
  • The internet has chat rooms and messaging services that may enable under age children to meet peers and adults on the net, some of whom may have bad intentions.
  • Access to pornography and other negative materials has also led to moral decay, leading to the fight against social problems like HIV/AIDS, bad sexual behaviour, drugs and substance abuse more complicated.

 

  1. Spread of terrorism and drug trafficking
  • The internet provides a rich recruitment ground for all types of illegal activities such as terrorism and drug trafficking.
  • The easy flow of information from one place to another keeps even those who are on the wrong side of the law communicating easily.
  • Terrorists and drug traffickers use information networks for their business communications.

 

  1. Over-reliance on networks
  • The danger of network failure can paralyze the operations of an organization besides damaging files.
  • If by any chance the network fails, many systems in organizations can be brought to a halt.

 

ELEMENTS OF NETWORKING

A computer network is made up of several standard elements (components) which can be classified into 3 major categories:

  1. Data communication media.
  2. Communication devices.
  3. Networking software.
  4. Data signal.

 

  1. DATA COMMUNICATION MEDIA
  • A pathway used for carrying data and information from one point to another.
  • The communication medium dictates the type of signals that will be used to transmit a message.
  • Transmission media is the physical path (bounded) and non physical path (unbounded) between the transmitter and the receiver.
  • The communication media/channels/pathways can be divided into two:
  1. Communication using cables (bounded media).
  2. Wireless communications (unbounded media).

 

  1. COMMUNICATION USING CABLES (BOUNDED MEDIA)
  • Communication signals are transmitted from the source to the destination through a restricted pathway such as a cable.
  • Any radiation from the guided medium is regarded as signal loss.
  • The most common types of bounded transmission media are:
  1. Two wire open line cables.
  2. Twisted pair cables.
  • Coaxial cables.
  1. Fibre optic cables.

 

  1. I) TWO WIRE OPEN LINES CABLES:
  • Made up of two parallel copper wires separated by a plastic insulator.
  • Used in telecommunication network to transmit voice signal.
  • Although the plastic insulator is meant to reduce inter-line interference called crosstalk, their linear nature allows an electromagnetic field to build around them during heavy data transmission which may cause interference to the signal.
  • The wires also capture environmental frequencies e.g. radio waves hence causing noise in the transmission channel.
  • Noise refers to random unwanted signals picked up by the channel.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • The most significant impairments during data transmissions are:
  1. Attenuation: the loss of signal strength (amplitude) as is travels along the cable.
  2. Cross talk: caused by signal coupling between the different cable pairs contained within a multipair cable bundle i.e. interline interference.
  3. Noise: Random unwanted signals picked up by the channel, caused by either cross talk or externally included impulses e.g. from sources like motors, switching equipments, high current equipments etc.
  4. Impendence: this is the resistance offered by the cable to the signal.

 

  1. II) TWISTED PAIR CABLES
  • Made up of two solid copper wire strands wound around each other in a double helix manner to reduce the development of an electromagnetic field around the two wires as they transmit data.
  • Mostly used to transmit both voice and data signals.
  • The two common types of twisted pair cables are:
    1. The unshielded twisted pair (UTP)
    2. Shielded twisted pair (STP)

 

  1. a) Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP)
  1. They do not have a shield that prevents electromagnetic interference (EMI) also called (electric noise” from the environment like lightening sparks, radio signals and radiations from spark plugs in motor vehicles.
  2. They are therefore not suitable for environments that are electrically “noisy”.

 

  1. b) Shielded Twisted Pair (STP)
  • Similar to unshielded twisted pair except that a braided shield is wrapped around the wires to protect (shield) them from noise.
  • The shielding may be a metallic foil or copper braid.
  • Shielding minimizes electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference.
  • Twisted pair cables are categorized into 5 groups according to the type of data transmitted and maximum rate of transmission as shown below:

 

Category Suitable for transmitting Speed (max. limit)
1 Voice Less than 1 Mbps
2 Data 1 Mbps
3 Data 16 Mbps
4 Data 20 Mbps
5 Data 100 Mbps

 

KEY:

  • Mbps – Megabits per second.

 

  • Today’s networks are approaching speeds of Gigabits per second.
  • Most organizations today use category 5 twisted pair cables to set up their local area network.

Advantages of twisted pair cables:

  1. They can support high data rates (bandwidth) of up to 100 Mbps.
  2. Telephone systems use UTP which is present in most buildings hence it is easier to set up a network media because connection is already available.
  3. Installation equipment is cheap and readily available.
  4. It is cheap because of mass production for telephone use.

 

Disadvantages of twisted pair cabling

  1. Suffers high attenuation – a repeater is needed to amplify the signal.
  2. It is sensitive to electromagnetic interference and eavesdropping (tapping into communication channels to get information).
  3. It has low data transmission rates as compared to other cables.

 

III) COAXIAL CABLES

  • Specially wrapped and insulated cables that are able to transmit data at very high rate.
  • They consist of central copper wire covered with a dielectric material (insulator).
  • The dielectric material is then surrounded by a hollow mesh conductor which is covered by a shield making the cable more resistant to electromagnetic interference than the twisted pair cable.
  • The signal is transmitted by inner copper wire and is electrically shielded by the other copper sleeve.
  • The braid (mesh conductor) is made up of copper or aluminum and serves as the ground for the carrier wire.
  • Together with the insulation and any foil shield, the braid shield protects the carrier wire from radio frequency interference (RFI) and electromagnetic interference (EMI).
  • Although the cable has better protection against electrical interference than the TCP, they have moderate protection against magnetic interference.
  • The diameter of the centre core or conductor determines the attenuation rate i.e. the thinner the core, the higher the attenuation rate.
  • Data is carried on this cable using direct current (DC).
  • Coaxial cables have bandwidths of up to 1Gbps, hence they are installed in a network to form the network backbone (a link that connects two or more separate local area networks).

 

Types of coaxial cables:

  1. a) Thin coaxial cable (Thinnet)
  • Has one dielectric insulator.

 

  1. b) Thick coaxial cable (Thicknet)
  • Has two dielectric insulators around the core and is thicker than the thinnet.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advantages of coaxial cables

  1. They are very stable even under high load.
  2. Have a large bandwidth – up to 1Gbps compared to twisted pair.
  3. Can carry voice, data and video signal simultaneously.
  4. More resistant to radio and electromagnetic interference than twisted pair cables.
  5. Extensively used for longer distance telephone lines and as cables for closed circuit TV.
  6. Many are packaged in bundles that can handle 15000 telephone calls simultaneously.
  7. Have a higher immunity to noise distortion and data loss.

 

Disadvantages of coaxial cables

  1. Thick coaxial cables are hard to work with.
  2. They are relatively expensive to buy and to install as compared to twisted pairs especially for longer distance transmission.
  3. They are vulnerable to tapping.
  4. Attenuation for long distance transmission.

 

  1. IV) FIBRE OPTIC CABLES
  • Utilize light (optic) to transmit data from one pint to another on the network.
  • Electrical signals from the source are converted to light signals, and then propagated along the fibre optic cable.
  • To convert an electric signal to light, you need a light emitting diode (LED) at the transmitter.
  • At the receiving end, a photosensitive device can be used to convert the light signals back to electric signals that can be processed by the computer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fibre network.

 

 

Types of fibre optic cables

  1. Single mode fibre.
  2. Multimode fibre.

 

  1. a) Single mode fibre
  • Has a very narrow center core.
  • Light in the cable can only take one path through it.
  • Has a low attenuation rate.
  • Preferred for long distance transmission.
  • Has a bandwidth of 50 Gbps which is higher than that of the twisted pair’s 100Mbps.
  • It is very expensive.
  • Requires very careful handling during installation.

 

  1. b) Multimode fibre cable
  • Has a thicker core.
  • Allows several light rays to be fed in the cable at an angle.
  • Distortion of signals is possible because of multiple light signals navigating the cable at the same time.
  • Have a high attenuation rate.
  • Usually used for shorter distances than single mode.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Light signal travels through the core through a process referred to as total internal reflection.
  • The process that causes total internal reflection is called refraction.
  • Refraction is the bending of light when it crosses the boundary of two mediums that have different density.
  • When light signal is inserted into the cable, it rises to cross from the core to the cladding.
  • The light is bent back into the core hence propagates along the length of the cable as shown below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The fibre optic cable is made up of:

  1. The Core.
  2. Buffer
  3. Strength member.

 

 

  1. a) The core:
  • The central part of the cable made of a hollow transparent plastic glass.

 

  1. b) Cladding:
  • a single protective layer surrounding the core. It has light bending characteristics.
  • When light tries to travel from the core to the cladding, it is redirected back to the core.

 

  1. c) Buffer:
  • Surrounds the cladding and its main function is to strengthen the cable.

 

  1. d) Jacket:
  • It is the outer covering of the cable.

Advantages and features of fibre optic cables

  1. Offer high quality transmission of signals.
  2. Light weight – a normal glass fibre is the size of a human hair.
  3. Can transmit voice, data and video signals simultaneously.
  4. Have a large bandwidth (up to 1Gbps).
  5. Low cross talk.
  6. Immune to interference and eavesdropping.
  7. More resistant to radio and electromagnetic interference.
  8. Long distance can be covered because they have low attenuation.
  9. Can be used in hazardous places – high flammable, because the do not generate electrical signals.
  10. Can withstand extreme temperatures – up to 10000

 

Disadvantages of fibre optic

  1. Connectivity devices and the media are expensive.
  2. Installation is difficult because the cable needs careful handling.
  3. Relatively complex to configure.
  4. A broken cable is difficult and expensive to repair.
  5. Expensive for shorter distances.
  6. Prone to water seepage and freezing.

 

  1. WIRELESS COMMUNICATION (UNBOUNDED MEDIA)
    • Type of media used to transmit data from one point to another without using physical connections.
    • A transmitting antenna and receiver aerial are used to facilitate the communication.

 

Examples of wireless transmission media:

  • Radio waves.
  1. Infrared transmission.
  2. Bluetooth technology.
  • The transmission media above use different frequencies of the electromagnetic spectrum as shown below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. I) MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION
  • A microwave is extremely high frequency (communication beam) that is transmitted over direct line of sight path.
  • The method uses very high frequency radio signals to transmit data through space.
  • The electromagnetic wave cannot pass obstacles and geographical barriers such as mountains.
  • Due to their small wavelength, they easily release their energy in water as heat hence they are also used in making microwave ovens used in domestic kitchen appliances.
  • In networking, microwaves are suitable for point to point transmissions.
  • A signal is directed thorough a focused beam from transmitter to the receiver station.

 

 

 

 

  1. II) SATELLITE COMMUNICATION
  • A satellite is a microwave relay station.
  • The microwave stations have parabolic dishes with an antenna fixed on them in order to focus a narrow beam towards the satellite in space.

 

Main Components of a satellite transmission system

  1. Transmitter earth station:
  • Sets up an uplink to the satellite in order to transmit data.
  • The uplink has a unique frequency.

 

  1. A satellite:
  • Launched somewhere in an orbit that receives, amplifies and retransmits the signal to a receiving earth station via a downlink frequency that is different from that of the uplink so as to avoid interference with the uplink signal.

 

  1. Receiving earth station:
  • Receives the sent signal on the other side of the globe.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • A communication satellite is usually launched into space about 36,000 km above the earth in such a manner that its speed will be relatively equal to the rotation speed of the earth.
  • These types of satellites are called geostationary satellites.
  • They are convenient because they eliminate the need to keep on moving the parabolic dish in a bid to track the line of sight.
  • A geostationary satellite offers a large constant line of sight to earth stations.
  • The area where the line of sight can easily be located is called the satellites footprint.
  • The satellite transmits the signal to many recipient earth stations to form a point to multipoint transmission.
  • The new trends in microwave transmission have seen the use of very small aperture terminal (VSAT) technology.
  • It refers to a very small satellite dish used both in data, radio and TV communication.
  • It enables direct communication instead of having to go through the state owned satellite gateways.
  • The satellite produces strong signals that can be received by a satellite dish antenna of only about 2 meters in diameter.
  • The signals are decoded using a decoder which is plugged directly to a television set or a computer.

 

 

III) RADIO COMMUNICATION

  • Radio waves travel just like surface water waves.
  • They are omnidirectional i.e. they start from a central point and spread outwards in all directions.
  • Their energy spreads outwards over the covered area.
  • The waves are radiated into the atmosphere by a radio frequency antenna at constant velocity.
  • Radio waves are not visible to the human eye.
  • They are used in radio and television broadcasts.
  • Data can also be transmitted over radiowaves communication channels.
  • Radiowaves can be of high frequency, very high frequency or ultra-high frequency.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) High frequency (HF) radio waves
  • A Signal is propagated by directing it to the ionosphere of the earth.
  • The iron sphere will reflect it back to the earth’s surface and the receiver will pick the signal.
  • The biggest challenge of HF communication is the danger of signal interception by unauthorized parties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Very high frequency (VHF) radio waves
  • Transmitted along the earth’s surface.
  • Due to the curvature of the earth, the signal will most likely attenuate at the horizon.
  • Repeater stations have to therefore be placed strategically to maintain a line of sight in order to receive, amplify and propagate the signal from one area to another.
  • Common technology with the hand held radio devices like ‘walkie-talkie’ radios.
  • The range of VHF is limited but preferred to high frequency where no major obstructions are encountered on the landscape, because it is possible to make the wave to follow a narrower and more direct path to the receiver.
  • To overcome the obstructions on the earth surface like mountains and buildings, repeater stations are built on raised areas.

 

  1. c) Ultra high frequency (UHF) radiowaves.
  • They are like VHF when it comes to the line of sight principle i.e. there should be no barrier between the sending and the receiving aerial.
  • They require smaller aerials.
  • The TV aerial for VHF is bigger than the one for UHF radiowaves because UHF radiowaves can be made to follow an even narrower and direct path to the receiver than VHF radiowaves.
  • Therefore UHF is popular for horizon limited broadcasts.

 

  1. IV) BLUETOOTH TECHNOLOGY
  • A new transmission technology i.e. a short range technology that enables people to use hand held communication devices like cell phones and PDAs to access the internet.
  • It enhances communication of personal communication devices through wireless technology.
  • The main component in Bluetooth is a small low power two-way radio transceiver, small enough to be inserted in small devices.
  • A network of Bluetooth enabled devices is called a wireless personal area network (WPAN) or piconet.

 

  1. V) INFRARED TRANSMISSION
  • Fall just below the visible light on the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • They are not visible to the human eye.
  • Communication is achieved by having infrared transmitters and receivers (transceivers).
  • Transceivers of infrared signals must be within a line of sight in the same room.
  • Unlike radio signals, infrared signals cannot penetrate obstacles like walls. However, the signal can be reflected off surfaces like walls and ceiling until they reach their destination.
  • An example is the infrared transceiver on most mobile phones.
  • Once activated, two people in the same room can send messages to each other on their mobile phones without going through the mobile service provider.
  • In computer networking, the technology can be used to connect devices in the same room to each other without need for cables e.g. a computer to a printer.
  • The computers infrared transceiver must maintain a line of sight with the one for the printer.

 

Advantages of wireless communications

  1. Wireless medium is flexible in operation as compared to bounded media i.e. devices can be moved around without losing access to the network.
  2. Wireless networks can span large geographical areas easily.
  3. It can take place via satellite even in very remote areas that do not have high cost physical infrastructure like telephone lines.

 

Disadvantages of wireless communications

  1. Relatively difficult to establish or configure.
  2. The initial cost is very high.

 

COMMUNICATION DEVICES

  • These are devices used as interfaces or junctions between the terminal devices.
  • Terminal equipment are devices at both ends of the communication link such as a computer.
  • Examples of data communication devices include:
  1. Modems and codecs.
  1. Access points.

 

  1. I) NETWORK INTERFACE CARDS (NIC)
  • Creates a physical link between the computer and the transmission media.
  • It is plugged into an empty expansion slot on the motherboard.
  • However, most computer motherboards to day come ready with an onboard network interface controller.

 

  1. II) MODEMS AND CODECS
  • A modem converts a signal from digital to analog form for the purpose of transmission over the analog media.
  • A codec converts an analog signal to digital form for transmission via a digital medium.
  • A modem can be external, an add-on card or built on the motherboard.

III) HUBS Illustration pg 24

  • Also called a concentrator.
  • It is a component that connects computers on a network and is able to relay signals from one computer to another on the same network.
  • A hub usually connects networks that have a common architecture i.e. one that has the same set of communication software usually called protocols.
  • Protocols are a set of rules that govern the communication between devices on a network.
  • A hub transmits signals by broadcasting them to all the components on the network.
  • After the signal is broadcasted, the computer whose address is on the message picks the message from the network that is part of the broadcast domain.
  • Some hubs called intelligent hubs are able to monitor the way computers are communicating on the network and keep the information in a small database of their own called a management information base (MIB).
  • The NT server can then use this information to fine-tune the NT.
  • Intelligent hubs can be able to manage a NT by isolating computers that are not functioning properly.
  • Several hubs can be connected together one after another to expand a NT. However, this increases the broadcast range which may lead to broadcast storms on the network.
  • Broadcast storm refers to a condition where a NT is overwhelmed with message broadcasts due to malfunctioning of NICs or hub related problems.

 

  1. IV) BRIDGES illustration pg 25.
  • NT device that selectively determines the appropriate NT segment for which message is meant for delivery through address filtering.
  • A bridge can divide a busy network into segments to reduce network traffic.

 

Purpose of using a bridge:

  1. To extend the length and number of stations that a segment can support.
  2. Reduce overall traffic flow by allowing broadcasts only in the data destination segment of the NT.

 

  • A bridge makes sure that packets that are not meant for a particular segment are not broadcasted in that segment.

 

  1. IV) REPEATERS
  • A device that receives a signal from one segment of a NT, cleans it to remove any distortion, boosts it and then sends it to another segment.
  • It enables NT to eliminate attenuation problems.
  • They are the simplest way to expand a NT because they broadcast the same message to other NT segments.
  • However, they should be used with reservation, because they expand the broadcast domain, which may lead to broadcast storms on the NT.
  • A broadcast storm is a condition whereby the NT is oversaturated with messages making communication impossible.

 

  1. V) ROUTERS
  • Interconnects different NTs and directs the transfer of data packets from source to destination.
  • Routing depends on NT addresses.
  • Each NT has a unique identifier or address called the network address.
  • All the computers on the same network have the same network address nut different host numbers.
  • The router receives a packet from another router on the internetwork and checks the destination’s network address.
  • If the address is the same as the one on which the router is, it passes the data packet to the destination host by reading the host address otherwise the packet will be routed to the next network address.
  • Some modern routing devices combine the functionality of a bridge and a router, called a brouter.

 

  1. VI) GATEWAYS Illustration pg 27

A gateway is any device that can be configured to provide access to wide area networks or Internet.

One such device is the router in which the gateway software is installed.

A gateway is the most powerful network and internetwork connectivity device because of its ability to convert data across different network architectures and protocols.

 

VII) SWITCHES Illustration pg 28

  • Unlike a hub, a switch forwards a packet directly to the address node without broadcasting.
  • A node refers to data terminal equipment such as a workstation or a computer on the network.
  • The switch does this by connecting two nodes point to point as if they were linked by a direct cable between them.
  • Some hubs also incorporate the switching mechanisms. Such a hub is referred to as a switching hub.
  • Switches are more expensive than hubs. This means that one switch may be used as a bridge to connect several hubs in order to reduce collision problems caused by broadcasts.

 

WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES

  • As the cost of wireless technology goes down and the quality of service increases, it is becoming cost effective for companies and individuals to extend the capability of wired networks by integrating wireless segments into their communications.
  • Some of the most common devices used in wireless communication include access points, the antenna and the PCMCIA card.

 

  1. I) ACCESS POINTS (AP)
  • An entry point into a bounded network for people who have wireless devices such as PDAs, laptops and computers with wireless links.

 

 

  1. II) WIRELESS ANTENNAE
  • The access point needs to have antennas in order to detect signals in the surrounding.
  • The waves may be radiowaves, microwaves or infrared waves in nature.
  • In most cases, access points will have two antennas so that the one that receives the best signal at any particular time can be used.

 

III) PERSONAL COMPUTER MEMORY CARD INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION (PCMCIA) card.

  • An add-on card inserted into a device such as PDAs or a laptop in order to enable wireless communication between the devices and a wired network server.

 

NETWORK SOFTWARE

  • Can be classified into two main groups namely:
  1. Network operating systems.
  2. Network protocols.

 

  1. NETWORKING OPERATING SYSTEMS
  • Designed to optimize the networked computers ability to respond to service requests.
  • Servers run on a network operating system.

 

Main network related functions of NT O.S.

  1. Provides access to network resources e.g. printers.
  2. Enables nodes on the NT to communicate with each other more efficiently.
  • Supports interprocess communication i.e. enables the various processes on the NT to communicate with one another.
  1. Respond to requests from application programs running on the network.
  2. Supporting NT services like NT card drivers and protocols.
  3. Implementing NT security features.

 

  • In most cases, NT O.S. is designed as multi-user operating systems that run the network server program.
  • Once installed on the right hardware platform and configured as a server, the operating system will provide network management tools to network administrators for the to do the following:
  1. Secure the network against unauthorized access.
  2. Track network usage and keep a log/record of all the people who use the network.
  • Ensure inter-operatability between various systems on the network.
  1. Performance monitoring to ensure maximum throughput on the network.

 

Examples of NT operating systems:

  1. Windows NT/2000/2003
  2. UNIX
  3. Linux
  4. Novel Netware.

 

NB:

  • Internetworking devices like routers also have operating systems of their own and hence they can be managed and configured for optimum performance.
  • Routers are special purpose computers.

 

  1. PROTOCOLS
  • These are sets of rules and procedures that govern communication between two different devices or people.
  • In computer networking, protocols refer to the rules and technical procedures that govern communication between different computers.

 

WORKING MECHANISM OF PROTOCOLS

  • The data transmission process over the NT has to be broken down into discrete systematic steps.
  • At each step, a certain action takes place.
  • Each step has its own rules and procedures as defined by the NT protocols.
  • The work of these protocols must be coordinated so that there are no conflicts or incomplete operations.
  • This co-ordination is achieved through protocol layering.
  • NT protocols are designed after the open systems interconnection (OSI) model.
  • The OSI model is not a protocol as such but is meant to help designers to come up with high quality layered protocols.
  • It has seven layers, each performing distinct functions as shown below:

 

  Layer Function
7 Application layer User applications run here and generate requests for data transmission or open received information.
6 Presentation layer Adds formatting, display and encryption information to the data being sent.
5 Session layer Sets up data transmission sessions between two communicating devices.
4 Transport layer Manages data transfer over the network to ensure reliability.
3 Network layer Address information is added to the packet and routing to destination.
2 Data link layer Adds error checking information and prepares data for going onto the physical connection.
1 Physical layer The data packets are finally transmitted via the network card through the transmission media in form of bits.

 

Application layer protocols:

  • Application protocols work at the highest layer of the OSI model.
  • They provide services to application programs.

 

Examples of application protocols:

  1. An e-mail program that enables composing or reading of e-mail messages.
  2. Simple mail transfer protocol (SMTP) – An Internet protocol for transferring e-mails.
  3. File Transfer Protocol (FTP) – for file transfer.
  4. Apple talk and apple share – Apple computers networking protocol suit.

 

Transport layer protocols:

  • Ensure that data is passed between computers more reliably.

 

Examples of transport protocols

  1. Transmission control protocol (TCP) – Responsible for delivery of sequenced data over the network.
  2. Sequential Packet Exchange (SPX) – Part of the Novell’s internet work packet exchange/sequential packet exchange (IPX/SPX) for sequenced data.
  3. NetBEUI: a local area network protocol for Microsoft and IBM networks that establishes communication sessions between computers.
  4. Apple transaction protocol: (ATP): Apple computer’s communication session and data transport protocol.

 

Network layer protocols

  • Provide link services.
  • They handle addressing and routing information, error checking and retransmission of requests.

 

Examples of network layer protocols

  1. Internet protocol (IP) – it does packet forwarding and routing.
  2. Internetwork packets exchange: Netwares protocol for packet forwarding and routing.
  3. NetBEUI: provides data transport services, Netbius sessions and applications.
  4. DATA SIGNAL
  • All messages that are sent and received through the network must be represented using a data signal.
  • Metallic media would require an electrical signal, wireless media need electromagnetic signals while fibre optic cables need light signals.
  • A signal can either be analog or digital.

 

NETWORK TOPOLOGIES

Topology:

  • It is the physical arrangement of computers on a network.
  • Refers to the way in which computers and other devices have been arranged or how data is passed from one computer to another in the network.
  • It is the way in which the points or stations of a network interlink (interact together).
  • It determines the data paths that may be followed or used between points in the network.
  • Network topology can be viewed in two ways:
  1. logical topology.
  2. Physical topology.

 

  1. LOGICAL TOPOLOGY
  • Also called signal topology.
  • Deals with the way data passes from one device to the next on the NT.

 

Examples of logical topology

  1. i) Ethernet topology.
  2. ii) token ring topology.

 

  1. I) ETHERNET TOPOLOGY
  • All computers listen to the network media and can only send data when none of the others is sending.

 

  1. II) TOKEN RING TOPOLOGY
  • A special package for data called a token goes around the network and only the computer whose address is on the data held in the token will take up the token to read the data and then release the token.
  • The token can then be captured by another computer which needs to transmit data.

 

  1. PHYSICAL TOPOLOGY
  • Refers to the physical layout or arrangement of components on the network.

 

 

 

Examples of physical topology

  1. i) Star topology.
  2. ii) Bus topology.

iii) Ring topology.

  1. iv) Mesh topology.
  2. v) Tree/hierarchical topology.

 

  1. STAR TOPOLOGY
  • A set up where all devices are connected to a central hub/server/switch.
  • A host computer is attached to locals through multiple communication lines.
  • The local computers are not linked directly to each other.
  • Between any two stations, communication is via the central computer.
  • When the hub/central machine receives data from a transmitting computer, it broadcasts the message to all the other nodes on the NT.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Star topology

 

ADVANTAGES OF STAR TOPOLOGY

  1. Star networks are easy to configure.
  2. network failures due to cables breakdown are low since cables are not shared.
  3. failure of any computer does not affect communication in the NT, unless it has major effects on the host computer.
  4. wiring hubs increases flexibility for growth i.e. additional and deletion of nodes does not involve interfering with the others.
  5. allows centralization of key networking resources like concentrators and servers.
  6. gives the NT administrator a focal point for NT management. It is easier for the administrator to troubleshoot and diagnose NT related problems.

Disadvantages of star topology

  1. If the central hub fails, the entire network will be grounded.
  2. Installation is time consuming; each node forms a segment of its own.
  3. It is costly, requires one complete cable per computer.

 

  1. BUS TOPOLOGY
  • Also known as Daisy-chain topology or multipoint network.
  • All devices are connected to a central cable called the bus or backbone.
  • All stations are attached directly through appropriate interfacing hardware to the transmission medium.
  • Each workstation on the network must be capable of knowing when it can and cannot transmit data using the shared medium, since the cable can carry only one message at a time.
  • A terminator is attached to each end of the cable to avoid signals from bouncing back and forth on the cable causing signal distortion.
  • As the data passes along the cable, each station checks whether the data is addressed to it.
  • If the address matches the machine’s address, it receives the data otherwise it rejects it.
  • The network addresses of computers on a network is called the medium access control (MAC) address.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bus topology

 

Advantages of bus topology

  1. It is easy to install.
  2. Requires less physical lines hence less costly.
  3. It is independent i.e. any single computer can’t affect communication between other computers.
  4. Easy to expand, just need to add the new computer on the line.

 

 

 

 

Disadvantages of bus topology

  1. Only one node can transmit signals at a time.
  2. Failure or fault in the transmission line affects the whole communication network.
  3. Troubleshooting a cable fault is difficult.
  4. Limits the number of computers that can be connected to the cable. Increase in the number of computers results in an increased collision as machines compete for transmission.

 

III. RING TOPOLOGY

  • All devices are connected to one another in the shape of a closed loop.
  • There is no host computer.
  • Each station is responsible for regenerating and retransmitting signals around the network to its neigbour.
  • It uses repeaters (devices that receive data at one end and transmit it bit by bit to the other end).
  • A special bit pattern called a token is circulated around the ring sequentially from one node to the next and a node is only permitted to transmit data when it receives the token.
  • A token can be viewed as an envelope or a bag where data is placed for transmission and carried around the network.
  • All computers in ring topology have equal capabilities of sending and receiving.

 

Advantages of ring topology

  1. They use short length cables – less costly.
  2. Simple to install.
  3. Very effective where there is distributed data processing.
  4. More reliable because of alternate routing if one computer breaks down.
  5. The packet delivery time is fixed and guaranteed.

 

Disadvantages of ring topology

  1. Installation requires sophisticated software.
  2. Delays in communication are directly proportional to the number of nodes the message has to pass through.
  3. Requires a lot of reconfiguration when new nodes are added.
  4. Troubleshooting can be difficult.
  5. Token management must be robust because loss or corruption of the token can cause chaos.
  6. One device or media breakdown may affect the entire network. However, this is not the case with IBM token ring where a device called Multi Station Access Unit (MSAU) is used for station bypass in the event a station fails.
  7. Modification may be difficult because adding or removing a device can disrupt the entire network.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ring topology

 

  1. IV) MESH TOPOLOGY
  • Most common type used in WAN, where there are many paths between different locations.
  • Devices are connected with many redundant interconnections between the nodes.
  • Every node has a connection to every other node in the NT, making possible for direct communication with every computer hence every computer dictates its priorities.

 

Advantages of mesh topology

  1. The network is reliable and effective due to direct relationship between the computers.
  2. Point to point connections optimize throughput of data.
  3. The NT can still operate even when a node breaks down or a connection breaks.

 

Disadvantages of mesh topology

  1. It is expensive on cable due to redundant links.
  2. Administration of the network is difficult because of the peer to peer connections.

 

  1. V) TREE/THERARCHICAL TOPOLOGY
    • A hybrid topology.
    • Groups of star – configured networks are connected to a linear bus backbone.
    • It can also be derived out of breeding a combination of other networks.

Advantages of tree topology

  1. Failure of one or more nodes does not affect the whole network.
  2. Failure of a single branch does not bring the whole network down.

 

Disadvantages of tree topology

  1. Communication path can sometimes become quite long.
  2. Installation can become costly and complex.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tree topology

 

SETTING UP PEER – TO – PEER LAN

Hardware requirements

  1. A computer running on any version of Ms Windows especially Windows 9x/2000/Me/Windows Xp.
  2. Network interface card (NIC). Some computers may have it already installed onboard so that you do not have to purchase one.
  3. A hub or a switch.
  4. Transmission media preferably unshielded twisted pair category 5.
  5. RJ45 connectors.

 

Tools

  1. Crimping tool.
  2. Cable tester.
  3. Screw drivers.

NETWORK SECURITY

  • In networking, there are several ways of enforcing security, one of them is share level and the other is user level security.

 

  1. a) Share level security
  • A simple network security used in peer to peer networks.
  • The user can decide which resources to give for sharing.
  • Most desktop O.S. such as Windows 9x provide such kind of security.

 

  1. b) User-level utility
  • Used on server based networks.
  • A network administrator assigns accounts to users.
  • Each user is provided with a unique name and password which he/she can use to access network resources.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APPLICATION AREAS OF ICT NOTES

 

 

INTRODUCTION

  • There is rampant use of computers in the society today; offices, institutions, organizations and homes.
  • Tasks that were previously manned manually are now tackled electronically.
  • It is imperative to therefore understand ways by which computers have been applied in the contemporary society to add great value to the information systems of various organizations.
  • An information system is a collection of specific human and machine efforts required to support the decision making process, data processing, information output and presentation.

 

APPLICATION AREAS

1. Financial systems. 9. Entertainment systems
2. Retail systems. 10 Transportation system
3. Reservation systems 11 Home use
4. Educational systems 12 Office expert systems
5. Communication systems 13 Marketing
6. Industrial systems 14 Virtual reality systems
7. Scientific and research systems 15 Law enforcement systems
8. Library systems    

 

  1. FINANCIAL SYSTEMS
  • Enable organizations to manage their finances and they include:
  1. Payroll systems.
  2. Accounting systems.
  3. Banking systems.

 

  1. PAYROLL SYSTEMS
  • Screens are setup to capture the transaction data, with appropriate validations, data is inserted into the transaction file, payroll programs then process the payroll using data from the transaction file, lookup tables and the master file.
  • The master file is then updated, payroll system is produced, pay slips are printed for every employee and other reports required by management or the tax department.
  • Computers are therefore used to store and process payrolls.
  • Backing storage is also essential for payroll systems, since the amount of data grows with time.
  • The primary purpose of the payroll system is to therefore process the accurate information of employees including gross pay, deductions and the net pay.
  • The payroll system is designed to produce several analysis reports e.g. a breakdown of payroll expenses against production/income of the company.

 

  1. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS
  • Accounting is the preparation and analysis of financial records for a commercial company, government or other organizations.
  • Known as the “business language”, it enables decision makers to interpret financial information and use the results in planning for the future e.g. foretelling what products or departments are doing well and which ones are doing poorly.
  • It deals mainly with numbers and this is a task well suited for computers.
  • The processing of such tasks is simple and easy to understand to implement on the computer, and management can establish appropriate controls and error-checking procedures to ensure the security and accuracy of the data.

 

There are five major/key business accounting activities/subsystems as outlined below:

  1. Customer order and entry.
  2. Inventory management.
  • General ledger accounting.
  1. Accounts receivable.
  2. Accounts payable.
  3. Cash book.

 

  1. I) CUSTOMER ORDERS ENTRY AND BILLING
  • Used to record incoming customer orders, authorizes delivery of items or services ordered and produces invoices for customers who do not pay in advance or on cash basis.

 

  1. II) INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
  • Used to keep track of the items in stock and help the management determine which items to re-order, helping the management to have enough stocks at all times to meet the needs by customers.

 

III) GENERAL LEDGER ACCOUNTING

  • Also known as nominal ledger.
  • Contains a summary of all business accounts i.e. used to keep track of how much a business makes and its worthiness by summarizing the financial transactions in forms of balance sheets, profit and loss account, trial balance, day book/journal, list of accounts etc.
  • It produces reports on income, sources of income, expenses and the net profit or loss earned.
  • The summary report (balance sheet) is usually generated at the end of an accounting period.

 

  1. IV) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
  • Keeps track of money owed to a company by its customers.
  • This helps the management to make a follow up by billing the customers for overdue payments.
  • An example is when goods are sold to a retailer; money owed on the sales is an accounts receivable item until the payment is received.

 

  1. V) ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
  • A system that keeps track of the amount the business owes others e.g. suppliers, tax organizations, transport etc.
  • It therefore helps the management to produce cheques for payment of this amount.

 

  1. VI) CASH BOOK
  • Used to record daily cash transactions.
  • It records the receipts and cash payments.
  • The cash book has two accounts i.e. A cash account and the bank account.
  • With the help of a cash book, the cash and bank balances can be checked easily.

 

  1. BANKING SYSTEMS
  • Since the introduction of the magnetic encoded cheques in the 1960’s, banks have become dependent on computers for many services.
  • The banking industry was one of the earliest consumers of information and communication technology.
  • The computerized banking services include:
  1. Processing customer transactions.
  2. Cheque clearing and processing.
  • Electronic funds transfer.
  1. Internet banking.
  2. Mobile banking.

 

  1. I) PROCESSING CUSTOMER TRANSACTIONS
  • They are used in banks to carry out financial transactions such as recording deposits, withdrawals and calculating interests on savings and loans.
  • Reports are also generated on the current status of accounts.
  • The transactions are entered via terminals, which are connected to a central computer for centralized processing.
  • ATMs are used to offer 24 hour service to customers and more flexibility in cash deposits and withdrawals.

 

  1. II) CHEQUE CLEARING AND PROCESSING
  • Computerized cheques clearing and processing is made possible due to the characters on cheques printed using ink containing magnetic particles.
  • MICR enables the processing of the cheques hence time saving.

 

III) ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT)

  • This is the movement of money between two different accounts using ICT, using a cash dispenser.
  • The amount withdrawn by a customer is deducted from his/her account.
  • Credit cards are also used when paying for goods and services where payment is transferred electronically from the customers account to the recipients account.

 

  1. IV) INTERNET BANKING (e-banking)
  • Enables users to access their bank accounts through the internet.
  • The user can query account statements, pay bills and transfer funds electronically.

 

  1. V) MOBILE BANKING (m-banking)
  • An account holder in a bank can perform banking transactions using his/her mobile phone.
  • The transactions may include cash transfers, settling bills electronically and performing account queries.
  • Mobile phone companies like Safaricom support electronic cash transfer services with their M-Pesa service.

 

  1. RETAIL SYSTEMS
  • Used in supermarkets, distributor outlets and others for:
  1. Stock control.
  2. Transactions handling at the EPOST.
  3. I) STOCK CONTROL
  • Stock control or inventory control enables a user to manage his/her stock more efficiently by keeping track of the stocks.
  • Accurate and up-to-date information on availability of stocks and demand are critical for business success.
  • It enables one to reduce the risk of under stocking or overstocking i.e. overstocking ties up valuable space and capital that could have been used for other valuable items while under stocking causes customer dissatisfaction.
  • Stock control systems are therefore used for the following reasons:
  1. Storing full details of the items held in stock i.e. immediately available.
  2. Proving users with up-to-date information regarding stock items and prices.
  3. Monitoring stock levels so that items can be ordered in good time.
  4. Storing details of suppliers of stock items.
  5. Storing details of pending orders.

 

  1. II) POINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL (P-OST, E-POST)
  • Used to input and output data at the point where sales are transacted.
  • It has direct data capturing devices like bar code readers, card readers, a monitor and a receipt printer, where goods are identified by means of bar codes.
  • Transactions at the P-OST may involve the following steps:
  1. The BCR (wand) is passed over the item’s bar code.
  2. The barcode is automatically converted to the item number e.2. 2160, which is read to the computer.
  3. Using the number, the computer searches for the item from a master file with a corresponding number in the products database.
  4. Once the record is found, its description and price lookup file is used for processing the sale.

 

Advantages:

  1. Correct prices are used at the checkout counter.
  2. It is faster since the attendant does not have to enter details manually.

 

  1. RESERVATION SYSTEMS:
  • These are distributed networked systems that are used mainly to make bookings in areas such as airlines, hotels, car-rental, theaters etc.
  • Bookings are made from a remote terminal connected to a centralized computer database.
  • To access the database, a customer makes enquiries via the remote terminal connected to the central computer.
  • It involves online enquiry where an individual directly requests for information through a terminal from a central computer and receives an immediate response.

 

  1. EDUCATIONAL SYSTEMS
  • Computers are playing an increasingly important role in educational institutions in the following ways:
  1. Computer Aided Instruction (C.A.I.)
  2. Computer Aided Learning.
  • Electronic Learning (e-learning).
  1. Computer based Simulation.

 

  1. I) COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION (C.A.I.)
  • Refers to the use of a computer to learn, drill and practice particular educational principles.
  • It entails learning new languages, educational games, typing tutor’s programs etc.
  • In a geography map, the student must provide the names of cities, mountain ranges, names of rivers, lakes etc.
  • A biology student may be asked to name or position internal organs, muscles or bones in a picture of the human body.

 

 

  1. II) COMPUTER AIDED LEARNING (C.A.L.)
  • It presents educational materials the way a teacher does in a classroom.
  • Most CAL programs have clear graphical presentations such as video clips and voice for demonstrating or explaining difficult concepts.

 

III) ELECTRONIC LEARNING (e-learning)

  • This is where lectures are presented from a central site and the presentation is transmitted to remote conference terminals or displayed on TV screens.
  • The learner can also access learning materials on the Internet, sit for online exams and receive results the same way, also known as Computer Based Training (CBT) and Web Based Training (WBT) systems.
  • Some of the key benefits are:
  1. Learning time is reduced, thorough and consistent.
  2. Instant availability of courses at any time.
  3. Eliminates the need for classroom instructors.
  4. Minimizes travel time, costs and time away from the workplace.
  5. Learners do not need to go physically to a college.

 

  1. IV) COMPUTER BASED SIMULATION
  • Refers to the science of representing the behaviour of a real – life situation by using computerized models.
  • Simulation programs are mostly used in educational areas where practical skills have to be learnt like training drivers, pilots, engineers etc have to be instructed using a virtual environment.
  • Satellite technology and the Internet are used to provide quality educational content from all over the world at an affordable cost.
  • Courses and seminars are beamed by satellite on large screen projectors, TV monitors or computers.
  • Students interact with the instructors in real-time using phone, fax and e-mail.

 

  1. COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
  • Communication refers to the distribution of information or data from one person or location to another.
  • Effective and efficient data communication is achieved by use of high-speed electronic devices such as computers, cell-phones, radios and television.
  • The integration of computerized computer devices and telecommunication infrastructure for the purpose of communication is referred to as information and communication technology.

 

 

Examples of communication systems are:

  1. Facsimile (Fax)
  • Television set.
  1. Video conferencing.

 

  1. I) FACSIMILE (FAX)
  • A computerized system that is capable of transmitting complete images from one location to another via telephone lines.
  • Digital images can be transmitted in aerospace programs into digital code that can be understood by computers.
  • The images include pictures, graphs, drawings, photographs, signatures or text.
  • Copies of documents are transmitted electronically and the duplicate received at the recipient’s machine i.e. can be referred to as distant photocopying.
  • To send fax over the internet, a special modem called a fax modem is attached to the sending and receiving computers.

Advantages of facsimile communications:

  1. The ability to transmit an image over long distances is less than 10 seconds.
  2. The ability to confirm the receipt of a transmission quickly.
  3. Low cost for high-volume operations.
  4. There is guaranteed security – the transmitted image is sent as a digitized code (which can be scrambled) rather than a usable picture.
  5. Convenience – the ability to store the resultant image on a computer file instead of apiece of paper.

 

  1. II) RADIO COMMUNICATION
  • Computers can be used in radio broadcasting stations to do the following:
  1. Record and manage radio programmes meant for broadcasting.
  2. Manage the radio transmission and track performance.
  3. Automate the running of the selected programmes.
  4. Create slides, simulated objects and sound effects when preparing electronic and printed media advertisements.
  5. Download information from Internet that can be used in preparing programmes such as international news.

 

III) TELEVISION SETS

  • Data or information is transmitted via a TV channel and the most common types of data transmitted via TV include:
  1. Teletext (ceefax)
  2. Videotext (view data)

 

  1. a) Teletext
  • Refers to a computerized service whereby news and other information are provided on the television screens to subscribers.
  • The TV is configured using a special add-on card or adapter.
  • The subscriber can browse for information using a remote controlled device.
  • It is however one way communication (simplex).

 

 

  1. b) Videotext (viewdata)
  • A two way communication service (half-duplex) over a telephone line or cable TV channel.
  • A subscriber can interact with the service provider database and the information is displayed on a home TV screen.
  • Videotex is used in reservation bookings, ordering for goods and services as well as sending e-mails.
  • Users of videotex can interact with the database to pay bills, order goods etc.
  • The services supplied through videotext and Teletext systems include:
    • Information on weather, TV programmes, sporting events, current news, holiday opportunities, airline schedules and stock market data.
    • E-mail – transmission of electronic messages to other users.
    • Paying bills, ordering goods and purchasing tickets.

 

  1. IV) VIDEO CONFERENCING
  • Refers to the use of computers, a digital camera, an audio capturing equipment and communication networks to enable people in different locations to see and talk to one another.
  • Each participant’s computer is attached with a video camera (camcorder), speakers and a microphone.
  • A person can therefore participate in a virtual conference room.
  • All participants see each other on the computer screen as if they were sitting in a real conference room.
  • Video conferencing is popular in TV broadcasting stations where a field reporter interacts with newscasters and in organizations where top managers in different geographical locations hold meetings via the Internet or the organizations intranet.

 

  1. V) TELECOMMUTING
  • A situation where an employee works usually at home using a computer connected to the workplace network.
  • It is an arrangement in which employees use microcomputers and modems to communicate with their business offices while they work elsewhere.
  • Telecommuting takes advantage of the growing communication networks to reduce unnecessary travel to the place of work, reducing travel expenses and less stress due to commuting inconveniences such as traffic jams.
  • Telecommuting may be practical for:
  1. Mothers with small children.
  2. Handicapped workers.
  3. Individuals whose fields work take them far from the office.

 

  • This arrangement can also be practical since employees who telecommute:
  1. May use less office supplies like photocopying.
  2. Do not occupy valuable office space.
  3. Do not waste time commuting in cars, trains or buses.
  4. Do not waste time conversing idly or suffering the petty distractions of office life.
  5. VI) THE INTERNET
  • A world – wide computer network linking countless thousands of computer networks for information transfer and efficient communication.
  • Some of the services available on the internet are:
  1. world wide web (www)
  2. electronic mail (e-mail)

 

  1. a) World wide web (www)
  • A collection of web pages held on web servers.
  • One can access information using a computer or any other communication device such as a mobile phone for WAP (wireless Application Protocol).
  • A computer connected to the Internet allows the user to access a wide range of information such as news, entertainment, banking, reservation, business news, e-mails etc.

 

  1. b) Electronic mail (e-mail)
  • Fast and efficient means of sending and receiving messages, data, files or graphics.
  • Once you subscribe for Internet Services through a service provider, you can send or receive e-mails to or from anyone connected to the Internet using a computer or a WAP – enabled cellular phone.
  • Documents can be created, distributed, filed, stored and destroyed electronically using a computer.
  • A user with a micro-computer and a modem types a message and then identifies the message recipients, using e-mail addresses.

 

Advantages of e-mail:

  • You do not create written documents.
  • You avoid at least some telephoning, eliminating busy signals, dealing with intermediate secretaries, leaving messages or playing “telephone tag” i.e. repeatedly missing each others’ calls.
  • Messages are delivered much faster than postal delivery since they are sent electronically and therefore received nearly instantaneously.
  • In many circumstances, e-mail is both cheaper and more convenient than phoning.
  • You can time-shift messages, i.e. you can send messages to people in different time zones even though they might not be awake.
  • You can mass-distribute messages using computerized lists of recipients e.g. sales representatives.

 

  1. INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS
    • Industrial plants such as motor vehicle manufactures, chemical plants, refineries and mining plants use computer systems in the following ways:
  2. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
  • Process control.

 

  1. I) CAD and CAM
  2. CAD/CAM is an integrated system that allows products that have been designed to be transmitted into an automated manufacturing system for the product to be manufactured as per the computer model.
  3. The computer model is designed using special software, usually capable of displaying 3D representations of solid objects, which allows the designer to view the object from different angles and modify the design until it is satisfactory.
  4. The CAD software will often generate a 3D view from a plan, side elevation and front elevation of the object.
  5. The final design can therefore be used directly to create manufacturing information and to provide information on quantities of materials required to produce the item.

 

CAD hardware:

  1. a graphics workstation that allows the designer to interactively create a drawing.
  2. A high resolution screen (display) to show drawings in colour and in fine detail.
  3. Fast processors with a great deal of memory.

 

USES OF CAD AND CAM SYSTEMS:

  1. Engineering designs for roads, chemical plants, machine parts, aircrafts, cars etc.
  2. Pattern design for clothing, architectural design and kitchen design.
  3. Robotics for carrying out assembly line operations, welding, lifting heavy objects, spray painting of vehicle bodies etc.

 

  1. II) INDUSTRIAL SIMULATION
  • Computer simulation is the designing of models of an actual or theoretical physical system, and analyzing the execution output using digital computers.
  • This allows some activities that would otherwise be expensive and dangerous in real life situation to be put under test.
  • It enables manufacturers identify some of the weaknesses of the real situation or object, hence put the correct reinforcement to their designs.
  • An example is how motor vehicles seat belts are tested for their effectiveness in case of a car crash.
  • The general name of using computer models in such circumstances is known as non-destructive testing (NDT).
  • Computer simulation is widely used in various areas of human endeavour and some of the applications include:
  1. in aviation where computers are used for training pilots, where a pilot feels as if he were controlling an actual aircraft.
  2. In engineering, models are simulated to test performance under various conditions e.g. the strength of material to be used for building a bridge can be tested using simulators.
  3. In medicine, simulation can be used to train doctors on operation techniques.

 

III) PROCESS CONTROL

  • Refers to the use of a computer system to control an ongoing physical process especially in manufacturing.
  • Such controls may include regulating temperature, pressure, fluid flow etc.
  • Computerized process control is mostly used in petroleum refineries, chemical plants and other manufacturing companies to manage machine intensive processes.

 

 

 

 

  1. SCIENTIFIC AND RESEARCH SYSTEMS
  • Computers have a wide variety of applications in science, research and technology, some of which are:
  1. Weather forecasting
  2. Medical research
  • Military and space exploration science.

 

 

  1. I) WEATHER FORECASTING
  • Computers help analyze current weather, they help predict the impending weather, and they help create the visual images used for broad cast TV.
  • Due to the large volume of data collected from rainfall, air pressure, humidity, temperature, wind speed and cloud cover, computers help in analyzing, processing and predicting weather patterns using such data.
  • Another application of computers in weather forecasting is the use of geographical information system (GIS) and the geographical positioning system (GPS) which represent geographical data in graphical form by positioning and superimposing it on the world map./
  • GIS is used to represent data on weather patterns in a clearer and a coherent/logical manner on a world map.

 

 

  1. II) MEDICAL RESEARCH
  • Medical automation offers great assistance in the areas of automatic diagnosis, electrocardiogram screening and monitoring.
  • Health professionals use computers technology for diagnosis, keeping patients’ data/records, inventory control etc.
  • Computers are also being used to control devices that help to care for the handicapped such as the deaf, blind, bedridden etc.
  • A doctor needing specialized opinions can now easily retrieve such information from computer storage.
  • Computers also allow access to expensive foreign expertise for hospitals in one country to use consultants or even surgeons in another.

 

III) POLICE MILITARY AND SPACE EXPLORATION SCIENCE

  • Computers are used in fighting crime.
  • Police are now able to keep databases of finger prints which are automatically analyzed by computers.
  • Computer based face recognition and scene monitoring and analysis help the police force in leading to arrest of offenders and criminals.
  • In defense, computers are used in electronic, efficient communication, detection and tracking of targets, radar systems, warning systems and military laser and guided missile systems.
  • Computer technology is the backbone of space explorations.
  • From studying the movement of stars, surface of mars, we rely heavily on computers.
  • Space explorations and military research bodies such as America’s national aeronautics and space administration (NASA) make extensive use of computer systems for research, design, development and control of unmanned spaceships, aero planes and missiles.

 

  1. LIBRARY SYSTEMS
  • Libraries use computerized systems for a number of tasks e.g.
  1. Lending system.
  2. Inventory control system.
  • Cataloguing system.

 

  1. I) LENDING SYSTEM:
  • Used to manage the issuance and return of borrowed reading materials.
  • Books, magazines, journals, reports etc are given unique identification numbers or codes.
  • Once a member borrows a book, his/her details are recorded and when the book is returned, the borrower’s record is updated to reflect the new status.

 

 

 

  1. II) INVENTORY CONTROL:
  • Involves use of computers to manage stock, which includes checking for books currently in the shelves and those on high demand for the purpose of adding more.
  • Books that have become obsolete can be retired to the archives.

 

III) CATALOGUING

  • A catalogue is a collection of cards with information about each book or reference materials found in the library.
  • To enhance service delivery and efficiency, computerized cataloguing has replaced the manual cards catalogue.
  • An electronic catalogue is updated constantly when new reference materials are acquired.

 

  1. ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMS
  • The advancement in multimedia technology has produced computers that can be used in recreational and entertainment.
  • Some application areas of computers in recreation and entertainment include:
  1. Music and video.

 

  1. I) GAMES
  • Digital video disks (DVDs) and 3D multimedia games are now used to add stereo sound and digital video clips to make games more and more realistic.
  • There are computer games that simulate sports such as driving, war combat etc.
  • Such games give the player maximum pleasure in a virtual environment on the screen.

 

  1. II) MUSIC AND VIDEO
  • Video compact discs (VCD) and digital video disks (DVDs) have become a common feature in the entertainment industry.
  • In music industry, computers are used in recording, synthesizing, editing and adding special effects to music.
  • In video, computers are used to produce highly simulated and animated movies, generate scenes and actors.
  • Many special effects are being created by using computer graphics techniques to produce animated, 3D images.

 

  1. TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
  • Computers play an increasingly important role in transportation industry in the following areas:
  1. Automobile traffic control.
  2. Air traffic control.
  • Shipping control.

 

  1. I) AUTOMOBILE TRAFFIC CONTROL
  • Optimum utilization or road capacity is achieved by good coordination of traffic signals.
  • Traffic control lights are controlled using a computer system.
  • Computerized traffic light systems have sensor pads laid underneath the road which detect the pattern of the traffic flow.
  • Computers can then be used to automatically generate and implement traffic signal plans.
  • Data is collected, sent to a computer system which detects and analyses the traffic flow and builds up a simulated image of the actual scene.
  • Control signals can then be output to the traffic lights or motorists through their receiver devices to vary the light timings or redirect traffic to less busy roads.

 

  1. II) AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
  • Geographical positioning system (GPS) is a computer technology that is used to direct aircrafts to follow the shortest path between two locations.
  • Air traffic controllers are used to coordinate the movement of thousands of aircraft, keeping them at safe distances from each other, directing them during take-off and landing from airports, directing them around bad weather and ensuring that traffic flows smoothly with minimal delays.
  • Details of every flight plan (airline name, flight number, type of aircraft and equipment, intended airspeed, cruising attitude and flight routes) are stored in a computer.
  • The computer generates an flight progress strip that is passed from controller throughout the flight.
  • All systems within the control tower also make extensive use of microprocessors to track aircrafts and convey information between different control towers in different air spaces.

 

III) SHIPPING CONTROL

  • Computers are widely used to control and guide the paths taken by spaceships and water vessels as they travel to distant lands.
  • The use if It has permeated into the shipping industry for efficient management of the fleets, cargo handling, communication and much more.
  • Ships also make extensive use of computer and communications technologies and modern ships have sophisticated microprocessor based control systems for steering the ship.

 

  1. HOME USE
  • Most people are now using computers at home for preparing domestic budgets, entertainment, research and teaching children on education concepts, typing and printing, e-mail, internet etc.
  • Also used for storing personal information and databases of inventory records.

 

  1. OFFICE EXPERT SYSTEMS
  • An information system usually developed and installed in the office of a human expert or knowledge worker.
  • Such a system is capable of simulating the decision making process and intelligent problem solution just like a human expert.
  • It also has a set of rules that help it to make conclusion when some parameters are entered.

 

  1. MARKETING
  • Computers are being used in a number of ways to enhance marketing, through:
  1. E-commerce or e-business.
  2. Electronic presentations.
  • Marketing is the planning, pricing, promotion and distribution of goods and services from producers to consumers

 

  1. I) E-COMMERCE / E-BUSINESS
  • Transactions are carried out electronically without physical interaction between the seller and the buyer.
  • A customer can visit a supplier’s website; select an item and placing it in a virtual shopping tray.
  • The website then tracks the whole session as the customer chooses various items and calculates the total bill.
  • Payment is then made through a cheque, credit card or through electronic funds transfer and the item is subsequently shipped to the customer.

 

  1. II) ELECTRONIC PRESENTATION
  • Marketing agents can use computers to create exciting presentations concerning the products of a business and present them to the audience using presentation software.
  • Electronic presentations by use of slide transitions add value to traditional marketing techniques because they are attractive.

 

III) ADVERTISING

  • Using simulation, presentation and animation software, it is possible to design catchy advert materials and video clips.
  • Such materials can then be displayed on billboards, broadcasted over a television or placed on the internet.
  • Computers cam also be used in market analysis which focuses on such matters as the product life cycle, sales strategies, market share of competitors and sales call strategies.
  • Sales analysis is used to provide information on which products are selling well and which are selling poorly, which sales people have the best and worst sales and which sales people are selling the most and the least etc.

 

  1. VIRTUAL OR ARTIFICIAL REALITY
  • VR or AR refers to a condition in which a person becomes psychologically immersed in an artificial environment generated by a computer system.
  • It is a way for humans to visualize, manipulate and interact with computers and extremely complex data.
  • Other terms used instead of VR are cyberspace, virtual worlds and virtual environment.
  • To achieve this effect, the following interactive sensory equipment are used:
  1. Head mounted display / head gear.
  • Body suit.
  1. Virtual reality software.

 

  1. I) HMD/head gear
  • It is made up of two tiny display screens and sound systems that channel images and sound from the source to the eyes and ears thus presenting a stereo 3D sound effect in the virtual world.
  • It uses some sort of helmet visor or goggles to place small video displays in front of each eye, with special optics to focus and stretch the perceived field of view.
  • A boom is an alternative to the often – uncomfortable head gear.
  • Screen, optical and sound systems are housed in a box and the user looks into the box through the two screens to see the virtual world.

 

  1. II) GLOVES
  • These are worn on hands to allow the user to navigate through the virtual world and interact with virtual objects.
  • The gloves have sensors that collect data about the movement of the hands and relays the data into the system.
  • They give the wearer a sense of touch in the virtual world.

 

III) BODY SUIT

  • A body suit, worn during virtual reality session is made up of conductor wires wound in a rubber suit.
  • The wires sense the body movement and relays the data into the virtual reality system which in turn adjusts the position of the user in the virtual reality world.
  • Full body suits with position and bend sensors have been used for capturing motion for character animations, control of music synthesizers etc.

 

 

 

  1. IV) VIRTUAL REALITY SOFTWARE
  • VR software such as body electric gives the wearer of the sensory devices an interactive virtual sensory experience that makes him/her feel as if he/she is in a real world.
  • The software is responsible for simulation of all aspects of the virtual reality world.

 

APPLICATION OF VIRTUAL REALITY

  • Used to present any 3D object or ideas that are either real or abstract.
  • Real objects include buildings, landscape, underwater shipwrecks, space crafts, human anatomy, sculptures, crime scene reconstruction, solar system etc.
  • A house can be simulated before the actual building is physically setup – s client can be allowed to virtually move through the house, pull drawers and touch objects all in a computer generated environment.
  • In entertainment, training in areas such as medicine, military, equipment operations, education, design evaluation, prototyping, simulation and assembly of sequences, assistance to the physically challenged etc.

 

  1. LAW ENFORCEMENT SYSTEMS
  • Biometric analysis using computers is becoming a preferred tool i.e. deals with the study, measurement and analysis of human biological characteristics.
  • Biometric devices attached to a computer are used to identify people by recognizing one or more specific attributes such as fingerprints, voice, lips, facial features like iris colour etc.
  • Some of the devices include video cameras and biometric scanners.

 

PERSONAL NOTES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IMPACT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ON SOCIETY

 

 

 

ISSUES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF ICT

An impact is a positive or a negative effect. ICT sector, like any other sector has its positive and negative effects at different levels in society.

  1. Effects on employment.
  2. Effects on automated production.
  3. Issues of workers’ health.
  4. Environmental issues
  5. Cultural effects.
  6. Breakthrough in ICT.

 

  1. EFFECTS ON EMPLOYMENT:

The introduction of computers in the workplace has resulted in the following:

  1. Creation of new jobs.
  2. Replacement of computer illiterate workers.
  3. Displacement of jobs that were formerly manual.

 

  1. JOB CREATION:
  • It has introduced new employment opportunities that never existed before.
  • The use of computers in financial institutions, reservation systems, educational institutions, communications etc. has created new job titles such as computer operators, programmers, network administrators, It or IS managers, database administrators, software developers, system analysts etc.

 

  1. JOB REPLACEMENT:
  • This is a situation whereby certain jobs disappear in an organization but reappear in another form requiring high skilled manpower.
  • Some clerical and repetitive tasks that required a large number of employees have been made redundant.
  • Computer illiterate people have been replaced with those who have the desired computer skills.

 

  1. JOB DISPLACEMENT:
  • An employee is moved to another place or department where computer skills are not required, especially those not willing to acquire new skills of using the computerized system.
  • To avoid losing competent employees, most employers organize in-service training for their employees on regular basis in order to help them keep up with the rapid changes in ICT.

 

 

 

  1. EFFECTS ON AUTOMATED PRODUCTION:
  • Refers to substituting mechanical and electronic devices for manual ones for more productivity i.e. the use of mechanical, electrical and electronic devices to improve the quality and speed of office work.
  • A number of manufacturing industries such as vehicle assembly plants, oil refineries and food processing companies are using computers to automate their processes with an aim of increasing production.
  • Computer controlled robots and assembly lines are a common feature in manufacturing industries.

 

ADVANTAGES OF USING AUTOMATED PRODUCTION:

  1. Increased efficiency due to the balancing of workload and production capacity.
  2. Improved customer service because of adequate and high quality goods
  3. Faster which are produced in time.
  4. Efficient utilization of resources such as raw materials, personnel and equipment hence
  5. Less operating expenses incurred.
  6. Helped in reduction of accidents in sectors like mining and chemical production where much work is potentially hazardous.

 

DISADVANTAGES:

  1. High initial cost of setting up an automated system.
  2. May lead to unemployment in some areas that are labour intensive.
  3. Possible lack of compatibility with software and hardware.
  4. Overreliance on automated systems leads to laziness.
  5. Resistance to change.

 

REASONS WHY EMPLOYEES MAY RESIST AUTOMATED SYSTEMS

  1. Fear of change: people are creatures of habits and hence are afraid of change.
  2. Fear of loosing their jobs: people usually associate the computer with loss of jobs and hence they will be afraid that they might end up loosing their jobs.
  3. Fear of failure: since the computer is very new in a given working environment, the people will be afraid that they might never adapt to it.
  4. Loss of control: the management will be afraid that once a computer is implemented they might lose control of the organization.
  5. Lack of understanding: the user may not understand the benefits of the computer system in their jobs; hence this will create resistance since the computer will be looked upon as an intruder.

 

  1. ISUES OF WORKERS HEALTH
  • Some of the negative effects of ICT on our health include:
  1. Repetitive Strain Injuries (RSI)
  2. Eye Strain and Headaches.
  3. Electromagnetic emissions.
  4. Radiation and visual display unit.
  5. Computer chip toxin.

 

  1. RSI – REPETITIVE STRAIN INJURIES
  • Injuries resulting from wrist, hand, arm and muscle strain, neck strains due to forced repetitive movement e.g. when entering data using keyboard.

 

Remedy for RSI:

  1. Sitting in a relaxed position.
  • Changing typing techniques.

 

  1. EYE STRAIN AND HEADACHES:
  • Since computer users have their eyes at close range with the monitor, there is danger of developing computer vision syndrome (CVS).
  • The syndrome is characterized by:
  1. Eye strain.
  • Double vision.

 

 

 

 

 

Remedies:

  1. Use monitors with good resolution.
  2. Fit monitors with antiglare screens that filters excess light.
  • Adjust the brightness of the screen to the intensity that is comfortable to the eyes.
  1. Use flat panel screens that do not emit so many radiations.
  2. Use good overhead fluorescence tubes.
  3. Avoid flickering monitors and lighting systems.
  • Have interludes of rests.
  • Tilt the monitors to a convenient position.

 

  1. ELECTROMAGNETIC EMMISIONS:
  • These are waves of electrical and magnetic energy that are emitted by current carrying conductors.
  • Users are advised to use low emission devices in order to avoid exposing themselves to excess emissions.

 

  1. STRESS:
  • Mental stress is another compliant.
  • Many people who work at computer feel that they are expected to produce more and do it faster because computers themselves are fast.
  • Also those being monitored by computers frequently feel additional pressure.

 

 

  1. ISOLATION:
  • People can conduct business and communication without ever coming face to face.
  • Computer operators can work an entire shift, taking their instructions from a computer screen, sending and receiving memos to each other electronically without engaging in personal conversation.
  • These people feel isolated from other workers.

 

  1. RADIATION AND VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT:
  • There have been reports that VDU emits radiations that cause birth defects, blindness, cancer, miscarriages, sterility etc.

 

  1. COMPUTER CHIP TOXIN:
  • Workers in computer chip manufacturing industries are exposed to toxic chemicals that may pose health factors similar to those feared from VDU.

 

ERGONOMICS:

  • The science of designing the work place for the comfort and safety of the worker.
  • It is the study of how living and working conditions can be adapted to the information technology.
  • The need for better working environment has resulted to designing of special furniture to prevent backaches, and special monitors to prevent eye strain etc.

 

  1. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES:
  2. Energy consumption and radiation:

Initially, computers consumed a lot of energy thereby generating a lot of heat and emitting electromagnetic radiations which are harmful to the user.

Remedy:

  • Electronic devices have to be energy star compliant launched by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to encourage minimal use of power by electronic devices.
  1. Environmental issues:
  • Huge garbage dumps of dead computer parts, printers, ink toner cartridges, monitors and other computer accessories are disposed in landfills hence causing environmental pollution.
  • There has been concern on the disposal of Nickel-cadmium laptop batteries that contain toxic cadmium which when buried in a landfill can leak into underground water tables and catchment areas.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. CULTURAL EFFECTS
  2. i) Moral effects:
  • The rapid growth of ICT also presents challenges to our moral and cultural values.
  • ICT has changed the way we talk, affected our privacy, human rights and integrity.
  • Humans are exposed to flaming i.e. writing on-line messages that use derogatory, obscene or dirty language.
  • One can access and view pornographic materials that can lead to moral decadence.
  • The free flow of immoral information has negatively influenced the behavior of both young and old in the society.
  • To some extend, people with eroded integrity have used computers as a tool to accomplish their vices e.g. forging certificates, passports and other documents. This means that the person is cheating and therefore his/her moral integrity has been compromised.
  • On the contrary, ICT has been used as a campaign platform against diseases like AIDS and drug abuse.

 

  1. ii) Computer crimes:
  • This is the use of computer software for illegal purpose.
  • Computer related crimes such as hacking, eavesdropping, piracy are on the increase.

 

 

TYPES OF COMPUTER CRIMES

  1. Data manipulation: Refers to altering data that enter or exit a computer e.g. changing data on a certificate.
  2. Time bomb: This is the coding of a computer program to destroy itself after it has been run a certain number of times.
  3. Computer virus: A program entered into a computer with the aim of destroying or altering data and spreading the destruction to other computers on a network.
  4. Trap door: Creating of a special password that gives its creator a sole access to the system.
  5. Data stealing: Using a computer to steal information that has been gathered for someone else for illegitimate purpose.
  6. Eavesdropping: Tapping without authorization into communication lines over which computer data and messages are sent.
  7. Industrial espionage: Using computer to steal designs, marketing plans or other trade secrets from one company and selling them to another company.
  8. Piracy: This is making unauthorized copies of copyrighted computer software.
  9. Fraud: This is the use of computers to cheat other people with the intention of gaining money or information.
  10. Sabotage: This is the illegal destruction of data and information with the aim of causing great loss to an organization.
  11. Logic bomb: It is a program that is executed when a certain set of condition is made e.g. a fired employee can load a logic bomb to a computer to destroy when records are updated in a database.

 

BREAKTHROUGHS IN ICT:

There have been a lot of breakthroughs in the fields of:

  • Health care.
  • Communication – fax, e-mail, internet.
  • Commerce – shipping imports and exports.
  • Art and design.
  • Entertainment – music, video, games.

 

EVOLUTION OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS:

Future trends in ICT will be characterized by:

  1. Rapid evolution in computer hardware and software.
  2. Artificial intelligence.
  3. Expanded information superhighway.

 

 

 

 

  1. RAPID EVOLUTION IN COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE
  • A lot of technological improvements have been made both in hardware and software since the introduction of computers.
  • Computers will be more intelligent, computers will be able to learn in their environment, understand human voice, respond etc.
  • Software will be more versatile and easier to use.
  • The silicon revolution has seen rapid increase in microprocessor speeds and capabilities due to advanced research in the semi-conductor industry.
  • Future trends will see reduction in size and cost of components but increase in capability.
  • Improvements in input, processing, storage, output and communication devices have led to faster, cheaper and more reliable data processing devices.
  • Industries will become more automated.
  • Microprocessors of a thumb’s size can now execute instructions in a trillionth of a second hence leading to emergence of smaller but smart devices.

 

  1. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (A.I.):
  • A branch of computer science that is concerned with the development of machines that emulate/copy/mimic human like qualities such as learning, reasoning, communicating, seeing and hearing.
  • The idea of AI developed from a need to develop computer programs that would even challenge human beings in playing games such as chess and scrabble.
  • Computer scientists and engineers are still working hard and carrying out intensive research with the aim of coming up with smatter computers which can almost simulate human thinking and learning, instead of relying on static programmed instructions.
  • There are 4 main application areas of AI namely:

 

  1. Expert systems.
  2. Natural language processing.
  3. Voice recognition.
  4. Voice synthesis.
  5. Computer vision
  6. Artificial neural networks.
  7. Robotics/perception systems

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. EXPERT SYSTEMS:
  • This is software that is designed to make a computer operate at the level of a human expert in a specific narrow area of specialization.
  • Such software simulates/imitates the reasoning process of experts in certain well defined areas such as medical diagnosis, financial forecasting, maintaining locomotives, locating mineral deposits etc.

 

COMPONENTS OF AN EXPERT SYSTEM:

  1. i) Knowledge base:

This is the database/store of knowledge about a particular subject. It contains relevant facts, believes, assumptions and procedures for solving a particular problem.

 

  1. ii) Inference engine:

This is Software that controls the search for knowledge in the knowledge base and produces conclusions. It takes the problem posed/given by the user and seeks to analyze it in order to arrive at a conclusion.

 

  • User interface;

This is the display screen that enables the user to interact with the system.

EXAMPLES OF EXPERT SYSTEMS:

  1. i) MYCIN: used for diagnosis of blood and treatment of bacterial infections.
  2. ii) DELTA: for maintaining locomotives.

iii) MUDMAN: predicting mineral deposits in geological exploration by analyzing composition of soil samples.

  1. iv) STEAMER: training boiler room technicians in the navy.
  2. v) R-1: designing computer systems for customers.

 

ADVANTAGES OF EXPERT SYSTEMS:

  1. They can perform some tasks much faster than a human being.
  2. They can easily identify faults in equipment.
  3. The computer can store much more information than a human.
  4. The system gives impartial and consistent recommendations.
  5. The computer does not ‘forget’ or make mistakes.
  6. Data can be kept up to date.
  7. Always available 24 hours a day and will never retire.
  8. The system can be used at a distance over a network.

 

DISADVANTAGES OF EXPERT SYSTEMS:

  1. They can make mistakes and fail to learn from them.
  2. They work best when the problem is specific and well defined hence complex and costly to design.
  3. They lack human touch i.e. they can’t be questioned further.
  4. Heavy use of them can make human experts lose their jobs.

 

 

 

  1. NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING:
  • Aimed at coming up with programming languages that would make computers recognize and understand natural languages, whether spoken or written.
  • Currently, there are voice recognition input devices and voice synthesizers are available but limited to just a few vocabularies.
  • Before using them, the computer program must be trained to recognize the voice and the pronunciation of words by the user.
  1. VOICE RECOGNITION:
  • This is a system that will allow voice input.
  • The user inputs data by speaking into a microphone.
  • A few systems cant satisfactory perform this task because of:-
  1. i) Words with similar sounds.
  2. ii) Different people pronounce same words differently.

iii) One word has multiple meanings.

  1. iv) Background noise etc.
  • Computers that can recognize and properly read human voice will make information systems and other computerized applications accessible to people who can’t enter data in the normal way i.e. blind, handicapped etc.

 

  1. VOICE SYNTHESIS:
  • These are machines that are able to create human voice or talk e.g. a computerized bank teller giving you your account balance in human like voice.

 

  1. COMPUTER VISION:
  • Scientists hope to develop computers that will process and interpret light waves just as the human brain does.
  • Such systems would use scanning devices to sense and interpret objects, graphics and text character shapes.
  • It will allow a computer to see as humans do, read and interpret text in almost any format.

 

  1. ARTFIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS:
  • The use of electronic devices and software to emulate the neurological structure of the human brain.
  • The human brain works by receiving signals from special sensory cells called neurons.
  • When the neurons receive information, they either excite the cell to send a signal to the brain or not.
  • Artificial neurodes in artificial networks work in similar manner by perceiving environmental stimuli and hence deciding whether to pass it on to the system or not.
  • The essential attributes of an artificial neural networks are:
  1. i) The neurodes can be trained to distinguish between what constitutes a signal and what does not.

 

 

  1. ii) They are capable of recognizing patterns in large amounts of data that are too complex for the human brain. From these patterns, they can make predictions and point out anomalies.

 

EXAMPLE:

In banking, the pattern of credit card usage can be tracked over time to try and generalize spending patterns of individual card owners. Incase of loss or theft, the bank can notice the change of spending pattern and conclude that the card is in the wrong hands, hence take appropriate security measures even before loss of the card is reported.

 

  1. ROBOTICS/PERCEPTION SYSTEMS:
  • A robot is a computer controlled device that emulates a human being in carrying out tasks that would otherwise be dangerous and difficult.
  • Perception systems are sensing devices that emulate the 5 common sense of a human being i.e. sight, hearing, touch, smell and taste.
  • Such devices would operate under the control of a microprocessor.
  • This development would give robots artificial senses including:
  1. i) Feeling the shape of an object.
  2. ii) Listening to ultra sound.

iii) Detecting smell of leaking gas/chemicals.

  1. iv) Testing quality of food.
  2. v) Seeing using two miniature video cameras.

 

ADVANTAGES OF ROBOTS

  1. They can work 24/7 all year round without getting bored or taking a break.
  2. They can work faster than human.
  3. Productivity is very high.
  4. The output is of a consistently high quality.
  5. They can work to great degrees of accuracy than human workers.
  6. They can work in conditions that would appear hostile or dangerous to humans.

 

DISADVANTAGES OF ROBOTS:

  1. They are expensive to build, install and maintain.
  2. Not flexible as they are designed to do one job.
  3. The robot may malfunction and cause a lot of chaos or a batch of faulty goods.
  4. They take up the job of many people, leading to being sacked.
  5. Evil people may use robots in war to manipulate biological material.

 

THE LAWS OF ROBOTICS:

  1. A robot must not injure a human being or, through inaction, allow a human being to come to harm.
  2. A robot must always obey orders given to it by a human being, except where it would conflict with the 1st
  3. A robot must protect its own existence, except where it would conflict with the 1st and 2nd

 

EXPANDED INFORMATION SUPERHIGHWAY

  • Involves the integration of cabled and wireless technologies for the purpose of data and information transmission.
  • There is vast increase in throughput of various transmission media like fiber optic and wireless technologies.
  • Scientists have demonstrated a fiber optic cable whose diameter is the size of a single strand of hair which is capable of carrying a trillion bit per second.
  • Internet is growing tremendously causing what is generally referred to as a growth of the information superhighway to digital explosion or hurricane.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT)

 

 

ICT has created new job titles. Some of the computer career opportunities include:

 

  1. SYSTEM ANALYST:

Responsible for analyzing a company’s needs or problems then design and develop a computer based information system.

 

QUALITIES OF A GOOD SYSTEM ANALYST:

  1. Should have good problem solving skills and creativity i.e. must have wide experience in solving problems.
  2. Should have good communication skills i.e. be able to communicate clearly and precisely to different groups.
  3. MUST have business knowledge i.e. understand the environment for which the system is being developed.
  4. Must have technical knowledge i.e. well trained in relevant areas of computer science.
  5. Must have general knowledge of the firm including its goals and objectives.
  6. Should have knowledge of data processing methods and current hardware and familiarity with available programming language.

 

DUTIES OF A SYSTEM ANALYST:

  1. Gather, record and analyze facts of the system.
  2. Design new system and recommend changes to existing systems.
  3. Prepare instruction manuals.
  4. Co-ordinates training for users of new systems.
  5. Work with programmers to construct and test the system.
  6. Prepares system specifications.
  7. Co-ordinates the implementation of new or modified system.

 

  1. CHIEF PROGRAMMER/PROGRAMMING MANAGER:

Reports to data processing manager what has been reported by programming group, junior and senior programmers.

 

DUTIES OF CHIEF PROGRAMMERS;

  1. Managing the programmers.
  2. Liaising with the system analyst.
  3. Review and control program documentation.
  4. Reviews program’s performance.
  5. Ensures that all programs are well tested before put into use.
  6. Reviewing all the system specifications before handover to programmers.

 

 

  1. COMPUTER PROGRAMMERS:

These are people whose work entails coding i.e. formulating instructions for the computer to solve given problems.

QUALITIES OF PROGRAMMERS:

  1. Good command of programming language in use.
  2. Knowledge of general programming methodology and relationship between programs and hardware.
  3. Creativity for developing new problem solving methods.
  4. Patience and persistence.

 

DUTIES OF PROGRAMMERS:

  1. Coding computer program using appropriate programming language.
  2. Testing of programs for logical errors, syntax and semantic errors.
  3. Debugging of programs.
  4. Documenting programs i.e. writing manuals.
  5. Designing and implementing programs.
  6. Maintaining and reviewing existing computer programs.

 

  1. DATABASE ADMINISTRATOR:

A person responsible for the design and implementation of the database.

The major purpose of computerizing an organization or institution is to store data in an organized way for easy access, retrieval and update.

 

DUTIES:

  1. Responsible for the design and control of organization database.
  2. Controls and monitors database usage through assignment of user passwords.
  3. Keeping the database up-to-date by adding new records, or deleting unnecessary records.
  4. Establishing the appropriate content and format of data records.

 

  1. SOFTWARE ENGINEER:

Person skilled in software development and technical operation of computer hardware.

 

DUTIES:

  1. a) Developing system and application software.
  2. b) Developing user and technical documentation for the new software.
  3. c) Maintaining and updating the software to meet day-to-day requirements.

 

 

  1. COMPUTER ENGINEER:

Specialized personnel whose duties are to assemble the computer systems.

 

DUTIES:

  1. Design and develop computer components e.g. motherboards, storage devices etc.
  2. Design and develop engineering and manufacturing computer controlled devices such as robots.
  3. Re-engineer computer components to enhance its functionality and efficiency.
  4. WEB DESIGNERS:

They design website using various software tools. These webs contain pages where individuals and organizations can advertise themselves when promoting the products.

 

  1. WEB ADMINISTRATORS:

They administrate the organization’s websites by making sure the website is updated periodically to give the right information.

 

DUTIES:

  1. a) Developing and testing websites.
  2. b) Monitoring the access and use of internet connection by enforcing security measurers.
  3. c) Downloading information needed by an organization from internet website.
  4. d) Maintaining, updating and modifying information on the website.
  5. COMPUTER OPERATOR:

This is a person who interfaces the user demands to the computer hardware by use of a set of special instructions known as commands.

 

DUTIES:

  1. a) Entering data into the computer for processing.
  2. b) Keeping up-to-date records of all information processing activities.
  3. c) Responsible for the general equipment layout within the computer room.
  4. d) Activating the computer to obey programs through use of commands.
  5. e) Mounting the storage media e.g. disk to their drives.

 

  1. COMPUTER TECHNICIAN:

These are members of the technical staff whose job is to service and repair computers.

Given that computers require regular maintenance, upgrading as well as emergency repairs, demand for computer technicians continues to grow as more people computerize their workplaces and homes.

 

DUTIES:

  1. Troubleshooting computer hardware and software related problems.
  2. Ensuring that all computer related accessories such as printers, storage media etc are in good condition.
  3. Assembling and upgrading computers and their components.
  4. Help hardware engineers in designing and creating some computer components such as storage devices, motherboards etc.

 

 

 

  1. DATA PROCESSING MANAGER:

This is the person in the data processing department within the organization whose major duty is to ensure that the organization’s needs are met.

 

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:

  1. In charge of data and information flow within the department.
  2. Responsible in data collection and preparation.
  3. Purchase of hardware and other facilities and their management.
  4. Software development and maintenance.
  5. Assessment and evaluation of staff performance.

 

  1. INFORMATION SYSTEM MANAGER:

This person controls, plans, staffs, schedules and monitors all the activities of the ICT department in the organization. Using computerized management information system (MIS), the manager can test the impact that an alternative course of action might have on business.

 

RESPONSIBILITIES:

  1. Making sure that all tasks in the IT department are done correctly and on time.
  2. Preparing budgets for the departments.
  3. Keeping the department inventory records up-to-date.
  4. Managing the human resource within the department.

 

  1. COMPUTER TRAINER:

Specialized personnel in the field of computing and well conversant with various disciplines and computer related issues which they can execute with ease.

 

RESPONSIBILITIES:

  1. Training people on how to use computers and various application programs.
  2. Developing training reference materials.
  3. Guide learners on how to acquire knowledge through carrying out research.
  4. Advising the learners on the best career opportunities in the broad field of ICT.
  5. Preparing learners for ICT examinations.

 

  1. NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR:
  2. Specialist who oversees the smooth running of network system in an organization.

 

RESPONSIBILITIES:

  1. a) Setup computer network.
  2. b) Maintain and enforce security measures on network.
  3. c) Monitor the use of network resources.
  4. d) Maintain and troubleshoot network related problems.

 

 

  1. COMPUTER TYPESETTERS:

Graphic designers and typesetters are required in order to design graphical objects and professional publications e.g. books, newspapers and magazines.

 

  1. LIBRARIAN:

Responsible for keeping the files in various storage devices and for the physical security of the storage media.

 

DUTIES:

  1. Ensures that there are enough physical files available for use.
  2. Maintains the external files labels.
  3. Ensures duplicates files are kept.
  4. Ensures access of files is restricted to authorized persons.

 

  1. SELF EMPLOYMENT:

This can be achieved by using a computer or other ICT devices such as mobile phones to start bureau services, internet services, consultancy services and computer hardware and software vendor business.

 

  1. COMPUTER SALES REPRESENTATIVES:

Should have good knowledge in information ands communication technology. This would help them to analyze customer needs and advice them accordingly. A good computer salesman needs to be self confident, persuasive and proficient in business communication.

 

FURTHER EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES IN ICT

There are other tertiary institutions in computing where one would further his or her educational ambitions. They include:

  1. Universities.
  2. Polytechnics.
  3. Middle level colleges.
  4. UNIVERSITIES:
  • Considered as the highest institution in formal education.
  • They are categorized into two major groups i.e. public and private universities.
  1. a) Public Universities:
  • Established by the state.
  • Run by a state appointed management.
  • Admission to such universities is controlled by either the state or a recognized body.

Examples:

  1. Jomo Kenyatta university of Agriculture and technology.
  2. Kenyatta University.
  • Nairobi University.
  1. Maseno University.
  2. Moi University.
  3. Egerton University.
  • Masinde Muliro University of Science and Technology.

 

 

  1. b) Private Universities:
  • Self-sponsored institutions set up by individuals, churches or any other organization.
  • They are privately run.
  • Students’ enrolment depends on whether the student is capable of sponsoring himself/herself.
  • For them to operate, they must be registered or accredited by the commission of higher education or any other quality assurance body that is recognized worldwide.
  • Accreditation leads to public acceptance and confirmation evidenced by the grant of charters by the state or accrediting bodies.

Examples:

  1. Daystar University.
  2. Catholic University of Nazareth.
  • Mount Kenya University.
  1. Kabarak university.
  2. Baraton University.
  3. Catholic University of East Africa.
  • Kenya Methodist University

 

Universities are authorized to offer approved Diploma, Undergraduate and Post graduate programmes.

 

ICT RELATED DEGREE PROGRAMMES

  1. Bachelor of computer science.
  2. Bachelor of Information technology.
  • Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering.
  1. Bachelor of Science (Computer Networking).
  2. Bachelor of Science (Software Engineering).
  3. Bachelor of Business and Information Technology.
  • Bachelor of Science (computer programming).

 

ICT RELATED MASTERS PROGRAMS:

  1. Masters in computer science.
  2. Masters in information technology.
  • Masters in hardware engineering.
  1. Masters in science (computer engineering).

 

  1. RESEARCH INSTITUTIONS:
  • These are the other specialized research institutions that concentrate on narrow fields of study such as computer or ICT technology, agriculture, space science etc.
  • It is possible to enroll in such institutions as a research trainee.

 

 

  1. POLYTECHNIQUES:
  • These are institutions of higher learning that mostly offer Diploma and certificate courses in technical fields such as ICT, mechanics, food production etc.
  • A polytechnic may also be accredited by a university or the state to offer degree programmes.

 

EXAMPLES OF POLYTECHNICS THAT OFFER ICT IN KENYA:

  1. Mombasa polytechnic.
  2. Kenya polytechnic.
  • Eldoret polytechnic.
  1. Kisumu polytechnic.

 

ICT COURSES OFFERED IN POLYTECHNICS:

  1. Computer repair and assembly.
  2. Computer operator.
  • Management information system.
  1. Computer programming.
  2. Computer networking.
  3. Computer software engineer.
  • Computer studies.
  • Information technology.
  1. Computer science.
  2. Computer hardware engineer.
  3. Web administrator

 

  1. COLLEGES:
  • These are middle level institutions that offer diploma, certificates and craft courses in many disciplines such as technical, ICT, teacher training, business management etc.

 

EXAMPLES OF COLLEGES:

  1. Rift valley Institute of Science and Technology.
  2. Kaiboi Technical Training Institute.
  3. Thika Institute of Science and Technology.
  4. Kiambu Institute of Science and Technology.
  5. Coast Institute of Science and Technology.
  6. Kirinyaga Technical Training Institute.
  7. Nairobi Technical Training Institute.
  8. Nyeri Technical Training Institute.
  9. Kenya Technical Training Institute.
  10. Kenya Science Teachers College.
  11. Machakos Technical Training Institute.

 

The most important considerations to make before you join a college to pursue an ICT course:

  1. a) Whether it offers ICT courses recognized both locally and internationally.
  2. b) The cost of training with such an institution.

 

EXAMINATIONS BODIES FOR HIGHER DIPLOMA, DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATES:

  1. a) Information Technology Standards Association (ITSA)
  2. b) Institute of Management Information Systems (IMIS)
  3. c) Kenya National Examinations Council (KNEC).
  4. d) PITMAN.

 

QUALIFICATIONS GAINED ON STUDY ON SITTING FOR AN EXAM:

  1. Diploma in computer studies.
  2. Diploma in computer science.
  • Higher diploma in computer studies.
  1. Higher diploma in information technology.
  2. Certificate in computer studies.
  3. Certificate in information technology.

Grade 7 CBC Schemes of Work For Junior Secondary (Business Education)

Business Studies Grade 7 CBC Schemes of Work For Junior Secondary

GRADE 7 BUSINESS STUDIES SCHEME OF WORK  TERM 1

Name…………………………………….TSC NO……………….SCHOOL………………………………

 

Week Lesson Strand Sub-strand Specific-Learning outcomes Learning Experience Key Inquiry Question(S) Learning

Resources         

Assessment Methods Reflection
1 1 Business and money management skills Introduction to Business Studies By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Define goods and services.

b)     Examine the concept of Business Studies.

c)      Discuss the business activities that take place in their community.

d)     Be polite, kind and respectful when giving feedback to other groups.

 

Using relevant sources such as textbooks or digital devices, learners to define goods and services.

 

In groups, learners to examine the concept of Business Studies.

 

In groups, learners are guided to discuss the business activities that takes place in their community.

What is business?

 

What business activities take place in your local community?

 

·     Photographs

·     Pictures

·     Video clips

·     Charts

·     Realia

Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 1-3

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Business and money management skills Components of Business Studies By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Identify components of Business Studies.

b)     Discuss and debate on components of Business Studies.

c)      Appreciate the components of Business Studies.

In pairs, learners to identify components of Business Studies.

 

Learners to brainstorm on their group’s research findings, explain what each component of Business.

 

In groups, learners are guided to discuss and debate on components of Business Studies.

What do you understand by the terms human wants and scarce resources?  

·     Photographs

·     Pictures

·     Video clips

·     Charts

·     Realia

Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 3-6

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Business and money management skills Career opportunities related to Business Studies in Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Use digital devices, watch a video clip about career opportunities related to Business Studies in Kenya.

b)     Discuss and write down the meaning of career, opportunity and career opportunities.

c)      Have fun and enjoy using digital devices.

 

In groups, learners to use digital devices, watch a video clip about career opportunities related to Business Studies in Kenya.

 

In groups, learners are guided to discuss and write down the meaning of career, opportunity and career opportunities

Imagine a business organization without marketers and accountants, a bank without bankers or a society without shopkeepers and farmers. What would life be like?

 

 

·       Photographs

·       Pictures

·       Video clips

·       Charts

·       Realia

·       Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 7

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
2 1 Business and money management skills Career opportunities related to Business Studies in Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Explore career opportunities related to Business Studies in Kenya.

b)     Role-play career associated with Business Studies.

c)      Play games associated with careers with Business Studies.

d)     Have fun and enjoy role-playing career associated with Business Studies.

 

Learners to explore career opportunities related to Business Studies in Kenya.

 

In groups, learners are guided to role-play career associated with Business Studies.

 

In groups, learners to take turns to mime a career they are interested in to their members of the groups. Group members must try and guess what it is.

 

What types of career do you know?

 

 

 

·       Photographs

·       Pictures

·       Video clips

·       Charts

·       Realia

·       Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 7-10

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Business and money management skills Career opportunities related to Business Studies in Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Write questionnaires involving career opportunities related to Business Studies.

b)     Visit and talk to members of the community involved in different careers related to Business Studies.

c)      Have fun and enjoy talking to members of the community involving in different careers related to Business Studies.

 

In groups, learners are guided to write questionnaires involving career opportunities related to Business Studies.

 

With the guidance of the teacher, learners to visit and talk to members of the community involved in different careers related to Business Studies

What is a career?

 

What is a career opportunity?

 

·    Photographs

·    Pictures

·    Video clips

·    Charts

·    Realia

·    Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 10-13

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Business and money management skills Importance of Business Studies in the society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      State the importance of studying Business Studies.

b)     Debate on the importance of Business Studies.

c)      Appreciate the importance of Business Studies in day-to-day life

Learners to state the importance of studying Business Studies

 

Learners are guided to debate this motion, ‘studying Business Studies is important in our day to day life’

 

What is the importance of studying Business Studies?  

·     Photographs

·     Pictures

·     Video clips

·     Charts

·     Realia

·     Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 13-17

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
3 1 Business and money management skills Revision By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

Answer all topical questions correctly.

 

Learners are guided to answer all topical questions correctly.    

Assessment books.

Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 16-17

 

·  
  2 Business and money management skills Money; Meaning of money By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Explain the meaning of money.

b)     Define denomination.

c)      Using dictionary, Internet, textbooks in the school library or any other relevant reference materials, find the meaning of money.

d)     Identify items people used in the past in exchange for goods and services.

e)      Appreciate any type of medium of exchange.

 

Learners to observe and discuss the Kenyan currency.

 

Learners to define denomination.

 

In groups, learners are guided to use dictionary, Internet, textbooks in the school library or any other relevant reference materials, find the meaning of money.

 

In groups, learners to identify items people used in the past in exchange for goods and services.

 

What is money?

 

Why do you think money in the form of notes is printed on strong paper?

 

·       Photographs

·       Pictures

·       Video clips

·       Charts

·       Realia

·       Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 17-18

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Business and money management skills Uses of money in the day-to-day life By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      List and explain the uses of money in the day-to-day life.

b)     Debate on the uses of money.

c)      Appreciate the uses of money.

Learners are guided to list and explain the uses of money in the day-to-day life.

 

Learners to debate on the motion: “Money” is useful in our day-to-day lives?”

 

What are the uses of money in day to day life?  

Pictures

Video clips

Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 19-23

 

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
4 1 Business and money management skills Key security features of the Kenyan currency By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Explain the meaning of counterfeit

b)     Discuss key security features of the Kenyan currency.

c)      Appreciate the use of security features of the Kenyan currency.

Learners to explain the meaning of counterfeit.

 

In groups, learners are guided to discuss key security features of the Kenyan currency

What is counterfeit?

 

 

·       Photographs

·       Pictures

·       Video clips

·       Charts

·       Realia

·       Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 24-

25

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Business and money management skills Identify the key security features of the Kenyan currency By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Identify key security features on the front and back of a Kenyan banknote.

b)     Design and make a poster with messages on key security features on the Kenyan currency.

c)      Appreciate the importance of key security features of the Kenyan currency.

 

Learners are guided to identify key security features on the front and back of a Kenyan banknote.

 

In groups, learners are guided to design and make a poster with messages on key security features on the Kenyan currency

What are the key security features of the Kenyan currency?  

·       Photographs

·       Pictures

·       Video clips

·       Charts

·       Realia

·       Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 25-29

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Business and money management skills Themes and symbols on the Kenyan currency By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Define theme.

b)     Describe themes and symbols on the Kenyan currency.

c)      Design and make a poster showing themes and symbols or the Kenyan currency.

d)     Appreciate the themes and symbols on the Kenyan currency.

 

Learners to define theme.

 

In pairs, learners are guided to describe themes and symbols on the Kenyan currency.

 

In groups, learners are guided to design and make a poster showing themes and symbols or the Kenyan currency.

 

What is the theme of each note?

 

What is the symbol of each note?

 

·       Photographs

·       Pictures

·       Video clips

·       Charts

·       Realia

·       Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 29-32

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
5 1 Business and money management skills Importance of money in the economy By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Explain the importance of money in the economy of Kenya

b)     Discuss the functions of money in the economy.

c)      Make a poster on the importance of money in the economy.

d)     Appreciate the importance of money in the economy.

 

In groups, learners to explain the importance of money in the economy of Kenya

 

In groups, learners are guided to discuss the functions of money in the economy.

 

In groups, learners are guided to make a poster on the importance of money in the economy

What is the importance of money in the economy?  

·       Photographs

·       Pictures

·       Video clips

·       Charts

·       Realia

·       Computing devices

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 32-33

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Business and money management skills Personal goals; Meaning and importance of setting goals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Explain the meaning of personal goals.

b)     Explore personal goal for self-development.

c)      Discuss and give examples of personal goals.

d)     Appreciate other’s and own personal goals.

Learners are guided to explain the meaning of personal goals.

 

In groups, learners to explore personal goal for self-development.

 

In groups, learners are guided to discuss and give examples of personal goals

What are personal goals?

 

 

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 34-36

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Business and money management skills Importance of setting personal goals for self-development By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Discuss the importance of setting personal goals.

b)     Make a poster on the importance of setting personal goals for self-development.

c)      Appreciate the importance of setting personal goals for self-development.

 

In groups, learners are guided to discuss the importance of setting personal goals.

 

In groups, learners are guided to make a poster on the importance of setting personal goals for self-development

What is the importance of setting personal goals? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 36-38

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
6           HALF TERM BREAK       ·  
7 1 Business and money management skills Factors to consider when setting personal goals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Use digital devices, learners to search for factors to consider when setting personal goals.

b)     Discuss the factors to consider when setting personal goals.

c)      Appreciate the factors to consider when setting personal goals.

 

In groups, learners to use digital devices, learners to search for factors to consider when setting personal goals.

 

In groups, learners are guided to discuss the factors to consider when setting personal goals

What factors do you consider when setting personal goals? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 38-39

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Business and money management skills Setting personal goals for self-development By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Brainstorm on the goals they would like to achieve, using the SMART technique.

b)     Outline the steps to follow when setting personal goals.

c)      Create a vision board.

d)     Enjoy setting personal goals for self-development.

 

In groups, learners to brainstorm on the goals they would like to achieve, using the SMART technique.

 

In pairs, learners are guided to outline the steps to follow when setting personal goals.

 

Individually, learners are guided to Create a vision board

 

Why is it important to set personal goals? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 39-43

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Business and money management skills Using ICT or exercise books for setting personal goals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Use digital devices, type the form that is in learner’s book.

b)     Set their personal goals

c)      Appreciate their personal goals and make an effort to achieve them.

In groups, learners to use digital devices, type the form that is in learner’s book.

 

Individually, learners to set their personal goals

What would you do in order to achieve their personal goals? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 43-44

 

Pictures

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
8 1 Business and money management skills Need for setting personal goals for self-development By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      State the importance of setting personal goals for self-development.

b)     Recognize the need for setting personal goals for self-development.

c)      Appreciate the importance of setting personal goals for self-development.

 

In pairs, learners are guided to state the importance of setting personal goals for self-development.

 

In groups, learners are guided to recognize the need for setting personal goals for self-development.

What are the importance’s of setting personal goals? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 45-46

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Business and money management skills Talents and abilities By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

Distinguish between talents and abilities.

Recognize talents and abilities.

Appreciate other people’s talents and abilities.

As a class, learners to discuss the distinction between talents and abilities.

 

In pairs, learners to recognize talents and abilities.

 

Learners are guided to use a mind map to identify their talents and abilities.

What is a talent?

 

What are abilities?

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 46-49

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Business and money management skills Ways of nurturing talents and abilities for business purposes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Identify ways of nurturing talents and abilities for business purposes.

b)     Discuss how they can improve their talents and abilities.

c)      Appreciate the ways of nurturing talents and abilities for business purposes.

 

In groups, learners are guided to identify ways of nurturing talents and abilities for business purposes.

 

In groups, learners are guided to discuss how they can improve their talents and abilities.

 

What are the ways nurturing talents and abilities for business purposes? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 49-51

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
9 1 Business and money management skills Personal talents and abilities in school By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Discuss ways of identifying talents and abilities.

b)     Demonstrate personal talents and abilities.

c)      Have fun and enjoy demonstrating their talents and abilities.

In groups, learners to discuss ways of identifying talents and abilities.

 

As a class, learners to demonstrate personal talents and abilities.

 

What is your talent? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 51-54

 

Photographs

Video clips

Charts

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Business and money management skills Relating talent and abilities o career opportunities By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      List some of career opportunities.

b)     Relate talents and abilities to career opportunities.

c)      Appreciate different types of career opportunities.

In pairs, learners to list some of career opportunities.

 

In pairs, learners are guided to relate talents and abilities to career opportunities

What are career opportunities? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 54-55

 

Video clips

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Business and money management skills Ethical issues related to the use of talents and abilities in business By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Define ethics.

b)     Identify ethical issues related to the use of talents and abilities in business.

c)      Appreciate the importance of values and morals in business.

Learners to define ethics.

 

Learners are guided to identify ethical issues related to the use of talents and abilities in business

 

In groups, learners are guided to use textbooks in the school library or the internet to find out other unethical issues related to the use of talents and abilities in business.

What are ethics? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 55-56

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
10 1 Business and money management skills Appreciating the importance of nurturing talents and abilities By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      List ways of nurturing talents and abilities for business purposes.

b)     Discuss the importance of nurturing talents and abilities for income generation.

c)      Appreciate the importance of nurturing talents and abilities.

 

Learners are guided to list ways of nurturing talents and abilities for business purposes.

 

In groups, learners are guided to discuss the importance of nurturing talents and abilities for income generation

What are the importance of nurturing talents and abilities? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 56-57

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Business and its environment Business activities By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Identify human needs and wants.

b)     Brainstorm the difference between human needs and human wants.

c)      Draw the picture in learner’s book 7 page 58.

d)     Appreciate different types of business activities.

In pairs, learners are guided to identify human needs and wants.

 

In groups, learners are guided to brainstorm the difference between human needs and human wants.

 

Individually, learners to draw the picture in learner’s book 7 page 58

What is the difference between needs and wants? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 58-59

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Business and its environment Business activities By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      List human needs and human wants.

b)     Role play being a parent or guardian in a house.

c)      Have fun and enjoy role playing.

Individually, learners to list human needs and human wants.

 

In groups, learners to role play being a parent or guardian in a house and role play a need and a want:

For example, if a member mentions food, pretend to feed him or her with a spoon.

What are basic needs? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 60-62

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
11 1 Business and its environment Business activities By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Explore and discuss the meaning of scarcity, choice, scale or preference and opportunity cost in relation to the satisfaction of consumer needs and wants.

b)     Role playing opportunity cost given limited resources.

c)      Have fun and enjoy role playing.

 

In groups, learners are guided to explore and discuss the meaning of scarcity, choice, scale or preference and opportunity cost in relation to the satisfaction of consumer needs and wants.

 

In groups, learners are guided to role play opportunity cost given limited resources

What is a scarce resource?

 

What is an opportunity cost?

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 62-64

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Business and its environment Preparing a scale of preference By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      List their needs and wants in school and at home.

b)     Arrange their needs and wants in order of priority, importance or urgency.

c)      Give reasons how they have prioritized their needs and wants.

d)     Enjoy preparing a scale of preference.

 

Individually:

 

Learners to list their needs and wants in school and at home.

 

Learners to arrange their needs and wants in order of priority, importance or urgency.

 

Learners to give reasons how they have prioritized their needs and wants.

 

 

What is a choice?

 

Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 64-65

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Business and its environment Importance of the scale of preference and satisfaction of human wants and needs

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

a)      Discuss the importance of the scale of preference.

b)     Explain the importance of satisfaction of human wants and needs.

c)      Appreciate the importance of the scale of preference and satisfaction of human wants and needs.

 

In groups, learners are guided to discuss the importance of the scale of preference.

 

In groups, learners to explain the importance of satisfaction of human wants and needs

What are the importance’s of scale of preference? Spark; StoryMoja, Business Studies Learner’s Book Grade 7 pg. 65-66

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

·     Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
12- 13 REVISION AAND  ASSESSEMENT

 

 

KCPE Setting Criteria, Knec Reports & Expected Questions For CRE

KCPE CRE 2020-2021 KNEC REPORT

SYLLABUS COVERAGE AND THE SKILLS TESTED

The areas covered in the syllabus together with the skills tested in the examination are shown below.

 

Areas of Syllabus Coverage in 2020-2022

 

Areas Tested in the Syllabus Number of Items Percentage
Old Testament 09 30.00%
New Testament 12 40.00%
African Religious Heritage 03 10.00%
Contemporary Christian Living 06 20.00%
Total 30 100.00%

 

 

 

 

 

Skills Tested in the year 2020

 

Skills Number of Items
Knowledge 04
Comprehension 05
Application 06
Analysis 06
Synthesis 04
Evaluation 05

The following observations can be derived from tables above.

 

  1. That the syllabus was adequately

 

  1. That all the six skills were tested in the

 

  • Teachers need to encourage the candidates to apply the knowledge learnt to attempt questions requiring high order cognitive skills of

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL PERFORMANCE OF THE CANDIDATES IN THE YEAR 2020 KCPE CRE EXAMINATION

 

The table below shows the mark statistics for the last five years (2016 to 2020)

 

Candidates General Performance in CRE over the last five years

 

Year 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Marked out of 30 30 30 30 30
National Mean 21.41 21.06 22.02 18.81 19.29
Standard Deviation 5.00 5.23 5.39 5.46 6.00

From the above table, it is evident there was an improvement in the performance of the subject as shown by the mean of 19.29 in 2020 as compared to 18.81 in 2019.

ANALYSIS OF PERFORMANCE IN SELECTED ITEMS

The following is an analysis of the performance of the candidates based on a total population of 1,116,826.The number of girls who sat for examination was 556,566 while that of boys was 560,260. The boys had a mean mark of 19.15 and a standard deviation of 6.21, while the girls had a mean mark of 19.43 and a standards deviation of 5.79.

 

The table above shows the relative difficulty of each of the 30 items in the year 2020 CRE examination. The analysis is derived from the approximate percentage of candidates scoring correctly in each item in the paper.

 

Any item where the candidate scoring correctly is 40% or lower is perceived to have been poorly performed. In 2020 there were questions that were poorly performed because the candidates scored below 40%.This report will therefore look at the questions that were poorly performed i.e. had 40% and below scoring correctly.

Questions which recorded a facility index of 40% and below

 

Question Number 66 73 77 88
% Answering the item correctly 24.29 35.72 35.84 36.35

The discussion will focus on analysis of the items given above based on the ideas, skills and thinking processes that candidates may have gone through so as to arrive at the correct responses. It also focuses on the misconceptions that may have led the candidates to the wrong choices. The asterisk (*) in the response pattern denotes the correct response.

 

 

Question 66

 

The main lesson Christians learn from the incident when Ruth followed Naomi to her native land is

that they should be

 

  1. obedient

 

  1. honest
  2. trustworthy

 

 

Response pattern

OPTION A B C D*
% choosing the option 19.56 17.22 37.86 24.29
Mean mark in other questions 15.65 16.33 20.17 23.01

This question came from the Old Testament part of the syllabus. It is an evaluation question. Majority of the candidates chose option C. The candidates were easily attracted by the option because of the family relationship between Ruth and Naomi who was her mother-in-law. The literal interpretation of that story is that Ruth trusted Naomi as her mother-in-law. This indicates lack of understanding of that content. Teachers should emphasize on reading the Bible references during teaching and also explain to the learners the deeper meaning of the Biblical stories.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Question 73

 

Jesus said “Look at the birds: they do not plant seeds, gather a harvest and put it in barns, yet your Father in heaven takes care of them.”(Mat.6:26).This teaches Christians that they should

  1. care for God’s creation

 

  1. trust in God

 

  1. love others

 

  1. work

 

Response Pattern

 

OPTION A B* C D
% choosing the option 42.85 35.72 10.15 10.29
Mean mark in other questions 18.46 22.08 14.70 17.71

 

 

This is an application question from the New Testament part of the syllabus. The candidates are supposed to know and understand the teachings of Jesus. However, in this case the candidates could not take their time and critically evaluate the choices given hence many went for option A although it is not right. Teachers should guide the candidates to apply the knowledge acquired in class to answer questions.

 

 

 

 

Question 77

 

The two disciples who were walking to Emmaus could not recognize Jesus because

 

  1. they were busy talking

 

  1. they did not believe in resurrection

 

  1. Jesus was dead and buried

 

  1. Jesus had not revealed himself to

 

 

 

 

 

Response Pattern

 

OPTION A B C D*
% choosing the option 9.38 34.23 19.46 35.84
Mean mark in other questions 16.61 17.92 18.39 21.84

This is an analysis question which came from the New Testament part of the syllabus. The candidates were supposed to know the events related to the resurrection of Jesus.However,the response pattern provided, indicates lack of knowledge in this area since only a small percentage of the candidates scored the item right. Teachers should emphasize on reading the Bible references during the teaching and revision.

 

 

 

 

 

Question 88

 

Which one of the following leisure activities is practiced in both traditional African Communities and Christianity?

  1. Watching

 

  1. Reading

 

  1. Visiting

 

  1. Dancing

 

 

Response Pattern

OPTION A B C D*
% choosing the option 2.67 6.24 53.73 36.35
Mean mark in other questions 13.18 12.01 18.71 21.89

 

This is a synthesis question which came from the Contemporary Christian Living part of the syllabus. The candidates are supposed to combine the knowledge acquired from both the Contemporary Christian Living and African religious heritage to answer the question. However, majority of the candidates were influenced by the

 

events in their daily lives especially outside classroom setup and therefore went for option C although it is not right. During teaching and revision, teachers should compare the social life in both the contemporary living and traditional African living to enable the learners to distinguish activities which are only practiced in the contemporary society from those conducted in the traditional African communities. This will give learners the information which will enable them to answer questions correctly.

 

This will give learners the information which will enable them to answer questions correctly.

 

 

 

 

GENERAL COMMENTS

 

  1. There was a notable improvement in the performance of the paper as indicated in the statistics in which the mean mark was 29 in 2020 as compared to 18.81 in 2019.
  2. Questions requiring higher order thinking skills such as analysis, synthesis and evaluation seem to be posing challenges to the candidates.

 

  • Teachers to improve on their teaching methods and emphasis on the use of the Bible and application of knowledge during

 

  1. 61. CREATION
  1. Which statement from the bible shows that God wanted human beings were to Care for his creation?
  2. What punishment did God give to Eve because of her disobedience?
  3. Which duty was given to Adam and Eve when God created them?
  4. According to Genesis story of creation, which is the best statement that describes human beings as being special?
  5. Which statement from the stories of creation shows that marriage is permanent?
  6. Give the main reason why God created
  7. Why is Adam and Eve the greatest among God’s creation?
  8. Why did God chase Adam and Eve out of the Garden of Eden?
  9. What is the main teaching from Genesis stories of creation?
  10. Which was the result of human disobedience in the Garden of Eden?
  11. From the biblical stories of creation, why did God create Adam and Eve?
  12. Which actions of Adam show that he had power over other creatures/creation?
  13. According to Genesis stories of creation, human beings were to care for the environment by?
  14. Why did God place Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden?
  15. Why did Adam and Eve hide from God?
  16. Which book of the Bible tells us about the story of creation?
  17. Why did Adam and Eve eat the fruit of the tree at the middle of the garden?
  18. According to Genesis stories of creation God gave Adam and Eve power over?
  19. The first book of the Bible is called Genesis, what does the term Genesis mean?
  20. What was the main responsibility/duty given to man in the Garden of Eden?
  21. Which punishments did God give to Adam after sinning to God?
  22. Why did Adam name his wife Eve?
  23. The character of God shown in Genesis stories of creation is that God is….?
  24. According to Genesis story of creation the Heavenly Bodies were created on which day?
  25. Which is the main teaching of Genesis chapter one?
  26. Which book explains how God created the universe?
  27. What punishment was the snake given in the Genesis stories of creation?
  28. Name the group of things that were created on the fourth day?
  29. Which is the main lesson that Christians learn from the actions of Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden?
  30. Gods care was shown in the Garden of Eden when he?
  31. “Bone taken from my bone and flesh from my flesh” (Genesis 2:23) when did Adam say these words?
  32. In the Garden of Eden human beings were forbidden from?
  33. God rested on the seventh day of the week because?
  34. Which animal tricked Eve to eat the forbidden fruit?
  35. “That is why a man leaves his father and mother and is united with his wife” (Genesis 2:24) this verse emphasizes on the importance of?
  36. The relationship between Adam and Eve was broken when?
  37. On which day did God create the sea creatures and the birds of the air?
  38. Who was given the responsibility to name all the animals by God?

 

 

62, 63, 64.BIBLE PERSONALITIES

KCPE CRE QUESTIONS ON NOAH

 

  1. What was the sign of covenant between God and Noah?
  2. Whom did God command to build an ark?
  3. God punished the people during the time of Noah by sending?
  4. The main reason why Noah built an ark was to make him be able to?
  5. The main reason why God asked Noah to build the ark was to?
  6. The story of Noah and the floods teaches Christians that?
  7. God was sorry that He had made human He destroyed every person he had made a part from one person. Who was he?
  8. God chose to use Noah to save his family from the great floods mainly because Noah?
  9. “Have many children so that your descendants will live all over the earth” this command was given to?
  10. “Have many children so that your descendants will live all over the earth and bring it under control” (Genesis 9:7) from this statement Christians learn that?
  11. God punished people during the time of Noah with floods mainly because they were?
  12. Why was Noah chosen by God to build the ark?
  13. How old was Noah when the flood came?
  14. Noah obeyed Gods command when he?
  15. The father of Noah was?
  16. The main reason why Noah offered a sacrifice to God after the floods was to show?
  17. God spared the life of Noah during the great floods mainly because?
  18. Name the three sons of Noah?
  19. The son of Noah who did not show respect to his father was?
  20. When Noah built the ark, he showed that he was?
  21. The obedience and faithfulness of Noah made him to be?
  22. After the floods which occupation did Noah involve himself in?
  23. Why did Noah curse his son Ham?
  24. Who was the grandson of Noah that was cursed alongside his father? KCPE CRE QUESTIONS ON ABRAHAM
    1. God changed the name Abram to Abraham mainly because he wanted him to?
    2. Which activities in the bible show Abraham’s obedience to God?
    3. Name the promises given to Abraham by God
    4. Who was asked by God to give his son as a sacrifice?
    5. From the call of Abraham, Christians learn that they should?
    6. “Leave your country, your relatives and your father’s home and go the land that I will show you” (Genesis 12:1) God spoke these words to?
    7. Who is known as the father of faith?

 

  1. The promises that God gave to Abraham mainly teach Christians to be?
  2. Why did Abraham leave Haran to go the unknown land?
  3. Who was the son of Abraham?
  4. Abraham showed his faith in God/demonstrated his faith in God when he?
  5. “I will bless those who bless you but curse those who curse And through you I will bless all the nations. “These words were said by God to?
  6. Who pleaded for the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah?
  7. The sign of covenant between Abraham and God was?
  8. The cities of Sodom and Gomorrah were punished by God. He destroyed them by sending?
  9. Why was Abraham circumcised at the age of 99yrs?
  10. Who was called by God when he was living in Haran?
  11. Abraham sent his servant to get a wife for Isaac from the house of?
  12. Abraham and his father lived at?
  13. Abraham showed his obedience to God mainly by?
  14. Which was the original homeland of Abraham before he was called by God?
  15. Who was given the name which means father of many nations?
  16. Abraham became a friend of God when he?
  17. Which is the main reason why Abraham was called the father of faith?
  18. Abraham is called the father of faith. What lessons do Christians learn from his call? that they should
  19. Who is the founder of the Israelite nation?
  20. God fulfilled his promises to Abraham when he?
  21. What happened when Abraham was 75 Old?
  22. During the making of the covenant, God promised Abraham
  23. God gave Abram a new name. This new name was?
  24. Abraham and his relatives left the city of Ur and went to live in?
  25. Which lesson do Christians learn from the story of Abraham separating from Lot?
  26. The father of Abraham was?
  27. What was the main reason why God called Abraham?
  28. When Abraham obeyed the call of God, this teaches Christians to be
  29. Which happenings took place when Abraham was 100yrs old?
  30. What happened when the king of Egypt took Abraham’s wife?(Genesis 12:10-20)
  31. Why did God make a covenant with Abraham?
  32. The slave woman who bore a son with Abraham was?
  33. During the covenant with Abraham God appeared in the form of?
  34. Why did Abraham and Sarah go to Egypt?
  35. Why did Lot separate with Abraham?
  36. Who is regarded as the father of the Jews?

 

KCPE QUESTIONS ON MOSES, THE ISRAELITES, PASSOVER AND THE TEN COMMANDMENTS

  1. When Moses was called by God, he was living in?
  2. Which commandment teaches about respect for human life?
  3. Which quality of God was shown on the night the Israelites left Egypt?
  4. Who asked God to forgive the Israelites on MT Sinai?
  5. Name the activities carried out by the Israelites on the night of the Passover?
  6. “Do not desire another man’s house; do not desire his wife, his slaves, his cattle, his donkey, or anything else that he owns.” (Exodus 20:17) who broke this commandment?
  7. What did the Israelites do with the blood of the lambs they killed on the Passover night?
  8. The main lesson the Israelites learnt about God when the Egyptian soldiers drowned in the red sea was that He is…?
  9. God led the Israelites through the wilderness to the Promised Land by use of?
  10. Which activity did Joshua carry out during the Exodus?
  11. Which is the main reason why the Israelites celebrated the Passover? It reminded them of?
  12. God said “I am who I am” (Exodus 3:14) these words were spoken to Moses when he was?
  13. The main lesson the Israelites learnt about God when He gave them manna and a quill during the Exodus is that He is…?
  14. Moses poured/sprinkled blood to the Israelites during the covenant at Mount Sinai because he wanted them to be…….
  15. Moses was not willing to go back to Egypt when he was sent by God mainly because…..?
  16. Which commandment teaches Christians to be satisfied with what they have?
  17. During the Passover night, the Israelites were to eat bitter herbs to show…?
  18. A problem faced by the Israelites during the exodus was lack of?
  19. Which happenings took place during the night marking the start of the Exodus?
  20. Which commandment was broken by the Israelites when they worshipped the golden bull calf at Mount Sinai?

 

  1. When the Israelites went to receive the Ten Commandments on Mount Sinai, God’s presence was shown through?
  2. The main virtue that the children of Israel were required to have when crossing the red sea was?
  3. During their last night in Egypt, the Israelites put blood on their doorpost in order to?
  4. Name some of the activities that Moses did on Mount Sinai
  5. Which commandment promises long life for those who obey it?
  6. What was the main reason why God called Moses?
  7. God gave the Israelites the Ten Commandments in order to?
  8. Which festival is celebrated by the Israelites to remember their release from Egypt?
  9. “You know I am such a poor speaker; why should the king listen to me?” (Exodus 6:30). These words were spoken by Moses when he was…..?
  10. Which commandment teaches about respect for marriage?
  11. “Take off your sandals for you are standing on a holy ground” (Exodus 3:5) these words were spoken by God to?
  12. What was Moses doing when God called him?
  13. Which acts of worship was performed by the Israelites immediately after they crossed the red sea
  14. Moses was not willing to go back to Egypt when he was called by God mainly because?
  15. The covenant between God and the Israelites at Mount Sinai was sealed by?
  16. “So the people filled their baking pans with unleavened bread wrapped them in clothing and set off” (Exodus 12:34) where were the Israelites going to?
  17. “Now I am going to make food rain down from the sky for all of you” these words were said by God to Moses which shows that God is?
  18. Which reason best explains why the Israelites celebrated the feast of the unleavened bread?
  19. Which commandment explains that life is a gift from God
  20. “I have seen how cruel my people are being I have heard their cry “Who was told these words by God?
  21. Which commandment mainly explains that Christians should dedicate their time to worship God?

 

  1. How many plagues did the Egyptians experience before the Exodus of the Israelites?
  2. What did Moses use to purify dirty water at Marrah?
  3. Name the meals/food that was taken by the Israelites on the night of the Passover
  4. Moses did not lead the Israelites in the Promised Land mainly because?
  5. Moses, Aaron and Miriam were from the tribe of?
  6. What happened to Pharaohs army when they followed the Israelites?
  7. Which commandment explains why marriage vows should be respected
  8. The Passover was first celebrated by the Israelites in?
  9. Which quality of leadership was shown by Moses when he led the Israelites out of Egypt
  10. The angel of death killed the first born males of the Egyptians during the?
  11. In which way did God lead the Israelites during the day after departing from Egypt?
  12. Jethro the father in Law of Moses lived in?
  13. The main lesson the Israelites learned about God when he defeated the Egyptian soldiers at the red sea is that He is…?
  14. During the last supper, the Israelites were to eat while standing to show that?
  15. Who advised Moses to choose leaders to help him in the leading of the Israelites
  16. Which commandment teaches us to have respect for other people’s property
  17. Moses dedicated the Israelites to God mainly by?
  18. “Do not bow down to any idol or worship because I am the Lord your God and I do not tolerate rivals” (Exodus 20:5) who disobeyed this commandment
  19. The Israelites were to at unleavened bread during the Passover night to show that they were?
  20. “Do not commit murder” Exodus 20:13.Which two people broke this commandment
  21. What was the main reason for the covenant between God and the Israelites on Mount Sinai
  22. The Israelites were given manna and quills from heaven during the What was the main lesson they learnt about God. God is……?

 

  1. After being rescued by God and brought out of Egypt, the Israelites annoyed God at Mt Sinai. Who asked God to forgive them?
  2. Give the main reason why Moses finally agreed to go to Egypt?
  3. Who led the Israelites into the Promised Land?
  4. What happened to the first born sons of the Israelites during the Passover night?
  5. What happened to the first born sons of the Egyptians during the Passover night?

KCPE QUESTIONS ON JACOB AND JOSEPH

 

  1. Joseph the son of Jacob was sold by his brothers because they?
  2. Joseph was able to overcome the temptations from the wife of Potiphar because he?
  3. Joseph became a famous man in the land of Egypt mainly because he was?
  4. From the incident when Joseph welcomed his brothers in Egypt Christians learn that they should be?
  5. Who were the sons of Isaac?
  6. Who were the parents of Jacob?
  7. The main reason why Jacob worked for Laban is because he wanted to?
  8. Joseph restored good relationship with his brothers while in Egypt mainly by?
  9. Which sons of Jacob was the eldest?
  10. The father of Rachael and Leah was?
  11. Why were Jacobs sons jealous of their brother Joseph?
  12. By agreeing to forgive his brothers Joseph taught us the value of?
  13. While in jail Joseph was put in charge of all other prisoners because?
  14. Jacob tricked his father Isaac when he?
  15. Name the two wives of Jacob
  16. The story of Jacob working for Laban teaches Christians to be?
  17. Why did Jacob and his family move to live in Egypt?
  18. Esau offended his father Isaac when he?
  19. The youngest son of Jacob was?
  20. God changed the name of Jacob at?
  21. God gave Jacob the name Israel because?
  22. When there was famine in Canaan Jacob and his family went to live in?
  23. When Jacob was sleeping at Bethel he?
  24. The father in law of Isaac was?
  25. “What will we gain by killing our brother…….?” Who said these words?
  26. Joseph showed kindness to his brothers in Egypt when he?
  27. Who were the parents of Joseph?
  28. Joseph was released from jail in Egypt because?
  29. Why was Joseph put in prison?
  30. Name the two sons of Joseph

 

  1. “Let’s not kill him, just throw him into this well…..” (Genesis 37:21) these words were said by Reuben to teach Christians the value of
  2. The name of the wife of Joseph whom he married in Egypt was?
  3. Who is refed to as the father of the Israelites?

 

65, 66, 67. KINGS OF ISRAEL

 

KCPE CRE QUESTIONS ON KINGS

 

  1. Which King was punished by God for performing the duty of a priest?
  2. Which king is famous for being wise?
  3. Who anointed King Saul as the first king of Israel?
  4. King David annoyed God when he?
  5. “Give me the wisdom I need to rule your people with justice” (1st Kings 3:9) these words were spoken by king?
  6. How did King David make Jerusalem a center of worship?
  7. Give the main reason why king Solomon built the temple in Jerusalem
  8. David is remembered as the greatest king of Israel because?
  9. Which king of Israel was a musician
  10. King Herod Antipas wanted to know where Jesus was born in order
  11. Which king of Israel took Naboth’s vineyard?
  12. Which is the greatest achievement of King David?
  13. “I inherited the vineyard from my ancestors” Naboth replied. “The Lord forbid that I should let you have it” (1st KINGS 21:3).From this incident of King Ahab and Naboth, Christians learn that they should?
  14. Which quality of leadership was shown by King David when he killed Goliath?
  15. Which sins were committed by King Solomon?
  16. Who was anointed as the first king of Israel?
  17. Jerusalem was considered a Jewish religious center because?
  18. Which king annoyed God when he took Uriah’s wife?
  19. What was David doing when he was anointed by Prophet Samuel?
  20. Which choice was made by King Solomon when he became king?
  21. “You are coming to against me with a sword, spear and javelin, but I come to you in the name of the Lord Almighty” (1st Samuel 17:45) these words from David shows that?
  22. Naboth refused to give his land to King Ahab because?
  23. Why was Prophet Nathan angry with King David?
  24. King Ahab sinned against God when he?
  25. King Solomon in mainly remembered in Israel because he?
  26. When Solomon became king, he asked God for wisdom in order to?
  27. Which was the greatest achievement of king David
  28. Why was Saul rejected as the first king of Israel by God?
  29. The commandment broken by King Ahab when he took Naboth’s vineyard was?

 

  1. Which king was rejected by God for his disobedience to Him?
  2. Which sins were committed by David when he was king of Israel
  3. Name the achievements of king Solomon
  4. “You are not the one they have rejected I am the one they have rejected as their king” (1st Samuel 8:7) these words were said by God when?
  5. Which incident showed that David was courageous
  6. Name the kings of Israel that broke the 10th commandment
  7. The third king of Israel was anointed by?
  8. Who was the greatest king of Israel
  9. Which king coveted Naboth’s vineyard
  10. Who was anointed as the third king of Israel
  11. “You shall not commit adultery” (Exodus 20:14) which king broke this commandment
  12. Which king threw Daniel in the lion’s den
  13. Which king visited a magician woman at Endor
  14. David was a successful king mainly because?
  15. Which is the main reason why Solomon became a famous king of Israel?
  16. Which king introduced the worship of pagan gods in Israel
  17. Give the main reason why God regretted having appointed Saul as the first king of Israel
  18. Which prophet was sent to warn king David for planning to kill Uriah
  19. Why did the Israelites ask Samuel for a king?
  20. From the incident when David spared the life of King Saul twice, Christians learn that they should be?
  21. Which achievement of King David enabled him to unite all the tribes of Israel?
  22. Who were best friends in the bible?
  23. Which commandment was broken by King David when he took Uriah’s wife?
  24. The Ark of the Covenant was placed in Jerusalem mainly because?
  25. Why did King Saul want to kill David?
  26. King Solomon went against God’s will by?
  27. The hometown of King David was?
  28. On the day he was anointed the king of Israel Saul was?
  29. King Solomon fulfilled God’s command to his father David when he?
  30. The son of King Saul who was a great friend of David was?
  31. When David was living in Bethlehem he worked as?
  32. King Ahab was punished by God by
  33. What was David doing when he was anointed as the king of Israel
  34. When Solomon prayed to God he asked for
  35. Who became the king of the southern kingdom after the death of king Solomon
  36. From the story of King Ahab and Naboth Christians learn to avoid being…
  37. When King Saul was tormented by an evil spirit, David helped him to calm down by?
  38. Why did King Ahab order for the killing of Naboth? Because Naboth had…….

 

68, 69 PROPHETS

 

KCPE CRE QUESTIONS ON PROPHETS

 

  1. The son raised to life by Prophet Elijah was the son of the?
  2. Which prophet anointed Saul as the first king of Israel?
  3. The prophets of Baal were put to test by Elijah on Mount Carmel to show that?
  4. Which prophet challenged the prophets of Baal on Mount Carmel?
  5. According to prophet Jeremiah, the new covenant would be different from the old covenant because it will be?
  6. Which prophet was thrown in the lion’s den?
  7. The prophet who anointed Solomon to be the third king of Israel was?
  8. When Jesus was dedicated to the temple, prophetess Anna described him as?
  9. Who was a priest when Prophet Samuel was called by God?
  10. Which prophet referred to the messiah as the prince of peace
  11. The prophet who showed faith in God at Mount Carmel was?
  12. Which prophet foretold that the messiah would be born in the town of Bethlehem?
  13. What was the main teaching of Prophet Jeremiah on the new covenant?
  14. Prophet Elisha told the Shunamite woman that she was going to have a son because she?
  15. Name the prophecies of Isaiah about the Messiah
  16. Which miracles were performed by both Elisha and Elijah
  17. Who were the parents of Prophet Samuel?
  18. But the Lord said to me, “Do not say that you are too young, but go to the people I send you to….” (Jeremiah 1:7) The main lesson Christians learn from this is that?
  19. What was David doing when he was anointed by prophet Samuel
  20. The prophet who foretold about the suffering servant is?
  21. The Shunamite woman welcomed Prophet Elisha in her house by?
  22. “I chose you even before you were born, I selected you to be a prophet to the nations” these words were spoken by God to prophet?
  23. Prophet Micah taught that the messiah would be?
  24. Which prophet foretold the making of the new covenant between God and Israel?
  25. Why was Prophet Nathan angry with King David? The king had….
  26. Which statement was said by prophet Jeremiah during his call?
  27. Which miracles were performed bot by Elisha and Jesus?
  28. A miracle that was performed by Prophet Elijah when he was in Zarephath was?
  29. The main reason why lions did not harm prophet Daniel when he was in the lion’s den was because
  30. Who was the mother of prophet Samuel
  31. Which prophet was put in a dry well as a punishment for rebuking an error
  32. Which prophet prophesied about the killing of first born during the birth of Jesus
  33. Who were prophets according to the people of Israel

 

  1. Gehazi the servant of Elisha of Prophet Elisha had a skin disease and his skin was as white as This is because
  2. Which prophesy was made by prophet Elijah
  3. “May your majesty live forever, God sent his angel to shut the mouths of the lions so that they would not hurt me” Daniel 6:21-22. The main lesson that Christians learn from this statement is?
  4. Why was Jeremiah afraid when God called him to become a prophet?
  5. “Go to King Ahab of Samaria, you will find him in Naboth’s vineyard about to take possession of it” these words were spoken by God to?
  6. Hosea the prophet was told to marry a prostitute called?
  7. The father of prophet Jeremiah was called
  8. Who threw Prophet Daniel in the lion’s den?
  9. Which prophet was sent by God to rebuke King David for taking Uriah’s wife?
  10. What was the name of prophet Isaiah’s father
  11. The prophet who prophesied that Jesus will enter Jerusalem riding on a donkey was?
  12. Which prophet prophesied about the triumphant entry of Jesus in Jerusalem
  13. Which prophet anointed Saul as the first king of Israel
  14. Which prophet was sent to warn King David when he planned for the murder of Uriah
  15. Who were thrown in the furnace of fire
  16. In the past God spoke to His people through prophets and patriarchs. Today He speaks to us through
  17. I was a prophet, a judge and a God gave me the opportunity of anointing the first king of Israel. Who am I?
  18. The call of prophet Jeremiah teaches Christians to?
  19. Why was Prophet Daniel thrown in the lion’s den?
  20. Which prophet prophesied that Jesus will give sight to the blind?
  21. Which prophecy was made by Prophet Joel?
  22. The prophet who said that Jesus would be led like a lamb to be slaughtered was?
  23. The man healed of leprosy by prophet Elisha was?
  24. Why did Prophet Elijah flee from Israel?
  25. From the story of Prophet Elijah and the Baal prophets Christians learn to have?
  26. Which prophet prophesied about the split of the kingdom of Israel?
  27. Which prophesy of Jeremiah was made about Jesus
  28. What happened to the 42 boys who insulted prophet Elisha
  29. Prophet Elisha helped a poor widow by?
  30. Which prophet was fed by ravens when there was famine in Israel?
  31. From the raising of the son of the woman of Shunem, Christians learn that they should?
  32. “Now go to the town of Zarephath near Sidon and stay there. I have commanded a widow who lives there to feed you” (1 kings 17:9) God said these words to prophet?

 

70,71,72,73,74,75,76 THE NEW TESTAMENT, QUESTIONS & ANSWERS ON THE BIRTH, MINISTRY & DEATH OF JESUS CHRIST

 

KCPE QUESTIONS ON BEATITUDES AND PARABLES OF JESUS

  1. Which parable teaches Christians to treat their neighbors well?
  2. The parable of the friend at mid-night teaches Christians that they should?
  3. The main lesson Christians learn from the parable of the rich man and Lazarus is that?
  4. Name the parables of Jesus that teaches about forgiveness?
  5. Name the parables of Jesus that teaches about prayer?
  6. Which parable of Jesus teaches Christians to take care of people with special needs?
  7. What lesson do Christians learn from the parable of the talents?
  8. Which parable of Jesus encourages Christians to bring more members in the church?
  9. The parable of the widow and the unjust judge teaches Christians to?
  10. Which parable of Jesus teaches on the value of the kingdom of God?
  11. Which parable of Jesus teaches Christians to accept others?
  12. “Happy are those who work for peace; God will call them His children” Matthew 5:9 these words were spoken by Jesus during?
  13. The parable of the Good Samaritan teaches Christians to?
  14. Which parable teaches about the growth of the kingdom of God?
  15. The parable of Jesus which teaches Christians to pray always is?
  16. The main lesson that Christians learn from the parable of the lost son is?
  17. Which parable teaches that all are called for the kingdom of God?
  18. According to the teaching of Jesus the greatest in the kingdom of God are?
  19. According to the Sermon on the Mount what will happen to those who are humble?
  20. Which parables teaches us to be ready for the second coming of Christ
  21. Which parable teaches Christians to show concern to others?

 

  1. Happy are the peace

makers…………………………………………………………………….

  1. “In the same way I tell you there is rejoicing in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner who repents” LK 15:10 Jesus said these words when he was narrating the parable of?
  2. The parable of the mustard seed teaches Christians about?
  3. Blessed are the humble…………………………………………………………….
  1. What do Christians learn from the parable of the hidden treasure?
  2. Which parable teaches Christians to store their riches in heaven?
  3. Which parable of Jesus teaches us that love should be shown through actions?
  4. The parable of the Pharisee and the tax collector / the publican teaches Christians that?
  5. What lesson do Christians learn from the parable of the lost son?

 

KCPE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON THE ANNUNCIATION, THE BIRTH, THE MINISTRY, MIRACLES, TEACHINGS, DISCIPLES, CRUCIFIXITION AND DEATH OF JESUS

  1. Which happenings took place when Jesus was born?.. angels appeared

in the sky singing/ shepherds visited Jesus

  1. Joseph the husband of Mary worked as a? carpenter
  2. The main message of John the Baptist to the people was to? Repent their sins
  3. “Love the Lord your God and serve Him only” (Luke 4:8) these words were said by Jesus when he? Was being tempted by the devil in the wilderness
  4. The main lesson Christians can learn from the miracle of the feeding of the 5000 is to be? Generous/kind/Care for the environment
  5. Which disciple of Jesus broke the law of love because of his love for money? Judas Iscariot
  6. “Remember me, Jesus, when you come as king” (Luke 23:42) these words were spoken by a thief on the cross because he was? Repentant
  7. When Jesus was born the angel appeared to the shepherds to? Give them the good news about the birth of Jesus/their messiah
  8. “Didn’t you know that I was to be in my father’s house?” (Luke 2:49) when did Jesus say these words? When he was found by his parents in the temple
  9. The temptation of Jesus teaches Christians that they should? Do the will of God/resist the devil using the scripture/anyone can be tempted

 

  1. Which miracles of Jesus shows that he had power over nature? Walking on water, calming the storm, multiplication of food to the 4000 and 5000 people, miraculous catch of fish
  2. Why did Jesus mix with sinners?……….. he came to save all people/he

came to save the sinners

  1. Which action of Mary and Martha best shows their love for their brother Lazarus? Informing Jesus about Lazarus’sicknes
  2. “This is my body which is given to you” Luke 22:19 these words were said by Jesus during the last supper
  3. Who helped Jesus to carry the cross? Simon of Cyrene
  4. Through which way did God tell Joseph to return to Israel with baby Jesus after the death of King Herod? A dream
  5. From the incident where Jesus went with his parents to the temple at the age of twelve years the main lessons Christians learn is that? Children should obey their parents
  6. When Jesus healed the leper he asked him to present himself to the priest, this shows that Jesus had? Come to fulfill the law and respect the law of Moses
  7. From the incident when Jesus calmed the storm Christians learn that they should have? Faith
  8. Which is the teaching of Jesus On the love for enemies? Pray for those who mistreat you(Matthew 5:43-44)
  9. “I find no reason to condemn this man” Luke 23:4 who said these words during the trial of Jesus? Pilate
  10. In which way did Jesus prove to the disciples that he had resurrected? Eating with them(Luke 24:30)
  11. When Jesus was presented to the temple prophetess Anna described him as?saviour of the Jews/one who will set Jerusalem free(Luke 2:36)
  12. “Do not collect more than is legal” Luke 3:13 these words were said by John the Baptist to teach about? Honesty
  13. Which actions of Jesus shows that a leader is a servant? Washing His disciples’ feet/humility in service/a good leader should be humble (john 13:1-20)
  14. Which miracles of Jesus show that he cared for both Jews and non- Jews/universal savior / came for everybody? Healing of the ten lepers/healing of Roman officials son/healing the centurion

servant/healing of the Canaanite woman’s daughter at Tyre near Sidon

 

  1. Pilate washed his hands after trying Jesus to show that? He had nothing to do with the case/Jesus was innocent(Matthew 27:24-26)
  2. Why was the tomb of Jesus protected? The Jewish leaders feared that the body of Jesus would be stolen(Matthew 27:62-66)
  3. Who were in the temple when Jesus was dedicated? Simeon and Anna
  4. Who were the first group to visit baby Jesus? The shepherds
  5. During the baptism of Jesus, voice was heard from heaven saying that? This is my only son with whom am pleased with
  6. Jesus performed miracles mainly to show that he had? Love for His people/Gods love and concern towards his people/to show that he had come to conquer
  7. “I promise you that today you will be in paradise with me” Luke 23:43 Jesus said this words when he was? On the cross
  8. The resurrection of Jesus teaches Christians to be? Hopeful
  9. After the resurrection of Jesus, he told his disciples to go to Jerusalem and wait for the Holy Spirit who would help them to? Preach the good news/spread the gospel
  10. Which is the best reason that explains why angel Gabriel announced that Mary’s son was to be Holy? He was to be conceived by the Holy Spirit(Luke 2:35)
  11. King Herod wanted to know the place baby Jesus was born in order to? Go and kill him
  12. Which are the teachings of Jesus on the Sermon on the Mount? Love for enemies and praying for them(Matthew chapter 5 to 7) Christians living holy lives
  13. The Pharisees and the scribes condemned Jesus for healing on the Sabbath because they taught that? He was breaking the law of Moses(Matthew 9:1)
  14. After Jesus healed the ten lepers the one who went back to thank Him was a? Samaritan
  15. Jesus told His disciples to pray at the Mount of Olives because He wanted them to? Avoid failing into temptations
  16. Who prepared the body of Jesus for burial? Joseph of Arimathea & Nicodemus
  17. “Unless I see the scars of the nails in his hands, put my fingers on those scars and my hands in his side, I will not believe” John 20:25 when did Thomas speak these words? When the disciples told him that they had seen the risen lord / Christians learn to have faith in God

 

  1. After angel Gabriel told Zechariah that his wife would bear him a son, Zechariah was unable to speak because? He did not believe the angels’ message
  2. Herod wanted to kill baby Jesus when he was born because he feared that Jesus would? Take over as ruler of the Jews/overthrow him
  3. “So when you give something to a needy person, do not make a big show of it” Matthew 6:2 which Christian value do we learn from this

teaching? Humility/we should be humble/meek/meekness/teach his disciples to serve others

  1. The main lesson Christians learn from the healing of the ten lepers is that they should? Practice the art of thankfulness/show gratitude
  2. When Zacchaeus said that he would give half of his belongings to the poor it showed that? He was sorry for having acquired wealth in a wrong way(Luke 19:1-10)
  3. In which occasion did Jesus recognize the disciple who was going to betray him? During the last supper(Matthew 26:20-25)
  4. The action of Jesus that teaches Christians that there is life after death is? Raising of Lazarus/raising the widow’s son of Nain/raising Jairus’ daughter/when he resurrected from the dead
  5. The reason Joseph and Mary went to Bethlehem the night Jesus was born is because they wanted to? Register in their hometown/they had gone for census/they had gone to be counted/it was joseph’s homeland
  6. What did Simeon say about baby Jesus when he was presented in the temple? He would be light to the Gentiles/savior of all people/savior of mankind/savior of humankind
  7. Jesus was baptized in river Jordan because he wanted to? Fulfill the will of God/identify himself with the church
  8. Which miracles of Jesus show that he was a universal savior? Healing of the centurion’s servant and healing of the ten lepers
  9. From the teaching of Jesus on forgiveness in the Lord’s Prayer Christians learn that they should forgive? Those who wrong them
  10. The main reason why Peter denied Jesus is because? He lacked faith in him(Matthew 26:69-75)
  11. Joseph and Mary took baby Jesus to Egypt because? Herod wanted to kill him
  12. “The son of man is the Lord of Sabbath” Luke 6: 5 these words were spoken by Jesus when? His disciples were picking ears of corn

 

  1. The main lesson Christians learn from the healing of the man with demons is that Jesus? Has power over evil (Mark 5:1-20)
  2. The main lesson Christians learn from the teaching of Jesus on wealth is that it should be? Shared with the needy(Luke 16:19-31)
  3. Which event took place when Jesus was at the Garden of Gethsemane? Jesus was arrested/betrayed by Judas with a kiss/Peter chopped Malchus’ ear
  4. A lesson Christians learn about Jesus from Cleopas and his friend on their way to Emmaus is that Jesus? Brings salvation to the people (Luke 24:13-38) same lesson is learn from the incident where Jesus visited Zacchaeus house(Lk 19:9)
  5. Which happenings took place when Jesus was 8days old? He was circumcised and named (when Jesus was one week old he was circumsied,named and presented in the temple for dedication)
  6. From the incident when King Herod failed to kill baby Jesus, Christians learn that? God protects his people
  7. The main lesson Christians learn from the miracle of the raising of Lazarus is to? Have faith/to believe
  8. The two disciples of Jesus whom Jesus met after his resurrection were on their way to? Emmaus
  9. The army officer/Roman Officer/Centurion who saw Jesus dying on the cross described him as? A good man/righteous man/son of God (Luke 23:47/ Matthew 27;45-56)
  10. The main lesson Christians learn from the announcement of the birth of John and Jesus is that they should? Trust in God’s power/believe in

God’s message

  1. The story of the rich man and Lazarus teaches Christians to be? Caring/generous/kind
  2. Which miracle of Jesus was performed by Peter? They both raised the dead and they both healed the lame
  3. The main reason why the Jewish people opposed Jesus/ is because? He claimed to be the messiah
  4. What was said about Jesus by angel Gabriel, the child will be? Called holy
  5. Why did the shepherds visit baby Jesus the night he was born? They wanted to worship him
  6. The main lesson Christians learn from the miracle of the miraculous catch of fish is that they should? Obey God’s word (Luke 5:5)

 

  1. A lesson that Christians learn from raising of Jairus’ daughter is that they should? Ask for help
  2. Which statement was said by Jesus during the last supper? “This is my body which is given to you, do this in memory of me” (Luke 22:14-20)
  3. Judas Iscariot betrayed Jesus because he wanted to? Get riches/he was greedy for money
  4. Jesus made his disciples believe that he had resurrected by? Showing them the scars
  5. Which group of people made up the first disciples of Jesus? Peter,Andrew,John and James
  6. Which events took place during the crucifixion of Jesus? The curtain of the temple torn into two/the saints resurrected/there was an earthquake/there was darkness for three hours
  7. The Christian ceremony held to mark Christ’s victory over death is? Easter
  8. When the wise-men visited baby Jesus to worship him they presented to him? Gold(kingship),frankincense(priesthood) and myrrh(death and suffering)
  9. “If you are the son of God, throw yourself down from For it is

written, God will order his angels to take good care of you” Luke 4:9-10 which response did Jesus make to this temptation? Do not put the lord your God to test

  1. Which is a teaching of Jesus on the Lord’s Prayer? Forgive us the wrongs we have done
  2. Which events took place when Jesus resurrected? There was an earthquake (Matthew 28:1)
  3. “This very day in David’s town your savior will be born-Christ the Lord” Lk 2:11 these words were spoken by an angel to? The shepherds
  4. Which events took place during the baptism of Jesus? Heavens opened/the holy spirit descended to him in form of a dove/a voice was heard from heaven
  5. A lesson Christians learn from the miraculous catch of fish is that they should be? Obedient
  6. Which is the main reason why Jesus taught his disciples not to judge others? For they will be judged by God (Matthew 7:1)
  7. Which was the first group that knew that Jesus had resurrected? Women/Mary Magdalene,Joana,Salome and Mary mother of James

 

these women had gone to the tomb of Jesus early Sunday morning to anoint the body of Jesus with spices

  1. Which activity was being performed by Zachariah when the angel Gabriel appeared to him? Burning incense in the temple
  2. The similarity between the annunciation of the birth of John the Baptist and Jesus is that in both? The names were given by an angel/ in both an angel delivered the message to the parents/ their ministry had been prophesied / their birth teaches Christians to believe in God’s power
  3. Jesus showed his love for children by? Placing hands on them/welcoming children to him/telling his disciples not to chase children away
  4. The disciple who run to the tomb to find out whether Jesus had resurrected was? Peter and John (Lk 24;12)
  5. “Man cannot leave on bread alone “Lk 4:4 a lesson Christians learn from this temptation is that they should? Use God’s word in their daily lives/to defeat the devil with the scripture/ they should quote the scripture
  6. What was the main reason why Jesus chose the twelve disciples? To have them preach the good news/gospel/assist him in spreading the gospel
  7. Which miracle of Jesus teaches Christians to care for the environment? The miracle of the feeding of the 5000 and 4000 it also teaches Christians to be generous/kind/not to waste food
  8. Jesus made himself known as the resurrected Lord to Cleopas and his friend on their way to Emmaus by? Broke the bread/shared a meal with them/ate with
  9. “Go and make a careful search for the child and when you find him let me know so that I too may go and worship him” Matthew 2:8 these words were said by Herod to? The wise-men/magi/men from the east
  10. “Do you love me? Take care of my sheep” John 21:7 these words were spoken by Jesus after his resurrection to? Peter

“Take care of my lambs” is a command that Jesus gave to Peter after His resurrection.

  1. Jesus accompanied his parents when he was 12yrs old in order to? Celebrate the Passover festival/feast of unleavened bread in Jerusalem
  2. “First take the log out of your own eyes then you will be able to take the speck out of your brothers eye” Matthew 7:5. A lesson

 

Christians learn from these words said by Jesus is that they should? Not judge others / it’s against Gods teaching to judge others

  1. The main lesson Christians learn from the incident when Jesus healed the centurion’s servant is that they should? Care for the needs of others
  2. At the age of twelve, Jesus was taken to the temple where he met? The teachers of the law
  3. When he saw Jesus, he fell with his face on the ground and begged Him “Lord if you are willing, you can make me clean again” Lk 5:12 who said this words? The man with leprosy
  4. Jesus became a guest of Zacchaeus and had a meal with him. During that occasion, Jesus explained to the people that? He had come to seek and save the lost
  5. Which disciples accompanied Jesus to pray on Mt Olives? Peter, John and James
  6. At Jacob’s well in Samaria Jesus promised life-giving water to? The Samaritan woman
  7. Jesus was mainly born? To save mankind from sin
  8. Why was Mary surprised by the angel’s message that she was going to be pregnant and give birth to baby Jesus? She was a virgin/ she had not known any man
  9. “Prophets are never welcomed in their hometown” These words were said by Jesus during which occasion? when he was rejected in Nazareth
  10. How would a Christian become a true disciple of Jesus? By being ready to obey the commandments and being ready to suffer for Jesus
  11. Aren’t you the messiah? Save yourself and save These words were said to Jesus by? One of the thieves on the cross/ he was not repentant
  12. He will go ahead of the Lord, strong and mighty like Prophet Elijah? About whom did Angel Gabriel say these words? John the Baptist
  13. “Glory to God in the highest heaven, and peace on earth to

those with whom he is pleased”. Who said these words after the birth of Jesus? The heavenly angels

  1. Which events took place in Bethany? Jesus brought Lazarus back to life, Jesus ascended to heaven(MT olives) Jesus was arrested (Garden of Gethsemane), Jesus was anointed by Mary the sister to Lazarus

 

  1. James and John were the sons of? Zebedee/ they were fishermen when they were called by Jesus / also called the sons of thunder / Baronages
  2. “Forgive them father for they do not know what they are

doing?” about whom did Jesus say this words? People who crucified him

  1. The second group to visit baby Jesus in Bethlehem were the? Wise-men/magi
  2. When the Lord saw her His heart was filled with pity for her and he said to her “don’t cry” Lk 7:13 Jesus said these words when? Raised the son of the widow of Nain
  3. Why was Jesus presented to the temple after his birth? For dedication and
  4. Jesus was baptized by John the Baptist mainly because? He wanted to fulfill the will of God/ To identify himself with the church/ in order to begin his ministry
  5. Jesus was rejected in Nazareth mainly because? He referred to himself as the messiah / he was well known to the people
  6. Which is the main lesson that we learn from the adulterous woman who was to be stoned to death? All of us are sinners and should seek God for forgiveness
  7. During the last supper, Jesus told his disciples to share his blood and body. How do Christians exercise this today? By taking the Holy Communion
  8. “Prepare the way for the Lord make the roads straight for him” these words were said by John the How did he prepare the way for the lord? By baptizing people and telling them to repent their sins
  9. The disciple of Jesus whom Jesus met while sitting in his office was known as? Levi/Matthew and he was a tax collector
  10. Which is the teaching of Jesus about fasting (Matthew 6:16-18)? Should be done in private/ we should wear a happy face and comb our hair /we should not tell anyone about it and we should be clean( the purpose of fasting is to; assist Christians in prayers/ show our faithfulness / to Practice self-denial
  11. What took place during the last supper? Jesus ate the last meal with his disciples/ Jesus shared bread (body) and wine (blood) with his disciples, Jesus identified the man who was going to betray him (Judas Iscariot) and Jesus washed his disciple’s

 

  1. The two sisters of Lazarus were? Mary and Martha and they lived in Bethany
  2. The tomb of Jesus was protected mainly because? It was feared that the body would be stolen
  3. Which disciple of Jesus wondered if anything good would come out of Nazareth? Nathaniel / Bartholomew
  4. “Lord, it is good for us to be here. If you wish, I will put up three shelters one for you, one for Moses and one for Elijah” (Matthew 17:4) on which occasion did Peter say this? During the transfiguration of Jesus
  5. The original hometown of Jesus was? Nazareth
  6. The resurrection of Jesus gives Christians hope for? Eternal life
  7. The person whose ear was cut off by Peter during the arrest of Jesus was called? Malchus
  8. God told joseph to escape to Egypt with baby Jesus because Herod wanted to kill baby Jesus through? A dream
  9. When John the Baptist saw Jesus coming he called him? The lamb of God that takes away the sins of the world
  10. In which event did Jesus teach us that he was the sauce of enjoyment? When he changed water into wine at a wedding in Cana
  11. In which actions did Jesus teach us that he comes as a humble king / a peaceful Messiah? Riding on a donkey to Jerusalem / during the triumphant entry to Jerusalem (prophesy by prophet Zechariah)
  12. Which were the accusations of Jesus brought before Pilate? Misleading people / telling people not to pay taxes / clamming to be the king of the Jews / inciting people to riot
  13. “My house will be called a house of prayers for all nations” Mark 11:17 those words were spoken by Jesus when? cleared the temple / drove traders out of the temple
  14. “Give to Caesar what belongs to Caesar” Jesus used these words to teach about? paying tax
  15. The main lesson that Christians learn from the teaching of Jesus about prayer is that prayer? Should be done in humility / not use so many words
  16. John, the most beloved disciple of Jesus worked as? a fisherman
  17. What advice did John the Baptist give to the soldiers? (Luke 3:14) be contented with your wages or pay and not to take anyone’s property by force

 

  1. “Remember me Jesus, when you come as king” (Luke 23:42) who said these words? The repentant thief
  2. Which miracle was performed by both peter and Jesus? Raising the dead and healing the lame
  3. “My father is always working and I too must work” (John 5:11) those were spoken by Jesus when? He healed a man who had been sick for 38
  4. Jesus showed that he had power over evil when he? Healed a man possessed with demons
  5. A week after the birth of Jesus, the following events took place which ones are they? He was circumcised, he was named and he was dedicated to the
  6. The news of the resurrection of the Lord was announced to the women by? An angel of the lord
  7. Which teachings of Jesus shows that we should share what we have with the needy? Give one shirt to those who don’t have
  8. Name the people who took part in the trial of Jesus? Pontius Pilate / The Pharisees / King Herod Agrippa / The High Priest / Sanhedrin / Jewish Council of Elders(Caiaphas)
  9. Which was the main reason why Peter denied Jesus? He taught he would be arrested / he lacked faith in Jesus/he was afraid of the soldiers
  10. Give the main why Judas Iscariot betrayed Jesus he? He was influenced by Satan/he was greedy for money or riches
  11. “Take nothing with you for the trip, no walking stick, no beggars bag, no food, no money.. Lk 9:3.this was during? When Jesus sent his 12 disciples on a mission. The lesson we learn from this incident is that we should depend on God for our daily provision

 

77, 78, 79 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES IN THE EARLY CHURCH

 

  1. How did the believers in the early church demonstrate their unity?
  2. Who baptized the Ethiopian Eunuch?
  3. Which fruit of the holy spirit was demonstrated by Tabitha/Dorcas when she made garments for the widows
  4. Why was Paul called to be an apostle of Jesus Christ?
  5. Who was raised from the dead by Simon Peter?
  6. Who was referred to as the apostle to the Gentiles?
  7. Acts 9:34 “Jesus Christ makes you Get up and make your bed” these words were spoken by?
  8. Apostle Paul taught that a Christian should love his wife as much as Christ?
  9. Why was Paul and Silas thrown in Prison?
  10. Which act of worship was done by Paul and Silas in prison in Philippi?
  11. Stephen one of the deacons was stoned to death outside the town of Jerusalem because?
  12. Give the events that took place during the day of Pentecost in order?
  13. Which statement is true about Ananias and Sapphira?
  14. How did Christians during the time of Apostle Paul receive the Holy Spirit?
  15. What responsibility was given to the deacons during the early church?
  16. A man who offered money to Peter and John to buy the Holy Spirit was from?
  17. Who was the first person to die of his faith in Christ?
  18. The disciple of Jesus who walked to Emmaus after the death of Jesus was?
  19. People were filled with the Holy Spirit on which day?
  20. Who died because of being dishonest?
  21. The deacon who was a gentle from Antioch was?
  22. On the day of Pentecost the Holy Spirit came in form of?
  23. When Philip met the Ethiopian Eunuch he was reading from the book of?
  24. In which place was Saul going when God called him?’
  25. Which activities in the early church showed the gifts of the holy spirit
  26. Which disciple of Jesus performed manual work of making tents?
  27. Who helped the poor people and was visited by Peter in Caesarea?
  28. The believers were first called Christians at?
  29. Peter and John healed a crippled beggar at the Beautiful Gate in which town?
  30. According to St Paul’s teaching, whoever does not work should not?
  31. “Tabitha wake up” she opened her eyes and seeing Peter she sat up acts 9:40. Peter performed this miracle when he was at?
  32. The person who prayed for Saul and he was healed of his blindness was was called?
  33. Who in the New Testament was Peter sent to by God because he gave generously to those in need?

 

  1. Which book narrates the Acts of the Apostles and the life of the early Christians?
  2. Who approved the death of Stephen when he was stoned?
  3. The believers of Christ were first called Christians in which town?
  4. Who was chosen to as the leader of the deacons because of his faith he had in God?
  5. Who was instructed by God to pray for Saul and placed his hands on him so that he would be filled with the Holy Spirit?
  6. What lesson do Christians learn from Peter’s vision in Joppa?
  7. Which events took place on the day of Pentecost in order?
  8. Tabitha spent all her time being good and helping the poor (Acts 9:36) what virtue did she demonstrate?
  9. Which is the main lesson we learn from the story of Ananias and Sapphira?
  10. “I have no money at all, but I give you what I have,” (Acts 3:6) when did Peter say these words?
  11. “These people are not drunk as you suppose, it is only nine o’clock in the morning” (Acts 2:15) when did Peter speak these words?
  12. Who received a call from God on his way to Damascus?
  13. When Philip met the Ethiopian Eunuch, the eunuch was reading about?
  14. Stephen met his death mainly through?
  15. Who were sent to take money to help the believers in Judea? (Acts 11:27-30)
  16. Who was chosen to replace Judas as an apostle of Christ?
  17. “I see heaven open and the son of man standing at the right hand side of God the father” (Acts 7:56) these words were spoken by Stephen when he?
  18. On the day of Pentecost, people spoke in tongues/different languages mainly because?
  19. Who assisted the apostles to share money among the believers in the early church?
  20. Which acts of worship was done by Paul and Silas when they were in prison? They
  21. Why was Paul and Silas put in prison in Philippi?
  22. The two followers of Jesus walking to Emmaus came to know that he was the risen Lord when he?
  23. How did Jesus make know of himself to his disciples as the risen lord?
  24. Paul the apostle advises Christians to obey those in authority because?
  25. Who offered money to Peter and John so as to receive the Holy Spirit?
  26. Who prayed for those people who persecuted him?
  27. On the day of Pentecost the Holy Spirit came down in the form of?
  28. Who was the first Christian to be killed because of his faith?
  29. Ananias and Sapphira died because they?
  30. Saul was converted to become a Christian on his way to Damascus in order to?
  31. The lesson that Christians learn from the incident when Stephen was stoned to death is that they should?
  32. Philip was led by the Holy Spirit to go to the road going to Gaza in order to preach to?
  33. Who healed a lame beggar at the Beautiful Gate?

 

 

 

80 & 81 GIFTS AND FRUITS OF THE HOLY SPIRIT -APOSTLES CREED & LORD’S PRAYER

  • DIVISION OF THE BIBLE

 

  1. Name the fruits of the Holy spirit
  2. Name the gifts of the Holy spirit
  3. Which fruit of the Holy Spirit was demonstrated by Tabitha when she made garments for the widows?
  4. Which is both a gift and fruit of the Holy Spirit?
  5. Irene visits the orphanage and washes the clothes for the The fruit of the Holy Spirit she demonstrates is?
  6. Lydia welcomes the needy in her The fruit of the Holy Spirit she demonstrates is?
  7. Which belief about God is found in both traditional African heritage and the apostle’s creed? God is…
  8. From the teaching of Jesus on forgiveness in the Lord’s Prayer, Christians learn that they should forgive?
  9. From the apostles creed we learn that God is?
  10. How did the apostles in the early church demonstrate the gift of the Holy Spirit?
  11. How did the apostles in the early church demonstrate the fruit of the Holy Spirit?
  12. Which is a common belief about God from both the apostles creed and the lord’s prayer
  13. How best is the church described from the apostle’s creed?
  14. Which statement from the Lord’s Prayer shows that God is a King?
  15. Which statement from the Lord’s Prayer shows that God is provider?
  16. Which statement from the Lord’s Prayer shows that God is a protector?
  17. The apostle’s creed can best be defined as?
  18. Which are historical books in the Old Testament?
  19. Which is the only prophetic book in the New Testament?
  20. Which books of the bible are referred to as the books of wisdom?
  21. Name the books of the bible which were written by Moses
  22. Name the major prophetic books in the bible?
  23. Which is the only historical book in the New Testament?

 

83,84,85,86 TRADITIONAL AFRICAN RELIGION/HERITAGE

 

KCPE CRE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON TRADITIONAL AFRICAN BELIFES AND PRACTICES

 

  1. In ATS people worshipped under trees mainly because it was a Gods dwelling place
  2. Name the traditional practices that are found in Christianity giving of new names to the newly born children, wedding practices ,praying to the newlyweds , circumcision of the male children , giving gifts, giving God farm produce, payment of dowry/ bride price, prayer and worship, praying to God for forgiveness and reconciliation
  3. Which rituals was mainly carried out by the priest in ATR offering of sacrifices and presided over religious functions ,led in prayers
  4. In some African communities shedding of blood during circumcision showed that the initiates were united with the ancestors
  5. The activities which BEST promotes love among Christians is caring for the hungry, helping the needy
  6. Name the beliefs about God that are found both in ATS and I Christianity omnipotent(all powerful) omniscient (all knowing) omnipresent(everywhere), He is the creator of the universe or heaven and earth, He is the giver and sustainer of life , He is supreme, He is the provider, He punishes wrong doers both believed in life after death He is Holy
  7. Which acts were performed by elders in ATS during worship they sacrificed animals/ offered sacrifices
  8. People in ATS were expected to marry mainly because they were to have children/ marriage was for procreation
  9. In tradition African communities ancestors were respected mainly because they united the living and the dead
  10. Which traditional specialist is found both in ATS and in Christianity priest and prophets
  11. Give the truths about ATS and Christianity both followers pray in sacred places, both religion pray and worship God
  12. In which of the following ways did people in ATS gave thanks to God giving offerings/ animal sacrifice
  13. People in ATS offered sacrifices or gave offerings when thanking God for the blessings/ when asking for forgiveness to the ancestors/ when reconciling with the ancestors or god / appreciate God’s gift of life offerings were given in both Christianity and ATS as a way of showing thanksgiving

THE BEST WAY OF HONOURING GOD IN ATS WAS THROUGH OFFERING OF SACRIFICES

  1. Name the rites of passage in ATS birth, initiation , marriage and death
  2. In some Traditional African societies boys and girls were allowed to mix freely during feasting
  3. Which activity would promote good relationship between Christian parents and their children? Parents being role models to their children / the virtue that was expected from children in ATS was OBEDIENCE
  4. People showed that God is holy in ATS mainly by worshipping him
  5. The teaching which is found both in ATS and Christianity is that Human beings should take care of God’s creation
  6. When people were wealthy in ATS the main explanation given was that they? Were blessed by God

 

  1. The main reason why people shared things in ATS was that they wanted to show concern
  2. The main virtue expected of the youth after initiation in ATS was Responsibility
  3. Which marriage practice is found both in ATS and Christianity wedding ceremony, giving of gifts (for the couples to start a life with/ ensure they have property in their home),couples received blessings from elders, priests officiated the ceremony, there was feasting ,prayers were offered to the couples ,parental blessings of the newly born baby
  4. Which practices are carried out in ATS to remember the dead? Naming of children after them(best way to remember the dead), offering of sacrifices and pouring libation(best way to appease the ancestors)
  5. In ATS initiation ceremony were important / held to show that the young have become adults/ passage from childhood to adulthood / to prepare the initiates for the next stage of life which was marriage
  6. Which rituals were performed when a baby was born in ATS Shaving of the hair(to mark a new beginning)
  7. People in ATS are against abortion mainly because its destruction of life, respected human life

,life was precious

  1. In ATS kinship ties are important mainly because they give relatives a sense of belonging kinship ties is the relationship between people either by blood or marriage
  2. The youths in ATS were taught morals and responsibility by elders / parents taught the children to be obedient and responsible/ parents also taught children to respect the elders
  3. Which beliefs about God are found in both ATS and the Apostle’s creed? God is the creator

,God is Almighty ,God is our father

  1. Name the traditional specialists in ATS Rainmakers, prophets(seers),diviners(mediums),Traditional doctors(medicine men/herbalists),priests and elders
  2. Name the type of worship which is common in ATS and Christianity giving offering,praying,singing and dancing, clapping of hands and beating of drums However, reading the scripture and reciting of the apostles creed or the lord’s prayer or celebrating the lords supper are done in Christianity

N/B

Singing and dancing is a common way of worshipping God in both ATS and Christianity

  1. Activities in ATS that shows that there is life after death is pouring libation
  2. Why were stories/folktales/riddles and proverbs important in ATS they taught the youths/children moral values
  3. How did people reconcile with the ancestors in ATS? Naming children after them and offering of sacrifices
  4. The main reason why sex before marriage is discouraged in both ATS and Christianity is because it is considered holy
  5. Which was the main role of grandparents in the bringing up of children in ATS? Passing on/teaching them moral
  6. The main reason for marriage in ATS was for continuity of the family line/ for procreation/ to have children/ ensure continuity of the clan or the continuity of the community
  7. In ATS children are taught their duties mainly though assigning them tasks
  8. New born babies in ATS are not exposed to many people / strangers mainly because? To protect them from evil / evil eyes. The newly born babies wear charms and amulets mainly to protect them from evil/ the charm and amulets protected them

 

  1. In ATS settling of disputes among people was a duty performed mainly by? Elders .The Elders are respected in ATS mainly because of their wisdom the elders also settled disputes in the community and guided and counseled the youths
  2. People in ATS prayed to God facing mountains mainly because they believed that the mountains were Gods dwelling in both religions they have holy places of worship
  3. The main reason why expectant mothers were given special treatment and care and not allowed to carry out heavy tasks is because they wanted to protect the life of the unborn also, pregnant/expectant mothers were usually kept in secret during their last months in order to protect her against evil eyes
  4. The traditional specialists that are found in both ATS and Christianity are the priests and prophets
  5. Reconciliation in ATS was marked by shaking hands & sharing meals Reconciliation, marriage and initiation of male children are found in both ATS and Christianity
  6. What is the truth about initiation ceremony in ATS and Baptism in Christianity they both marked stages of new life
  7. Both ATS and Christianity believe that life begins when conception takes place/ life begins during conception/ they believe that life is like a stream(it has no end) both believe that there are spirits
  8. Name the people in ATS who could cause harm In the community wizards, witchdoctors, magicians, sorcerers
  9. Give the concepts about God in ATS God is everywhere, God is all knowing , God is powerful

,God is the creator

  1. In which way were the dead best remembered in ATS naming children after them
  2. During initiation blood was allowed to drop on the ground mainly because it united the initiates with the ancestors / the blood was also interpreted as a sacrifice to God
  3. How were children named in ATS after their relatives, based on the place of birth, named after events surrounding the birth like festives,climatic conditions /seasons
  4. The features which is common in both ATS and Christianity stories of creation is that Human beings should take care of God’s creation
  5. People in ATS showed their unity by sharing their possessions/ sharing with each other
  6. The initiates lived in seclusion in ATS in order to be taught responsibility(main virtue taught),secrets of the community/society, beliefs and practices of the clan / learn how to live in the community
  7. Name the continuous process of life in ATS/ hierarchy of being unborn ,the living ,the living dead and the ancestors
  8. Name the rituals performed/ practiced by people in ATS sacrifices, libations, initiations , naming
  9. In both ATS and the JEWS religion the followers offer animal sacrifice
  10. Warriors in ATS were important mainly because they defended the community from external attacks
  11. Newly born babies in ATS were named by the women of the clan
  12. Name some of the Traditional practices that CANNOT be acceptable in Christianity human sacrifice ,wife inheritance, killing twins, female circumcision ,pouring of libation to spirits

,calling the names of ancestors

  1. The traditional specialist who could best use their power to reconcile the community with God was the priest
  2. The traditional specialist who performed the role of finding out the hidden secrets in the community was the diviner or mediums

 

  1. The main role of parent in ATS was to teach children good morals /teach children to be obedient and to respect their elders

 

87, 88 & 89 CONTEMPORARY CHRISTIAN LIVING/LIFE SKILL QUESTIONS & LEISURE

 

 

KCPE CRE APPROACH TO QUESTIONS ON LEISURE.

Leisure time should be used for the service of God and those in need The BEST way to spend your leisure time as a Christian is by;

  • Visiting the sick
  • Visiting the aged/elderly
  • Visiting the orphans and widow
  • Visiting the prisoners
  • Participating in community projects
  • Cleaning the local market
  • Taking part in projects like safe campaign walks to raise money to build schools, hospitals and orphanage homes
  • Helping your siblings in mending their torn clothes or shoes
  • Cleaning the compound
  • Help in cleaning dishes, washing the house

 

 

 

KCPE CRE APPROACH TO QUESTIONS ON MANUAL WORK

  • Work was instituted by God – we should therefore work to continue God’s work of creation
  • Paul says that those who do not work should not eat he was telling the Thessalonians
  • Simple manual work includes washing dishes, sweeping the house or classroom, washing your uniform or cleaning the

 

If your friend does not like cleaning the compound/washing his clothes or uniform/cleaning the house of the toilet or does not like working in the shamba because they say it’s a dirty work or someone has been employed to do the work, the best advice will be;

  1. A Christian is encouraged to take his duties seriously
  2. To do the work as well as he can
  3. Work is a duty and should be proud of it
  4. Being responsible by working and washing later is the best way of tackling manual work

 

KCPE CRE APPROACH TO QUESTIONS ON DRUG ABUSE

A drug is any substance taken by someone and alters the normal functioning of the body.

Saint Paul instructs us that our bodies are the temple of the Holy Spirit and should not be destroyed by use of drugs.

In case you have a friend who is involved in the use of drugs, as a Christian:

  • Advise the friend to see a counselor
  • Advise him to stop the habit
  • You can even avoid the company of those who are taking drugs
  • Above all advise your friend on the effect of taking drugs

The main reason why Christian are against drug abuse is that it defiles the body which is the temple of the Holy Spirit

 

 

 

KCPE CRE APPROACH TO QUESTIONS ON DRUG ABUSE SEXUAL MISUSE

  1. The main reason why Christians condemn sex before marriage is because Sex is considered holy and is reserved for marriage

 

FORMS OF SEXUAL MISUSE

  • Homosexual – sexual intercourse between people of the same Male gender(gaysm) female gender (lesbianism)
  • Bestiality – sexual intercourse between a human being and an animal
  • Fornication – sexual intercourse involving unmarried people/youth
  • Prostitution – sexual intercourse in exchange of money/commercial sex
  • Adultery – sexual intercourse where one of those involved is married
  • Incest – sexual intercourse involving close relatives
  • Rape – forced sex
  • Child defilement- sex between an adult and a young child

 

Effects of Poor Boy-Girl Relationship

  • Leads to early marriages
  • Leads to early pregnancies and abortions
  • School dropouts
  • May lead to HIV/AIDS and Sexual Transmitted Infections
  • Stress
  • Guilt
  • Truancy
  • Poor performance in school

 

KCPE CRE APPROACH TO QUESTIONS ON HIV & AIDS

Ways of transmitting HIV/AIDS

  • Sexual intercourse with an infected person
  • Blood transfusion
  • Deep kissing
  • Infected mother to child
  • Open wounds
  • Sharing skin piercing and cutting objects

 

Ways one cannot contract HIV/AIDS

  • Mosquito and other insect bites
  • Playing with infected children
  • Sharing toilets and bathrooms
  • Shaking hands and hugging an infected person
  • Sharing food, spoons, plates and cups with infected person
  • Living with HIV/AIDS infected person
  • Sitting next to an infected person
  • Being plaited or shaved by an infected person

 

If you find that your friend is suffering from HIV/AIDS, advise him:

  • To seek medical care/attention
  • Eat a balanced diet
  • Not to donate blood
  • Seek guidance and cancelling
  • Visit the VCT
  • Encourage them to live with hope

 

Always show love and care to such people

Remember that the best way to prevent/stop the spread of HIV/AIDS among the;

  1. Youths – abstinence
  2. Married couples – being faithful
  3. Christians – teaching on behavior change, being role models and educating the mass or the public about the effects and dangers of HIV/AIDS

 

 

KCPE CRE APPROACH TO QUESTIONS ON MONEY AND CONTEMPORARY ISSUES

  • If you find lost money – ask who the owner is, give it to the teacher or return it to the owner if you know who it
  • If a shopkeeper gives you more change – return it to him
  • If you have extra pocket money – use it to help a needy person
  • If you come across a rich friend who despises others – ask him to be humble
  • If you are given money and want to use it to buy sweets – always follow instruction

 

  • If you have a rich neighbor with a lot of money – ask him to give jobs to the poor or use his money to help the needy
  • If your friend does not like paying bus fare-tell them to be honest and pay the fare
  • If the bus conductor does not want to return the balance to the passengers –he’s not honest or he lacks integrity
  • If you are rich and you have poor neighbors the best way to help them would be- give them job opportunities or start businesses for them
  • If a rich man has extra money and doesn’t know how to spend it-tell him to help the needy/pay school fees for the poor/build orphanages or buy clothes for the poor
  • If you find two of your friends fighting you are supposed to separate them
  • You can also advise them on the need to reconcile and make peace
  • Parents want their daughter to get married to a rich man – ask her to refuse and seek help from her teacher or report the matter to the chief
  • If you catch some thieves who stole from you – forgive and ask them to return the items they had stolen or tell them that stealing is bad
  • If your classmates takes your lunch and eat it – forgive him and tell him not to do it again
  • If your classmate has a habit of hiding not to pay his bus fare – ask him to be honest
  • If your classmate borrowed a text book and returns it when its torn –take the book and repair it
  • If your friend has a habit of stealing from others-tell him that stealing is bad or report him to the teacher if the behavior persists
  • If you class teacher asked you to go to school on the day of worship – go to church and explain later
  • If your friend wants to drop out of school due to poor performance – tell them to work hard
  • If your friend tells you that she is pregnant and wants to abort- tell her to keep the baby or give birth/tell her to respect life
  • If your friend is pregnant and wants to drop out of school- tell her to give birth and continue with her studies
  • If you find your friends taking alcohol or smoking bang-tell them the dangers and effects of drugs
  • If your friend has a habit of throwing waste papers in the school compound-tell him/her the importance of caring for the environment

 

The Best…

  • The best way Christians should help in maintaining peace in the community is by obeying the laws of the country/reporting law breakers to the police
  • The best way children can show respect to their parents is by asking advice from them or parents being role models to their children
  • The best way to show mercy is by forgiving those who wrong you
  • The best way to promote unity in the community is by sharing with others and working together
  • The best way to promote a good relationship between parents and their children is by parents being role models to their children

 

 

 

90-  MISSIONARIES

  1. Johanne Rebman and Ludwig Krapf started the first mission school in Rabai mainly to?
  2. Jesus commanded his disciples to “Heal the sick, bring the dead back to life, heal those who suffer from deadly diseases…..”Matthew 10:8. The early missionaries to Kenya obeyed this command by?
  3. Johanne Rebman and Ludwig Krapf came to the Kenyan coast in 1844 and established the first mission school at Rabai in 1846.which missionary group/organization sent them?
  4. Which mission station was established for freed slaves?
  5. Which is the main reason why Christian missionaries came to Kenya?
  6. The missionaries started schools to teach the Africans how read and write in order to enable them to?
  7. The early missionaries NEVER involved themselves in?
  8. The first missionary in Kenya was known as?
  9. Why did the early missionaries built health centers in mission stations?
  10. Which three things were mainly found in a mission station?
  11. Which missionary translated the bible into Swahili?
  12. Why did the missionaries establish their first mission station at Rabai?
  13. Which was the work of the early Christian missionaries in Kenya?

FORM FOUR HISTORY SIMPLIFIED NOTES FREE

Welcome to History and Government for form 4.

This year, we are going to study devolved government in Kenya, public revenue and expenditure in Kenya, Social, economic and political developments and challenges since Independence in Kenya; Social, economic and political developments and challenges since Independence in Africa; World wars; International relations; Co-operation in Africa; National philosophies in
kenya; and The Electoral processes and functions of government in other parts of the world. Devolved Government

In this lesson we are going to define the term devolved government. We are also going to state the objectives and principals of devolved government. Further we shall study structures and functions of County Governments. Prior Knowledge

In form 3, we learnt about formation, structure and functions of the government of Kenya. in order to review that topic, attempt the exercise provided by dragging the answers in Box B to the respective questions in
Box A. Objectives

By the end of this lesson you should be able to:

  1. Define devolved government
    2. State the objectives of devolution of government.
    3. State principles of devolved government

    Objectives and principles of Devolved Government

    The constitution of Kenya that was promulgated in August 2010 provides
    for a devolved system of Government that comprises of National and County
    Governments. In this lesson, we are going to define what devolution
    means, objectives of a Devolved Government as well as the Principals that
    govern a Devolved government. Definition of Devolved Government

    Definition of Devolved Government

    Devolved Government is when a National Government gives power to a group or organization at a lower or more local level. The devolved government in Kenya allows people living in a particular
    area to make their own decisions on matters that concern them directly.
    The devolved government gives people more say within the specific regions
    in the county. The constitution in Kenya provides for 47 counties.

    Objectives of Devolution in Government

    Some of the objectives of devolved government include; To promote
    democratic and accountable exercise of power.
    To foster National Unity within the regional diversity
    To give new powers of self-governance to the people and enhance the participation in decision making.
    To recognize the rights of communities to manage their own affairs.
    To protect and promote the interests and rights of minorities and marginalized communities.
    To Promote social and economic development
    To ensure equitable sharing of National and local resources throughout Kenya
    To facilitate decentralization of state organs, their functions and
    services from the capital of Kenya

To enhance checks and balances and the separation of powers.
Principles of Devolved Government

What are the principals that guide devolved government in Kenya? these
principals are : County government shall be based on democratic principles and the
separation of powers. County government shall have reliable sources of revenue to enable them
to govern and deliver services effectively. No more than two-thirds of the members of representative bodies in each
county government shall be of the same gender. Prior Knowledge

Prior Knowledge

We have previously leant objectives of devolved government. We said that
some of those objectives are:
Promoting democratic and accountable exercise of power
Fostering national unity by recognizing diversity
Gives power of self-governance to the people
Recognizes the right of communities to manage their own affairs
Ensures equitable sharing of national and local resources throughout Kenya

Objectives

By the end of this lesson you should be able to:

  1. Describe the structure and functions of county governments
    2. Explain the relationship between national and county government
    3. Discuss the challenges facing county government and possible solutions

    Quiz

    To summarise the lesson, attempt the exercise given by indicating whether the statements are True or False

    Structure and Functions of County Governments

    In this Lesson we will discuss the structure and functions of county
    Governments. We will also explain the relationship between National and
    County Governments as well as discuss the challenges facing county
    governments and possible solutions. County Government

    A county is the system of government that oversees the administration of
    a county. This government enacts legislation at the county level and
    oversees its implementation. However, it works hand in hand with the
    national government. It is also referred to as devolved government

    The counties in Kenya

    Structure of the County Government

    A county government consists of:
    Members elected by the registered voters of the wards
    There are special seats meant to ensure that not more than two thirds of
    the assembly membership belong to the same gender
    Representation from marginalized groups, for example persons with
    disabilities, the youth, etc
    The speaker who is an ex-officio member
    A county assembly is elected for a term of five years

    County Executive Committee

    The county executive committee consists of; County governor and the deputy county governor
    Members appointed by the county governor with the approval of the assembly

    Functions of County Executive Committee

    What are the functions of the countee executive committees? A county
    executive committee has several functions which include: Implementation of county legislation

    Manage and coordinate the functions of the county administration and its
    departments

    Perform any other functions conferred on it by the constitution or
    national legislation

    Prepare proposed legislation for consideration by the county assembly

    Provide the county assembly with full and regular reports on matters
    relating to the county

    County Assemblies

    A county assembly makes laws that are necessary for effective performance
    of functions of the county government. What are the duties of county
    assemblies? The duties of the county assembly include:

  2. County planning
    2. Street lighting
    3.Providing pre-primary education, village polytechnics etc
    4. Providing houses, buildings and managing new houses
    5. Providing recreation facilities
    6. Pass laws to govern the county
    7. Manage and exploit resources within the count
    8. Provide fire-fighting services and disaster management

Relationship Between National and County Governments

The functions and powers of the national and county government are
clearly defined in the constitution. A function of power of government at
one level maybe transferred to another level if it will be more
effectively performed by the receiving government.
Counties will receive money from the national government
Some services will be managed by the national government such as defense,
foreign affairs, citizenship and immigration, while other like
agriculture, health and control of pollution will be managed by the
county government.

Election for both national and county assemblies will be held on the same
date supervised by the independent electoral and boundaries commission. Government at each level may set up joint committees and joint authorities
Government at either level will perform its function in a manner that
respects the functional and institutional integrity of government at the other level.
Government at either level shall liase with government at the other level
for the purpose of exchanging information.
In case of dispute between the two levels of government, attempts will be
made by both governments to solve the dispute in accordance with the law

Thika Super highway

County Assemblies

A county assembly makes laws that are necessary for effective performance
of functions of the county government. What are the duties of county
assemblies? The duties of the county assembly include: County planning

Street lighting

Providing preprimary education, village polytechnics etc
Providing houses, buildings and managing new houses
Providing recreation facilities
Pass laws to govern the county
Manage and exploit resources within the county
Provide firefighting services and disaster management

Relationship between County and National Governments

The functions and powers of the National and Gounty Government are
clearly defined in the constitution. A function of power of government at
one level, maybe transferred to another level if it will be more
effectively performed by the receiving Government. Counties will receive
money from the national government.

Some services will be managed by the
national government such as defense, foreign affairs, citizenship and
immigration, while other like agriculture, health and control of
pollution will be managed by the county government. Election for both
national and county assemblies will be held on the same date supervised
by the Independent Electoral and Boundaries Commission (IEBC).

Government at each level may set up joint committees and joint  authorities. Government at either level will perform its function in a manner that respects the functional and institutional integrity of
government at the other level. Government at either level shall liase
with government at the other level for the purpose of exchanging
information. In case of dispute between the two levels of government,
attempts will be made by both governments to solve the dispute in
accordance with the law.

Relationship between County and National Governments

The functions and powers of the National and County Government are
clearly defined in the constitution. A function of power of government at
one level, maybe transferred to another level if it will be more
effectively performed by the receiving Government. Counties will receive
money from the national government. Some services will be managed by the
national government such as defense, foreign affairs, citizenship and
immigration, while other like agriculture, health and control of
pollution will be managed by the county government. Election for both
national and county assemblies will be held on the same date supervised
by the Independent Electoral and Boundaries Commission (IEBC).

Government at each level may set up joint committees and joint
authorities. Government at either level will perform its function in a
manner that respects the functional and institutional integrity of
government at the other level. Government at either level shall liase
with government at the other level for the purpose of exchanging
information. In case of dispute between the two levels of government,
attempts will be made by both governments to solve the dispute in
accordance with the law.

Relationship between County and National Governments

Challenges Facing the County Governments

What are some of the challenges facing county governments in Kenya?
County governments in Kenya face several challenges. Some of these
challenges are: Lack of information on how county government operates

Disagreements over the headquarters of the county
Lack of qualified personnel to run affairs of a county
Lack of adequate facilities
Weak financial resources for some counties
Inefficient system of tax collection
Misappropriation and mismanagement of funds
Political interference
High population in some counties
Poor planning

Public Revenue and Expediture

In this topic, we shall discuss sources of public Revenue at the National
and County levels. We shall also discuss expenditure and management of
Public Revenue. In addition, we shall also explore the functions of the
commission on Revenue Allocation.

Objectives

By the end of the lesson, you should be able to: 1. Identify sources of National and County government’s revenue.
Sources of Public Revenue

Public Revenue refers to the money that the government receives from
various sources eg. Taxes. This unit deals with the sources of revenue
for both national and county governments. Sources of revenue for National Government

Sources of revenue for National Government

There are various ways in which the government raises the revenue. These
include: Taxes

i. Direct taxes: eg. P.A.Y.E., Income tax, Airport tax, Game Park, Museum
Fees, entrance fees by tourists.

  1. Indirect taxes: eg. Value Added Tax (VAT), Excise duties, sales
    taxes, export tax, import tax or custom duties, traffic revenue taxes,
    investment revenue tax, loan interests, land rates, house rates.

Loans from International Financial Institutions
Grants from other foreign countries
Sale of licenses
Profits from parastatals
Aviation revenue
Sale of government bonds
Revenue charged on government investment eg. Rent
Forestry and mining exploitation
Interests on loans from government institutions and parastatals eg. NBK
Sources of Revenue for County Governments
Sources of Revenue for County Governments
County government raises their revenue through the following; Grants from the national government

Rates from plots and land
Trade licenses fees
Rents from their buildings
Fines from law breakers
Loans from financial institutions
External grants from foreign countries
Sale of county property eg. Cars, plots etc
Donations from corporates and wealthy people
Cess- taxes charged on cash crops eg. Tea and coffee
Market fees

Prior Knowledge

Previously, we learnt about the sources of public revenue for both national and county governments. Some of them are;

  1. Taxes
    2. Loans
    3. Profits from parastatals
    4. Fines charged by courts
    5. Sale of licenses
    6. Rents from government buildings
    7. Donations from business partners

    Objectives

    By the end of this lesson you should be able to: 1. Explain the expenditure of the National and County government revenue

    Expenditure and Management of Public Revenue

    In this lesson we will discuss the expenditure and Management of public
    revenue at the National and County Governments. Recurrent Expenditure

    This refers to funds used by the government to sustain and maintain the
    existing facilities and services. These include:

  2. Repair and maintenance of building and roads
    2. Purchase of drugs
    3. Purchase of equipment
    4. Purchase of stationary
    5. Wages and salaries

    Development Expenditure

    This is the money set aside for development projects

    1. Infrastructural development such as roads, air ports, bridges, harbours
    2. Establishing essential facilities such as schools, colleges, dams, irrigation projects, etc
    3. Providing social services like health and education

    County Governments

    The county government spends its revenue in various ways.

  3. Constructing and maintaining nursery and primary schools
    2. Maintaining the road network
    3. Provision of health services by constructing and maintaining health centers and hospitals
    4. Building and maintaining markets
    5. Provision of water and sewerage services
    6. Provision of security

    Financial Management

    Revenue raised nationally should be shared equatably among the national
    and county governments. Financial control for both levels of government
    should be managed through three accounts:

  4. The consolidated fund made up of all the money raised or received by or on behalf of the national government

    2. Equalization fund receives one half % total annual revenue to provide basic services in marginalized areas

    3. Revenue accounts in different county governments receives all the money raised or received on behalf of the respective county governments. The committee on revenue allocation should be consulted and recommendations considered before parliament passes any financial bills. Every financial year the cabinet financial secretary submits to the national assembly estimates of the country. A committee of national assembly discusses and reviews the estimates and makes recommendations to the assembly for approval

    Appropriation bill is introduced in the national assembly to authorize money withdrawn from the consolidated fund (National Assembly can authorize withdrawal of up to 50% if the bill is late). County governments prepare and adopt their own respective annual budgets and appropriation bills, but must conform to procedure prescribed in the
    acts of parliament

    Accounts all government levels and other state organizations shall be audited by the auditor general. Prior Knowledge

    Previously, we discussed expenditure and management of public revenue. It
    is important that the government ensures that public revenue is managed
    well. That is why the Constitution of Kenya which was promulgated on 27th
    August 2010, created national institutions to assist the government in
    offering efficient services to the citizens. The Commission of Revenue
    Allocation is one of these institutions whose main responsibility is to
    give recommendations to the Ministry of Finance on how to allocate
    finances to national and the county governments. Objectives

    By the end of the lesson, you should be able to: 1. Discuss the functions of the Commission on Revenue allocation

    The Commission on Revenue Allocation

    In this lesson, we shall discuss the functions of the commission charged with the responsibility of managing the revenue allocation. Kenyan Currency

    Functions of the Revenue Commission

    The functions of this commission include:

  5. To decide the basis for the sharing of revenue raised by the national government.
  6. To make recommendations on how finances should be managed by the county governments as required by the Kenyan Constitution.
  7. To encourage fiscal responsibility and financial accountability among the national and county governments.
  8. To determine, publish and regularly review a policy which sets the criteria for identifying the marginalized areas.
  9. To submit the recommendations to the Senate, the National Assembly, the National Executive, County Assemblies and County Executives. First Chairperson of the Commission on Revenue Allocation. Social Developments and Challenges Since Independence in Kenya

    In this topic we shall discuss social, economic and political
    developments and challenges in Kenya since Independence. We shall discuss
    political developments from 1963-1991; types of land holdings in Kenya
    and land policies; as well as Education developments between 1963 and
    2011. People who shaped the politics of Kenya

    Prior Knowledge

    Kenya got her independence from Britain in 1963. In 1964 Kenya became a republic with an elected president as head of state and government.

Click
on the play button to view video. Objectives

By the end of the lesson, you should be able to:

  1. Discuss the political developments in Kenya since independence.
  2. Discuss political challenges in Kenya since independence.

    Political Developments

    In order to understand the political development, we shall listen to an interesting dialogue between a grandfather and a grandson.

    From the Conversation we have heard that Kenya attained Independence from
    the British in 1963. The main parties at this time were KANU and KADU.
    However KADU dissolved itself and joined KANU to form a unitary
    government under President Jomo Kenyatta as the first executive
    president. We have also heard that before 1966, there was only one party.

The first post independence party Kenya Peoples Union was formed in 1966
by Jaramogi Oginga Odinga. President Kenyatta ruled Kenya until his death
in 1978. Daniel Arap Moi succeeded him in the same year. President Moi
strengthened KANU by conducting massive recruitment. In 1979, he banned
all tribal organizations and unions. In 1982, Kenya became a one party
state by law with KANU as the sole legal political party. We have also
heard that there were other constitutional amendments. In 1987, the
electoral constituencies were increased from 158 to 188. In 1988, quing
system of voting was introduced in the general election. In 1990, the
quing system of voting was abolished and secret ballot system introduced.
in 1991, section 2 (A) of the constitution was repealed and multi-party
legalized

Political Challenges

Kenya had experienced several political challenges since independence.

  1. In 1965 Pio Gama Pinto an elected KANU member of Asian origin was murdered.
  2. In 1969, Thomas Joseph Mboya, the then MP for Bahati constituency and minister for economic planning and development was assassinated. This caused riots in Kisumu, Nairobi and other major towns in Kenya.
  3. In 1975 Josiah Mwangi Kariuki popularly known as J.M. was brutally maurdered. His murder caused major riots by the university students and other members of the public.
  4. In 1978, Kenya faced a major political challenge when the first
    president of the republic of Kenya, Mzee Jomo Kenyatta died.
  5. In 1982 there was an attempted coup in the government by the Kenya Air
    force soldiers. This led to looting, loss of lives and destruction of
    property.
  6. In 1990, Dr. Robert Ouko, Minister for Foreign Affairs and
    International Co-operation was brutally murdered. This led to riots
    throughout the country especially the university students.
  7. In 1991 some parts of Kenya mainly in the Rift Valley, Nyanza, Coast
    and Western provinces were hit by ethnic clashes. As a result many people
    died and others were displaced.
    Objectives

    By the end of this lesson you should be able to:

  8. Discuss the economic developments and challenges since independence.

    Types of Land Holding in Kenya and Land Policies

    Did you know that the land policy was revised with the promulgation of
    the constitution? In this lesson we will discuss types of land holding in
    Kenya and land policies.
    Types of land holding in Kenya

    Land in Kenya is held, used and managed in a manner that is equitable, efficient, productive and sustainable

    1. All land in Kenya belongs to the people of Kenya collectively as a nation, as communities and as individuals.
    2. Land in Kenya is classified as public, communal or private. Let us discuss each of these types of land holdings. Part of Land in Kenya

    Public Land

    Public land can be defined as, Government land. It cna be said to be;

  9. Land occupied or used by a state organ
    2. Land transferred to the state by the way of sale revision or by way of surrender
    3. Unclaimed land by an individual or a community
    4. All minerals and mineral oils
    5. Government forests, game reserves, water catchment areas, national parks etc
    6. All roads
    7. All rivers, lakes and other water bodies
    8. Any land not classified as private or community

    All land is managed by A National Land Commission. Mt. Kenya, which is public land

    Community Land

    What do you understand by the term Community Land?

  10. Community land is land held by communities identified on the basis of ethnicities, culture and similar community of interest.
  11. It is Land lawfully registered in the name of group representatives.
  12. It is Land lawfully transferred to a specific community by any process of law.
  13. It is Land that is lawfully managed or used by specific community as
    forests, grazing areas or shrines.
  14. It is Ancestral lands and lands traditionally occupied by hunter gatherer community lawfully held as trust land by the county governments. An African village located on communal land. Private Land

    What do you understand by the term private land?

  15. It is Registered land held by any person under any freehold tenure

    2. It is Land held by any person under lease of tenure

    3. It is Land declared private under an act of Parliament

    Holding by Non Citizens

    Several factors determine the conditions in which a non citizen can hold
    land in Kenya. 1. A person who is not a Kenyan citizen may hold land on the basis of
    leasehold tenure which shall not exceed 99years

    2. A body corporate shall be regarded as a citizen only if the body corporate is wholly owned by one or more citizens

    3. Property held in trust shall be regarded as being held by a citizen only if all of the beneficial interest of the trust is held by persons who are citizens

    Land Policies

    Land policies are guidelines set by the government which regulate the
    ownership, acquisition [distribution] and utilization of land. Since
    independence in 1963 the government has embarked on several methods to
    tackle the economic problems affecting the people especially in relation
    to land. One of these methods was through lands policies. Examples of
    these are;

  16. Settlement and resettlement
    2. Land consolidation
    3. Agricultural development corporation
    4. Diversification of agriculture
    5. Irrigation schemes
    6. Conservation of the environment
    7. Mechanization

    Challenges of Land Policies Since Independence

    Land issues in Kenya have been very sensitive since independence. Some of
    the challenges on land policies include;

  17. Population pressure
    2. Conflicts arising from issues of land ownership and use
    3. Massive corruption eg. Land grabbing
    4. Inappropriate methods of establishing settlement schemes
    5. Inadequate funds to complete the process of land demarcation and adjudication
    6. Inaccurate and incomplete records of land in the Ministry of land and Settlement making it difficult to verify land ownership records and allocation

    Prior Knowledge

    During the colonial period in Kenya the Africans were discriminated in
    the provision of social services. The African communities in Kenya
    received very poor educational services. At the onset of independence,
    the Founding Father of our Nation (Jomo Kenyatta) outlined ignorance as
    one of the enemies of progress. Through the sessional paper No. 10 of
    1965, Education was proposed as a strategy to eradicate ignorance, thus
    the various changes that have taken place in the education sector since
    independence. Objectives

    By the end of the lesson, you should be able to:

  18. Discuss the developments that have taken place in the Education Sector in Kenya since independence.

2.Analyse the challenges facing the Education Sector. Education Developments

There have been several changes that have taken place in the Education
sector since Independence. In this lesson, we shall address those that
took place between 1963 and 2011. University of Nairobi one of Education Institutions in Kenya

Education Developments

1.From 1963 racial schools were abolished and the government started supplementing missionary schools with teachers.

  1. Kenya Institute of Education was established in 1964 to conduct research and prepare the curriculum for pre-primary to secondary school.
  2. 1967 – Teachers Service Commission was created to manage the teaching profession.
  3. The government has established various education commissions over time to make changes in education system to make it relevant to the changing times. These include:
  4. a) Ominde 1964
    b) Gachathi 1976
    c) Mackay 1981
    d) Kamunge 1988
    e) Koech 2002

    National Exams were administered by East African Examination Council until 1977 when KNEC was formed to replace E.A.E.C. after the collapse of East African Community.

  5. Names of national examinations have changed over the years as follows:
    In primary up to 1966 students sat for KAPE at Std. In 1967 KAPE was
    replaced with CPE at Std 7. In 1985 CPE was replaced with KCPE at Std 8.
  6. In secondary schools, up to 1966 Cambridge Overseas Secondary Certificate was awarded to Form 4.
  7. 1967 the Cambridge oversees school certificate was replaced with EACE
    up to 1977 when it became KCE, currently this exam is KCSE (8-4-4) since 1989.
  8. KJSE introduced in 1970 at Form II in Harambee Schools has been abolished together with KACE at Form VI after the introduction of the
    8-4-4 system.
  9. Free primary education was introduced in 1974 which failed on the way. After NARC government took over, free primary education was implemented which was extended to secondary in 2006.
  10. Over time many middle level institutions have been established to offer technical and vocational training. Over the years, university education has expanded greatly with establishment of many public and private universities. Public; University of Nairobi (UNO); Moi University; Kenyatta University; Egerton University; Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology (JKUAT); Maseno University; Masinde Muliro University. Private; United States International University; Dayster University; Catholic University; Baraton University; Kenya Methodist University (KEMU); Nazarene University; Mount Kenya University (MKU)

    Challenges Facing Education in Kenya

    Education sector in Kenya has continued to face many challenges
    especially due to rapid increase in population. Some of these challenges
    include; 1. Inadequate funds to finance the education. 2. Inadequate facilities like classrooms books etc. 3. Inadequate personnel i.e. qualified teachers. 4. Teacher-student ratio is very high. 5. low salaries leading to strikes from teachers and lecturers. 6. Frequent riots from schools, polytechnics and public universities. 7. Academic theoretical oriented education. 8. Few higher education institutions eg. Public universities. 9. Brain drain from qualified personnel in higher learning institutions. 9. Due to high poverty levels and early pregnancies many children are dropping out of school. 10.Mismanagement of learning institutions and embezzlement of funds. 11. Gender inequality.

World Wars

In form 3 we learnt about the scramble and partition of Africa. In this
topic we will discuss the 1st and 2nd world wars. War refers to fighting
between two or more conflicting parties. A world war is a war that is
fought between many countries in different parts of the world, usually
over long periods of time. We shall also discuss the League of Nations
established to bring peace after the First World war. Objectives

By the end of the lesson, you should be able to;

  1. Define the term war
    2. Define the term world war
    3. Discuss the causes of the first world war
    4. Describe the course of the first world war
    5. Discuss the impacts of the first world war

    World War 1

    In this lesson we shall learn about the world war 1. World war 1 was
    fought between 1914 to 1918. Its was fought between the allied forces and
    the central powers. The allied forces comprised of:

  2. Britain
    2. France
    3. Russia
    4. U.S.A

    The central powers included;

1.Germany
2.Turkey
3. Bulgaria
4. Austria
5. Hungary

In order to understand the causes of the World War 1, it is important to
understand how Europe was divided before the out break of the war. The
map provided gives these details. Causes of World War 1

Causes of World War 1

Several the factors led to the outbreak of the First World War. These causes were both long term and immediate

1. Economic rivalry due to the need to acquire raw material and markets created tension among European powers

2. The need for colonies created friction and mistrust among European powers

3. Disputes over morocco intensified enemity between Britain and Germany and France

4. Arms race led to mistrust between European powers

5. The system of alliances created tension between the Triple Alliance and the Triple Entente

6. France wanted to revenge her defeat which she suffered during the
Franco-Prussian war

7. The need by nationalities in the Balkans to be free from Turkish rule
who were supported by European powers

8. The assassination of the arch duke of Austria, Franz Ferdinand in Sarajevo led to outbreak of the war

Course of World War 1

The First world war was fought between 1914-1918. It followed the following course;

  1. The tension between Austria, Hungary and Serbia sparked off the war. Austria declared war on Serbia on 28th July1914.
  2. Russia mobilized her forces in support of Serbia on 1st August 1914.
  3. Germany declared war on Russia and France on August 3rd 1914.
  4. Britain declared war on Germany 4th August 1914.
  5. The war was fought on three major fronts

    a) the Western Front

    b) the Eastern Front and

    c) the War at Sea.

  6. Germany attacked Western powers who included Britain and France before attacking Russia with the support of Turkey and Bulgaria.
  7. In 1917 U.S.A. joined the Allied forces and in the following year, the war came to an end. One might wonder why USA had remained neutral untill 1917. A number of
    reasons explain USA took the isolitionist policy upto 1917. Some of these
    reasons were;
  8. The isolationist policy in international affairs, where USA isolated
    herself from the European affairs as demanded by the Monroe doctrine of
    1823.
  9. U.S.A. feared an outbreak of Civil War back home because of citizens
    of German decent.
  10. U.S.A. was benefiting from the War by selling arms to both sides.
  11. U.S.A’s interests had not been interfered with by the War until 1917
    when the Germans sunk a U.S.A. ships in the Atlantic Ocean. Machines used at war

    Effects of World War 1

    What then were the effects of the world war 1?

The First World War had several effects:

  1. There was loss of life and property .
  2. It led to creation of new states for example Yugoslavia, Czechoslovakia, Poland.
  3. Huge sums of money was used during the War which led to poverty and slowed the pace of industrialization.
  4. It led to the emergence of U.S.A. as a super power.
  5. It led to the formation of the League of Nations.
  6. The Nursing profession was born

    Effects of war

    Prior Knowledge

    In the previous lesson, we discussed World War 1 and learnt about its long term causes. We also learnt about the immediate causes of the war, its course and the impact, which included the formation of the League of
    Nations.

    Part of the soldiers who fought in the war.

Objectives

By the end of the lesson, you should be able to;

  1. Explain the reasons for the formation of the league of nations
    2. Describe the organization of the league of nations
    3. Explain the problems that faced the league of nations

    League of Nations

    In this lesson we will discuss the League of Nations.This was the first
    international organization to be established after the world war

  2. It was established in January 1920 with headquarters at Geneva in
    Swirtzerland. Map of Switzerland, showing Geneva, headquarters of League of Nation. Aims of the League of Nations

    There are a number of reasons that led to the formation of the League.
    Some of them include;

  3. Maintain international peace and prevent another world war
    2. Encourage international cooperation and arbitrate conflicts between countries
    3. Guarantee sovereignity of world countries whether small or big
    4. Improve the living standards of people throughout the world
    5. Combating diseases and controlling drug trafficking
    6. Sorting out predicament of displaced persons after the war

    Structure of the League of Nations

    Inorder to understand the organisation of the League, we will discuss its structure. The League of Nations was made up of five organisations as follows:

  4. GENERAL ASSEMBLY
    This was made up of representatives from all member countries throughout
    the world. The members met once a year at the headquarters to deliberate
    on issues threatening international peace

    B. COUNCIL
    This was made up of nine countries. Five permanent and four non permanent
    members. The council met three times a year to implement decisions by the
    general assembly. The permanent members were the victorious countries in
    world war 1, i.e. Britain, Japan, France, USA and Italy.

  5. SECRETARIAT
    This was the administrative organ or the civil service of the league of
    nations. The organ was headed by a secretary general appointed for a
    renewable five year term. The main responsibility of the organ was the
    day today running of the organization.
  6. INTERNATIONAL COURT OF JUSTICE
    This was the principal judicial organ of the league of nations based at
    the Haque-Netherlands and made of fifteen judges from different
    nationalities, races and religions throughout the world.
  7. THE COUNCIL OF MANDATED TERRITORIES
    This organ was in charge of the former colonies of Germany that were
    taken over by other European powers and colonized on behalf of league of
    nations until when they could be mature enough for independence

    Performance of the League of Nations

    The League of Nations had a number of achievements. Some of them include;

  8. League of Nations established International Labour organization (ILO) which was able to improve labour conditions worldwide

    2. Through International Health organization, it helped combat diseases and epidemics

    3. Successfully arbitrated in conflicts between several countries eg Greece and Bulgaria, Sweden and Finland

    4. Established the International Court of Justice that dealt with International crimes

    5. The organization helped to eradicate slavery eg by setting up the permanent slavery commission in 1932

    6. Helped war reconstruction in various countries such as Austria and Hungary

    Challenges of the League of Nations

    In its operations, the League of Nations faced a number of challenges which include;

  9. Lack of finances. Some members never paid their contributions
    2. She was not a super power but an association of nations, so most decisions depended on the goodwill of the members
    3. Never had a police force or army to enforce her decisions or resolutions
    4. New super powers, USA and USSR were not members
    5. Veto power held by some of the members gave them more authority to make decisions on behalf of the others
    6. Economic sanctions which was the main weapon used by the league of nations never worked because many states were non members

    Objectives

    By the end of the lesson, you should be able to;

  10. Explain the causes of the Second World War
    2. Describe the course of the World War II
    3. Discuss the results of World War II

    World War II

    In this lesson, we shall discuss the causes, course and the results of
    the World War 2. This is a war that took place between 1939 and 1945. It
    involved two rival groups. These were the Allied forces which consisted
    of Britain, France and the USA. The other group was the Axis forces which
    was made of Germany, Italy and Japan. Soldiers in the World war 2

    Causes of World War II

    There were Several factors that contributed to the occurrence of World
    War II. These include;

  11. The violation of the Treaty of Versailles
    2. Weak League of Nations
    3. Hitler’s Ambition
    4. Economic Problems
    5. Growth of Nationalism
    6. Rise of Dictators eg. Benito Mussolini of Italy , Stalin of Russia
    7. Policy of Appeasement
    8. Formation of Alliances
    9. Territorial violations
    10.Arms Race

    Adolf Hitler

    Causes of World War II

There were Several factors that contributed to the occurrence of World War II. These include;

  1. The violation of the Treaty of Versailles
    2. Weak League of Nations
    3. Hitler’s Ambition
    4. Economic Problems
    5. Growth of Nationalism
    6. Rise of Dictators eg. Benito Mussolini of Italy , Stalin of Russia
    7. Policy of Appeasement
    8. Formation of Alliances
    9. Territorial violations
    10.Arms Race

    Course of World War II

    From the conversation, we have learnt that, the 2nd World War broke out
    in 1939 between two rival groups, that is, the allied forces against the
    axis forces. It ended in 1945 after the bombing of two Japanese cities
    Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

    To understand the course of the World War 2, listen to the conversation
    between a student and a teacher. Student: What are some of the major events in the second world war? Teacher: That a good question.

The events of World War 2 involved;

1, In 1939 German invaded Poland and sparked off the war.

  1. In the same year, Britain and France declared war on Germany.
  2. In 1940, Germany invaded Denmark and Norway.
  3. In 1941, Germany invaded the Soviet Union

    6. In 1942, the Allied troops landed in Algeria and Morocco.

  4. In 1943, Italy declared war on Germany.

8 In 1944, the Allies liberated France from Germans and Belgium from
central powers.

  1. In 1945, USA dropped atomic bomb at Hiroshima and Nagasaki which
    marked the end of 2nd World War. Student: How did the Atomic bomb end the war? Teacher; This is an interesting question.

The Atomic bomb had very devastating effects on Japan. For instance very many lives were lost and
thousands were injured. As a result of that Japan surrendered unconditionary on 15th August 1945 bring an end to the war. Student; Thank you teacher. You have made it very clear. From the conversation, we have learnt that, the 2nd World War broke out in 1939 between two rival groups, that is, the allied forces against the
axis forces. It ended in 1945 after the bombing of two Japanese cities
Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Effects of World War II

The World War II had devastating Social, Economic and Political
consequences in Europe and other world countries. They included the
following; SOCIAL

1. Massive loss of lives
2. Widespread suffering
3. Displacement of people
4. Outbreak of infectious diseases
5. Change in the status of women
6. Formation of European Economic Cooperation

ECONOMIC

1. Slow economic development
2. Unemployment
3. Destruction of property
4. Developments in engineering
5. Rise in debts
6. Formation of European Economic Cooperation

POLITICAL

1. Partition of Germany
2. Emergence of Super Powers namely USA and USSR
3. Rise of Nationalism in Asia and Africa
4. Establishment of Communist Government
5. Growth of Military Technology
6. Formation of UNO. International Relations

In this topic, we shall define international relations and discuss the
formation, organisation and perfomance of the UN. International relations
refers to the cooperation of independent nations from different parts of
the world politically, socially and economically. We shall also discuss
the cold War. United Nations Headquarters in New York. Objectives

By the end of the lesson, you should be able to;

  1. Define the term international relations
    2. Analyze the reasons for the formation of the UN
    3. Discuss the organization of the UN
    4. Analyze the performance and the challenges of the UN

    United Nations

    In this lesson, you will learn about the United Nations. The United
    Nations is an association of sovereign states formed after World War 2

    United Nations Logo

    Reasons for Formation of UN

    There are several factors that led to the formation of the UN.

  2. To maintain international peace and security
    2. To replace the league of nations which had collapsed
    3. To promote social progress and better living standards of the people
    4. To promote respect for fundamental human rights and freedoms
    5. To promote economic growth as the member states work to reconstruct the world economy
    6. Cooperate in solving international social cultural and humanitarian problems

    Reasons for Formation of UN

    There are several factors that led to the formation of the UN.

  3. To maintain international peace and security
    2. To replace the league of nations which had collapsed
    3. To promote social progress and better living standards of the people
    4. To promote respect for fundamental human rights and freedoms
    5. To promote economic growth as the member states work to reconstruct the world economy
    6. Cooperate in solving international social cultural and humanitarian problems

    Reasons for Formation of UN

    Organisation of UN

    How does the UN achieve its objectives? To achieve its objective and
    purposes, the UN established six principal organs contained in its
    charter. These are:

THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY
Comprises all member states and occupies a key position in the functions of the UN.

THE MEMBER STATES
Since its inception in 1945, the UN has seen its membership steadly
increase. By 1970, the membership had risen to 127. By year 2000,
membership had risen to 187 which included African Nations that had
attained their Independence. The table provided shows the countries that
joined the UN and the years that they joined.

SECURITY COUNCIL
This is composed of 15 nations which consist of five permanent
states/nations which include:
-USA
-Russia
-France
-China
-United Kingdom
-Ten others are elected by the general assembly

THE INTERNATIONAL COURT OF JUSTICE
This is the organ responsible for all the legal matters and disputes
between member states. It is based at the Hague, Netherlands

ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COUNCIL
It deals with matters pertaining to economic development, health and
education. It works through various specialized UN agencies eg ILO, the
WHO.

THE SECRETARIAT
This is the chief administrative organ of the UN headed by a Secretary
General. So far, UN has 8 Secretaries General. These are: Trygve Lie from
Norway from 1946-1953, Dag Hammarskjold from Sweden 1953-1961, U Thant,
from Burma from 1961-1971, Kurt Waldheim, from Austria, from 1971-1981,
Javier Perez de Cuellar, from Peru, 1982-1992, Boutros Boutros Ghali,
Egypt, 1992-1997, Kofi Annan, Ghana, from 1997-2006, Ban Ki-Moon from
South Korea, from 2007 to present.

THE TRUSTEESHIP COUNCIL
It is in charge of territories which are governed by member states of the
UN on behalf of the UN itself

HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL
In December 1948, Un General Assembly adopted universal declaration of
Human Rights that spells out the universal rights and freedoms entitilled
to an individual. There are several bodies or organisations affiliated to
the UN that are involved in the fight for human rights. These include;

  1. Transparency Internatioanl (TI)
  2. Amnesty International

    3. United Nations High Commission on Human Rights (UNHCR)

  3. United Nations High Commission of Refugees (UNHCR)
  4. United Nations Children Education Fund (UNICEF)
  5. International labour Organisation (ILO)
  6. Convention on Rights of Children

    All the above bodies fight against race, gender, cultural, economic and
    religious discriminations though out the world which include the rights
    of the child. Organisation of UN

    How does the UN achieve its objectives? To achieve its objective and
    purposes, the UN established six principal organs contained in its
    charter. These are: THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY
    Comprises all member states and occupies a key position in the functions
    of the UN. THE MEMBER STATES

Since its inception in 1945, the UN has seen its membership steadly
increase. By 1970, the membership had risen to 127. By year 2000,
membership had risen to 187 which included African Nations that had
attained their Independence. The table provided shows the countries that
joined the UN and the years that they joined. SECURITY COUNCIL
This is composed of 15 nations which consist of five permanent
states/nations which include:
-USA
-Russia
-France
-China
-United Kingdom
-Ten others are elected by the general assembly

THE INTERNATIONAL COURT OF JUSTICE
This is the organ responsible for all the legal matters and disputes
between member states. It is based at the Hague, Netherlands

ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COUNCIL
It deals with matters pertaining to economic development, health and
education. It works through various specialized UN agencies eg ILO, the
WHO. THE SECRETARIAT
This is the chief administrative organ of the UN headed by a Secretary
General. So far, UN has 8 Secretaries General. These are: Trygve Lie from
Norway from 1946-1953, Dag Hammarskjold from Sweden 1953-1961, U Thant,
from Burma from 1961-1971, Kurt Waldheim, from Austria, from 1971-1981,
Javier Perez de Cuellar, from Peru, 1982-1992, Boutros Boutros Ghali,
Egypt, 1992-1997, Kofi Annan, Ghana, from 1997-2006, Ban Ki-Moon from
South Korea, from 2007 to present.
THE TRUSTEESHIP COUNCIL
It is in charge of territories which are governed by member states of the
UN on behalf of the UN itself
HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL
In December 1948, Un General Assembly adopted universal declaration of
Human Rights that spells out the universal rights and freedoms entitilled
to an individual. There are several bodies or organisations affiliated to
the UN that are involved in the fight for human rights. These include; 1. Transparency Internatioanl (TI) 2. Amnesty International

3. United Nations High Commission on Human Rights (UNHCR) 4. United Nations High Commission of Refugees (UNHCR) 5. United Nations Children Education Fund (UNICEF) 6. International labour Organisation (ILO) 7. Convention on Rights of Children

All the above bodies fight against race, gender, cultural, economic and
religious discriminations though out the world which include the rights
of the child. Performance of UN

The United Nations has had tremendous achievements since its inception.
Some of them include; 1.Solved disputes between Nations eg India and Pakistan in 1949

2. Decolonization of the third world eg Tanzania and Togo

3. Championed the rights of all people world wide

4. Combating diseases and training medical personnel through WHO

5.Assisting refugees and other displaced people worldwide

6. Initiated successful development programs in the third world countries
through UNDP

7.Helped to improve working conditions through ILO

8.The World Food Program (WFP) has been involved in the distribution of
relief food supplies to disaster victims

Distribution of relief food

Challenges Facing the UN

The UN has faced various challenges since its inception. Some of these
challenges are; i. Ideological differences eg. Communism and capitalism. ii. Shortage of funds: member states fail to remit their contributions. iii. Lack of military machinery to enforce peace. iv. Deep rooted regional conflicts such as Arab-Israel conflicts. v. Derailment of decision making by the VETO powers

vi. Lack of commitment among member states due to their interest in other
organizations

vii. Member states acting contrary to the decision of the UNO. UN Peace keeping force

Prior Knowledge

In the previous lesson, we discussed the reasons that led to the
formation of the United Nations. The UN has managed to promote peace and
security in the world. We also learnt the organization, performance and
challenges facing the UN. UN Headquaters in Nairobi

Objectives

By the end of the lesson, you should be able to; 1. Define the term cold war

2. Discuss the causes of the cold war

3. Describe the course of the cold war

4. Discuss the effects of the cold war

The Cold War

The cold war refers to the rivalry that developed between USA and her
allies on one hand, and the USSR and her allies on the other hand after
the end of the second world war. President Ronald Reagan

President Mikhall Gorbachev

Methods Used in the Cold war

Previously we discussed the topic on World War 2. in this lesson we shall
discuss the Cold war. What were some of the methods of the cold war? Some
of the methods used during the war include:

  1. Words
    2. Propaganda
    3. Economic sanctions
    4. Financing of political parties
    5. New inventions in weapons

    Causes of the Cold war

    The cold war was caused by several factors:

  2. Mistrust and suspicion based on ideological differences between the capitalist west and the communist soviet bloc

    2. The disagreement between the USA and USSR over the issue of disarmament caused tension between them

    3. The policy adopted by the USSR to seal Eastern Europe from the west

    4. Conflicts in Europe in 1940’s, for example the civil war in Greece increased tension between the two super powers

    5. The formation of military alliances by the two power blocs

    6. The Marshall plan of 1947 which was initiated by the USA intensified the cold war

    The Berlin Wall

    Course of the Cold war

    Place the cursor on each continent for more.
    Course of the Cold war

    The cold war started after the end of the second world war. It affected
    Europe, Asia, America and Africa

    EUROPE

    1. The cold war was felt in Europe in 1947 when the USA issued the Truman Doctrine to check the spread of communism in Greece and Turkey

    2. The Marshall plan was initiated by the USA to help the post war Europe to recover economically from the effects of the second world war

    3. USSR rejected the Marshall plan and sealed off Berlin

    4. As a result, German was divided into two: East Germany controlled by the USSR and West Germany under the allied powers.

  3. Later the war intensified with the formation of military alliances namely North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) and the Warsaw pact for the communist powers

    6. In 1961, the Berlin wall was constructed by USSR to separate the West
    from the East.

THE COLD WAR IN ASIA

1. In Asia, the USSR helped to install a communist government in china in 1949

2. Both powers, USA and USSR clashed over Vietnam. This led to the division of Vietnam into to two:
-The north controlled by the USSR

– The south controlled by the USA

THE COLD WAR IN CENTRAL AMERICA

1. Cuba became a communist state in 1959 under Fidel Castrol

2. USSR supported Cuba by arming her with dangerous missiles

3. In 1962, USA ordered a blockade of Cuba and demanded USSR to stop
military build up in Cuba. Factors that Led to the end of the Cold war

Several factors led to the end of the cold war. These include:

  1. The coming to power of Khrushchev in USSR in 1956 who favored a policy of peaceful co-existent
    2. Convening of disarmament conferences for example Strategic Arms limitation treaty of 1986 and 1991
    3. Establishment of Western democracies in former USSR’s controlled states in Eastern Europe
    4. US president Ronald Reagan policy helped to diffuse tension during the cold war.
  2. Accession to power of Mikhail Gorbachev in the soviet union in 1985 who adopted a liberal policy
    6. Cancellation of Warsaw pact in 1991controlled areas in Eastern Europe.
  3. Disintegration of the USSR into separate republics in 1991

    Effects of the Cold war

    The cold war affected the world in various ways. These included:

  4. It led to splitting up of countries for example Korea onto North and South
    2. It caused suspicion and mistrust between nations
    3. It led to international insecurity and disruption of world peace
    4. It led to space race between USA and USSR
    5. It led to real war in certain situations, for example Korea and Vietnam

Click on the play button to view the movie.

Cooperations in Africa

In this topic, we shall discuss Cooperation in Africa formed by African Independent states. We shall discuss the Organisation of African Union (OAU), African Union (AU) and East African Community (EAC). We shall look
at their formation, structures, achievements and challenges facing them. Prior Knowledge

One of the sub-topics discussed under African Cooperation is Pan-Africanism. Pan-Africanism was an African brotherhood movement that was striving for the closeness and unity of all the black people throughout the world. They were joined by the fact that all the black people shared a common ancestry, the same colour,
homeland and misery suffered by the forefathers in the hands of slave dealers and slave masters.

The movement formed the basis on which OAU was founded, which was an
organization of independent African states in the 1960s.

Objectives

By the end of the lesson, you should be able to:

  1. Explain the origin and development of OAU
    2. Discuss the performance of the OAU
    3. Discuss the challenges faced by the OAU

    Organisation of African Union

    The formation of the OAU has got its background in the ashes of the
    collapsed Pan-African movement ie. On 25th May 1963 about thirty African
    head of states who were already independent at that time decided to
    replace the movement with a more effective and rigid organization which
    they called the OAU. Refurbished OAU buildings in Addis Ababa

    Objectives of Organization of African Unity (OAU)

OAU had several objectives at the time of its formation. These are:

  1. Decolonization of African countries
    2. International cooperation within independent African countries
    3. Promote better living standards of the African people
    4. To have a united voice in African matters at UNO’s meetings
    5. Eradication or racism and apartheid especially in South Africa
    6. Creating a forum where African heads of state could meet occasionally to discuss African matters
    7. Non-interference in internal affairs of the member states

    Organs of Organization of African Unity (OAU) Place the cursor on the points for more information. Organs of Organization of African Unity (OAU) The OAU charter outlines the structure of the organisation by
    establishing five main organs. OAU was made up of five organs.

  2. a) General assembly. This was the supreme organ of the organization. It was made up of all the heads of the member states.The main function of the organ was to make policies to guide the future of the African countries.
  3. b) Council of ministers. This council was made up of Foreign ministers of the member states. They
    met twice every year. The main function of the council was implementation of decisions by the General Assembly and preparation of the agenda to be discussed by the heads.
  4. c) Secretariat

    The secretariat was headed by a Secretary-General, who is elected for a
    reasonable four year term by the General Assembly. The main function of
    the secretariat was the day- to- day running of the organization.
  5. d) Arbitration committee

    This was the organ that resolves disputes between the member states
    peacefully eg. On boundaries, refugees etc. This was made up of twenty
    one members picked from different member states to serve a five year term. e) Liberation committee

    This was a committee that was concerned with organizing and supporting
    liberation movement in the African continent. This was done away with
    when all African states acquired their independence

    Achievements of Organization African Unity (OAU) OAU had several achievements:

  6. It actively supported liberation movements eg. In Mozambique, Angola,
    Zimbabwe, and Namibia.
  7. OAU was very active in breaking of the apartheid government in South
    Africa ie. They financially supported the African National Congress (ANC)
    together with the military training camps in Tanzania and other frontline
    states.
  8. It was able to resolve boundary between member states esp.
    Kenya-Somali dispute 1967, Ethiopia-Somalia 1977 and the Cameroon-Nigeria
    2004.
  9. It established African Development Bank (Bank) to support economic
    projects in Africa through financial loan.
  10. OAU enabled African countries to identify themselves to speak in one
    voice at international forum.

Challenges of Organization of African Union(OAU) Although the organisation had several successes, it also encountered a number of challenges.

  1. OAU membership was voluntary so some member states withdrew their membership eg Morocco 1989.
  2. OAU lacked its own army for peace keeping operations. It depended on armies from the member states.
  3. Boundary disputes between member states ended into open war which embarrassed OAU eg. Ethiopia-Eritrea conflicts.
  4. Financial problems facing the OAU were chronic eg. Budget could not even effectively pay salaries of the secretariat.
  5. African states had different forms of government and Ideologies.
  6. OAU members belonged to other regional or international organizations eg. Commonwealth, UNO, NAM etc. and hence lack of commitment.
  7. Interference by super powers in African affairs, especially during the cold war era. Objectives

    By the end of the lesson you should be able:

  8. Explain the origin and development of African Union.
  9. Discuss the differences of Africa (AU) and Organization of African Union (OAU)
  10. Discuss the challenges facing the AU. African Union (AU) AU was established on 19th July 2002 at Durban in South Africa. When presidents of African states resolved to replace the 38 year old OAU with a more effective body called the AU. Mr. Amara Essy of Ivory Coast was  brought on board to replace Dr. Ahmed Salim of Tanzania to become the first Secretary General of the new AU. Muammar Gadaffi who was the architect of AU

    Differences between AU and OAU

    Although AU evolved from the OAU, this new organisation differes from the predecessor in the following ways:

  11. AU challenges the principle of non-interference in the internal affairs of member countries especially when there are cases of violation of human rights.
  12. AU envisages a union of African people with even a united parliament throughout Africa unlike OAU which was an organization of African heads of states.
  13. AU has accountability and mechanisms to review and checks economic progress within the different African countries once in a while.
  14. AU intends to establish peace and security councils with a joint African army to maintain peace and security throughout the African continent.
  15. AU proposes to establish a peace and security-council with law
    enforcement powers through the creation of a standing African military. Differences between AU and OAU

    Although AU evolved from the OAU, this new organisation differes from the predecessor in the following ways:

  16. AU challenges the principle of non-interference in the internal affairs of member countries especially when there are cases of violation of human rights.
  17. AU envisages a union of African people with even a united parliament throughout Africa unlike OAU which was an organization of African heads
    of states.
  18. AU has accountability and mechanisms to review and checks economic progress within the different African countries once in a while.
  19. AU intends to establish peace and security councils with a joint African army to maintain peace and security throughout the African continent.
  20. AU proposes to establish a peace and security-council with law
    enforcement powers through the creation of a standing African military. Structure of the African Union

    Place your cursor on the points for more information. Structure of the African Union

    The structure of the OAU was slightly different from that AU in that while OAU had five organs, the AU had nine.The African Union consists of the following organs:

  21. a) THE ASSEMBLY

    This is the decision-making body of the organization which is made of all
    the heads of states.

  22. b) THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL

    This is made up of Foreign Ministers of all member states. The main
    function for this organ is coordination of policies in areas of common
    interest to the member states.

  23. c) PERMANENT REPRESENTATIVE COMMITTEE

    This committee is composed of ambassadors to the AU and has the
    responsibility of preparing the work of the executive council.

  24. d) THE COMMISSION

    This replaced the secretariat of the OAU. The main function of the organ
    is running the day-to-day activities of the union.

  25. e) PEACE AND SECURITY COUNCIL

    It is made up of 15 members chosen from the member states by the General
    Assembly whose responsibility is to monitor peace and security throughout
    the African continent.

  26. f) PAN-AFRICAN PARLIAMENT

    Will be made up of elected representatives nominated from five regions
    within the African continent to debate and ensure that the civil society
    and participate in the AU programmes.

  27. g) COURT OF JUSTICE

    This would operate like the Court of Appeal in the African continent but
    paying attention to international law.

  28. h) FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

    Three financial institutions would be set up in Africa under the AU to
    provide finances for the projects and programmes.

  29. African Central Bank

    2. African Monetary Fund

    3. African Investment Bank.

  30. i) SPECIALIZED TECHNICAL COMMITTEES

    Transport and communication
    b. Education culture and human resources
    c. Trade, customs and immigration rural economy and agriculture
    d. Industry, science and technology
    e. Health, labour and social affairs

    Structure of the African Union

    What are some of the challenges facing the African Union?

  31. Some dictators in Africa are not yet ready to give up power through democratic means.
  32. In Africa there are two kingdoms where democracy is still out of the question ie. Swaziland and Morocco.
  33. Ethinic, religious and racial differences in some parts of Africa are too extreme to be changed over-night eg. Sudan, Nigeria, Rwanda etc.
  34. Loyalty to former colonial masters has split Africa into Franco-phone and Anglo-phone.
  35. Boundary disputes between member states always embarrass the African Union.

6.Lack of adequate financial resources remains one of the major challenges in the operation of the Union.
.
Objectives

By the end of the lesson, you should be able to:

  1. Analyse the reason for the formation of the East African Community.
  2. Describe the organization of EAC.
  3. Discuss the challenges up to 1977
    4. Analyse the Rebirth of the EAC 2001

    East African Community (EAC) In this lesson, we shall discuss the reasons for the formation,
    organisation, challenges and the rebirth of East African Community. What is the East African Community and when was it established? The East African Community was an economic and social cooperation between Kenya,
    Uganda and Tanzania. It was established after the Presidents of the three countries signed a treaty in 1967. EAC Logo

    Reasons for Formation of EAC

    Several reasons led to the formation of East African community.

  4. To promote and provide free trade of goods produced within East Africa.
  5. To provide common services in areas eg. Railway and Harbours

    3. To facilitate free movement of people within the region.

4.To establish similar custom tarrifs and duties to the member states.

  1. To enhance and strengthen closer ties and understanding between member states

    6. To enhance self sufficiency, self reliance and full independence from the rest of the world. Kenya-Tanzania Border at Namanga

    Organisation of EAC

    The treaty of 1967 established EAC organs to co-ordinate the activities
    and direction of the organization as follows: 1. East African Authority

    This was the community’s supreme organ which comprised of the heads of
    the three states

    2. The East African legislature Assembly

    It was charged with the role of making laws to govern the services
    offered by the community

    3. The Secretariat

    Headed by the secretary general and based at Arusha, Tanzania. It co-ordinated the work of the councils that ran the community.

  2. The Common Market Tribunal

    The tribunal was to settle trade disputes between member states.

  3. The Court of Appeal. It was to hear appeals from the courts in the three member states.
  4. EAC Corporations. These were established to offer services to the three member states.
    Challenges of EAC

    The EAC was in existence up to 1977. A combination of challenges
    contributed to its collapse.

  5. Ideological differences. Tanzania favoured socialism, Uganda and Kenya favoured capitalism.
  6. Personality differences. President Idi Amin of Uganda and Julius Nyerere were bitter enemies

    3. Political instability in Uganda. Caused by the political differences
    among the leaders that is, Idi Amin and Dr. Milton Obote.

  7. Perceived unequal gains. The perception that Kenya was acquiring the lion’s share of the benefits accruing from the EAC.
  8. National pride and interests. Each member state was proud of her own independence.
  9. Boundary closure. The tension between the three member states led to border closure between Kenya and Tanzania in 1977. Rebirth of EAC 2001

    On 15th, January, 2001, the new East African community was launched in Arusha Tanzania. The objectives of the new East African Community included :

  10. To develop policies that will foster closer political co-operation among member states.
  11. To establish a customs union, common market, monetary union and if possible political federation.
  12. To provide economic development within East African Region

    4. To develop adequate and reliable energy supply in the region.

  13. To develop social sector issues such as culture and sports.
  14. To develop areas of common economic interest such as Lake Victoria

    Heads of state of the new East African Community

    National Philosophies (Kenya) In this topic we shall define National Philosophies. These philosophies
    include African Socialism, Harambee and Nyayoism. In particular, we are going to discuss African Socialism.We shall explain its features and analyse its impact. Tom Mboya, key advocate of African Nationalism

    Objectives

    By the end of the lesson, you should be able to:

  15. Define African Socialism
    2. Explain the features of African Socialism
    3. Analyse the impact of African Socialism

    Quiz

    To summarise this topic, attempt the following exercise. Drag the
    statements in Box L and drop them to the corresponding statements in Box
    K. African Socialism

    African Socialism is a social-political system that has its roots in
    African values. It is based on ideologies that are drawn from African
    traditions. This philosophy incorporates foreign values and ideologies
    that were deemed useful. Its Origin

    African Socialism existed in African traditional societies. KANU
    manifesto of 1963 borrowed heavily from existing indigenous African
    socialism. The ideas were published in sessional paper no. 10 of 1965
    entitled “African Socialism and its application to planning in Kenya”.
    This philosophy was coined by the Kenyan leader who intended to use it to achieve development in the nation.
    . Reasons why the Government Adopted African Socialism

    There were several reasons that made the government to adopt African
    Socialism as a national philosophy. These included:

  16. The leaders wanted to create a new society different from the colonial one.
  17. The leaders wanted to create a society free from social-economic inequalities, racism and oppression.
  18. The leaders desired to create a just and humane society in which all were considered equal before the law.
  19. The leaders desired to create a united and free Kenya where individual rights and freedoms would be recognized.
  20. To achieve high and growing income per capita. .

Features of African Socialism

African Socialism is characterized by the following features:

  1. Political democracy:It stresses that all people are politically free and equal.
  2. Mutual social responsibility: It demands that Kenyans be motivated by the spirit of service and not greed for personal gain.
  3. Various forms of ownership: – This advocates for free enterprise which allows private ownership of property.
    – It did not reject nationalization policy where the government controls and owns key industries.
  4. Equity:The state should ensure equal opportunities to all its citizens
  5. Progressive taxation: It advocates for the gap between the rich and the poor being narrowed. The wealthier members of the society should pay higher taxes. Effects of African Socialism

    The application of African Socialism as a philosophy has affected the society in many ways. These include:

  6. Promotion of democratic processes. This has been realized for example through the establishment of a multi-party system of government
  7. Building of a society where human dignity is upheld and respected.
  8. It has promoted a sense of service and patriotism by upholding the policy of mutual responsibility.
  9. It has helped to promote African cultures.
  10. Agricultural development has been realized.
  11. It has promoted social development in Education and Health sectors. Social, Economic and Political Development and Challenges in Africa since Independence

    In this topic, we are to discuss the Social, Economic and political
    development and Challenges in Africa since Independence and also analyse
    the challenges upto date. In particular we will learn about the
    Democratic Republic of Congo, formerly known as Zaire. Map of Central Africa showing DRC

    The Electoral Processes and Functions of Government in other parts of the World

    In this lesson we shall discuss the electoral process and functions of
    Government in United States of America and India. Statue of Liberty

    Prior Knowledge

    DRC is located in Central Africa and is one of the largest countries in
    Africa. DRC was colonized by the Belgiuns, though earlier it was the
    property of King Leopald II of Belgium who later gave it to the
    Government of Belgium as a colony. She got her independence in 1960. King Leopald II of Belgium

    Objectives

    By the end of the lesson, you should be able to:

  12. Discuss the socio-political and economic developments in DRC since independence.
  13. Analyse the political and economic challenges in DRC since independence.

    Democratic Republic of Congo

    In this lesson, we shall learn about the social, economic and political
    developments of Democratic republic of Congo since independence. We shall
    also analyse the challenges she has faced upto date.

Objectives

By the end of the lesson, you should be able to:

  1. Explain the electoral process of USA

    2. Discuss the functions of the USA government

    United States of Ameica (USA) The electoral process refers to a series of actions or steps through
    which people elect their governments. USA became independent in 1776 when 13 British colonies declared themselves independent from Britain. The USA is a federal government comprising a union of 50 states. States that make USA

    Objectives

    By the end of the lesson, you should be able to:

  2. Explain the electoral process in India

    2. Discuss the functions of government in India

    Electoral Process in India

    In this lesson we shall discuss the electoral process and functions of government in India. Map of India

    Socio – Political Developments and Challenges

    Immediately after independence in June 1960, DRC turned chaotic where
    Patrice Lumumba (Prime Minister) and Joseph Kasavubu (President) differed
    in ideologies because each one of them was supported by opposing camps of
    the cold war. This resulted to Lumumba’s assassination in December, 1962.
    This did not stop the anarchy up to 1964 when Joseph Mobutu took over the
    government. Mobutu Sese Seko

    1. Joseph Mobutu organized a bloodless coup and he declared himself life president, stripped parliament powers and banned all political parties and established authoritarian rule.

  3. 1971, Mobutu introduced Africanisation programme, where people were forced to drop European names. DRC was changed to Zaire, Leopaldville (capital) became Kinshasa. He also dropped his name Joseph. Playing of
    Foreign music was also banned thus promoting Congolese music (Lingala).
  4. From 1977, the rebels started fighting the government and in 1997, Laurent Kabila toppled Mobutu’s government.
  5. However Kabila was also murdered by his guards in 2001 and he was succeded by his son Joseph Kabila.
  6. In 2006, the first democratic elections were held in DRC where Joseph Kabila was elected as the president of DRC.
  7. Tribalism has continued to be a political challenge for DRC. There are about 150 different tribes. Electrol Process

    Electoral Process

    There are three types of elections in the USA. These are; Presidential elections held every four years

    Elections for senators held every 6 years and those of members of the House of Representatives held every 2 years

    Elections for state governors and state legislators held every four years.
    The elections are conducted at 2 levels: The lower

    Central level
    At the central level there is the federal election commission whose
    functions include: To assist state and local election officials in the administration of
    federal elections

    Introducing voting election standards

    Gives voluntary voting guidelines

    Electoral Process and Functions of Government in India

    In this lesson we will discuss electoral process and functions in India. India got her independence on 14th August 1947 with Jawaharlal Nehru as  the first prime minister. India exercise a democratic system of government.

ELECTORAL PROCESS IN INDIA
There are three types of elections in India, namely:
o Presidential
o Parliamentary
o Regional governments

Presidential and parliamentary elections are held after every five years
There is an independent body that organizes elections called the independent election commission
Parliament consists of two houses namely the upper house (Rasya Sabha), and the lower house (Lok Sabha)
The country is divided into 543 parliamentary constituencies

Economic Development and challenges

DRC is pottentially one of the richest countries in Africa with rich
minerals deposits, heavy rainfalls, fertile soils and good forests.
However DRC remains one of the poorest countries in Africa because those
natural resources have never been exploited fully due to mismanagement
and corruption. Other reasons that have resulted in under development of
DRC include;

  1. Agriculture was neglected by the Belgians who concentrated on mining a trend still taking place long after independence.
  2. Mobutu’s nationalization of private firms scared of international investors and the locals lacked the capacity. High inflation rates caused by escalating oil prices from 1973.
  3. Congo’s relations with donors is strained due to unserviced heavy foreign debts.
  4. The rural areas are improverished because in 1971, Mobutu placed state resources under him. Thus reducing flow of capital to provinces.
  5. The country lacks a clear economic policy and adequate finances to exploit her resources.
  6. Unemployment is widespread, due to high population and corruption.
  7. In the 1990s, trade imbalance between DRC and her partners seriously
    affected her economy.
  8. DRC economy may take more years to recover from plunder it experienced
    during the colonial rule and Mobutu Sese Seko’s reign.
    Federal Government

    Independent Electoral Commission

    This commission organizes and supervises parliamentary and state legislature elections. It performs the following functions:

1 Prepares, maintains and updates the electoral roll which shows who is entitled to vote
2 Registers political parties
3 Supervises the nomination of candidates
4 It facilitates the coverage of the elections process by the media
5 Monitors the election campaign including candidates funding
6 Organize the polling booths where voting takes place
7 Supervises the counting of votes and the declaration of results

Functions of the Legislature

The Legislature consists of two houses; the senate and the house of
representatives. The legislature is also referred to as the Congress.

Functions  Legislature

  1. Control of taxation and government spending
  2. Checks on the executive arm of the government
  3. Makes and amends the laws
  4. Controlling government revenue and expenditure
  5. In charge of foreign relations eg making treaties
  6. Vets appointments of senior civil servants
  7. Representing their constituencies / and states

Voter Registration

In India any citizen aged 18 and above is allowed to vote. An electoral roll with the names of all the registered voters is used during voting. The electoral roll has been computerized.
Nominations

The process of nominations in India is carried out in the following ways. 1 Any Indian citizen who is registered as a voter and is over 25 years of age can contest for election to the state legislative assemblages

2 The candidates for the Lok Sabha deposit 10,000/= rupees while those
for Raja Sabha deposit 5000/= rupees. 3 Nomination must be supported by one registered elector for the
constituencies

4 Returning officers are appointed by the election commission to oversee the elections in each constituency

Campaigns

The following methods of campaign are used in India;

  1. Use of print media
    2. Use of electronic media
    3. Public speeches
    4. Canvassing

    Political Parties

    The main political parties in India are:

  2. The congress party / India national congress

    2. The Bharatiya Janata party

    3. The communist party of India

    Regional parties eg India Anna DMK, the National conference, the Telegn Desam.
    Political Parties

    The main political parties in India are: The congress party / India national congress

    The Bharatiya Janata party

    The communist party of India

    Regional parties eg India Anna DMK, the National conference, the Telegn Desam.
    Functions of the Executive

    Functions of the Executive

    The executive consists of the president, the vice president, the cabinet and the civil service

FUNCTIONS OF THE PRESIDENT are;

  1. The president is the head of state
  2. The president appoints the cabinet and senior government officials
  3. Chairs cabinet meetings
  4. Commander in chief of the armed forces
  5. Accents to bills before they become law
  6. Appoints supreme court judges
  7. Can grant clemency to those convicted of breaking federal laws
  8. Signs international treaties with other countries

Function of Government in India

1) The government in India is a combination of federal and parliamentary democracy

2) The states have limited powers compared to the federal unions in the USA

3) There are three arms of government in India

The legislature
The executive

The judiciary India has two houses of parliament

The house of people (Lok Sabha) and the

The council of state (Raja Sabha). The languages used in the house are English and Hindu

The Executive

The executive arm of government in India comprises of: President

The prime minister
Cabinet
Civil service
The President

The president is elected for a period of five years and can be re-elected for a second term. some of the functions of the President; Appoints the prime minister

Appoints the attorney general
Appoints ministers on advice of the prime minister
May proclaim a state of emergency
May impose direct presidential rule
May dissolve the Lok Sabha and call for parliamentary elections
Appoints Governors to head the state

Prime Minister

The Prime Minister is the executive head of government. some of his / her
functions include; Advices the president on the appointment to the cabinet

Chairs cabinet meetings
He or she is the chief spoke person in the Lok Sabha
Advices on the appointment of senior officers of government
With the advice of the president, he or she can dissolve the Lok sabha

The Cabinet

The Cabinet is the central decision making body of the government. Some of the functions of the cabinet are; Collectively formulates policy matters of the government

Collectively responsible for all decisions of parliament
Advices the prime minister and the president
Defends government policies in both houses of parliament
Generates bills that are passed on either to the state parliament or the house of the people
Coordinates the activities of various government departments
Oversees the execution of government policies

Functions of the Civil Service

The functions of the civil service are:

  1. implements government policies
  2. explains and interprets government policies
  3. maintains government records
  4. helps in the collection of government revenue
  5. draws up development plans and government budget

Functions of Parliament in India

Parliament in India is the most supreme organ of the Government, due to the functions that it undertakes. These include: It initiates amendments to the constitution

It advices, commands and even disciplines stray leaders
It scrutinizes bills before they become laws
It approves the national budget
It debates on national and international matters
It has powers to impeach the president
It oversees the administration of the country
It controls national security and can declare war or make peace with other countries
It maintains and supervises the judiciary both in the states and in the federal union
It maintains national highways and water ways after they are identified by the state

Functions of the Judiciary

The judiciary is the country’s legal system. The judicial system is divided into two distinct courts:
state courts
federal courts

FUNCTIONS of the judiciary;

  1. interpreting the constitution
  2. arbitrating in cases between USA and other foreign states
  3. settling disputes between the federal and state governments
  4. adjudicating disputes between the president and the congress
  5. settling inter state disputes

The Judiciary

The highest court in India is the supreme court made up of the chief-justice and 17 Judges.

Some of the functions of the judiciary include;

  1. solving disputes between the union, government and one or more states
    2. it interprets the constitution
    3. swears in the incoming president and other similar government officials
    4. interprets the laws and enforces discipline among the citizens
    5. fines offenders raising revenue for the Indian government.

FORM 2 TERM OPENER EXAM FREE

Name:………………………………………….………………….Class:…………Adm No:…….

BIOLOGY

FORM 2 TERM 1 OPENER EXAM

TIME: 1HR 30MINS

INSTRUCTIONS.

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

 

  1. State the function of the following organelles. (2mks)
  2. Lysosomes

 

 

  1. Ribosomes

 

 

  1. A student observed a row of 16 epidermal cells in a microscopic field that was 8mm in diameter. Calculate the average length of one cell in micrometres. Show your working.                                                                                                                                     (3mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. A student drew a 6cm diagram of a plant flower if the actual length of the flower was 12cm. calculate the magnification of the drawing made by the student. Show your working.                                                                                                                                     (3mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. State three factors that affect the rate of diffusion. (3mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. An experiment was set-up in a laboratory as shown below.

 

  1. What will happen to visking tubing in M and N after two hours. (2mks)

 

 

  1. Explain the observations made in M. (2mks)

 

 

  • What does visking tubing represent in a living organism?                         (1mk)

 

 

 

  1. Distinguish between autotrophism and heterotrophism modes of nutrition. (2mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. State three properties of monosaccharides. (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The equation below shows formation of a disaccharide.

Glucose + Glucose  process p      Q + water

  1. Name process P. (1mk)

 

  1. Product Q. (1mk)

 

  • Other than product Q named above name other two examples of disaccharides.                                                                                                                         (2mks)

 

 

  1. List four factors which affect enzyme controlled reaction. (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Name two nutrients that are absorbed without being digested by the enzymes in humans.                                                                                                                                     (2mks)

 

 

  1. List three types of salivary glands. (3mks)

 

 

 

  1. Give two roles of saliva in the process of digestion. (2mks)
  2. Differentiate between homodonts and heterodonts. (2mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below represents the lower jaw of a mammal.

 

 

  1. Name the mode of nutrition of the animal whose jaw is shown above. (1mk)

 

  1. Mode of feeding. (1mk)

 

  1. Give a reason for your answer in (b) above. (1mk)

 

  1. Diet of the animal. (1mk)

 

  1. Name the toothless gap labeled K. (1mk)

 

  1. Name the substance that is responsible for hardening of teeth. (1mk)

 

 

  1. State the roles of the structures found within a tooth:
  2. Blood vessels. (1mk)

 

  1. (1mk)

 

 

  1. List two major types of dental diseases. (2mks)

 

 

  1. Give two roles played by bile salts in the process of digestion. (2mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. Explain five ways in which the illume is adapted to its functions. (5mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The following is a dental formula of a certain mammal.

I0/3 C0/1 Pm3/3 m3/3

  1. Calculate the total number of teeth of the mammal. (2mks)

 

 

  1. Give the likely mode of feeding. (1mk)

 

 

  • Give a reason for your answer in (ii) above. (1mk)

 

 

  1. Name the disease in humans caused by deficiency the following: (5mks)
  2. Vitamin A

 

  1. Vitamin D

 

  • Vitamin C

 

  1. Iodine

 

  1. Iron

 

  1. State one function of water in the diet. (1mk)

 

 

 

 

  1. State five factors that determine energy requirements in human beings. (5mks)

Name:………………………………………….………………….Class:…………Adm No:…….

 

BIOLOGY

MARKING SCHEME FORM 2 TERM 1 OPENER EXAM-AUGUST

TIME:

 

INSTRUCTIONS.

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

 

  1. State the function of the following organelles. (2mks)
  2. Lysosomes

Contain lytic enzymes that destroy worn out cells.

  1. Ribosomes

They are sites for protein synthesis

  1. A student observed a row of 16 epidermal cells in a microscopic field that was 8mm in diameter. Calculate the average length of one cell in micrometres. Show your working.                                                                                                             (3mks)

Size of one cell = diameter of field of view

                            Number of cells in field of view.

8mm x 1000um

    1mm

= 8000um

    16cells

=500um

  1. A student drew a 6cm diagram of a plant flower if the actual length of the flower was 12cm. calculate the magnification of the drawing made by the student. Show your working.                                                                                                             (3mks)

Magnification of a handlens = Drawing length

                                                  Actual length of the object

6cm  = x0.5

12cm

 

  1. State three factors that affect the rate of diffusion. (3mks)

Diffusion gradient

Thickness of tissues

Size of molecules

Temperature

Type of medium

Surface area to volume ratio

  1. An experiment was set-up in a laboratory as shown below.
  2. What will happen to visking tubing in M and N after two hours. (2mks)

M – will swell / increase in size

N – Will shrink / decrease

 

  1. Explain the observations made in M. (2mks)

Sodium chloride solution is a hypertonic solution while distilled water is a hypotonic solution therefore distilled water molecules will move from the beaker to the visking tubing by osmosis making it to swell.

  • What does visking tubing represent in a living organism? (1mk)

Cell membrane/ plasma membrane/plasmalema.

  1. Distinguish between autotrophism and heterotrophism modes of nutrition. (2mks)

Autotrophism is a mode of nutrition in which some plants manufacture their own complex food substances from simpler substances such as carbon (IV) oxide and water while heterotrophism is a mode of nutrition that involves taking complex ready made food materials from plants and other animals.

  1. State three properties of monosaccharides. (3mks)

They are soluble in water

They form sweet tasting solution

They are reducing sugars

They are crystalisable.

  1. The equation below shows formation of a disaccharide.

Glucose + Glucose  process p      Q + water

  1. Name process P. (1mk)

Condensation

  1. Product Q. (1mk)

Maltose

  • Other than product Q named above name other two examples of disaccharides.                                                                                                             (2mks)

Sucrose

Lactose

  1. List four factors which affect enzyme controlled reaction. (4mks)

Temperature

pH

Specificity

Enzyme co-factors and co-enzyme

Enzyme inhibitors

Substrate concentration and enzyme concentration.

 

  1. Name two nutrients that are absorbed without being digested by the enzymes in humans.                                                                                                                         (2mks)

Water

Vitamins

Mineral ions/salts

  1. List three types of salivary glands. (3mks)

Sublingual

Sub-mandibular

Parotial sub-maxillary

  1. Give two roles of saliva in the process of digestion. (2mks)

Lubricates food

Moistens food

Softens food

Dissolves food

Contains salivary amylase hence digests starch to maltose

Provides an alkaline medium for action of salivary amylase.

  1. Differentiate between homodonts and heterodonts. (2mks)

Homodonts: are animals which have the same types, size and shape of teeth while heterodonts are animals with different types, size and shapes of teeth.

 

  1. The diagram below represents the lower jaw of a mammal.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Name the mode of nutrition of the animal whose jaw is shown above. (1mk)

Heterotrophism

  1. Mode of feeding. (1mk)

Herbivorous

  1. Give a reason for your answer in (b) above. (1mk)

Presence of a diastema

  1. Diet of the animal. (1mk)

Vegetation/ grass/green leaves.

  1. Name the toothless gap labeled K. (1mk)

Diastema

  1. Name the substance that is responsible for hardening of teeth. (1mk)

Calcium phosphate

  1. State the roles of the structures found within a tooth:
  2. Blood vessels. (1mk)

They supply nutrients to living tissues in the dentine.

Remove waste products from the dentine

  1. (1mk)

They detect heat, cold and pain in the tooth

  1. List two major types of dental diseases. (2mks)

Dental carriers

Periodontal disease

  1. Give two roles played by bile salts in the process of digestion. (2mks)

They aid in the breakdown of fats into tiny fat droplets to increase their surface area for digestion (emulsification)

They provide an alkaline medium which the enzymes work best.

They neutralize the acidic chime from the stomach.

  1. Explain five ways in which the illume is adapted to its functions. (5mks)

Long and narrow to increase surface area for digestion and bring digested food into close contact with walls of the ileum for easier absorption.

Highly coiled to slow down movement of food thus allowing more time for digestion and absorption to take place.

Large number of villi and micro-vill to increase surface area.

Presence of thinner layer of cells to reduce diffusion distance of digested food.

Presence of dense network of capillaries in the villi into which amino acids, sugar and vitamins are absorbed.

Presence of lacteals in the villi for the absorption of fatty acids and glycerol.

  1. The following is a dental formula of a certain mammal.

I0/3 C0/1 Pm3/3 m3/3

  1. Calculate the total number of teeth of the mammal. (2mks)

0 + 0 + 3 + 3 x 2 = 12

3 + 1 + 3 + 3 x 2 = 20

                               32 teeth

  1. Give the likely mode of feeding. (1mk)

Herbivorous

  • Give a reason for your answer in (ii) above. (1mk)

It lacks incisors and canines in the upper jaw to create a horny pad.

  1. Name the disease in humans caused by deficiency the following: (5mks)
  2. Vitamin A

Night blindness

  1. Vitamin D

Rickets

  • Vitamin C

Scurvy

  1. Iodine

Goiter

  1. Iron

Anemia

  1. State one function of water in the diet. (1mk)

it is a solvent of soluble food substances cooling of the body.

Provided the medium for transport of dissolved food substances.

Facilitates hydrolysis of food substances.

  1. State five factors that determine energy requirements in human beings. (5mks)

Basal metabolic rate

Occupation/everyday activity

Age

Body size

Sex

FORM 4 MOKASA, KASSU, ELITE KCSE MOCK EXAMS FREE DOWNLOAD

DOWNLOAD ALL THE KCSE REVISION MOCK EXAMS HERE AT NO COST.

PHYSICS CONFIDENTIAL

PHYSICS 3 MARKING SCHEME

PHYSICS PAPER 1 ANSWERS

PHYSICS PAPER 3 QUESTIONS

PHYSICS PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

MATHS PAPER 1 MARKING SCHEME

MATHS PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

MATHS PAPER 2 QUESTIONS

KISWAHILI PAPER 1 MARKING SCHEME

KISWAHILI PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

KISWAHILI PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

HOME SCIENCE PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

HOME SCIENCE PAPER 3 QUESTIONS

HOME SCIENCE PAPER 2 QUESTIONS

HOME SCIENCE PAPER 1 QUESTIONS

HOME SCIENCE PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

HOME SCIENCE PAPER 2 CONFIDENTIAL

HOME SCIENCE PAPER 1 MARKING SCHEME

HISTORY PAPER 2 QUESTIONS

HISTORY PAPER 1 QUESTIONS

HISTORY PAPER 2 QUESTIONS

ENGLISH PAPER 1 QUESTIONS

ENGLISH PAPER 2 QUESTIONS

ENGLISH PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

ENGLISH PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

ENGLISH PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

COMPUTER STUDIES PAPER 1 QUESTIONS

COMPUTER STUDIES PAPER 2 QUESTIONS

COMPUTER STUDIES PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

COMPUTER STUDIES PAPER 1 MARKING SCHEME

CRE PAPER 2 QUESTIONS

CRE PAPER 1 QUESTIONS

CHEMISTRY PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

CHEMISTRY PAPER 1 QUESTIONS

CHEMISTRY PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

CHEMISTRY PAPER 3 CONFIDENTIAL

BUSINESS STUDIES PAPER 1 QUESTIONS

BUSINESS STUDIES PAPER 2 QUESTIONS

BUSINESS STUDIES PAPER 1 ANSWERS

BUSINESS STUDIES PAPER 2 ANSWERS

BIOLOGY PAPER 2 ANSWERS

BIOLOGY PAPER 1 MARKING SCHEME

BIOLOGY PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

BIOLOGY PAPER 2 QUESTIONS

GEOGRAPHY PAPER 1 MARKING SCHEME

AGRICULTURE PP2 MARKING SCHEME

AGRICULTURE PP2 QUESTIONS

AGRICULTURE PP1 MARKING SCHEME

AGRICULTURE PAPER 1 QUESTIONS

GEOGRAPHY PP2 ANSWERS

GEOGRAPHY PP1 ANSWERS

GEOGRAPHY PP1 QUESTIONS

HOT DOWNLOADS.

MOKASA JOINT EXAMS

KASSU JET EXAMS

FORM 4 END TERM EXAMS

Free Secondary School Schemes of Work Form One to Four

Free Secondary School Schemes of Work Form One to Four

Biology Scheme Form 1 (1).doc
Biology Scheme Form 1.doc
Biology Scheme Form 2 (2).doc
Biology scheme Form 3.docx
Biology Scheme Form 4.doc
BUSINESS STUDIES F1.doc
BUSINESS STUDIES F2.doc
BUSINESS STUDIES F3.doc
BUSINESS STUDIES F4.doc
Chemistry Schemes Form 1.doc
Chemistry Schemes Form 2.doc
chemistry schemes form 3.doc
Chemistry Schemes Form 4.doc
Geography scheme Form 1 2022 (1).docx
Geography Scheme Form 2- 2022.doc
Geography Scheme Form 3- 2022 (1).doc
Geography Scheme Form 4 EDITED 2022 (1).doc
Math Scheme Form 1.doc
Math Scheme Form 2.doc
Math Scheme Form 3.doc
Math Scheme Form 4.doc

Free Grade 5 Rationalized Schemes of Work

Get Free Grade 5 Rationalized Schemes of Work below:

GRADE_5_TERM_2_AGRINUTRITION_SCHEMES

GRADE_5_TERM_2_CRE_SCHEMES_planet

GRADE_5_TERM_2_CRE2_SCHEMES

GRADE_5_TERM_2_CREATIVE_ARTS_SCHEMES

GRADE_5_TERM_2_ENGLISH_SCHEMES_skills

GRADE_5_TERM_2_KISWAHILI_SCHEMES

GRADE_5_TERM_2_MATH_SCHEMES_klb

GRADE_5_TERM_2_SCIENCE_TECH_SCHEMES

GRADE_5_TERM_2_SOCIAL_SCHEMES 

 

Free Preprimary 2 (PP2) Free Lesson Plans

Free Preprimary 2 (PP2) Free Lesson Plans Downloads:

pre-primary-2-moran-mathematics-activities-lesson-plans-term-2

pre-primary-2-environmental-activities-lesson-plans-term-2

pre-primary-2-psychomotor-activities-lesson-plans-term-2

pre-primary-2-2-c-r-e-lesson-plans-16-30-term-2

pp2-rationalised-creative-arts-lesson-plans-term-2

pp2-rationalised-creative-arts-activities-schemes-of-work-term-2

pp2-music-schemes-of-work-term-2

pp2-moran-language-activities-lesson-plans-term-2

pp2-cre-schemes-of-work-term-2

pp2-environmental-activities-schemes-of-work-term-2

pp2-english-schemes-of-work-term-2